Full text of "Undergraduate consolidated catalog / the University of Maryland at College Park"

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2010 with funding from

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation

http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecon1970univ

universiTY
of marYi_anD
aT coLLeGe parK

consoLiDaieo
unoerGraDuaTe

caiaLOG

U0O*J°^»

5s 1

11 ■ ■

■^ s —

.:::

M ■

is publication is a consolidatio
schools and»colleges at the Universitj(J
tion governing University facilities, ser*
University General and Academic Regul

requesting copies prior to admission.
$1 .00 each. On the campus, copies may
amount. Copies also are available for j
junior colleges, and in the schools a'

s for the undergraduate

r»a»so incorporates informa-'

.,i life"contained in the student guide,

acfuate Catalog will be distributed free of
irst admission to the University. Those persr"" "
e6ure them from the Catalog Mailing Office
rchased at the Student Supply Store for the s^
ation in high schMls-pubiic libraries, c
es of the Universf"^-

THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

AT COLLEGE PARK

UNDERGRADUATE

CONSOLIDATED CATALOG

1970-71

•

Cll.«

THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published: once in August; three times in September *
two times in October; once in November; seven times in December; three times in January; once in February *
once in March; two times in April; four times in May; two times in June; and three times in July. Publisher,
thirty times. Re-entered as second class mail matter under the Act of Congress on August 24 1912 and sec *
ond class postage paid at College Park, Maryland 20742.

(

2^^. **^B K ;

The University of Maryland is dedicated to providing its stu-
dents with opportunities to develop fully their intellectual capaci-
ties. In addition to the many different baccalaureate degree
programs, an honors program and other special programs have
been developed to enable students to design curricula to meet
their individual interests. Every effort is made to ensure that those
who enroll in the University find their studies to be an exciting
adventure in learning.

C'f, -j&as^vftJ

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

College Park Campus
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland 20742:

For copies of this publication—
$1.00 per copy

Catalog Mailing Office

North Administration Building

College Park Campus

Director, Office of Admissions
North Administration Building
College Park Campus

Director, Housing Office
North Administration Building
College Park Campus

Director, Office of Student Aid
North Administration Building
College Park Campus

Vice President for Student Affairs
North Administration Building
College Park Campus

University Counseling Center
Shoemaker Building
College Park Campus

Office of the Dean of the
Respective College
College Park Campus

Vice President for Graduate
Studies and Research
College Park Campus

Director, Summer School
North Administration Building
College Park Campus

University College
Center of Adult Education
College Park Campus

The Registrar, UMBC
5401 Wilkins Avenue
Baltimore, Maryland 21228

Office of the Dean of the
Respective College
University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore, Maryland 21201

Director of Admissions
University of Maryland,
Eastern Shore
Room 311, Maryland Hall
Princess Anne, Maryland

The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Mary-
land. Changes are effected from time to time in the general regulations
and in the academic requirements. There are established procedures
for making changes, procedures which protect the institution's integrity
and the individual student's interests and welfare. A curriculum or
graduation requirement, when altered, is not made retroactive un-
less the alteration is to the student's advantage and can be accommo-
dated within the span of years normally required for graduation.
When the actions of a student are judged by competent authority,
using established procedure, to be detrimental to the interests of the
University community, that person may be required to withdraw from
the University.

The University of Maryland, in all its branches and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal educational and
employment opportunity for people of every race, creed, ethnic origin or sex.

The University of Maryland has been elected to membership in the Association of American Universities. This
Association founded in 1900 is an organization of those universities in the United States and Canada gen-
erally considered to be preeminent in the fields of graduate and professional study and research.

1»J 'LI

«v

£.**<

W3I

iHiii

CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION 1

Fields of Study 2

Expenses and Financial Aid 9

Acaaemics 15

General Regulations 21

Academic . Regulations 37

Student Services and Activities 49

Living Accomodations 57

Honors and Awards 63

Scholarships 69

THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS

AGRICULTURE 77

General Agriculture 79

Agricultural Chemistry 79

Agricultural Economics 79

Agricultural and Extension Education 80

Agricultural Engineering 81

Agronomy— Crops and Soils 81

Animal Science 82

Botany 83

Entomology 84

Food Science 84

Geology 84

Horticulture 85

Special Curricula 85

ARCHITECTURE 101

ARTS AND SCIENCES 105

American Studies

Anthropology 108

Art 109

Astronomy Ill

Botany 113

Chemistry 115

Classical Languages and Literatures 117

Comparative Literature 118

Computer Science 119

Criminal Justice and Criminology 120

Dance 120

Economics 121

English Language and Literature 122

Foreign Languages and Literatures 124

General Biological Sciences 129

General Physical Sciences 129

History . 130

General Honors 134

Linguistics 135

Microbiology 139

Molecular Physics 140

Music 143

Physics and Astronomy 145

Pre-Professional Curricula 148

Psychology 150

Russian Area Program 152

Sociology 152

Speech and Dramatic Art 154

Zoology 157

BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 161

Business Administration 163

Economics 170

Geography 173

Government and Politics 176

Journalism 180

Bureau of Governmental Research 181

Bureau of Business and Economic Research 181

Information Systems Management 182

EDUCATION

Early Childhood Elementary 188

Industrial Education 191

Library Science Education 194

Secondary Education 204

Institute for Child Study 207

Administration Supervision 208

Counselling and Personnel Services 208

ENGINEERING 213

Aerospace Engineering 217

Agricultural Engineering 218

Chemical Engineering 220

Civil Engineering 221

Electrical Engineering 224

Engineering Materials 228

Fire Protection Engineering 229

Mechanical Engineering 230

Nuclear Engineering 232

Cognate Activities 233

HOME ECONOMICS 237

Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration 239

Textiles and Clothing 241

Family and Community Development 243

Housing and Applied Design 246

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 251

Physical Education 254

Recreation 259

Health Education 261

Dentistry 269

Medical Technology 270

Nursing 271

Pharmacy 271

Physical Therapy 271

THE FACULTY

Agriculture 277

Architecture 282

Arts and Sciences 282

Business and Public Administration 298

Education 303

Engineering 309

Home Economics 315

Physical Education, Recreation and Health 316

vii

FALL SEMESTER, 1970

September 8-11
September 12
September 14

November 25
November 30

December 18

January 4
January 13
January 14-19
January 20
January 21-22

Tuesday-Friday

Saturday

Monday

Wednesday

Monday

Friday

Monday

Wednesday

Thursday-Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday-Friday

Fall Semester Registration
Teacher Registration
Instruction begins

After last class— Thanksgiving recess begins
8:00 a.m. — Thanksgiving recess begins

After last class — Christmas recess begins

8:00 a.m. — Christmas recess ends

Pre-exam Study Day

Fall Semester Examinations

Study Day

Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER, 1971

February 1-5
February 6
February 8

April 9
April 19

May 26
May 27-29

May 31

June 1-4
June 5

Monday-Friday

Saturday

Monday

Friday
Monday

Wednesday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday

Tuesday-Friday
Saturday

SUMMER SCHOOL 1971

June 21, 22
June 23
July 5
August 13

Spring Semester Registration
Teacher Registration
Instruction begins

After last class — Spring recess begins
8:00 a.m. — spring recess ends

Pre-exam Study Day

Spring Semester Examinations

Memorial Day

Spring Semester Examinations
Commencement

Registration
Instruction begins
Independence day Holiday

No classes
Summer session ends

Monday-Tuesday
Wednesday
Monday
Friday

FALL SEMESTER 1971-72

ACADEMIC CALENDAR

September 7-11
September 13
November 24
November 29
December 17
January 3
January 11
January 12, 19
January 13, 21

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction begins
Thanksgiving recess begins
Thanksgiving recess ends
Christmas recess begins
Christmas recess ends
Instruction ends
Exam study days
Fall semester final exams

Tuesday through Saturday

Monday

Wednesday, after last class

Monday, 8:00 A.M.

Friday, after last class

Monday, 8:00 A.M.

Tuesday, after last class

Wednesdays

Thursday through Friday

SPRING SEMESTER 1972

January 31—

February 5

February 7

March 31

April 10

May 23

May 24

May 29

May 25— June 2

Spring Semester Registration
Instruction begins
Spring recess begins
Spring recess ends
Instruction ends
Pre-exam study day
Memorial day
Spring semester examinations

Monday through Saturday

Monday

Friday, after last class

Monday, 8:00 A.M.

Tuesday, after last class

Wednesday

Monday

Thursday through Friday

BOARD OF REGENTS AND MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE

Dr. Louis L. Kaplan, Chairman

3505 Fallstaff Road, Baltimore 21215

Richard W. Case, Vice Chairman

Smith, Somerville and Case, 17th Floor, One Charles Center, Baltimore 21201

B. Herbert Brown, Secretary

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 21201

Harry H. Nuttle, Treasurer
Denton 21629

Mrs. Alice H. Morgan, Assistant Secretary
4608 Drummond Avenue, Chevy Chase 20015

F. Grove Miller, Jr., Assistant Treasurer
Route #1, Box 133, North East 21901

Harry A. Boswell, Jr.

Harry Boswell Associates, 6505 Belcrest Road, Hyattsville 20782

Mrs. Michael J. Deegan, Jr. (Appointed June 1970)
9939 Good Luck Road, Apartment 204, Seabrook 20801

George C. Fry
Cecilton 21913

Edward V. Hurley (Appointed June 1970)

Commission on Human Relations, Mount Vernon Building, 701 St. Paul Street,

Baltimore 21202

William B. Long, M.D.

Medical Center, Salisbury 21801

Hugh A. McMullen (Appointed September 1970)

Geppert and McMullen, 21 Prospect Square, Cumberland 21502

OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS

PRESIDENT

Wilson H. Elkins — B.A., University of Texas,
1932; M.A., 1932; B. Lift., Oxford Univer-
sity, 1936; D.Phil., 1936.

VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
R. Lee Hornbake — B.S., California State Col-
lege, Pennsylvania, 1934; M.A., Ohio
State University, 1936; Ph.D., 1942.

VICE PRESIDENT FOR GENERAL ADMINIS-
TRATION

Walter B. Waetjen -B.S., Millersville State
College, Millersville, Pennsylvania, 1942;
M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1947;
Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1951.

VICE PRESIDENT FOR GRADUATE STUDIES
AND RESEARCH

Michael J. Pelczar, Jr. — B.S., University of
Maryland, 1936; M.D., 1938; Ph.D.,
State University of Iowa, 1941 .

VICE PRESIDENT FOR AGRICULTURAL AFFAIRS
Frank L. Bentz, Jr. — B.S., University of Mary-
land, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT FOR UNIVER-
SITY RELATIONS

Robert A. Beach, Jr. -A.B., Baldwin-Wallace
College, 1950; M.S., Boston University,
1954.

CHANCELLOR

Charles E. Bishop — B.S., Berea College, 1946;

M.S., University of Kentucky, 1948; Ph.D.

University of Chicago, 1952.

ACTING VICE CHANCELLOR FOR ACADEMIC
AFFAIRS

George H. Callcott — A.B., University of South
Carolina, 1950; M.A., Columbia Univer-
sity, 1951; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina, 1956.

ACTING VICE CHANCELLOR FOR ACADEMIC

PLANNING AND POLICIES
Thomas B. Day — B.S., University of Notre

Dame, 1V52; Ph.D., Cornell University,

1957.

ACTING VICE CHANCELLOR FOR BUSINESS
AFFAIRS

John W. Dorsey — B.S., University of Maryland,
1958; Certificate, London School of Eco-
nomics, 1959; M.A., Harvard University,
1962; Ph.D., 1963.

VICE CHANCELLOR FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
J. Winston Martin — B.S., University of Mis-
souri, 1951; M.Ed., 1956; Ed.D., 1958.

ASSISTANT TO THE CHANCELLOR FOR HUMAN
RELATIONS

P. Bertrand Phillips — A. B., San* Francisco State
College, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., Colum-
bia University, 1965.

i^BKwvt S.

GENERAL INFORMATION

THE UNIVERSITY

The contemporary university is a comprehen-
sive educational institution composed of colleges
and schools and offering a multiplicity of undergrad-
uate programs that are closely related to the
graduate and professional programs.

Comprehensive universities as we know them
in the United States have existed for not more than
a century, but their roots can be traced back to
medieval history. The English college system
served as the model for the earliest American efforts
at higher education. The ancient German university
tradition was joined with this in the 1870's to form
the basic outlines of our present institutions. Prac-
tical studies were grafted onto these more clas-
sically and theoretically-oriented traditions by the
agricultural emphasis of the land grant movement.

With the explosion of scientific and technologi-
cal knowledge in the early twentieth century, the
role of the universities in American society attained
increased importance, and today almost all aspects
of national life— social, economic, scientific, and
cultural— benefit from their educational, research
and service functions.

OBJECTIVES OF THE UNIVERSITY

Although the University of Maryland is a state
institution quite large in physical plant, student
enrollment, number of curricula offered, and serv-
ices performed, its objectives remain constant and
form a basis for all educational activity. Simply
stated they are: (1) to prepare students in the arts,
the humanities, the basic and applied sciences,
and the professional curricula; (2) to provide general
education in its broadest sense, both formal and in-
formal, for all students who enroll; (3) to develop

those ideals and finer relationships among students
which characterize cultured individuals; (4) to con-
duct systematic research and to promote creative
scholarship; and (5) to offer special, continuation,
and extension education in communities where it is
feasible to do so.

HISTORY

The University had its beginnings in 1807 with
the establishment in Baltimore of the College of
Medicine, an entirely faculty-owned institution
granting the M.D. degree. When, five years later, its
name was changed to the University of Maryland, it
was given power to confer additional degrees. Sub-
sequently, the University opened a School of Dent-
istry (1840), the first such school in the world, and
then added Schools of Pharmacy (1871), Law
(1882), and Nursing (1889).

The College Park campus of the University was
opened in 1859 as the Maryland Agricultural College
under a charter secured in 1856 by a group of Mary-
land planters. After a disastrous fire in 1912, the
State acquired control of the College and bore the
costs of rebuilding. In 1920 the State took over the
faculty-owned University in Baltimore, merging it
with the State-owned institution at College Park to
form the present-day University of Maryland.

In 1886 the Delaware Conference Academy was
founded by the Methodist Church in Princess Anne,
Maryland. Title to the institution was acquired by
the State of Maryland in 1926, and it became a
division of the University of Maryland in 1948. The
Regents have approved a proposal to make it an inte-
gral part of the University system with the name,
University of Maryland Eastern Shore (UMES).

A new undergraduate branch campus, known as
University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBO,
was opened at Catonsville in 1966.

THE UNIVERSITY TODAY

The University of Maryland is a comprehensive
educational unit offering curricula in over 120
fields. These curricula are offered through the
following major academic divisions:
At College Park

College of Agriculture
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Public Administra-
tion
College of Education
College of Engineering, the Glenn L. Martin

Institute of Technology
College of Home Economics
College of Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health
University College
Graduate School

School of Library and Information Services
(Graduate level only)

Summer School

School of Architecture

School of Nursing (First two years)

School of Pharmacy (First two years)

At Baltimore City

School of Dentistry
School of Law
School of Medicine
School of Nursing
School of Pharmacy
School of Social Work and Community
Planning

At Catonsville

University of Maryland Baltimore County

At Princess Anne

University of Maryland Eastern Shore

Other resources of the University include a
library system, the Computer Science Center, the
Agricultural Experiment Station, the University
Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute, the Natural Re-
sources Institute, and various other institutes and
bureaus.

Genera/ Information

FIELDS OF STUDY

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS

One major advantage of attending a university
is the broad range of programs available. This diver-
sity allows the student to change from one major
to another without leaving the institution, to choose
from a wide spectrum of elective courses, and to
benefit from daily contact with students of diverse
academic interests and backgrounds.

The undergraduate majors available at College
Park are as follows:
College of Agriculture— B.S. Degrees in:

General Agriculture

Agricultural Chemistry

Agricultural Economics (General, Agricultural Business,
International Agriculture, Agribusiness Teaching)

Agricultural and Extension Education

Agricultural Engineering

Agronomy (Crops; Technical Crops; General Crops and
Turf Management; Technical Soils; General Soils
and Soil Conservation; and Crops, Soils, and
Geology)

Animal Science (Large Animal, Dairying, Poultry, and Ani-
mal Science Business)

Botany

Conservation and Resource Development

Entomology

Food Science

Geology

Horticulture (Pomology and Olericulture, Floriculture and
Ornamental Horticulture, and Horticultural Edu-
cation)
College of Arts and Sciences

American Studies— B. A.

Anthropology — B.A.

Art— B.A. (General, Art History, and Studio)

Astronomy— B.S.

Biochemistry — B.S.

Botany— B.A.

Chemistry— B.S.

Classical Languages and Literature— B.A.

Comparative Literature— B.A.

Dance— B.A.

Economics— B.A.

English— B.A.

Foreign Languages and Literature— B.A. (Language
and Area Studies in French, German, Russian,
and Spanish)

General Biological Sciences— B.S.

General Physical Sciences — B.S.

Geography — B.A.

Government and Politics— B.A.

History— B.A.

Mathematics— B.S.

Microbiology — B.S.

Music— B. Mus., B.A. (B. Mus. in Theory and Composition,
History and Literature, and Applied Music)

Philosophy— B.A.

Physics— B.S.

Psychology— B.S. , B.A.

Russian Area Studies — B.A.

Sociology— B.A.

Speech and Dramatic Art— B.A. (General, Dramatic Art,
Radio and Television, and Speech and Hearing)

Zoology— B.S.
College of Business and Public Administration— B.S. Degrees
in:

Business Administration (General, Accounting, Fi-
nance, Insurance and Real Estate, Marketing,
Personnel and Labor Relations, Production Man-
agement, Statistics and Transportation)

Economics

Geography (Urban, Physical, and Cultural Geography and
Cartography)

Government and Politics (General, International Affairs,
and Public Administration)

Journalism

Information Systems Management
College of Education

Education (includes several non-departmentalized de-
gree programs, both undergraduate and graduate)
— B.S.. B.A.

Agricultural and Extension Education — B.S.

Early Childhood and Elementary Education— B.S. , B.A.
(Physical Education, Music, Art, and Foreign
Languages)

Industrial Education— B.S.

Library Science Education— B.A.

Secondary Education— B.S. . B.A. [Art, English, Foreign
Languages (classical or modern), Home Economics,
Mathematics, Music (instrumental or vocal). Physi-
cal Education, Science, Social Studies (history or
geography), Speech, General Business, Secretarial,
and Distributive]

Special Education— B.S.

Education for Industry — B.S.

Vocational- Industrial Education— B.S.
College of Engineering— B.S. Degrees in:

Aerospace Engineering

Agricultural Engineering

Chemical Engineering

Civil Engineering

Electrical Engineering

Engineering (Undesignated)

Fire Protection

Mechanical Engineering
College of Home Economics — B.S. Degrees in:

Family and Community Development (Family Studies,
Community Studies, and Management and Con-
sumer)

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration (Food
and Nutrition, Experimental Foods, Nutrition; In-
stitutional Administration; and Dietetics)

Textiles and Clothing [Textiles (Textiles and Apparel,
Textile Science, or Textile Marketing))

Housing and Applied Design (Advertising Design, Costume.
Crafts. Housing, and Interior Design)

Home Economics Education
College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health—
B.S. Degrees in:

Genera/ Information

Physical Education

Recreation

Health Education
School of Architecture— B. Arch. Degree
University College:

General Studies— B. A.

Military Science — B.S. (No new enrollments accepted)

SPECIAL PROGRAMS

There are certain subjects which the student
cannot choose as his undergraduate major but can
choose as his minor field of study. These include:

Afro-American Studies

Chinese

Portuguese

Hebrew

Greek

Italian

Computer Science

Linguistics

AIR FORCE ROTC

The Department of Air Science operates the Air
Force Reserve Officers Training Corps program on
an elective basis. The program provides college men
with an opportunity to earn commissions in the
United States Air Force while earning their degrees.
The Air Force ROTC mission is to commission,
through a college program, career-oriented second
lieutenants in response to Air Force requirements.
Students should contact their college within the
University to determine the number of AFROTC
credits that may be applied toward their degree re-
quirements.

TWO PROGRAMS OFFERED
Four-Year Program

A General Military Course (GMC) is normally for
freshmen and sophomores. Those who successfully
complete the GMC may apply for the Professional
Officer Course (POC) which is the final two years of
AFROTC. Progression into the POC is not automatic
but is limited to selected students only. Students in
the four-year program must attend four weeks of
field training at a designated Air Force base during
the summer after completing the junior year of col-
lege. To enter the AFROTC program, one should
inform his advisor and register for it in the same
manner as for other courses. Only students who
elect the four-year program are eligible to apply for
the AFROTC College Scholarship Program.

Two-Year Program

The Professional Officer Course (POC) is nor-
mally offered in the junior and senior years, but may
be taken by graduate students otherwise qualified.
This program is especially attractive for those un-
able to take the four-year program, particularly
transfer students. Evaluation of candidates is nor-
mally begun during the first semester of the sopho-
more year, since each student must meet physical
and mental standards set by the Air Force. Inter-
ested students should contact a professor of air
science as early in their sophomore year as possible.
Students in the two-year program must attend six
weeks of field training at a designated Air Force
base during the summer preceding initial entry into
the two-year academic portion. The academic pro-
gram for the last two years (POC) is identical with
the final two years of the four-year program. Cadets
in the POC are exempt from the draft, since they
are enlisted in the Air Force Reserve. This entitles
them to all privileges afforded to military reserv-
ists.

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

The University of Maryland, in all its branches
and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal educa-
tional opportunity for people of all races, creeds and

ethnic origins.

FRESHMAN ADMISSION
Maryland Residents

Admission from secondary school is based on
evidence indicating the applicant's probable suc-
cess in the program of his choice. Applicants will be
evaluated by two sets of criteria: (1) high school
academic record in college preparatory subjects
and class standing and (2) the University's predic-
tive index.

High School Record and Class Standing

Applicants for admission from secondary school
who have (1) achieved at least a C average (when D
is the lowest passing grade) in college preparatory
subjects and (2) rank in the top half of their class
will be offered admission.

Predictive Index

Applicants who have achieved at least a C aver-
age but who do not rank in the upper half of their
class will be evaluated on the basis of the Univer-
sity's predictive index. The variables included in the
index are the applicant's (1) grade-point average in
academic courses, (2) class rank, and (3) Scholastic
Aptitude Test scores.

An applicant whose predicted grade-point aver-
age at the end of his first year at the University is
1.75 or better will be offered admission.

Other Requirements for Admission
In addition to meeting one of the sets of criteria
noted above all applicants must also:

1. Be recommended for admission by their high
school principal or counselor;

2. Have received their high school diploma be-
fore their first registration with the Uni-
versity;

3. Have successfully completed the high school
subjects required for the college and cur-
riculum for which application is made.
(Note: Admission to the School of Architec-
ture is competitive with selection based on
previous academic achievement.);

4. Have completed the Scholastic Aptitude Test
and have requested that the results be
submitted to the University. Applicants
should take the SAT before the end of the
Fall Semester preceding enrollment at the
University. For further information on the
SAT, applicants should consult their high
school counselor or write to the Educational
Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey
08540. To have the test results sent to the
University of Maryland at College Park, use
the College Park Campus code number,
5814, in the proper place on the test.

Early Decision
Applicants who have a B average in college
preparatory subjects during their junior year in high
school or who are in the top fourth of their respec-
tive classes may be offered an early decision on ad-
mission. Once the applicant accepts the offer by
remitting the fifty dollar enrollment deposit, he only
needs to submit a final transcript documenting grad-
uation from high school to complete the require-
ments for admission.

General Information

The Out-of-State Student

As the state university, the University of Mary-
land must give preference to residents. The Uni-
versity will offer admission, however, to a limited
number of non-residents of proven academic ability
for whom particular programs of the University are
especially relevant.

The limitations on out-of-state applicants apply
both to freshmen and transfer students.

TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION

An applicant must be in good standing in schol-
arship and character to be considered for admission.
Transfer applicants who are residents of Maryland
are required to have at least a C average (2.0 on a
4.0 scale) in all previous work. The Associate of
Arts degree qualifies the community college trans-
fer student for admission.

Non-resident applicants are required to have a
cumulative average of at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale.

For further information contact the Coordinator
of Transfer Students, Office of Admissions.
Transfer Credit

Advanced standing is assigned to transfer stu-
dents from accredited institutions prior to registra-
tion. Academic courses carrying a grade of C or
higher usually are transferable provided they are ap-
plicable to the curriculum into which the student is
transferring.

Transfer of Credit from Community Colleges

A maximum of sixty (60) academic credits are
transferable from community colleges. In general,
courses taken at a community college which are
equivalent to junior or senior level courses at the
University may not be transferred.

Special Problems. The College of Business and
Public Administration subscribes to the policy that
advanced work in professional courses should not
be included in the first two years of undergraduate
education. The College also limits transfer of lower
division courses in Business Administration to a
maximum of nine (9) semester hours. Similar limi-
tations are placed on transfer of credit in other pro-
fessional areas.

Transfer foreign language credit is usually ac-
ceptable in meeting college requirements. Prospec-
tive students should consult college catalogs to de-
termine the specific requirements of various col-
leges and curricula.

Credit by Examination. Transfer credit will not
be granted for courses taken by examination at other
institutions.

The Academic Retention Plan

The academic average of a transfer student
at the University of Maryland is based only on those
courses actually taken at the University. Credit
hours for courses taken at other institutions may
be transferred, but grades and quality points do not
transfer. The level of expectation of academic per-
formance, however, is determined by the total num-
ber of credit hours transferred plus the number of
hours attempted at the University.

THE SPECIAL STUDENT

Applicants over 21 years of age who qualify
for admission but who do not desire to work toward
a baccalaureate degree may be admitted as special
students. These students are ineligible to matricu-
late for a degree until they have submitted all re-
quired documents. Permission from the dean of
the various schools and colleges of the University is

often needed in order to enroll as a special student.
Special students who have received a bacca-
laureate degree are advised that no credit earned
while enrolled as special students may be applied
at a later date to a graduate program. These post-
baccalaureate students may enroll for courses at
the 100 to 199 level for which they possess the
necessary prerequisites but may not enroll in
courses restricted to graduate students only.

THE FOREIGN STUDENT

The foreign student applying for admission to
the undergraduate schools of the University of
Maryland should make application at least six
months in advance of the term for which he is ap-
plying. He will be required to submit (1) an applica-
tion for admission on a form furnished by the Ad-
missions Office of the University upon request, (2)
official copies of his secondary school preparation,
(3) certificates of completion of state secondary
school examinations, and (4) records of college or
university studies completed in schools in the
United States or elsewhere. He will also be re-
quired to furnish proof of adequate finances and of
his ability to read, write, speak, and understand
English sufficiently well to pursue satisfactorily an
approved course of study in one of the colleges of
the University. Arrangements can be made through
the Office of the Director of International Education
Services and Foreign Student Affairs for administer-
ing an English test to prospective students both in
the United States and in other countries.

The foreign student accepted for admission to
the University will receive from the Director of
Foreign Student Affairs the appropriate immigra-
tion form needed to secure a student visa from the
American consul.

Every foreign student is expected to notify the
Director of Foreign Student Affairs as to the approx-
imate date of his arrival at the University and ar-
range to arrive in time for the special orientation
program that precedes registration. The office of
the Director is located in the North Administration
Building, Room 222-A.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES

Application Forms
Application forms may be obtained by writing to:
Director, Office of Admissions
North Administration Building
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland 20742
Application forms also are supplied to Maryland
high schools. Seniors in high school may obtain the
forms from their high school counselors.

All applicants must comply fully with the direc-
tions printed on the application form. Incomplete
forms cannot be processed.

Application Fee
A non-refundable $10.00 application fee is re-
quired with each application.

Enrollment Deposit
Applicants for the September term who are
found to meet admission requirements may be sent
an offer of admission. They are then required to
submit the enrollment deposit of $50 within three
weeks after the date of this offer. Failure to submit
the enrollment deposit within the required time
limit will be taken as evidence that the applicant is
not seriously interested in admission, and the offer
will be cancelled.

General Information

Refunds of the $50 enrollment deposit will be
made provided the request for the refund is received
by the Admissions Office on or before June 1, for
those students who plan to enter in September.

CLOSING DATES FOR APPLICATIONS

Fall Semester

All applications for undergraduate admission for
the fall semester at the College Park campus must
be received by the University on or before June 1.
(Note: Foreign students are required to submit ap-
plication six months in advance of registration. Ap-
plications including supporting documents for the
School of Architecture must be received on or be-
fore March 1.) High school students are encouraged
to file their applications during the fall months of
their senior year.

All supporting documents for an application for
admission must be received by the appropriate Uni-
versity office on or before July 15. Supporting docu-
ments include education records (except current
summer school grades), SAT scores (in the case of
new freshmen) and medical examination reports.
Spring Semester

The deadline for the receipt of applications for
the Spring Semester is December 1. All supporting
documents for an application must be received on or
before the first workday after January 1. (Foreign
students are required to submit applications six
months in advance.)

ORIENTATION PROGRAMS
Freshmen Orientation and Registration

Upon final admission to the University the stu-
dent will receive materials pertaining to his partici-
pation in The Freshmen Orientation and Registra-
tion Program for the University of Maryland. ALL
ENTERING FRESHMEN ARE REQUIRED TO AT-
TEND THIS PROGRAM which is administered by the
director of Orientation and Special Programs of the
Office of Student Activities. The primary goals of the
program are three-fold in nature: to inform the stu-
dent about the University, involve him in the pro-
gram and assist him in dealing with the problems he
may encounter. The program is operated at the Col-
lege Park campus during the months of July and
August. Each freshman will attend with a group of
his future classmates. During the two days he will
engage in the following:

1. Formal and informal discussions about Uni-
versity life and the standards of performance
the University will expect of him.

2. A personal conference with a faculty adviser

in his college who will assist him in select-
ing and registering for fall semester courses.
(To assure the success of this conference,
please have the SAT scores submitted to the
University early in the spring.)

3. An introduction to campus facilities, sources

of help for the problems the typical fresh-
man must face, and out-of-class opportuni-
ties.

4. Payment of fall semester fees and charges

and, if he so desires, purchase of his text-
books.
Through this program, the entering student re-
ceives a personalized and individual introduction
to the University.
Transfer Student Orientation

Upon admission to the University, the transfer
student receives information concerning an orienta-

tion program that is held during the summer. This
program includes a conference with representatives
of his college to explain academic requirements, as
well as a general orientation to the campus itself.
The program is particularly geared to the needs of
upper class students and their special concerns.
Foreign Student Orientation

All foreign students admitted to the University
are required to attend the orientation program ar-
ranged especially for them by the Director of Foreign
Student Affairs with the cooperation of the Interna-
tional Club. The September Orientation is held on
the Friday and Saturday preceding registration
week; the February Orientation is held on the Friday
only preceding registration week. At the close of the
afternoon sessions on Friday, a coffee is held where
new foreign students are introduced informally to
members of the faculty and administration as well
as to other students, both foreign and American.
Fall Activities Week

During Fall Registration Week students and
faculty combine their efforts to plan a program to
help students become acquainted with the many as-
pects of life at the University. The activities of this
week range from open houses and picnics to study
skills seminars and welcome assemblies. Faculty
members participate in a series of programs de-
signed to initiate the academic year. Entertaining
social events are planned to help the student be-
come acquainted with his future classmates. Stu-
dent leaders show him how he can become involved
in activities varying from intramural sports to stu-
dent politics. Selected upperclassmen who com-
pose the Fall Orientation Board are on hand to
answer questions and lead small discussion
groups.

For information about any of the orientation
programs, please write:

Orientation Director

Student Union

University of Maryland

College Park, Maryland 20742

SUMMER SCHOOL

New freshmen students who have met the regu-
lar University admission requirements for fall en-
rollment may begin their studies during the sum-
mer rather than await September. The final date
for admission to Summer School is June 1.

The student who enters on this basis and who
continues attending summer sessions can shorten
his college career by a semester or by a year, de-
pending upon his curriculum and the progress he
makes in it.

Courses which are offered during the summer
are the same in content and in instruction as are
courses offered during the fall and spring semes-
ters. Many students have found the transition from
secondary school to college facilitated by attending
the summer session. Undergraduate students at-
tending the eight-week session are permitted to reg-
ister for a maximum of nine semester hour credits.

For additional information write for a Summer
School Catalog, which may be obtained from the
Director of the Summer School, College Park, Mary-
land 20742.

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

University College subscribes to the philosophy
that continuing education is essential to meet the

General Information

demands of today's complex society. Thus, the
College, in contrast to the usual practice of bringing
students to the University, makes educatioi.al op-
portunities available to adult students at hours and
locations convenient for them.

As a result of this philosophy, most University
College courses are given in the evening. There-
fore, the average undergraduate — that is, a person
who wishes to be a full-time day student— would
have little reason to enroll with University College
Nor would he be allowed to do so, except in special
cases. However, if a student who first enrolls as a
full-time day student later finds it necessary to take
a day-time job, he may then take evening courses
with University College.

Specifically, University College has a three-fold
purpose: (1) to extend the program of the University
by offering college-credit evening courses for adults
on campus and off campus throughout the State,
in the District of Columbia, and at various overseas
centers; (2) to offer the Bachelor of Arts degree in
General Studies to qualified adult students; and (3)
through the Conferences and Institutes Division, to
arrange special programs to meet specific non-
credit educational needs of various adult groups.

The General Studies curriculum provides oppor-
tunities for programs in the humanities, the social
sciences, and business administration, with concen-
trations in such fields as commerce, English, gov-
ernment and politics, history, philosophy, psy-
chology, and sociology.

Off-campus centers in Maryland and the Dis-
trict of Columbia at which courses in these fields
are offered include:

Aberdeen Proving Ground
Andrews Air Force Base
Baltimore Campuses
Bainbridge Naval
Training Center

Boiling Air Force Base
D.C. Recreation Dept.
Edgewood Arsenal
Fort Meade
Fort Ritchie
Maryland Penitentiary
Montgomery County Police
National Bureau of Standards
National Institute of Health
National Security Agency
Naval Ordnance Laboratory
Naval Research Laboratory
Patuxent Naval Air Station
Pentagon

Prince Georges County Police
Soc. Security Bldg.— Baltimore
Tolchester Missile Site
Walter Reed Army
Medical Center

In addition, the Off-Campus Division of Univer-
sity College offers courses for teachers in most of
the counties in Maryland. The College Park Evening
Division offers courses on campus.

Overseas, University College courses are offered
to military personnel and their dependents, and to
certain civilians in twenty-five foreign countries
on four continents. These courses are offered in co-
operation with the U.S. Armed Forces.

To enroll in University College, students who
have never attended a college or university must
have either an acceptable high school diploma or
the high school equivalent; students who have at-
tended another college or university must be in good
academic standing. Further information about ad-
mission requirements may be obtained from a Uni-
versity College adviser (call 454-2311 for an ap-
pointment) or from the University College Catalog,
which may be obtained by writing to the Dean, Uni-
versity College, University of Maryland, College Park
Maryland 20742.

The College does not offer correspondence
courses.

General Information

8 Genera/ Information

EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID

GENERAL

All fees are due and payable in full at time of
registration. Returning students will not be permit-
ted to complete registration until all financial obli-
gations to the University including library fines,
parking violation assessments, and other penalty
fees and service charges are paid in full.

All checks or money orders should be made pay-
able to the University of Maryland for the exact
amount due. In cases where the University has
awarded a grant, scholarship, or workship, the ap-
propriate amount will be deducted on the bill.

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma,
certificate, or transcript of record issued to a stu-
dent who has not made satisfactory settlement of
his account.

Although changes in fees and charges ordinar-
ily will be announced in advance, the University
reserves the right to make such changes without
prior announcement.

FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON-RESIDENTS:
1970-1971 ACADEMIC YEAR

Fall
Semester
Fees for Undergraduate Students:
Maryland Residents

Fixed Charges $205.00

Instructional Materials 13.00

Athletic Fee 30.00

Student Activities Fee 18.00

Auxiliary Facilities Fee 15.00

Recreational Facilities Fee 40.00

$321.00

Board-Full Controct- $300.00

Lodging $200.00

$821.00

Spring
Semester

Total

$205.00
13.00

$410.00
26.00
30.00
18 00
15.00
40.00

$218.00

$539.00

$300.00
$200.00
$718.00

$600.00

$400.00

$1,539.00

Full Time Undergraduote-Non-Residents
Fixed Charges and other fees

(same as above) $321.00 $218.00 $539.00

Non-Resident Fee $250.00 $250.00 $500.00

Board Full Contract- $300.00 $300.00 $600.00

Lodging $250.00 $250.00 $500.00

$1,121.00 $1,018.00 $2,139.00

•Partial Contract for Boord is $250.00 per Semester

••Students who register for the Spring Semester but who were not enrolled in the Fall
Semester are reguired to pay the following additional fees: Athletic Fee. $15.00. Stu-
dent Activities. $9.00, Auxiliary Facilities Fee. $7 50; Recreational Facilities Fee,
$20.00.

Definition of Residence and Non-Residence

Students who are minors are considered to be
resident students if at the time of their registration
their parents have been domiciled in the State of
Maryland for at least six months.

The status of the residence of a student is de-
termined at the time of his first registration in the
University and may not thereafter be changed by
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move
to and become legal residents of Maryland by main-
taining such residence for at least six months. How-
ever, the right of the minor student to change from
a non-resident status to resident status must be es-
tablished by him prior to the registration period set
for any semester.

Adult students are considered to be residents
if at the time of their registration they have been
domiciled in Maryland for at least six months pro-
vided such residence has not been acquired while
attending any school or college in Maryland or
elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the armed
services while stationed in Maryland will not be
considered as satisfying the six months period re-
ferred to above except in those cases in which the
adult was domiciled in Maryland for at least six

General Information

months prior to his entrance into the armed service
and was not enrolled in any school during that peri-
od.

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation
shall mean the permanent place of abode. For the
purpose of this rule only one domicile may be main-
tained.
Explanation of Fees

The application fee for the undergraduate col-
leges and the summer session partially defrays
the cost of processing applications for admission to
these divisions of the Universty. If a student enrolls
for the term for which he applied, the fee is ac-
cepted in lieu of the matriculation fee. Applicants
who have enrolled with the University of Maryland
in its Evening Division at College Park or Baltimore,
or at one of its off-campus centers are not required
to pay the fee since they have already paid a ma-
triculation fee.

The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tui-
tion. It is a charge to help defray the cost of operat-
ing the University's physical plant, to pay adminis-
trative and clerical expenses and other costs which
ordinarily would not be included as a cost of teach-
ing personnel and teaching supplies.

The Instructional Materials Fee represents a
charge for instructional materials and/or laboratory
supplies furnished to students. Full-time under-
graduate students subject to the fees set forth be-
low will be billed the appropriate fee and also will
be billed the Instructional Materials Fee: Math 1,
$45; Applied Music, $40; and P.E. 8 Riding Class,
$26.

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of
the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. All
students are eligible and all students are encour-
aged to participate in all of the activities of this de-
partment and to attend all contests in which they
do not participate.

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee
included at the request of the Student Government
Association. It covers class dues and is used in
sponsoring various student activities, student pub-
lications and cultural programs.

The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into
a fund which will be used to expand the recreational
facilities on the College Park campus, especially
the Student Union Building.

The Auxiliary Facilities Fee is paid into a fund
which is used for expansion and operation of var-
ious facilities such as roads, walks, campus light-
ing and other campus facilities. These facilities
are not funded or are funded only in part from other
sources.

OTHER FEES

Undergraduate Applications

The deadline for the receipt of applications for
the Spring Semester is December 1. All sup-
porting documents for an application must be re-
ceived on or before the first workday after January 1
1970.

All applications for undergraduate admission
for the Fall Semester at the College Park campus
must be received by Admissions Office on or before
June 1. All supporting documents for an application
for admission must be received by the appropriate
University Office on or before July 15. Supporting
documents include education records (except cur-
rent summer school grades), SAT scores (in the case
of new freshmen), and the medical examination re-
port.

Applicotion Fee $ 10.00

Enrollment Deposit Fee 50.00

(This fee is non-refundable after June 1st. At time of registra-
tion fee will be applied against University charges)
Registration Fee - Pre-College Orientation Program ... 15 00

Late Applicotion Fee 25.00

Matriculation Fee 10.00

Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00

Room Deposit Fee poyable upon application for dormitory room 50.00

(To be deducted from the first semester room charges at
registration.)
Vehicle Registration Fee. each vehicle 10.00

(Payable each academic year by all students registered for
courses on the College Park campus and who drive on the
campus.)
Special Fee for students requiring additional preporotion in Mathe-
matics, per semester 45.00
(Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math 10 or 18
and who foil in qualifying examination for these courses. Stu-
dents enrolled in this course ond concurrently enrolled for 6 or
more credit hours will be considered as full-time students for
purposes of assessing fees.)
Special Guidonce Fee per semester (for students who are required
or who wish to take advantage of the effective study course,
and/or the tutoring service offered by the Office of Inter-
mediate Registration) 15.00
Applied Music Fee (each course) 40.00
Riding Class Fee 26.00
Fees for Auditors and courses taken for audit are the same as those
charged for courses taken for credit at both the undergraduate
and graduate levels. Audited credit hours will be added to hours
taken for credit to determine whether or not an undergradu-
ate student is full-time or part-time for fee assessment pur-
poses.
Special students are assessed fees in accordance with the sched-
ule for the comparable undergraduate or graduate classifica-
tion.

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES
Part-time Undergraduate Students:

Fee per credit hour 22.00

Auxiliary Facilities Fee - Payable each semester or summer

session 4.00

Vehicle Registration Fee 10.00

($10.00 for first vehicle and $2.00 each for odditional
vehicles in accordance with published regulations.)
(Payable each academic yeor by all students registered
for dosses on the College Pork Campus and who drive
on the campus.)
(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to meon under-
graduate students taking 8 semester credit hours or less.
Students carrying 9 semester hours are considered to be
full time ond must pay the regular full-time fees.)

Lote Registration Fee 20.00

(All students are expected to complete their registration, in-
cluding the filing of class cards ond payment of bills, on the
regular registration days. Those who do not complete their
registration during the prescribed days must pay this fee.)
Fee for change in registration 5 00

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2 00

Special Examination Fee - to establish college credit - per

semester hour 5.00

Transcript of Record Fee (one tronscript furnished without

charge) ... 1 .OX)

Property Damage Chorge: Students will be charged for damage
to property or equipment. Where responsibility for the dam-
age con be fixed, the individual student will be billed for it :
where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing
the damage or replacing equipment will be prorated.
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks: Payable for each check
which is returned unpaid by the drawee bank on initial pres-
entation because of insufficient funds, payment stopped.
post-dating, drawn ogainst uncollected items etc.

For checks up to $50.00 . 5.00

For checks from $50.0) to $100.00 10.00

For checks over $100.00 20.00

Library Charges:

Fine for failure to return book from Generol Library before

expiration of loan period per day .25

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before ex-
piration of loan period

First hour overdue 1.00

Eoch additional hour overdue 2 00 max

In case of loss or multilation of o book, satisfactory restitution

must be made.
In the event it becomes necessary to tronsfer uncollected charges
to the Coshier's office, on additional charge of $1 00 is made

TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES
Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs vary with the

course pursued, but will overage per semester 85 00

FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
Fee per semester hour. Resident
Fee per semester hour. Non-resident
Fee per semester hour. Maryland Teachers

$ 3800
48 00
34.00

Genera/ Information

Application Fee, payable ol time of first application for admission

to the Graduate School $ 1000

Graduation Fee Master's Degree 10.00

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 50.00

Auxiliary Facilities Fee (per semester 4.00

Vehicle Registration Fee 10 00

($10.00 for first vehicle ond $2.00 each for additional vehicles
in accordance with published regulations.)
Payable each academic year by all students registered for
classes on the College Park Campus ond who drive on the
campus.)
Foreign Language examination 10.00

Graduate Education Testing Fee 5.00

Speciol Fee (full-time graduate students on Baltimore City Cam-
pus only) 25.00
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks 5 00 to 20.00
(See explanation above)

All fees, except Groduotion Fee, ore payable at the time
of registration for each semester.
Groduotion Fee must be paid prior to graduation.
There is no provision for housing graduate students in Uni
versify dormitories.

FEES FOR UNIVERSITY COLLEGE COURSES
Undergraduate Matriculation Fee (Payable once, at the time of
first registration by all undergraduate students, full-time
ond part-time' $ 10.00

Tuition charge for undergraduate students per credit hour 20.00

Tuition charge for GRADUATE students per credit hour:

Residents of Maryland 38.00

Fee per semester hour, Maryland Teachers 34.00

Non-residents of Maryland (Status as determined upon

odmission) 48.00

Graduate Education Testing Fee 5.00

Vehicle Registration Fee, College Park Campus, each vehicle 10.00

Auxiliary Facilities Fee 4.00

(Payable at each registration by all part-time undergraduates
and all graduate students taking courses on the College Park
Campus and/or UMBC Campus and all graduate students tak-
ing courses on the Baltimore City Campus. In the event of a
duplicate registration during the same session, the duplicate
payment will be refunded provided that the student makes
written request to the Registrar.)
Special Fee

(Payable each semester by students registering for classes
on Baltimore City Campus and who are enrolling for 12

credits or more) 12.50

Continuous Registration Fee (per semester) 10.00

(For further information see Graduate School catalog)

Service Charges for Dishonored Checks 5.00 to 20.00

Baltimore Student Union Fee (Payable each semester by students
registering for classes on Baltimore City campus):

Students registering for from one through eleven credits 3.00

Students registering for twelve credits or more 15.00

Late Registration Fee: Students who do not complete their regis-

trationduring the scheduled days will be charged a fee of 20.00

in Registration Fee (Payable when a student, enrolled in

University College courses, or wishes to substitute one
course for another or one section of a course for another,

or add a course), after he completes registration 5.00

Payment of Fees: Registration is not complete until all fees are
paid in full. All checks, money orders, or postal notes should
be made payable to the University of Maryland.

A Maryland teacher is defined for fee assess-
ment purposes as any full-time professional em-
ployee of a school or college located in the State of
Maryland and accredited by the State Department of
Education. The teacher must be currently under
contract or on official leave for the purpose of taking
full-time graduate work at the University of Mary-
land. Teachers enrolling in the Summer Session will
be considered as being currently under contract
provided that they have a valid contract for the aca-
demic year immediately following the Summer Ses-
sion. Contract status must be established anew at
each registration by the submission of a letter, or
other appropriate document, provided by the Board
of Education of the city or county or principal officer
of the school or college in which the teacher is em-
ployed. If the letter or document is needed by the
teacher for other purposes, he must supply a photo-
copy which will be retained by the registration clerk.
The necessary letter, document or photocopy must
be provided at the time of registration.

An additional late application fee of $10.00 will be
assessed against students who fail to apply for graduation with-
in the first eight weeks of a regular semester or the first three
weeks of a summer session. Students who apply after the end

of the twelfth week of a regular academic semester and those
who apply after the end of the fourth week of a summer
session will be required to wait for the next academic semes-
ter in order to obtain a diploma.

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES

Any student compelled to leave the University
at any time during the academic year should file an
application for withdrawal, bearing the proper sig-
nature, in the Office of the Registrar. If this is not
done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of
course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and
will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would
otherwise be entitled. The date used in computing
refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is
filed in the office of the Registrar.

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be per-
mitted only with the written consent of the stu-
dent's parent or guardian.

Students withdrawing from the University will
be credited for all academic fees charged to them
in accordance with the following! schedule:

Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable

Two weeks or less 80%

Between two and three weeks. . 60%

Between three and four weeks ... 40%

Between four and five weeks 20%

Over five weeks 00%

The following table summarizes the fixed
charges, mandatory fees, and room and full contract
board charges for students enrolled in the under-
graduate programs in the University of Maryland at
College Park in 1970:

First
Semester
Maryland Residents

1 . Not living in the University residence

halls $346

2. Living in the University residence

halls $871

Residents of the District of Columbia,
other States, and other Countries

1 . Not living in the University residence

halls $696

2. Living in the University residence

halls... $1.27)

Full-time undergraduate students who register
for the second semester, but who were not full-time
undergraduate students in the first semester, are
required to pay additional fees of $45.

Special course fees, book costs, and personal
expenses are not included.

All fees are due and payable in full at time of
registration.

No part of the charges for room and board is re-
fundable except where the student officially with-
draws from the University or where he is given per-
mission by the appropriate officials of the University
to move from the residence halls and/or to discon-
tinue dining hall privileges. In these cases, the room
refund will be computed by deducting ten percent
of the charge for the semester as a service charge
and the remainder will be prorated on a weekly
basis. Refunds to students having full board con-
tracts will be calculated in the same manner. No
room and/or board refunds will be made after the

Semester

Total

$243

$589

$768

$1,639

$593

$1,289

$1,168

$2,439

General Information

fourteenth week of the semester. ID Cards with din-
ing hall validation issued to boarding students must
be surrendered at the Auditor's Office in the Admin-
istration Building on the day of withdrawal before
any refund will be processed.

In computing refunds to students who have re-
ceived the benefit of scholarships and loans from
University Funds, the computation will be made in
such a way as to return the maximum amount to the
scholarship and loan accounts without loss to the
University.

No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity,
Special Recreational Facilities, and Advisory and
Testing Fees is made to students who withdraw at
the close of the first semester.

A student who registers as a full-time under-
graduate will receive no refunds of Fixed Charges,
Instructional Materials Fee, Athletic Fee, etc.,
when courses are dropped (irrespective of the num-
ber of credit hours dropped) unless the student
withdraws from the University.

A student who registers as a graduate student or
as a part-time undergraduate student will be given
an 80% refund of credit hour fees for courses drop-
ped during the first week of classes. No refunds will
be made for courses dropped thereafter.

A special refund schedule applies to full-time
students who are drafted into the Armed Services or
called up as Reservists.

University College students enrolled in off-cam-
pus and 8-week courses are subject to a somewhat
different refund schedule. Please see the University
College Bulletin for details.

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of
their scholastic records from the Office of the Regis-
trar. No charge is made for the first copy; for addi-
tional copies, there is a charge of $1.00 for each
transcript. Checks should be made payable to the
University of Maryland. Transcripts of records
snould be requested at least two weeks in advance
of the date when the records are actually needed.
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished
any student or alumnus whose financial obliga-
tions to the University have not been satisfied.

FINANCIAL AID

The Office of Student Aid provides advice and
assistance in the formulation of student financial
plans and, in cooperation with other University of-
fices, participates in the awarding of scholarships,
loans, and part-time employment to deserving stu-
dents. Scholarships, grants, and loans are awarded
on the basis of evident academic ability and finan-
cial need. In making awards, consideration is also
given to character, achievement, participation in
student activities, and to other attributes which may
indicate success in college. It is the intent of the
Committee to make awards to those qualified who
might not otherwise be able to pursue college
studies. Part-time employment opportunities on
campus are open to all students, but are dependent
upon the availability of jobs and the student's par-
ticular skills and abilities.

Additional information is available from the Di-
rector, Office of Student Aid, Room 222, North Ad-
ministration Building, University of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Maryland 20742.

Scholarships

Most scholarships are awarded to students be-
fore they enter the University. However, students
who have completed one or more terms, and have
not received such award, are eligible to apply. Most
of these scholarships are awarded to students who
have earned a cumulative grade point average of 3.0
(B) or better. Applicants may submit applications to
the Office of Student Aid between February 10 and
May 1 in order to receive consideration for scholar-
ship assistance for the ensuing year.

Scholarship award letters are normally mailed
between May 1 and July 1. Any applicant who does
not receive an award letter during this period should
assume that he has not been selected for a scholar-
ship.

FULL SCHOLARSHIPS. The University awards
56 full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed
charges, fees, and books. Not more than twenty of
these scholarships may be held by out-of-state stu-
dents, and at least twelve are reserved for women.
Scholastic achievement and participation in student
activities are given primary consideration.

UNIVERSITY GRANTS. The University awards
to deserving and qualified secondary school gradu-
ates a limited number of grants covering fixed
charges only.

GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS. These grants
are awarded by members of the State Legislature.
They may be awarded to persons living in the legis-
lative district which the Delegate or Senator repre-
sents.

SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS. A limited
number of scholarships are awarded each year to
students of exceptional ability, out of funds derived
from campus enterprises. The amount of these
scholarships varies, depending upon the extent of
need.

TEACHER EDUCATION GRANTS. The General
Assembly of Maryland provides grants equivalent to
fixed charges to Maryland residents pursuing cer-
tain teacher education curicula on a full-time basis.
Recipients must agree to teach in Maryland public
schools for at least two years immediately following
graduation. The agreement form must be signed by
the student and countersigned by the parent, guardi-
an, or other responsible adult.

GENERAL STATE SCHOLARSHIPS. The General
Assembly of Maryland provides a number of limited
scholarships to students entering college for the
first time. The scholarships may be used in any ap-
proved institution of higher education within the
State. Awards are made by the State Scholarship
Board based upon financial need and the results of
a competitive examination. For additional informa-
tion, contact high school guidance counselors or the
Maryland State Scholarship Board, 2100 Guilford
Avenue, Baltimore, Maryland 21218.

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS. The
University has a number of endowed scholarships
and special grants. These range in value from $100
to $1,000. Recipients are chosen by the University
in accordance with terms established by the donor.
It is usually inadvisable for a student to apply for a
specific scholarship. Each applicant will receive
consideration for all scholarships for which he is
eligible.

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS. Under
provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965, lim-

General Information

ited grants are available to encourage youths of ex-
ceptional financial need to continue their post-sec -
condary school education. A recipient must be a
United States citizen enrolled as a full-time under-
graduate. The amount of the grant must be matched
by an equal amount of some other type of aid pro-
vided through the University.

NURSING SCHOLARSHIPS. Nursing students
of exceptional financial need are eligible to receive
assistance under the provisions of the Health Man-
power Act of 1968. Students submitting applications
for financial aid will be automatically considered
for both scholarship and loan.

LOCAL AND NATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In ad-
dition to the scholarships provided by the University
of Maryland, a student should give careful consid-
eration to scholarship aid provided by local and na-
tional scholarship programs. Ordinarily, the high
school principal or counselor will be well informed
as to these opportunities.

Loans

Loan funds to meet educational expenses are
available for students enrolled in the University.
The extent of financial need must be clearly estab-
lished by providing a complete statement of the ap-
plicant's financial resources and estimated ex-
penses for the academic year.

Loan awards are normally granted on a yearly
basis, although short-term and emergency loans are
granted for shorter periods.

To apply for a long-term loan, an application
should normally be filed between February 1 and
August 1 for the ensuing year. If funds are available,
applications may be considered at other times, but
the student should bear in mind that it generally
takes about six weeks to process a loan.

Students applying for a loan must have a 2.0 (C)
average for courses taken the preceding semester.
New students need a 2.5 average in academic sub-
jects for the previous two years of school.

Loans are not available for non-educational ex-
penses, nor are they available for repayment of pre-
viously incurred indebtedness.

NATIONAL DEFENSE EDUCATION ACT LOAN
FUND. This loan fund was established by the Fed-
eral government in agreement with the University of
Maryland to make low-interest loans available to
superior students with clearly established financial
need. Applicants must be United States nationals
(citizens and permanent resident status) and must
be enrolled for eight or more credit hours at day
school on the College Park campus.

If funds are available, a student may request up
to $1,000 per year; the average approved loan is
about half this amount. The borrower must sign a
note and have a co-signer if under 21 years of age.
Repayment begins one year after the borrower
leaves school and must be completed within ten
years thereafter. No interest is charged until the
beginning of the repayment schedule. Interest after
that date is charged at the rate of three percent per
annum.

NURSING STUDENT LOANS. Loans up to $1500
per year are available under provision of the Nurses
Training Act of 1964. The borrower must be a full-
time student in pursuit of a baccalaureate or gradu-
ate degree in nursing and able to establish financial
need. Repayment begins one year after the borrower
ceases to be a full-time student and must be corn-

Dieted within ten years thereafter. No interest is
charged until the beginning of the repayment sched-
ule. Interest after that date accrues at the rate of
three percent per annum.

Up to fifty percent of the loan plus interest may
be cancelled in the event that the borrower is em-
ployed full-time as a nurse in a public or nonprofit
institution or agency. Such cancellation is at the
rate of ten percent per year. In the event of total or
permanent disability or death, the borrower's ob-
ligation is automatically cancelled.

INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT LOANS. Institution-
al loan funds have been established through the
generosity of University organizations, alumni,
faculty, staff, and friends. These loans are normally
available at low interest rates to upperclassmen
only. For specific information, the student should
inquire at the Office of Student Aid.

LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
LOAN. Qualified full-time students in approved
fields may apply for loan assistance up to $1800 per
academic year. Loans are repaid at the rate of 7 per-
cent simple interest, commencing six months after
termination of full-time study. Interested students
should contact either the Dean, University College,
or Department of Sociology, College of Arts and
Sciences.

BANK LOANS. Loan programs have been estab-
lished through the Maryland Higher Education Loan
Corporation and the United Student Aid Fund
which permit students to borrow money from their
hometown banks. These programs enable under-
graduates in good standing to borrow up to
$1,000 per year, and notes may not bear more than
seven percent simple interest. Monthly repayments
begin ten months after graduation or withdrawal
from school. The Federal government will pay the
interest while the student is in school. Further de-
tails and a listing of participating banks may be
secured from the Office of Student Aid.

Part-time Employment

More than one-half of the students at the Uni-
versity of Maryland earn a portion of their expenses.
The Office of Student Aid serves without charge as
a clearing house for students seeking part-time
work and employers seeking help. Many jobs are
available in the residence halls, dining halls, li-
braries, laboratories, and elsewhere on campus and
off campus.

Working during college years may offer advan-
tages in addition to the obvious one of financing a
college education. The employed student has a
special opportunity to learn new skills, to develop
good work habits, and to learn how to get along
with people. Part-time employment experience often
is helpful to the student in making his career choice.

The Office of Student Aid welcomes the oppor-
tunity to counsel a student about employment. How-
ever, securing a position through intelligent appli-
cation and retaining that position through good
work is the individual's responsibility.

Freshman students who do not need financial
aid probably should not attempt to work during the
first year at the University. Adjustment to college
study and to the changes from life at home usually
require the student's best efforts without the added
responsibility of partial self-support.

However, freshman students who need to work

Genera/ Information

in order to attend the University are advised to con-
sider employment in one of the dining halls. A
student may earn approximately one-half of his
board and room by working ten hours per week.
After one successful semester the work load may
be increased, at the request of the student, up to a
maximum of 20 hours per week.

For positions other than food service, a student
normally cannot arrange for employment until he is
on campus at the beginning of a school session. Ap-
plication must be made in person and the applicant
should have a schedule of his classes and study

hours so that he can seek employment best suited
to his free time.

College Work-Study Program

Eligible students may seek employment under
provisions of Title 1-C of the Economic Opportunity
Act. Qualified students may work up to 15 hours per
week during the school year and full time during the
summer. It is the intent of the Student Aid Commit-
tee to combine this type of assistance with scholar-
ships and loans so that students from low-income
families will be able to attend the University.

General Information

ACADEMICS

The University of Maryland is accredited by the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Secon-
dary Schools and is a member of the Association of
American Universities. In addition, individual
schools and departments are accredited by such
groups as the American Association of Collegiate
Schools of Business, the American Chemical So-
ciety, the National Association of Schools of Music,
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to
the Bar of the American Bar Association, the Ameri-
can Council of Education for Journalism, the Ameri-
can Council on Pharmaceutical Education, the
Council on Dental Education of the American Dental
Association, the Committee on Accreditation of the
American Library Association, the American Psy-
chological Association, the Commission on Accredi-
tation of the Council on Social Work Education, the
Council on Medical Education of the American Medi-
cal Association, the Engineers' Council for Profes-
sional Development, the National Council for Ac-
creditation of Teacher Education, and the National
League for Nursing.

GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

A college education i nplies something more
than technical training in a field of specialization. In
order that each graduate may gain a liberal educa-
tion as well as a specialized one, the University has
established a General Education requirement. This
requirement consists of 34 semester hours of credit
in six areas: English (9 hours), Fine Arts or Philoso-
phy (3 hours), History (6 hours), Mathematics (3
hours), Science (7 hours), and Social Science (6
hours). There is a wide choice in specific courses
which may be used to satisfy requirements in all of
the six areas except English.

The General Education Program is designed to
be spread out over the four years of college. In each
of the areas, courses for which no previous college
course work is prerequisite are available; at the
same time, alternative advanced courses are
available in most of the areas. Thus a student may
(within the limits of his particular curriculum) satis-
fy a General Education requirement with a variety
of courses at different levels. Which courses he
takes will depend on his ability — as determined
by advanced credit, placement examination, de-
partment evaluation, and class standing — and upon
his interests and needs.

It should be emphasized that the 34 semester
hours of General Education courses constitute a
minimum requirement, applicable to the under-
graduate students in all of the colleges of the Uni-
versity of Maryland.

The University is also concerned with the
physical fitness of each student. Therefore, all un-
dergraduate men and women students registered
for more than eight hours of credit are required to
enroll in and successfully complete two prescribed
courses in Physical Education for a total of two
semester hours of credit. A Health Education course
of two semesters hours' credit is required of all un-
dergraduate men and women. These courses must
be taken by all students taking more than 8 hours in
a semester during their first year of attendance at
the University whether they intend to graduate or
not.

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS

In addition to fulfilling the General Education
requirements, each student will have to meet the
specific graduation requirements determined by

Genera/ Information

the faculty of his particular college. These additional
course requirements will be found in each individual
college section.

ACADEMIC ADVISORS

Each student is assigned a faculty advisor whose
function is to aid the student in designing his pro-
gram of study. The student meets with his adviser
in regular conferences each semester and may ar-
range additional meetings on his own initiative.

Special advisors are assigned to students in
the pre-professional curricula.

INTERMEDIATE REGISTRATION

The Office of Intermediate Registration (01 R) is
for students who wish to transfer from one college
to another within the University, but who lack the
necessary 2.00 cumulative grade point average to be
able to do so. A student may register in OIR, take
courses applicable to the curriculum to which he
wishes to transfer, and then transfer to the new
college upon earning the necessary average.
Goals

The Office of Intermediate Registration recog-
nizes that students may have difficulty in making vo-
cational decisions. For this reason, OIR assumes the
specific goals of providing for all students registered
in OIR the opportunity to receive advising for cur-
riculum choice and vocational planning.

The Office of Intermediate Registration is lo-
cated in Room 215 of the North Administration
Building. The telephone number is 454-2733.

INTENSIVE EDUCATIONAL
DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM

The Intensive Educational Development Pro-
gram is designed to provide educational and psycho-
logical support to students who enter the University
of Maryland from culturally different and low socio-
economic backgrounds.

Academic advisement is a critical component
of the program. Students enroll in the Office of Inter-
mediate Registration. In addition to registration,
continuous group and individual sessions are held
throughout the semester.

Group and individual counseling, planned and
spontaneous, utilizes non-traditional methods in
working with students.

Academic skills are enhanced and improved
through group and individual work in the Reading
and Study Skills Laboratory. Specific academic lab
sessions are set up for the students' individual
courses.

Tutoring is provided by a selected group of paid
tutors individually and in small groups with a ratio
of 1 to 4.

The program recruits and enrolls students from
high schools, community agencies, and Upward
Bound programs. University of Maryland students
may transfer into the program during their first two
years.

Students are involved in the planning, imple-
menting, and evaluation of the program.
For further information, contact:
Coordinator, IED Program
213 N, Administration Building
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland 20742
Telephone: 454-4646

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

No baccalaureate curriculum requires less than
120 semester hours. Actual classifications run as
follows: Freshman, 1-27 semester hours; Sopho-
more, 28-55; Junior, 56-85; and Senior, 86 on up
to at least 120.

A student may register for upper division
courses when granted junior standing by his col-
lege. This shall be based upon earning a minimum
of 56 academic hours toward his degree, completing
such course requirements as the college may direct,
and possessing the minimum required grade point
average to remain in the University.

A senior at the University of Maryland who is
within six hours of completing the requirements for
the undergraduate degree may, with the approval
of his undergraduate dean, the head of the depart-
ment concerned, and the Graduate School, register
in the undergraduate college for graduate courses,
which may later be counted for graduate credit to-
ward an advanced degree at this University. The
student must be within seven credit hours of com-
pleting his undergraduate work and the total of
undergraduate and graduate courses must not ex-
ceed fifteen credits for the semester. Excess credits
in the senior year cannot be used for graduate
credit unless proper pre-arrangement is made. Sen-
iors who wish to register for graduate credit should
apply to the Graduate School.

SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES
Advanced Placement

Students entering the University from secondary
school may obtain advanced placement and college
credit on the basis of their performance on the Col-
lege Board Advanced Placement examinations.
These examinations are normally given to eligible
high school seniors during the May preceding ma-
triculation in college.

For achievement of a score of five or four on a
given examination, the student will be granted Ad-
vanced Placement and the credit equivalent of two
semester courses in that field; for achievement of a
score of three, Advanced Placement and the credit
equivalent of either one or two semester courses,
depending upon the field of the examination, will
be granted. A student earning a score of 2 on the
English advanced placement examination will not
need to take English Composition, but no credit
will be given.

The program allows students a maximum of
thirty hours credit, which may be used to meet ma-
jor, minor, or elective requirements; or, where
appropriate, General Education requirements. In-
cluded in the University's program are Advanced
Placement examinations in the following areas: bi-
ology, chemistry, English, French, German, history,
Latin, mathematics, physics and Spanish.

Questions about the program may be addressed
to the Director of Admissions and Registrations.
College Deans, or the Director of General Education.
For detailed information about examinations and
procedures in taking them, write to Director of Ad-
vanced Placement Program, College Entrance Exam-
ination Board, 475 Riverside Drive, New York, New
York 10027.

Honors Programs

The Colleges of Arts and Science, Education.
Architecture, Business and Public Administration,
and Agriculture have created unusual opportunities

General Information

for the superior student through the establishment
of Honors Programs.

Arts and Sciences,
Secondary Education, Architecture

The College of Arts and Sciences has instituted
both General Honors and Departmental Honors.
General Honors, as its name suggests, enlarges the
breadth of the student's generalized knowledge; De-
partmental Honors increases the depth of his knowl-
edge in his major discipline. Both offer the student
challenging academic experiences characterized
by small sections, active student participation, and
an Honors faculty that encourages dialogue. Indi-
vidually guided research and independent study are
important features of Honors work.

Each year a selected group of entering freshmen
is invited into the General Honors Program on the
basis of their high school records and standardized
test scores. The General Honors student, after ac-
ceptance, must maintain a "B" average to continue
in the Program.

The more than 20 Departmental Honors Pro-
grams ordinarily begin in the junior year, although a
few programs begin as early as the freshman
year.

By agreement, students in Secondary Education
in the College of Education and in the School of
Architecture may participate in the Honors Pro-
grams of the College of Arts and Sciences.

The student who completes his Honors cur-
riculum successfully is graduated with a citation in
General or Departmental Honors, or with both.

Interested high school students should write to
the Director of Honors, 104 Francis Scott Key Hall,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland
20742.

Business and Public Administration

The College of Business and Public Administra-
tion has instituted Departmental Honors Programs
in Business Administration, Economics, and Govern-
ment and Politics.

Agriculture
The College of Agriculture has instituted a De-
partmental Honors Program in Agricultural Eco-
nomics.

HONOR SOCIETIES

Students who excel in scholarship and leader-
ship may be invited to join the appropriate honor
society. These include:
•Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology)
"Alpha Lambda Delta

(Scholarship-Freshmen Women)
Alpha Sigma Lambda

(Adult Education)
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture)
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting)
Beta Gamma Sigma (Commerce)
"Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering)
"Eta Kappa Nu

(Electrical Engineering)
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography)
lota Lambda Sigma
(Industrial Education)
Kappa Delta Pi (Education)
"Mortar Board (Women's Scholarship

and Leadership)
"Omicron Delta Kappa (Men's
Scholarship and Leadership)
Omicron Nu (Home Economics)

Phi Alpha Epsilon (Physical Education)
"Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Phi Beta Kappa
(Arts and Sciences)

Phi Delta Kappa (Education)
"Phi Eta Sigma

(Scholarship— Freshmen Men)
"Phi Kappa Phi (Senior Scholarship)
"Phi Sigma (Biology)

Pi Alpha Xi (Floriculture)

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics)
"Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)
"Pi Tau Sigma

(Mechanical Engineering)
"Psi Chi (Psychology)

Sigma Alpha Eta (Speech Therapy)

Sigma Alpha lota (Women's Music)

Sigma Alpha Omicron (Bacteriology)
"Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics)
"Tau Beta Pi (Engineering)

"Members of Association of College Honor Societies.

LIBRARIES

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the gen-
eral library of the University, containing reference
works, periodicals, circulating books, and other ma-
terials in all fields of research and instruction.
Branch libraries include the Engineering and Physi-
cal Sciences Library, the Architecture Library, the
Chemistry Library, and, in downtown Baltimore City,
the Health Sciences Library and the Law Library.

The libraries of the University include approxi-
mately 1,100,000 volumes and 15,000 subscrip-
tions to periodicals and newspapers, as well as many
uncatalogued government documents, phono-
records, films and film strips, etc.

Special collections include those of Richard
Van Mises in mathematics and applied mechanics;
Max Born in the physical sciences; Thomas I. Cook
in political science; Romeo Mansueti in the biologi-
cal sciences; Katherine Anne Porter; Maryland; U.S.
government publications (for which the University
is a regional depository); the United Nations, the
League of Nations, and other international organi-
zations; and the agricultural experiment station and
extension service publications. Also featured here
are maps from the U.S. Army Map Service; collec-
tions of rare materials in medicine, dentistry,
pharmacy, and nursing; the files of the Industrial
Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of Amer-
ica; the Wallenstein collection of musical scores;
and research collections of the American Band-
masters Association, the National Association of
Wind and Percussion Instructors and the Music
Educators National Conference. In addition, the col-
lections include microfilm productions of govern-
ment documents, rare books, early journals, and
newspapers.

Other Area Resources

The College Park campus is in a region rich in
research collections. In the Washington area are the
Library of Congress, the National Archives, the Fol-
ger Library, the National Library of Medicine, the
National Agricultural Library, and various academic
and special libraries. In the Baltimore area, in addi-
tion to the University's own libraries at UMBC and
on the professional campus, are the Enoch Pratt
Free Library and the Maryland Historical Association
Library. The Maryland Hall of Records is located in
Annapolis.

RESEARCH FACILITIES

The research programs at the University derive
their existence and vigor from a faculty comprised
of internationally recognized scholars and scien-
tists. It is an advantage for undergraduate students

General Information

to be aware of the University's research facilities as
they plan their program.

In addition to fine library resources and the
usual laboratory facilities for undergraduate
studies, the University has developed outstanding
opportunities for research in the biological, physi-
cal, and social sciences. Among the exceptional
facilties are the Institute for Child Study; the Natur-
al Resources Institute; a Computer Science Center;
a laboratory for basic behavioral research on ani-
mals; Van de Graaff accelerators; a training nuclear
reactor; a full-scale, low-velocity wind tunnel; a
psycho-pharmacology laboratory; and laboratory
models for meteorological phenomena. Collabora-

tive arrangements with many nearby government
agencies permit University students and faculty to
utilize their research facilities. The University
owns and operates the world's longest radio tele-
scope, located in California. A 160 MVE cyclotron
for research in nuclear studies is located on the Col-
lege Park campus.

Investigation in agriculture is an important
aspect of University research. University farms total
more than 2,000 acres. Breeding, selection in farm
crops, and soil research are a part of the program.
Work in these areas is augmented by X-ray equip-
ment and an electron microscope.

General Information

' Vv '': */

F-'-l

tmtf

;.<«»

"3^

±* t

i^flH kk

GENERAL REGULATIONS

A. GENERAL POLICY

The University's approach to student discipline
is primarily an educative and preventive one. It
assumes that discipline is properly the concern of
the entire University community — the student body,
the faculty, and the administration.

In order that uniform standards may be main-
tained, all disciplinary action concerning students
or student organizations is subject to review by the
Adjunct Committee on Student Discipline of the
University Senate. The rules and regulations of any
organization or department that wishes to establish
a disciplinary unit must be submitted to the Adjunct
Commitee on Student Discipline and the Vice
President for Student Affairs for approval or modi-
fication.

Cases involving infractions of University Rules,
other than academic, which apply to all students
are referred immediately to the Student Affairs
Judiciary Office on the College Park Campus or to
the Dean of the school in which the student is
registered in Baltimore. (Graduate students are re-
ferred to the Dean of the Graduate School.) The
Judiciary Office or the Dean will investigate the
case and take appropriate action.

In situations involving undergraduates, the Stu-
dent Affairs Judiciary Office will refer the case to
one of the student judicial boards for appropriate
action, according to the jurisdictional area of the
various student boards and the seriousness and
nature of the offense. The Student Affairs Judiciary
Office may handle directly those cases it judges
to involve students needing special remedial or
rehabilitative action and those cases where an ad-
ministrative hearing is requested by the student.

Students charged with violating University regu-
lations are guaranteed administrative due process
in the handling of the charges, the conduct of the
hearings, the imposition of sanctions, and the right
of appeal.

B. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM CLASS

Discipline in the classroom is the responsibility
of the faculty member in charge of the class. Mis-
behavior of a type that interferes with the educa-
tional efficiency of a class will be considered suffi-
cient cause for suspending a student from the
class. If a student is suspended from class for
disciplinary reasons, he should report immediately
to the department head. The department head will
investigate the incident and will report it to the
academic dean and to the Student Life Judiciary
Office, in order to determine whether or not past
disciplinary action has been taken against the stu-
dent. The department head will then write a letter
to the student indicating the disposition of the
case. The student will be required to present this
letter to his instructor before he can be readmitted
to class. A copy of this letter will be sent to the
Student Life Judiciary Office.

C. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM ACTIVITIES
OR UNIVERSITY FACILITIES

The individual or group of individuals in charge
of any department, division, organization, building,
facility or any other unit of the University (e.g.,
Dining Hall, Student Union, etc.) shall be responsi-
ble for student discipline within such units. The
person responsible for each unit may suspend the

Genera/ Information

student or student organization from the unit. The
suspended student or representative of the student
organization will be referred immediately to the
Student Affairs Judiciary Office. The Judiciary Of-
fice will investigate the incident and notify the stu-
dent of the disposition of the case. The individual
responsible for the suspension will be notified be-
fore the student or his organization can be read-
mitted. A file of such actions shall be kept in the
Judiciary Office.

D. IDENTIFICATION CARDS

Official University of Maryland student identifi-
cation cards and transaction plates are issued to all
registered undergraduate and graduate students.
The identification card and the transaction plate
are for use only by the student to whom issued and
may not be transferred or loaned to another in-
dividual for any reason. Loss of either the I.D.
card or the transaction plate, or both, should be
reported at once to the Office of the Vice President
for Student Affairs. A replacement fee of $3.00 for
each item is required prior to the creation of
authorized duplicates.

E. IMPORTANT UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS
WHICH APPLY TO ALL STUDENTS

The following behavior may result in referral to
the Student Affairs Office for appropriate action.
Typically, disciplinary sanctions will be imposed
not only for individual misconduct which demon-
strates a disregard for institutional behavioral stand-
ards, but also for conduct which indicates disre-
gard for the rights and welfare of others as mem-
bers of an academic community. Such conduct may
utimately call into question the student's member-
ship in the University community, either because
he has violated elementary standards of behavior
necessary for the maintenance of an educational
milieu or because his continued presence at the
University adversely affects the ability of others to
pursue their educational goals.

1. VIOLATION OF FIRE REGULATIONS— failure to

comply with evacuation procedures; tampering
with fire-protecting apparatus; use or possesion
of fireworks or firearms; inappropriate use of
open flame devices or combustible materials.

2. BEHAVIOR WHICH JEOPARDIZES THE SAFETY
OR WELL-BEING OF OTHER MEMBERS OF THE
UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY— This regulation is in-
tended to safeguard the personal, social, aca-
demic, and professional rights of all members
of the University community. Examples of viola-
tions would include harassment of persons act-
ing in performance of their official duties, phys-
ical abuse of any person on or in University
property, and conduct which threatens the health
of other persons or interferes with their proper
educational purposes.

4. POSSESSION, USE, OR DISTRIBUTION OF IL-
LEGAL DRUGS ON OR IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY

— this includes possession, use, distribution,
sale, manufacture, or processing of illegal or un-
prescribed narcotics, drugs, and/or hallucino-
genic substances.

5. DESTRUCTION OR THEFT OF PERSONAL OR
UNIVERSITY PROPERTY— Disciplinary action may

include restitution to the University or to the in-
dividual(s) involved.

6. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION OR USE OF UNI-
VERSITY KEYS— Keys to rooms or buildings on the

University campus may be obtained only
through official channels.

7. UNAUTHORIZED USE OF BUILDING— Except

for properly scheduled classes or meetings,
classroom, administration, and recreation build-
ings are closed to general student use on holi-
days, Saturday afternoons, Sundays, and after
8:00 p.m. during the week. Individual students
may use these buildings or facilities with writ-
ten permission from a member of the faculty or
the administrative staff.

8. FALSIFICATION, FORGERY, OR MODIFICATION
OF ANY OFFICIAL UNIVERSITY RECORD— Identifi-
cation card, absence excuses, parking stickers,
transcripts, examinations, grade cards, admis-
sion applications, etc.

9. PLAGIARISM, CHEATING AND OTHER ACADEM-
IC IRREGULARITIES— A student who violates ac-
cepted academic procedure may be referred to
the Dean of his College or to an Ad Hoc
Committee on Academic Dishonesty, (see Irreg-
ularities in Examinations for specifics.)

10. FAILURE TO MEET FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS
TO THE UNIVERSITY— This includes refusal to pay

delinquent accounts, and use of worthless
checks or money orders in payment to the Uni-
versity for tuition, board, fees, library fines,
traffic penalties, etc.

11. OBSTRUCTION OR DISRUPTION OF AUTHOR-
IZED ACTIVITIES ON UNIVERSITY PROPERTY—

Teaching, research, administration, disciplinary
proceedings, public service functions, recruit-
ment, etc.

3. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION, USE, OR DIS-
TRIBUTION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ON OR
IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY— University policy, con-
sistent with State and County laws, restricts on-
campus use of alcoholic beverages in specified
areas.

12. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY HOUSING REGU-
LATIONS—

13. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY CAMPUS TRAF-
FIC RULES AND REGULATIONS—

22 General Information

POLICY ON AMPLIFYING EQUIPMENT

(as adopted by University Senate, 2 June 1970 and

approved by the Administration.)

1. Public address systems, loudspeakers, and other
forms of sound amplifying equipment may be
used in any of the following outdoor areas of
the campus:

a. Physical education and intramural field
between University Boulevard and parking
area 1.

b. North Mall between Campus Drive and Wash-

ington-Baltimore Boulevard.

c. South Mall between Regents Drive and Wash-

ington-Baltimore Boulevard.

d. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd Stadium.

2. The use of public address systems, loud-

speakers, and other forms of sound amplifying
equipment must be restricted in the Central
Mall area between 8 a.m. and 6 p.m. on class
days in order to minimize the likelihood of dis-
turbing classes and other academic activities.
However, such equipment may be used in the
Central Mall during these hours if the pro-
cedures outlined below are followed. All equip-
ment used in Central Mall must be secured
through the Office of the Director of the Phys-
ical Plant or through the S.G.A. office.

a. Public address systems, loudspeakers, and
other forms of sound amplifying equipment
(except in "b" below), must be secured from
the Office of the Director of Physcial Plant,
South Administration Building, by request-
ing such equipment in writing at least twelve
(12) hours in advance. Any University stu-
dent or organization which fulfills the fol-
lowing requirements will be permitted to use
the amplifying equipment.

(1) An individual must be currently en-
rolled as a student, part-time or full-
time, at the University or currently em-
ployed by the University.

(2) Any organization or activity must have
been recognized by the SGA Legislature
and must at the time of the request have
official recognition as a University or-
ganization or activity.

b. Bullhorns will be available upon surrender of
the I.D. card in the SGA office and in the Of-
fice of the Director of the Physical Plant.
Bullhorns secured in this manner may be
used on the Central Mall without prior per-
mission. Any individual may use only
one bullhorn at a time.

3. Public address systems, loudspeakers, and other
forms of sound amplifying equipment may be
used in outdoor areas of the Campus other than
those listed above (sections 1 and 2) by secur-
ing approval in writing at least 5 days in advance
from the Facilities Use Committee by applica-
tion to the Office of the Director of the Physical
Plant. Approval will be granted for use of ampli-
fying equipment in these areas only if there is
a high probability that the planned activity will
not disrupt or disturb other University activities
or if the area has not been previously reserved.
Permission will be granted to use amplifying

equipment in the vicinity of residence halls only
upon specific written request of the student
government of the residence halls affected.
4. Individual students or organizational representa-
tives using amplifying equipment must accept
responsibility for any complaints of disturb-
ances or disruption received from persons in
University academic and/or residence build-
ings.

POLICY ON DEMONSTRATIONS

(as adopted by University Senate, 2 June 1970 and
approved by the Administration.)

I. GENERAL STATEMENT

a. The University of Maryland cherishes the
right of individual students or student
groups to dissent and to demonstrate, pro-
vided such demonstrations do not disrupt
normal campus activities, or infringe upon
the rights of others.

b. On the other hand, the University will not
condone behavior which violates the free-
dom of speech, choice, assembly, or move-
ment of other individuals or groups. In short,
responsible dissent carries with it a sensi-
tivity for the Civil rights of others.

c. Accordingly, the University will take what-
ever steps it deems necessary to (1) protect
the right of any individual or group to dem-
strate and publicly proclaim any view, how-
ever unpopular; (2) protect the freedom of
speech, assembly, and movement of any in-
dividual or group which is the object of
demonstrations.

To achieve the foregoing objectives the follow-
ing guidelines have been developed for operation at
College Park.

II. GUIDELINESFOR GENERALDEMONSTRATIONS

a. Unscheduled demonstrations, "teach-ins,"
rallies, or equivalent activities may be held
by recognized university organizations and
activities, full or part-time students, and
current employees of the University in the
areas defined below provided that the activ-
ity does not interfere with any function for
which that space has been reserved in ad-
vance.

1. The Central Mall.

2. Physical education and intramural field
between University Boulevard and park-
ing area 1.

3. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd

Stadium.

4. North Mall between Campus Drive and

Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.

5. South Mall between Regents Drive and

Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
All activities in these areas must be conducted
so as to avoid interference with the regularly sched-
uled functions of the library and/or classrooms ad-
jacent to the area and in compliance with the pro-
visions contained in 2g. 1-8.

Failure to reserve space will not invalidate

Genera/ In ( ormation

the privilege of conducting the appropriate
activity. However, in the event of two or
more groups desiring to use a given space,
an approved space reservation will take
precedence over an unscheduled activity.
If two or more groups desire a space when
no reservation has been made, the first
come, first served principle will apply.

b. Recognized University organizations and
activities, full or part-time students, and
current employees of the University who
wish to schedule a demonstration, "teach-
in," rally, or equivalent activity, may request
the space through the facilities reservation
procedure up to 24 hours in advance. Dem-
onstrations will be permitted in the locations
outlined in 2a. above unless the space has
previously been reserved or is in use for
academic activities or intercollegiate ath-
letic team practices. Demonstrations may
be held at other locations on the campus
subject to approval by the Vice Chancellor
for Student Affairs in consultation with the
Student Life Committee. Students who parti-
cipate in demonstrations which have not
been approved may be considered in viola-
tion of University policy. (Except as pro-
vided in 2a. above).

c. Demonstrations, rallies or "teach-ins" may
be conducted in or adjacent to any residen-
tial building with the specific written con-
currence of the student government of the
unit or area concerned. Any such rallies,
demonstrations or "teach-ins" which may
be authorized by the appropriate student
government must conform to the general
procedures contained in 2g, 1-8.

d. Demonstrations in the form of parades on
streets may be conducted with the specific
approval of route and time secured 48 hours
in advance from the University Public Safety
and Security Office.

e. Although groups may sponsor or organize

demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins," or
picketing activities, the fact of groups spon-
sorship or organization in no way relieves
individuals of the responsibility for their
own conduct, and each individual partici-
pating in such activities is accountable for
compliance with the provisions of this policy.

f. Persons not members of the University stu-
dent body, faculty or staff may participate
in demonstrations, rallies, picketing, teach-
ins or equivalent activities only upon invita-
tion by a bonafide student, faculty or staff
member. All non-students are obligated to
the terms of this policy during participation
in such activities. Since persons not stu-
dents, faculty or staff members are not sub-
ject to University discipline procedures,
failure to comply with terms of this policy
may result in action under terms of appropri-
ate Maryland law.

g- In addition to the above provisions, the fol-
lowing guidelines will apply to all dem-
onstrations.

1. Reasonable access to and exit from any
office or building must be maintained
the right of way on public streets and
sidewalks will be maintained.

2. Demonstrators will not attempt to force
the cancellation or interruption of any
event sponsored by a University office
or by a faculty or student group or by
any group authorized to use University
facilities.

3. Classes or other educational activities
in classroom buildings and the library
will not be disrupted.

4. The use of public address systems, loud-
speakers, etc., in the vicinity of aca-
demic and residence buildings will fol-
low procedures set forth above.

5. Demonstrations may be carried on in-
side of University buildings only as pro-
voided in Sections 2C and 4 or with
approval of the Facilities Use Committee
as outlined in the University General
and Academic Regulations.

6. Where an invited speaker is the object
of protest, students and faculty may
demonstrate OUTSIDE the building
where the lecture will take place. Dem-
onstrators who wish to enter the build-
ing must do so as members of the audi-
ence and must give the speaker a re-
spectful hearing. Signs, placards or
other paraphernalia associated with a
demonstration will not be carried into
the building.

7. University property must be protected at
all times.

8. The safety and well being of members of

the University community collectively
and individually, must be protected at
all times.
H. Complaints received from users of the
Library or classrooms adjacent to the de-
fined areas (2a.) will be grounds for disci-
plinary action against individuals and/or
groups sponsoring or participating in rallies,
"teach-ins" or demonstrations in these
areas.

III. GUIDELINES FOR DEMONSTRATIONS IN
CONNECTION WITH PLACEMENT PROGRAMS

a. Anyone wishing to question or protest the
on-campus presence of any recruiting or-
ganization should contact the Director of
Placement or his representative in ad-
vance.

b. Should any member of the University Com-
munity wish to discuss or protest the in-
ternal policies of any recruiting organiza-
tion, the Director of Placement must be con-
tacted for assistance in communicating di-
rectly with the appropriate representatives
of said organization.

c. Demonstration guidelines outlined in Sec-
tion 2g, 1-8 are applicable.

d. Demonstrations in conjunction with place-
ment programs conducted in the Placement
Service's Cumberland Hall facility or other
facility shall be considered not to infringe
upon the rights of others and the normal
functioning of placement programs pro-
vided that demonstrations are conducted
outside of the facility and do not interfere

General Information

with free and open access to Placement and
Credentials Services facilities by those stu-
dents, faculty, staff, and visitors who wish
to conduct business within the framework
of established placement programs.

IV. SPECIAL GUIDELINES PERTAINING TO THE
STUDENT UNION

a. No demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins" or
equivalent activities may be held in the
lobies or corridors of the Student Union.

b. Demonstrations may be held in assigned
rooms of the Student Union by recognized
student organizations following procedures
for reserving space which have been out-
lined by the Student Union Board.

V. GUIDELINES FOR PICKETING

a. Legal Rights and Limitations.

Orderly picketing is a legally established
form of expression which recognizes the in-
dividuals' right of free expression subject
only to such reasonable limitations as are
imposed by state legislation and University
regulations. These limitations are intended
to protect the rights of the picketer, the stu-
dent body, and the public with particular
concern for safety, preservation of normal
academic life and order, and the protection
of persons and property.

b. Conduct of Picketers.

1. Picketers are subject to those regulations
listed above in Section II, G, 1-8.

2. Picketers will not disrupt any University
activity by making excessive noise in
the vicinity of any University building.

3. The University Health Service is off-

limits to picketers because special
silence and other welfare and safety
factors are involved.

VI. ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES

It is a general expectation that individuals and
groups will abide by the behavioral guidelines es-
tablished by this policy statement. Compliance with
these minimal standards for responsible conduct is
a necessary condition for maintaining a campus at-
mosphere in which dissent and demonstrations are
viewed as important aspects of the University's edu-
cational program.

Reports of violations by undergraduate students
will be referred to the Judiciary Office of the Vice
Chancellor for Student Affairs and reports of viola-
tions by graduate students will be referred to the
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
Actions taken by these offices will follow procedures
set forth in this handbook.

When violations continue beyond the enforce-
ment capabilities of the University staff, such out-
side assistance as is necessary may be requested.
These requests will be made in accordance with
policy and procedures established bv the Univer-
sity.

DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS

DISCIPLINARY REPRIMAND

A disciplinary reprimand is written noti-
fication from a University official to a stu-
dent containing a warning that repeated in-
fractions of regulations may result in more
severe disciplinary action. A record of the

writing the letter and in the Student Affairs
Judiciary Office. The student's parents may
be notified.

2. CONDUCT PROBATION

This action involves a period of time, not
to exceed one year, in which a student is re-
quired to show a positive change in behav-
ior. In addition, conditions and restrictions
may be imposed, including revocation of
specific privileges and recommendations for
counseling interviews with the Judiciary Of-
fice. The student's parents may be notified.
A violation of conduct probation may be the
basis for more severe disciplinary action.

3. DISMISSAL FROM UNIVERSITY HOUSING

In the case of a serious violation of
house rules, residence hall probation, or
housing regulations, a student may be dis-
missed from University housing for a speci-
fied period of time. Such dismissal results in
a percentage room and board refund, accord-
ing to the regular University refund policy.

4. DISCIPLINARY PROBATION

This action involves a period of time, not
to exceed one year, during which a student
who has been involved in a disciplinary situ-
ation (or repeated violations) is given an op-
portunity to prove that he can become a re-
sponsible and effective member of the Uni-
versity community.

(a.) In deciding upon the action of disciplin-
ary probation, a judicial board may subject
the activities of the student to any one, or
more, of the following conditions:

1. A student on disciplinary probation
may not represent the University in any
extracurricular activities such as inter-
collegiate athletics, debate teams, Uni-
versity Theatre, or band; however, he may
participate in informal activities of a rec-
reational nature sponsored by the Univer-
sity.

2. A student on disciplinary probation
may not run for or hold office in any or-
ganization that is recognized by the Ad-
junct Committee on Student Activities.

3. The student's activities may be re-
stricted in other ways which pertain to the
type of offense.

4. The student may be required to make
restitution or repairs.

a. When a student has been placed on
disciplinary probation, the Office will of-
ficially notify the student of the decision
and will indicate that any violation of his
probationary status may result in suspen-
sion or expulsion. The Judiciary Office
will inform appropriate University author-
ities of the disciplinary action and may
notify the student's parents.

b. If a student is found guilty by a judical

General Information

board of any infraction of University regu-
lations during his probationary period, the
board may recommend that he be sus-
pended or expelled from the University.

c. At the end of the probation period, the
student's case will be reviewed by the
Judiciary Office. If all conditions of the
disciplinary action have been met satis-
factorily, the student will be considered
in good standing, behaviorally.

5. SUSPENSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY

A student's suspension from the Univer-
sity shall be for an indefinite period of time.
However, the Judicial Board recommending
this action must specify the date at which
he subsequently may apply to the Judiciary
Office for readmission, and in no case will
this date be later than one year after the
effective date of the suspension. The aca-
demic record of the student will not in any
case affect this application for readmission
after suspension for disciplinary reasons. All
recommendations for suspension must be ap-
proved by the Vice Chancellor for Student
Affairs. Parents are notified in all cases.

During the period of suspension, the stu-
dent may not participate in any University-
sponsored activity or in the activities of any
recognized University organization. In addi-
tion, he will be denied all other rights and
privileges which are accorded to students in
good standing.

a. Suspended Suspension by Vice Chancel-
lor for Student Affairs
1. Suspension is withheld pending care-
ful evaluation of a student's behavior
during a probationary period not to ex-
ceed one year. If the student is involved
in any further offense, this suspension of
disciplinary action may be summarily re-
voked by the Vice President and the
original decision of suspension from the
University enforced,
b. Deferred Suspension by Vice President
for Student Affairs

This is a suspension which becomes ef-
fective after a specific future date. It is
normally used near the end of a semester
to avoid financial penalty that would be
entailed by an immediate suspension.
Probationary status will exist during this
period identical to suspended suspen-
sion.

6. TEMPORARY SUSPENSION

When in the judgment of the Vice Chan-
cellor for Student Affairs, or his designated
representative, teaching or research activi-
ties, administrativefunctions, extracurricular
programs, or other authorized activities on
University premises are obstructed or dis-
rupted by a student's behavior and when
such behavior is continued beyond a request
that it be terminated, the Vice Chancellor
for Student Affairs, or his designated repre-
sentative, may temporarily suspend that
student for a period not to exceed seven (7)
calendar days. Effective immediately, the
student's activities are subject to the re-
strictions set forth under regular suspen-
sion.

A report of the student's behavior and of
the suspension action will be forwarded to
the Judiciary Office. Referral then will be
made to the appropriate judicial board, which
must provide a hearing for the student in-
volved not later than (7) calendar days after
the effective date of the temporary suspen-
sion. Referral and hearing procedures will be
the same prescribed for any other disciplin-
ary situation.

If the decision of the judicial board rec-
ommends disciplinary action less severe than
suspension, the period of temporary suspen-
sion shall automatically terminate. If the
board's decision recommends either suspen-
sion or expulsion, the temporary suspension
shall continue during any period of appellate
review. In either case, normal channels for
appealing the board's decision will be open
for use by the student involved.

If the student is found not guilty, he will
be permitted to make up all academic work
missed during the period of his temporary
suspension.
7. EXPULSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY

This is the most serious penalty and re-
sults in a complete separation of the rela-
tions between the University and the stu-
dent. Parents are informed and permanent
notification appears on the student's official
transcript. Expulsion must be approved by
the President of the University.

APPEALS

Any disciplinary decision may be appealed to
the next higher disciplinary unit. The highest board
of appeal is the Adjunct Committee on Student
Discipline of the University Senate. An appeal must
be made through the Judiciary Office or through
the Dean who is responsible for the administration
of the decision being appealed. It will be forwarded
to the appropriate judicial board for review. The
appeal must be in writing, must indicate the basis
for the appeal, and must be made within ten days
of the date the student was notified of the decision
which he is appealing. In hearing an appeal, the
next higher disciplinary unit may affirm or reduce
the original decision or may return the decision
to the lower board for reconsideration.

STUDENT DISCIPLINARY RECORDS

All disciplinary actions by the judicial boards
are reported to the Judiciary Office of the Vice
Chancellor for Student Affairs where they will be
recorded. All records of disciplinary action, except
those resulting from explulsion, will remain confi-
dential, will be segregated from the student's aca-
demic record, and will not be available to un-
authorized persons on campus, or to any person off
campus, without the express consent of the stu-
dent involved, except under legal compulsion or in
cases where the safety of persons or property is
involved.

Except in cases where the student has de-
manded a public hearing, disciplinary action is con-
fidential; and no member of a judicial board may
disclose any information concerning the hearing,
the student's prior disciplinary record, the current
disciplinary action taken, or any information as to
the voting. Any public release of information con-

General Information

cerning disciplinary action will be issued only by
the Judiciary Office. According to a policy estab-
listed by the Adjunct Committee on Student Disci-
pline, names of students involved in disciplinary
action may not be printed in campus publications
and may not be made public. Any judicial board
may recommend that no publicity of any nature be
released by the Judiciary Office on a case if cir-
cumstances so warrant.

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE POLICY
AND PROCEDURES

POLICY

Regulations forbid unauthorized possession, use,
or distribution of alcoholic beverages on or in
University property. University policy is consistent
with State and County laws and restricts ON-
CAMPUS use of alcoholic beverages in specified
areas.
Interpretation

1. Age-Students under 21 years of age may not

possess, consume, or distribute alcoholic bever-
ages.

2. LICENSING— At this time Prince George's Coun-
ty will not authorize a temporary license to any
student organization. This refusal is based on
the impossibility of ascertaining that all mem-
bers of the student organization are citizens
over 21 years of age. The present policy, in fact,
means that:

a. Individual drinking (individuals over 21) is
no problem.

b. Events of a "Bring Your Own Bottle" na-

ture are possible.

c. Events where alcoholic beverages are dis-

pensed free to anyone over 21 are pos-
sible.

d. Events where donations are asked for
alcoholic beverages are possible, when
the donations are voluntary. (CAUTION:
the providers of the beverage may in no
no way force a donation.)

e. Events dispensing alcoholic beverages
for profit are prohibited. There may not
not be direct sale of liquor without a
license, nor may there be an admission
charge for the event.

3. RESTRICTED AREAS— Alcoholic beverages
may not be possessed, consumed, or distri-
buted in any academic facility, except where
specific, written approval has been obtained
for the event from the individual or depart-
ment responsible for the operation of that
facility. This restriction applies to all dining
halls, cafeteria, classroom and office build-
ings, libraries, laboratories, administrative
buildings, and athletic facilities.

When planning an event where alcoholic bever-
ages will be brought in by the individual consum-
ers, or will be given away, or where donations will be
invited, the following procedures should be fol-
lowed:

1. Receive written approval for the use of your

facility— in the residence areas check for
any local restrictions established by unit
governments.

2. Secure and complete the Registration Of A

Student Social Event form in the Student

Activities Office. (Rm. 142— Student Union)
3. Secure and complete the Alcoholic Beverage
Registration form which names the person
responsible for the event.

USE OF SPACE AND UNIVERSITY FACILITIES

1. FACILITIES USE COMMITTEE

Allocation of the use of space and supporting
services is administered by the Facilities Use Com-
mittee. General regulations for the use of space is
described in this section. For detailed information
call campus telephone extension 2233 for referral
to proper authorities for coordination of the re-
quest. Space and Service Reservation form (PP-
47-R) is required in most instances. This blank
may be obtained in the Department of the Physical
Plant, South Administration Building, Room 3. In-
formation regarding fees charged for use of space
or services is available through this office.

Requests by University-approved student, fac-
ulty, and staff organizations:

a. Space desired should be reserved through

the office of the Director of Physical Plant
in the North Administration Building except:

1 Reservations for facilities in the Center of

Adult Education must be made with the
office of the Director of the Center, cam-
pus telephone extension 2325 or 1612.

2 Reservations for facilities in the Student
Union must be made with office of the
Manager of the Student Union, campus
telephone extension 2801.

b. Space reservations by students are restricted

to student organizations approved by the Stu-
dent Life Committee.

2. REQUESTS BY OTHER THAN UNIVERSITY
ORGANIZATIONS

a. Inquiries for the use of certain facilities and
program planning assistance by scientific,
civic, technical, professional, governmental
and industrial groups may be directed to the
office of the Director of Conferences and
Institutes, campustelephoneextension 2322.
The majority of programs of this nature are
conducted in the University College Center
of Adult Education.

b. The University cannot consider itself bound

to accommodate off-campus programs un-
less proposals have been approved by proper
authorities.

3. GENERAL REGULATIONS TO BE OBSERVED IN
REQUESTING OR USING SPACE

a. All requests for the use of space should be

COMPLETED five calendar days in advance
of the date of the proposed meeting to per-
mit consideration of alternate dates and to
enable various University services to be co-
ordinated. This includes, in addition to build-
ings, outside events held on the mall, park-
ing lots, fields, etc.

b. Persons, accepting the assignment of space
for a meeting must accept the responsibility
for the conduct of the audience; for leaving
the facility secure and in a clean and order-
ly fashion; for any damage to University
property caused by the group; for the finan-
cial obligations arising from the use of the

General Information 27

facility such as cleaning, repair, and use of
University properties.

c. The safety requirements of the University

must be strictly observed in all matters per-
taining to the use of buildings. The Super-
visor of Safety in the office of the Depart-
ment of Physical Plant will advise on the use
of decorations, fire regulations, and safety
precautions. Fire guards are required for
events at which 500 or more persons are to
be present.

d. The group is responsible for closing all win-

dows and turning off all lights at the con-
clusion of the meeting. If the space used is
normally locked, police should be notified
upon termination of meeting.

e. Publicizing functions or meetings will be

confined to bulletin boards.

f. Any organization which fails to discharge the

above responsibilities will jeopardize its privi-
lege for using facilities for meetings in the
future.

g. The use of public address systems, loud-
speakers, etc. in the vicinity of an academic

building must follow procedures outlined
above.

4. PARTIAL LIST OF MEETIN G SPACES AVAILABLE
Agriculture Auditorium, Symons Hall. Capacity 150.

Reserved for large meetings.
Armory Main Floor. Capacity 3300.

This space to be coordinated with the Depart-
ment of Air Science, the Director of Men's Intra-
murals Programs, and the Dean of College of Physi-
cal Education, Recreation and Health. No vehicles
may be used or exhibited on the floor due to safety
regulations. There will be no selling or serving of
drinks of any kind on the main floor lobby.
Armory Lecture Hall Ar-44. Capacity 352.
Botany E-1. H. J. Patterson Hall. Capacity 300. Air

Conditioned.
Botany E-201. H. J. Patterson Hall. Capacity 140.

Air Conditioned.
BPA Auditorium Q-29. Capacity 506. Air Conditioned.
Center of Adult Education. Air Conditioned.

This space coordinated with the Director of the
Center during any 90 day period. Programs sched-
uled in advance of 90 days of the date of the event
are coordinated with the Director of Conferences
and Institutes. This building has overnight guest
rooms, meeting rooms, coffee shop, dining room and
banquet facilities. Nominal charges are made for all
facilities.

Central Auditorium, Skinner Building, T-21. Capac-
ity 366. Air Conditioned.

William P. Cole, Jr. Student Activities Building.
Capacity 12,005 fixed seats; with floor seats 14,000.

This space coordinated with the Director of Ath-
letics and the Dean of the College of Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation and Health.
Coliseum. Main Floor. Capacity 2,250.

This space to be coordinated with the Dean of
the College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health and the Director of Intramural Program.
Dining Hall

Special arrangements for dinner groups may be
made. Limited facilities available. This facility coor-
dinated with the Director of University Food Service.
Drake Lecture Hall, C-130. Capacity 374. Air Condi-
tioned.

Drake Lecture Hall, C-132. Capacity 132. Air Con-
ditioned.

Fine Arts Theatre. Capacity 1350. Air Conditioned.

A basic service charge will be made to cover sup-
porting services. Audiovisual facilities by special
arrangement. Use of these facilities must be coor-
dinated with the Department of Speech and drama-
tic Arts.

Fine Arts Lecture Hall, NN-214. Capacity 200. Air
Conditioned.

Foreign Language, LL-12. Capacity 112.
Francis Scott Key Hall, Lecture Hall, RR-6. Capacity
262. Air Conditioned.

Physics Lecture Hall. Capacity 500. Air Conditioned.
Shoemaker Building, N-201. Capacity 226.
Shoemaker Building, N-204. Capacity 267.

Student Union

It is the University policy to assign meeting
space in the Student Union Building for all student
and faculty organizations, as far as it is practical to
do so. This building has available a total of ten
meeting rooms varying in capacity from 25 to 600.
No charge will be made for any student, faculty or
staff organization that wishes to meet in the Stu-
dent Union Building. Special charges for dances
and other extra services may be necessary. Depart-
ments desiring to schedule conferences for business
or professional groups should contact the office of
the Director of the Student Union concerning costs
and availability of the building, campus telephone
extension 2801.

Located in the building are lounges for relaxa-
tion, television room, music lounge, fine arts gallery,
mimeograph, poster and plastic sign service, check
cashing service, browsing library, billiards room,
bowling alleys, coffee shop, newsstand, student sup-
ply store, public telephones, and the campus ticket
box office.
University Chapel

East Chapel, Capacity 1,200.

West Chapel, Capacity 140.

Conference Room, Capacity 24.

Available for devotional services only. Marri-
ages, christenings, and the like permitted. Reser-
vations may be made with the Office of Student
Life, campus telephone extension 2925.

REGULATIONS AND SERVICE FEES FOR THE

USE OF UNIVERSITY PROPERTY

(Available from the Department of Physical Plant)

Items of University property such as chairs,
tables, stages, platforms, decorations, flags, potted
palms, pianos, and similar equipment are frequently
needed by individuals or groups for meetings, social
functions or other types of programs. These items
are available, in limited quantities, under the condi-
tions described below:

(a.) The use of such property is restricted to the

following:

1. Student groups registered with the

proper University authorities and recog-
nized as official University organiza-
tions.

2. Faculty and staff groups whose status is

recognized by the University administra-
tion.

3. Groups sponsored by the Division of Con-

ferences and Institutes of the University
College.

4. Groups sponsored by the College of Agri-
culture.

General Information

5. Organizationsaffi Mated with the University

of Maryland, authorized and approved by
the administration.

6. Events approved by the Facilities Use Com-

mittee.

7. Individuals and groups coordinating an ap-

proved event.

b. The use of University property is not normally

available to individual students, faculty or
staff members.

c. Requests and arrangements for use of Univer-

sity property should be made at the time the
Space Services Reservation Form, PP-47R, is
submitted and indicated on the reserse side
of the form. Information concerning the prop-
erty requested may be obtained by calling
the Service Supervisor, campus extension
3434. Organizations paying a service fee for
the use of space must negotiate separately
for particular items at the time the Space
and Services Reservation Form is submitted.

d. Requests for services and properties must be
completed five calendar days prior to the
event to give sufficient notice for arranging
work.

e. Facilities and equipment are committed in the
order reservations are accepted.

f. The University cannot assume responsibility

for supplying items which are not available
upon application.

g. It shall be the responsibility of the using
group to return property in good condition
and/or make restitution to the University for
any damage or loss occurring while assigned
to the group.

h. Service Fees:

Estimates for use and set-up of property
items (chairs, tables, public address systems,
etc.) are available from the Service Super-
visor, campus extension 3434. Estimates for
general labor and tradesmen are also avail-
able from the Service Supervisor.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATIONS AND
ACTIVITIES

Two types of student organizations are eligible
for recognition. They are (I) Recognized Organiza-
tions and (II) Recognized Activities.

I. Recognized Organizations

A. A group of students may organize by filing

a constitution for recognition by SGA.

B. Recognized organizations may file for
use of SGA funds.

II. Recognized Activities

A. A group of students may form an activity
without filing for constitutional approval
from SGA.

B. An activity need merely file for recog-

nition by SGA, submitting the purpose of
the activity, its name, and responsible
students and/or faculty.

C. An activity is not eligible for SGA funds.

D. Activities may be short-term organiza-
tions.

E. Activities may be composed of students
who want to organize informally.

F- Responsibilities of activities are the
same as those of organizations, under
the General Regulations. In addition, a

non-discrimination statement must be
filed with the Director of Student Activi-
ties before recognition is granted.
Recognized organizations, activities and other
groups may use Student Union facilities when space
is available. The priority for use of available space
will be in descending order: recognized organiza-
tions, recognized activities, and other groups.
REGISTRATION OF UNIVERSITY EVENTS
ON-CAMPUS UNIVERSITY EVENTS

The primary purpose of registration of on-cam-
pus university events is to facilitate the use of
University facilities and better coordinate the Uni-
versity calendar. Thus, the only on-campus events
which must be registered are those which require
the use of facilities which have to be reserved
through the Physical Plant Office. In these cases
events must be registered with both the Activities
Coordinator, Office of Student Activities (Rm. 142
Student Union Building) and the Physical Plant
Office (South Administration Building).

OFF-CAMPUS UNIVERSITY EVENTS.

Broad invitation University-sponsored events
held off-campus, such as class proms, must be
registered with the Activities Coordinator (Rm. 142
Student Union Building).

All events both on and off-campus where there
will be alcohol must be registered with the Activi-
ties Coordinator. (See following section.)

NOTE: A staff member (or members) are re-
quired at all registered social events. This
staff member may be from the University
Housing Office, a faculty member of gradu-
ate assistant, or a member of the adminis-
tration. Parents of students may also serve
in this capacity.

PROCEDURES FOR SCHEDULING
LARGE EVENTS

Read the section of Academic Regulations re-
lating to Social Functions, Reservation of
Space, and Advertising.

Reserve a room and arrange for its physical set-
up through the Office of the Department of
Physical Plant, South Administration Building
(if held on campus). In some cases the room
or building must first be cleared by the person
in charge of that building.

Cole Activities Building

Armory

Ritchie Coliseum

Maryland Room

Chapel

Alfred Hanlon— Ext. 2121
Frank Fellows— Ext. 2751
Nick Kovalakides— Ext. 2124
Mrs. Khoury— Ext. 2133
Mrs. Fields— Ext. 2925

After this first approval, however, final ap-
proval must still be obtained from the Office
of the Department of Physical Plant, South Ad-
ministration Building.

CHARITABLE AND SERVICE PROJECT
REGISTRATION

A. Charitable and service project solicita-
tion on campus is limited to recognized
University Activities and organizations.
Outside organizations are prohibited

General Information

from requesting contributions of funds
or materials from students, student or-
ganizations, staff and/or faculty mem-
bers. Requests for funds should be di-
rected to the Campus Chest Council.

B. Project proposals for charitable events,
projects and drives, including a state-
ment of projected expenses, must be
registered with the Director, Community
Service Programs (rm. 136, Student
Union Building) one week in advance of
the planned date of the project. Because
of the nature of certain events, all chari-
table projects need not necessarily be
limited to Campus Chest Week. The
sponsoring University organization must
have sufficient financial resources to
provide for the possibility of an unsuc-
cessful event. The dollar value of any
prizes and trophies offered should be
compatible with the expected financial
return of the project.

C Activities and organizations may hold as
many charitable fund raising events as
they wish, provided these events are
intra-organizational, i.e., events con-
fined solely to the organizational mem-
bership. Events of this nature do not
need to be registered.

D. An activity or organization may hold one
charitable fund raising event a semester
which involves individuals other than
the membership of the organization.

E. Organizational solicitation of other

groups, i.e., not individuals, for charit-
able contributions, is permitted pending
approval by the Campus Chest Council.
An accurate financial report must be
submitted to the Campus Chest Council
within three (3) weeks after the conclu-
sion of the event. A statement of receipt
of monies by the selected recipient of
collected funds must accompany the
financial statement.

R Organizational solicitation of University
groups for materials or services is per-
mitted, pending approval by the Campus
Chest Council.

G. Solicitation of individuals either directly
or by contribution containers is prohib-
ited.

H. University organizations soliciting off-
campus must work through existing
community organizations and charities.
Door-to-door solicitation must always
occur in connection with national or
community organizations and charities.
They may offer their assistance in road-
blocks to existing community organiza-
tions or charities during national or com-
munity drives. In such instances, the
community must assume the responsi-
bilities of clearing the project with the
appropriate law enforcement agency.
I. University organizations may not hold
off-campus roadblocks without com-
munity sponsorship. During Campus
Chest Week, Alpha Phi Omega will be
responsible for the coordination of all
roadblocks. They will obtain permission
of the sponsored charity and approval of
the police responsible for the area in

which the roadblock is to be held.
J. On-campus roadblocks may not be held.
Exceptions to the above rules may be
granted by Campus Chest Council.

FUND-RAISING EVENTS REGISTRATION

A fund-raising event or money-making activity
is defined as any project the primary purpose of
which is the acquisition of money or real property
to be used for the prime purpose of the sponsor-
ing student organization or an agency or person
of their choosing. All projects which involve ticket-
selling and/or charge admission and fund-raising
must be registered with the Director, Community
Service Programs (Rm 136. Student Union Build-
ing), and approved by the Campus Chest Council
one week prior to the event.

Each recognized student activity and student
organization is allowed one campus-wide money-
making activity each semester.

Direct solicitation of individuals is prohibited.

Organizations may hold an unlimited number
of fund-raising events within their own member-
ship. Such activities do not have to be registered
or approved by the Department of Student Activi-
ties.

The estimated expenses of the money-raising
event should not exceed the money or real prop-
erty which the sponsoring organization can pledge
and the funds which the SGA may reserve to it
altogether with the balance of a conservative esti-
mate of the gross receipts the Department of
Student Activities places on the affair.

All professional talent, excluding professional
athletics, can be sponsored only by recognized
student organizations and established faculty and
administrative committees. An itemized budget for
the event should accompany any request for ap-
proval. All contracts must be signed by the Cul-
tural Coordinator of the Department of Student
Activities.

The following regulations govern money-making
events of a "Presents" nature (presentation of pro-
fessional talent). All entertainment brought into the
University and performed at Cole Field House will
be termed "Presents Programs" and will fall under
the Department of Student Activities, specifically,
the Cultural Coordinator.

1. Profits from all such student sponsored af-
fairs shall be divided as follows:

a. 60 per cent of the sponsoring organiza-

tion's reserve fund to be used for educa-
tional programs such as leadership de-
velopment, community service programs,
scholarships, etc.

b. 20 per cent to the sponsoring organiza-

tion's operating budget.

c. 10 per cent to the SGA Cultural Commit-

tee to be put toward the sponsoring of a
cultural program free to the students.

d. 10 per cent to the Student Union Board
toward the sponsoring of a SUB concert
free to the students.

2. Four major "Presents" programs will be held
during the academic year. Prime times are
during the months of October, November,
February and April providing there is space
available on the University Calendar and
suitable entertainment can be obtained.

General Information

3. The four major "Presents" programs will be

sponsored by the following campus organiza-
tions:

University Commuters Association

Interfraternity Council

Panhellenic Council

Residence Halls Association

4. A fifth "Presents" program will be possible

subject to the approval of the Cultural Co-
ordinator, depending on the purpose of the
program, its feasibility with reference to the
University calendar and the Cultural Coordi-
nator's schedule and available time.

5. The reserve fund accrued from such affairs

must be deposited in:

a. A bank

b. A Federally insured savings

and loan association

c. The University's endowment

fund

6. After each event an itemized financial state-

shall be prepared as soon as possible and
placed on file in the Student Activities Of-
fice to be available to interested students.

7. Any artist or professional production or book-

ing personnel will be contacted by the Cul-
tural Coordinator only. Booking agents will
be engaged at a flat rate to be included in
the original budget.

8. A permanent list of who is to receive com-

plimentary tickets will be developed at the
start of each academic year. The sponsor-
ing organization may give out additional tic-
kets at its own discretion. Guests will be
notified prior to each performance of the
availability of complimentary tickets.

FRATERNITY RUSH REGULATIONS

1. Pledging Requirements

a. Any full-time male undergraduate student

who is in good academic standing with
the University may pledge.

b. An individual may pledge only two conse-

cultive semesters. If after these two
semesters a pledge does not meet the
academic requirements for initiation, he
shall be dropped from the fraternity roll.
Repledging may occur only after he has
achieved at least a 2.0 cumulative aver-
age.
c - Any individual who is formally pledged to
a fraternity and who elects to depledge
will not be eligible to pledge another
fraternity until one full semester has
elapsed from the date of his depledging.
d. Any individual who is depledged by a fra-
ternity is immediately eligible for pledg-
ing into another fraternity provided he
meets all other requirements.
2. Initiation Requirements

a. Any pledge who, at the time of pledging,

had a cumulative average of 2.0 or above
may be initiated after ten academic
weeks of pledging.

b. Any student pledged with less than a 2.0

cumulative average must attain at least
a 2.0 average during the semester he
pledges.

SORORITY RUSH REGULATIONS

1. Pledging Requirements

a. To pledge a sorority, a girl must have at

least a 2.2 numerical grade average from
high school, be enrolled in the Univer-
sity, pay the rush fee during formal rush,
not be on probation, and not be affiliated
with any National Panhellenic sorority.

b. If a girl signs a preference card or pledge

statement, she is considered pledged to
that sorority whether or not she com-
pletes the pledge ceremony. The pledge
period lasts for one calendar year and
during this time she is ineligible to
pledge another sorority.

c. If for some reason, the girl or the sorority

breaks a pledge, the girl is not eligible
to pledge any sorority or repledge until
one calendar year from the date her
pledge was broken.

2. Initiation Requirements

a. In order to be initiated into a sorority, a
girl must have passed the previous se-
mester with at least a 2.2 average for
the semester and must have taken nine
academic credit hours. Grades for phys-
sical education are not included.

D - A pledge with 56 academic credits at the
beginning of her pledgeship and a 2.2
average for the previous semester may
be initiated after a six week period if
not contrary to the national policy of the
individual chapter.

c A transfer student who has completed
her pledgeship and met the academic
requirements of the previous school may
be initiated and shall be counted as an
active member if not contrary to the
national policy of the individual chapter.

CAMPUS TRAFFIC

RULES AND REGULATIONS

These regulations apply to all who drive motor
vehicles on any part of the campus at Col-
lege Park.

1. PURPOSE OF TRAFFIC REGULATIONS

a. To facilitate the work of the University by

providing parking space for those who need
it most.

b. To provide parking space for University visi-

tors and guests.

c. To protect pedestrian traffic.

d. To assure access at all times for ambulance

and fire-fighting apparatus.

e. To control vehicular traffic on the Campus.

2. REGISTRATION OF VEHICLES:

a. All motor vehicles, including motorcycles and

scooters, operated on campus by a person
associated with the University, must be reg-
istered with the University Police regardless
of ownership, except as noted in Regulation
2c. All student vehicles must be registered
in the name of the student who is the legal
operator of the vehicle.

b. Student vehicles must be registered for the

Genera/ Information

current academic year during the applicable
registration period. A registration charge will
be made for each vehicle. This charge will
be in the amount of ten ($10.00) dollars
during the period September 1 thru March
31 and five ($5.00) dollars during the period
April 1 thru August 31. This charge cannot
be refunded. No charge will be made for re-
placement registration stickers required due
to damaged bumpers of a registered vehicle
or because of purchase of a replacement for
a registered vehicle. Remnants of stickers to
be replaced must be turned in at the Motor
Vehicle Registration Desk.

c. Resident students who have completed less

than 56 semester credits shall be prohibited
from operating a motor vehicle on the Col-
lege Park Campus, and from registering a
vehicle under provisions of these regula-
tions, except for special weekend privileges
as provided in regulation 2d. This prohibition
applies to any Freshman or Sophomore stu-
dent residing within one (1) mile radius of
the Library, providing said residence is other
than that shown as student's legal residence
at time of registration.

d. Resident students who have earned less than

56 semester credits are permitted to operate
a motor vehicle on the College Park Campus
during the hours from 5:00 P.M. Friday to 12
Midnight Sunday, only. Vehicles operated on
the Campus under provisions of this regula-
tion must be registered in accordance with
regulations 2a and 2b. Special "weekend"
registration stickers will be issued. Vehicles
displaying weekend stickers will be consider-
ed not registered if observed on the campus
at any time other than the specified weekend
period.

e. Parking permits for faculty and staff are is-

sued initially at the time of employment.
Subsequent renewals will be scheduled at
times designated by the Police Department.

f. Only one set of parking permits for each

vehicle is authorized.

g. Vehicles are not considered officially regis-

tered until permits are affixed on front and
rear bumpers.

h. Temporary parking permits for visiting
groups and for special reasons and condi-
tions are available. Requests should be
made to the Campus Police Motor Vehicle
Registration Section— Telephone Ext. 4242.

i- Parking permits must not be transferred to
any vehicle other than the one for which
they were originally issued.

j. Parking permits must not be defaced or al-
tered in any manner.

3. TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:

a. All motor vehicles are subject to University

traffic regulations while on the University
Campus. The University assumes no respon-
sibility for loss or damage to private prop-
erty.

b. All traffic and parking signs must be obeyed.

c. It is impossible to mark with signs all areas

of University property where parking is pro-

hibited. Parking or driving is definitely pro-
hibited on grass plots, tree plots, construc-
tion areas, or any place which will mar the
landscaping of the campus, create a safety
hazard, or interfere with the use of Univer-
sity facilities.

d. All regulations must be observed during Reg-

istration and Examination periods, except as
may be otherwise indicated by official signs.
During final Examination periods and the
Summer School session, registered vehicles
may park in any numbered parking area ex-
cept Areas 5, 9, and 20.

e. Operation of any motor vehicle in such a

manner as to create excessive noise or
smoke, or operation of any vehicle which is
in an unsafe condition, will result in revoca-
tion of parking permit and issuance of a
Maryland State Summons for violation of
Article 66V2 Annotated Code of Maryland.

f. Pedestrians shall have the right-of-way at all

times.

g. The maximum speed on campus roads is 20

miles per hour. During changes of classes
and in areas of pedestrian traffic cars must
be driven more slowly.

h. Vehicles, including motorcycles and motor
scooters, must be parked in assigned areas
only. Certain parking areas are restricted to
Faculty and Academic Staff at all times.
This restriction is indicated on the official
sign at the entrance to the area. In all other
parking areas, unrestricted parking for any
vehicle registered on the Campus is permit-
ted from 5:00P.M. to 12:00 Midnight, Monday
thru Thursday; and from 5:00 P.M. Friday to
12:00 Midnight Sunday.

i. Any motor vehicle parked in violation of Uni-
versity traffic regulations or abandoned on
Campus is subject to removal and impound-
ing at the expense of the owner or operator.
(See Regulation 4c.)

j. Specific spaces in parking areas shall not be
reserved or marked for any department or
individual.

k. If an unregistered vehicle is used as an
emergency substitute for a registered vehicle,
it must be parked in the regularly assigned
area and an immediate report made to the
Motor Vehicle Registration section ext. 4242.

I. In parking areas which have marked spaces
and lanes, a vehicle must be parked in one
space only, leaving clear access to adjacent
spaces, and without blocking driving lanes
or creating a hazard for other drivers.

m. Parking is not permitted at crosswalks.

n. Parking or standing is prohibited on all cam-
pus roads at all times.

0. In cases where individuals are permitted to
register more than one vehicle for parking on
the campus, only one of these vehicles may
be parked in the assigned area at any time.

p. Metered parking spaces must be used in ac-
cordance with requirements as stated on of-
ficial signs.

q. Curbed recesses are reserved for VISITORS
and GUESTS between the hours of 8:00 A.M.
and 5:00 P.M., Monday through Friday.

General Information

r. The fact that a vehicle is parked in violation
of any regulation and does not receive a vio-
lation notice does not mean that the regula-
tion is no longer in effect.

4. TRAFFIC INFORMATION:

a. The Office of the Campus Police is located

in the Service Building and may be reached
on University campus telephone ext. 3555.

b. The Police Cashier's Office and the Motor

Vehicle Registration Section are in the Serv-
ice Building, campus telephone Ext. 4242.

c. The term abandonment, as it relates to auto-

mobiles parked on property owned or leased
by the University of Maryland shall mean
any one or more of the following conditions:

(1) Any vehicle which has not been moved
for thirty (30) days and whose owner or other
claimant the University is unable to locate.

(2) Any vehicle which has not been moved
for thirty (30) days and whose identified
owner or other claimant refuses to move
it.

(3) Any vehicle on which current license
plates are not displayed and which has
not been moved for ten (10) days.

(4) Any vehicle which has not been moved
in seven (7) days due to an inoperative
condition caused by the removal of neces-
sary parts or a wrecked condition.

5. PENALTIES

a. Any person connected with the University

who operates an unregistered vehicle on the
Campus, or who registers such a vehicle in
any way contrary to the provisions of these
regulations, will be subject to payment of a
fifteen ($15.00) dollar penalty in addition to
the penalty for any other regulation violation
connected therewith.

b. Violations of any campus traffic regulation

other than improper registration or overtime
meter parking will result in penalty of three
($3.00) dollars for each violation.

c. Overtime parking in an metered space will

result in penalty of one ($1.00) dollar.

d. Violations are payable within ten (10) calendar

days from date of issue at the office of the
Police Cashier in the General Services Build-
ing and an additional penalty of $2.00 will
be imposed for failure to settle violations on
time.

e. Visitors and Guests notices issued to Univer-

sity visitors must be returned in person on
date issued to the Office of the University
Police at the Service Building or to the Uni-
versity official visited; otherwise, a State
Warrant may be issued. When returning
notices to University official visited, the
notice form must be signed, in the space
provided, by the individual to whom issued.
These violation notices may be voided at the
discretion of the University Police.

f. Violations involving an unregistered vehicle

owned by a member of the immediate family
of a student may be charged to the student's
account unless settled by the individual re-
ceiving the ticket, in accordance with stated

privileges granted to Visitors and Guests,
g. Motor Vehicle privileges will be revoked by
action of the Campus Police in accordance
with the following conditions:

(1) When a student has accumulated at
least three (3) violations on the record,
he (she) will lose motor vehicle privi-
leges for a period of four (4) weeks.

(2) When a student has accumulated an
additional two (2) violations on the record
for a total of five (5), he (she) will lose
motor vehicle privileges for a period of
sixteen (16) weeks.

(3) In each case the student will be required
to remove the registration stickers and
turn in remnants of the stickers to the
Motor Vehicle Registration Section.

(4) When the prescribed period of time for
loss of motor vehicle privileges has
passed, the student will be required to
pay the regular fee for re-registration.

(5) All conditions described in Items 1, 2, 3,
& 4 apply to all vehicles registered by
any student.

h. Persistent violators of traffic regulations will
be referred to the Judiciary Office for appro-
priate action.

6. APPEALS

An Appeals Board composed of a minimum of
three students who are members of the Student
Traffic Board meets regularly to consider appeals
from students charged with violations. Students
wishing to appeal a violation will first register his
intent to appeal to the Police Cashier in the Service
Building, thence to the Judiciary Office, Room 218,
North Administration Building where the date and
time for the appeal will be furnished the appellate.
Traffic tickets must be appealed within (10) calen-
dar days from the date of issuance. Overtime park-
ing meter violations are not subject to appeal.

7. PARKING AREAS FOR STUDENTS

Area 1— West of Activities Building between

Stadium Drive and Campus Drive
Area 2— North of Denton Hall Dorm Complex
Area 3— Southwest Corner of Campus
Area 4— North of Heavy Research Laboratory
Area 7— East of U.S. No. 1, at North Gate
Area 10— East of U.S. No. 1, North of Fraternity

Row
Area 1 1— East of Asphalt Institute Building
Area DD— East of Space Sciences Building
Area E— Adjacent to Engineering Buildings
Area EE— North of Engineering Laboratory Build-
ing
Area F— Adjacent to Fire Service Extension

Building
Area G— Between Silvester Hall and Skinner

Building
Area GG— North of Adult Education Center

Building
Area H— Adjacent to Symons Hall and Holzapfel

Hall
Area HH— Adjacent to H. J. Patterson Hall
Area I— Rear of Molecular Physics Building
Area J— East of Annapolis Hall

General Informafion 33

8. PARKING AREAS FOR FACULTY, STAFF AND
ASSIGNED RESIDENT STUDENTS ONLY

Area 5— Adjacent to Family Housing Units

Area 6— North of Dining Hall No. 5

Area 9— Vicinity of Cambridge Hall Dorm Com-
plex

Area 12— South of Allegany Hall

Area 14— Loop Roads Front and Rear of Houses
on Fraternity Row

Area 15— Rear 7402 Princeton Avenue

Area 17— Special Parking for use of Center for
Adult Education

Area 20— Rear of Administration Building

Area A— West End of BPA Building

Area AA— West of Fine Arts and Education
Classroom Building

Area B — Adjacent to Computer Science Center

Area BB— East end of practice field

Area C— Adjacent to Turner Laboratory (dairy)

Area CC— Barn area

Area D— Rear of Journalism Building and Rear
of Foreign Languages Building

Area K— Adjacent to General Service Building

Area KK— Southeast corner of Stadium &
Regents Drive

Area L— Administration-Armory Loop

Area M— Adjacent to Infirmary

Area N— Rear of J. M. Patterson Hall

Area 0— Rear of Chemical Engineering Building

Area P— Southwest of Wind Tunnel Building

Area Q— Rear of Jull Hall

Area R— Circle in front of Administration Build-
ing at Byrd Stadium and adjacent to Prein-
kert Field House

Area S— Special, Food Service

Area T— North of Engineering Laboratory Build-
ing

Area TT— Service Area West of Physics Building

Area U— Rear of McKeldin Library

Area UU— North end 3 Lot

Area V— Open area between Building DD and
Building EE

Area W — Between Skinner Building and Talia-
ferro Hall

Area X— Rear of Chemistry Building

Area Y— West of Chapel

Area YY— West of Cumberland Hall

Area Z— Between Student Activities Building and
Student Union

Genercl Information

&&£

III

r y

.j.

*JI

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

The University reserves the right

to change any provision or requirement

at any time

within the student's period of residence.

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

A college education implies something more
than an adequate technical training in the student's
field or specialization. In order that each graduate
with a Bachelor's degree may gain a liberal educa-
tion as well as a specialized one, the University
has established a General Education Requirement.
This requirement consists of 34 semester hours of
credit in six general fields. There is a wide choice in
specific courses which may be used to satisfy re-
quirements in all six of the fields except English.
Physical Education and Health requirements for
all students are taken in addition to this 34-hour
group of courses.
1. The General Education courses are as follows:

In English (9 hours): Engl. 1— Composition or
Engl. 21— Honors Composition; Engl. 3 and 4 —
World Literature.

In Fine Arts or Philosophy (3 hours), three-credit
courses in five departments are available, as fol-
lows: ART COURSES: 10— Introduction to Art; 60
or 61— History of Art; 62— African Art; 65 or 66—
Masterpieces of Painting; 67 or 68— Masterpieces of
Sculpture; 70 or 71— Masterpieces of Architecture.
DANCE COURSES: 32— Introduction to Dance; 182
or 183— History of Dance; 184— Theory and Philos-
ophy of Dance. MUSIC COURSE: 20— Survey of Mu-
sic Literature. DRAMATIC ART COURSES: 16— In-
troduction to the Theatre; 114— The Film as an Art
Form. PHILOSOPHY COURSES: 1— Introduction to

Philosophy; 41— Elementary Logic and Semantics;
45— Ethics; 52— Philosophy in Literature; 53— Phil-
osophy of Religion; 56— Philosophy of Science;
147— Philosophy of Art; 152— Philosophy of His-
tory; 154 — Political and Social Philosophy.

In History (6 hours), any combination of history
courses (except state history) for which the student
is eligible.

In Mathematics (3 hours), any course carrying
credit of three or more hours for which the student
is eligible will satisfy this University requirement.
(Note, however, that some curricula require higher-
numbered sequences than those for which the stu-
dent is eligible at the time of his admission; while
other sequences may be open only to students reg-
istered in specified curricula.) Students in science
curricula will usually satisfy this requirement auto-
matically.

In Science (7 hours), students are required to
take one course in a physical science and one
course in a biological science; one of these must be
a laboratory (4-hour) course. The physical sciences
for this purpose are Astronomy, Chemistry, Geology,
and Physics; biological sciences are Biology, Botany,
Entomology, and Zoology. Students whose cur-
ricula include seven or more hours of physical or
biological science are not required to take additional
courses to meet this distribution requirement. The
non-science student may register for a basic course
or any higher course for which he is eligible by
placement, rerequisite, and class standing.

In Social Science (6 hours), two courses may be
chosen from nine fields: Agricultural Economics 40
—Environment and Human Ecology; Anthropology 1
—Introduction to Anthropology; Economics 31—
Principles of Economics, or Economics 37— Funda-

General Information

mentals of Economics; General Education 60— Intro-
duction to Interdisciplinary Urban Study; Geography
1— Introduction to Geography; Government and Poli-
tics 3— Principles of Government and Politics, or
Government and Politics 101— International Politi-
cal Relations; Psychology 1 —Introduction to Psy-
chology; Radio and Television 24— Mass Communi-
cation in the Twentieth Century; or Sociology 1— In-
troduction to Sociology. The two courses must be in
different fields.

2. It should be emphasized that the 34 semester
hours of General Education courses constitute a
University requirement, applicable to all students
receiving a Bachelor's degree from the University of
Maryland. Individual colleges within the University
may add to, though they may not reduce, these re-
quirements. For example, students in the College
of Arts and Sciences pursuing a B.A. or B.S. degree
are required to take a total of twelve hours of Mathe-
matics and Science. College requirements may also
specify one or more courses among the options. For
example, students in the College of Business and
Public Administration satisfy part of the Social Sci-
ence requirement by taking Economics 31 in the
sophomore year.

3. In certain of the six fields, the student's level of
placement (by examination or departmental evalua-
tion) may modify the requirement.

In general, appropriate Honors or pre-Honors
courses may replace General Education courses for
eligible students. For example, students with high
SAT verbal scores may substitute ENGL 021— Hon-
ors Composition — for the ordinary requirement of
ENGL 001. Honors and pre-Honors equivalents for
General Education courses are specified in the
several college catalogs.

4. The General Education Program is designed to
be spread out over the four years of college. No Gen-
eral Education course requires credit in any prior
college course as a pre-requisite. Thus, a student
may (within limits of his particular curriculum) sat-
isfy a General Education requirement in each cate-
gory with any designated course for which he is eli-
gible by placement examination, department evalu-
ation, and class standing. Most courses numbered 1
to 10 may be taken by freshmen; most courses be-
tween 11 and 99 require sophomore (or honors)
standing. Courses at the 100 level are normally for
juniors or seniors; that is, they require that a stu-
dent have earned 56 hours of college credit while in
good academic standing. Exceptions are as explicit-
ly stated in the catalogs of the several colleges.
Special note for foreign students

The foreign student is required to take a special
classification test in English before registering for
the required English courses. He may be required to
take Foreign Language 1 and 2— English for Foreign
Students— before registering for English 1.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

All undergraduate men and women students who
are registered for more than eight semester hours of
credit are required to enroll in and successfully com-
plete two prescribed courses in physical education
for a total of two semester hours of credit. The suc-
cessful completion of these courses is required for
graduation. These courses must be taken by all eli-
gible students during the first two semesters of at-
tendance at the University, whether they intend to
graduate or not. Men and women who have reached
their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these

courses. The thirtieth birthday must precede the
Saturday of registration week. Students who are
physically disqualified from taking these courses
must enroll in adaptive courses for which credit will
be given. A student who has 56 transferred aca-
demic credits will not be required to register for
physical education. Students with military service
may receive credit for these courses by applying to
the Director of the Men's Physical Education Pro-
gram.

Students majoring or minoring in physical ed-
ucation, recreation, or health education may meet
these requirements by enrolling in special profes-
sional courses.

HEALTH EDUCATION

All freshmen students are required to complete
satisfactorily one semester of Health Education
(Hlth. 5) for graduation. Students who have reached
their thirtieth birthday and students majoring in
nursing are exempt from this requirement.
Additional Information

Questions about any aspect of the program may
be addressed to the advisors, college deans, or the
Director of General Education.

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

(Air Force ROTC)

The University of Maryland offers an entirely
voluntary program of Air Science instruction which
is designed for students interested in an Air Force
Commission. Both a 2-year and a 4-year program are
offered.

1. The 2-year program consists of a six-week
Field Training Session conducted on an Air Force
Base in the summer prior to the student's junior
year, followed by four semesters of the Professional
Officer Course (Advanced Course). The 2-year pro-
gram is also open to graduate students from the
College Park Campus, provided such students have
a minimum of four semesters remaining in the Uni-
versity at the time of enrollment in the 2-year
AFROTC program.

2. The 4-year program consists of four semes-
ters of the General Military Course (Basic Course)
followed by four semesters of the Professional Of-
ficer Course (Advanced Course). Students in this
program must attend a 4-week Field Training Pro-
gram after completing their junior year of college
and prior to commissioning. Only students in the
4-year program are eligible to compete for full schol-
arships.

3. The Curriculum:

General Military Course— Freshman Year,
ARSC 11 and ARSC 12; Sophomore Year,
ARSC 21 and ARSC 22. In the first two
years, cadets meet academic classes once
per week. In addition, they receive one hour
of Corps Training each week.
Professional Officer Course— Junior Year,
ARSC 101 and ARSC 102; Senior Year,
ARSC 103 and ARSC 104. The courses for
the junior and senior years are entitled "The
Growth and Development of Aerospace Pow-
er," and "The Professional Officer," respec-
tively. They require three class hours, plus
one hour of Corps Training per week.

4. The AFROTC College Scholarship Program
provides scholarships for selected cadets each
year in the four-year AFROTC program. Those se-

General Information

lected receive money for tuition, laboratory expenses,
incidental fees, and an allowance for books for up to
eight semesters. In addition, they receive non-taxa-
ble retainer pay of $50 per month. One must be in
the program at the University of Maryland before he
can apply for this scholarship.

5. All students in the 2-year and 4-year pro-
gram enrolled in the Professional Officer Course but
not receiving full scholarships will receive $50 a
month retainer pay for a maximum of $1,000 for
the two-year period. Students also receive nominal
pay (plus quarters and subsistence) while attending
either the 4-week or the 6-week Field Training
Session.

6- To be accepted into the Professional Officer
Course the student must: complete the General Mil-
itary Course or the 6-week Field Training Session;
pass the Air Force Officer Qualification Test; be
physically qualified; enlist in the Air Force Reserve;
be in good academic standing; meet age require-
ments; possess the necessary qualities of leadership
and citizenship. Successful completion of the Pro-
fessional Officer Course and a Bachelor's degree are
the prerequisites for a commission as a second lieu-
tenant in the United States Air Force.

7. Students who have prior military service or
ROTC training with the Army, Navy, Marine Corps,
Coast Guard, or Air Force will be evaluated and al-
lowed appropriate credit toward meeting the require-
ments for the General Military (Basic) Course. Pro-
fessional Officer Course (Advanced) credits are
transferable.

Attendance at Air Science classes is manda-
tory. Excuses for class or drill absences will not be
recognized except in cases of sickness, emergen-
cies, or University business covered by University
excuses. All unexcused absences operate to reduce
the term grade. Excessive absences and/or mis-
conduct will be cause for dismissal.

8. Qualified seniors who elect to become Air
Force pilots receive a free 36V2-hour flight instruc-
tion program. Cadets are instructed by competent
civilian instructors. This training enables them to
earn their private pilot's license before graduating
from college.

OUT-OF-STATE APPLICANTS

To be eligible for consideration for admission,
the graduate of an accredited out-of-state secondary
school should have attained college certification
grades in his college preparatory subjects, such
grades to be not less than one letter grade higher
than the passing grade.

TRANSFER STUDENTS

A student must be in good standing as to scho-
larship and character to be eligible for transfer to
the University. A student transferring to the Univer-
sity from another collegiate institution shall be re-
quired to have a cumulative grade-point average of
"C" in all previous college work. Advanced standing
is assigned to a transfer student from an accredited
institution under the following conditions: (1) A
minimum of one year of resident work or not less
than 30 semester hours (including the meeting of
all University and curricular requirements) is neces-
sary for a degree; (2) the University reserves the
right to make the assignment of transfer credit con-
ditional upon the student's making a satisfactory
record during his first semester at the University;
(3) The University reserves the right to revoke ad-
vanced standing if the transfer student's progress
is at any time unsatisfactory.

SPECIAL STUDENTS

Applicants over 21 years of age who qualify for
admission but who do not desire to work toward a
baccalaureate degree may be admitted as special
students. These students are ineligible to matri-
culate for a degree until they have submitted all re-
quired documents. Permission from the dean of the
various schools and Colleges of the University is
often needed in order to enroll as a special student.

Special students who have received a bac-
calaureate degree are advised that no credit earned
while enrolled as special students may be applied at
a later date to a graduate program. These post-bac-
calaureate students may enroll for courses at the
100 to 199 level for which they possess the neces-
sary prerequisites but may not enroll in courses re-
stricted to graduate students only.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Admission from a secondary school is based
upon evidence indicating the applicant's probable
success in the program of his choice at the Univer-
sity. The applicants for admission are required to
have the results of the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT) submitted to the Counseling Center of the
University.

The Scholastic Aptitude Test is given several
times each year at test centers throughout the State.
Specific information and applications are obtain-
able from high school counselors.

RESIDENTS OF MARYLAND

A graduate of an accredited secondary school
in Maryland whose secondary record and SAT scores
indicate probable success in the University will be
admitted provided that his program has included the
subjects required for the college and curriculum
which he wishes to enter, and provided that he has
a satisfactory general recommendation from his
secondary school as to his character and ability.

REGISTRATION

1. Instructions concerning registration are
given in the Schedule of Classes issued at the be-
ginning of each semester.

2. Students who do not complete their registra-
tion, including payment of bill, on regular registra-
tion days will be required to pay a late registration
fee of $20.00. Only in exceptional cases will a stu-
dent be permitted to enter a class later than one
week after the beginning of instruction.

3. Changes in registration may be made only
with the written permission of the student's dean.
After the first week there is a fee of $5.00 for every
change in registration. The formal change in regis-
tration approved by the dean must be filed in the
Office of the Registrar to complete the transaction.
Unless this is done, no credit will be given for an
added course, and a failure will be recorded for a
dropped course. A student dropping a course with-
out permission from the dean will be subject to dis-
cipline.

4. An official class list for each course being
offered is issued each semester to the appropri-
ate department by the Office of the Registrar. No

General Information

student is permitted to attend a class if his name
does not appear on the class list. Instructors report
to the academic dean any student who neglects to
attend class. At the end of the semester, the Office
of the Registrar issues to each department official
grade cards. The instructors mark the final grades
on the grade cards, sign the cards, and return them
to the Registrar.

5. Within seven days after the opening of the
semester each student must file a schedule of his
classes in the Office of the Registrar.

6. A student who desires to transfer from one
college to another must petition, on a special form,
the dean of the college from which he wishes to be
transferred. The transfer is effected when the re-
quest, properly approved by both deans concerned,
is filed in the Office of the Registrar. Students who
are on academic probation and students who have
less than a 2.0 average are referred to Section A of
"Minimum Requirements for Retention and Gradu-
ation."

7. No change to another college or curriculum
is permitted other than at stated registration periods
or during the first week of a semester.

8. A student transferring to another college will
consult with his new dean regarding the adjustment
of his records. A record of this adjustment must be
filed in the Office of the Registrar. The dean's record
will be transferred to the office of the college to
which the student is transferring.

9. Courses taken in University College or at an-
other institution concurrent with regular registra-
tion on the campus at the University may not be
credited without approval in advance by the dean of
the college from which the student expects a de-
gree. The same rule applies in summer school, to
off-campus registrations or registrations in the sum-
mer school of another institution.

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES

The University confers the following degrees:
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Bachelor
of Science in Pharmacy, Bachelor of Architecture,
Master of Arts, Master of Arts in American Civiliza-
tion, Master of Business Administration, Master of
Education, Master of Music, Master of Science, Mas-
ter of Library Science, Master of Social Work, Doc-
tor of Dental Surgery, Doctor of Education, Doctor of
Medicine, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Musical
Arts, Doctor of Business Administration, and Juris
Doctor.

Students in specified two-year curricula may be
awarded certificates.

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a
student who has had less than one year of resident
work in this University. The last thirty semester
credits in any curricula leading to a baccalaureate
degree must be taken in residence at the University.
Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in com-
bined curricula at College Park and Baltimore must
complete a minimum of thirty semester credits
at College Park.

The requirements for graduation vary according
to the character of work in the different colleges
and schools. Full information regarding specific
college requirements for graduation will be found in
the various college divisions of this catalog.

Each candidate for a degree or certificate must
file a formal application for it with the Office of the

Registrar. This must be done by the end of the
third week of the semester or the second week of
the summer session at the end of which he expects
to graduate.

CREDIT UNIT AND LOAD

The semester hour, which is the unit of credit,
is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a
week for one semester. Two or three periods of lab-
oratory or field work are equivalent to one lecture or
recitation period. The student is expected to devote
three hours a week in classroom or laboratory or in
outside preparation for each credit hour in any
course.

In order for an undergraduate student to complete
most curricula in the designated amount of time,
his semester credit load must range from 12 to 19
hours, so that he would complete from 30 to 36
hours each year toward his degree. A student regis-
tering for less than 12 hours or more than 19 hours
per semester must have the special approval of his
dean.

EXAMINATIONS

1. A final examination shall be gjven in every
undergraduate course. Exceptions may be made
with the approval of the head of the department and
the dean. In order to avoid basing too much of the
semester grade upon the final examination, addi-
tional tests, quizzes, term papers, reports and the
like should be used to determine a student's com-
prehension of a course. The order of procedure in
these matters is left to the discretion of departments
or professors and should be announced to a class at
the beginning of a course. All final examinations
must be held on the examination days of the Official
Final Examination Schedule. No final examination
shall be given at a time other than that scheduled
in the Official Examination Schedule without written
permission of the Department Head.

2. To expedite arrangements for commence-
ment, final grades of undergraduate candidates
for degrees are based on evaluations available at
the time grades are required to be submitted.

3. A file of all final examination questions
must be kept by the head of each department.

4. The head of each department is responsible
for the adequate administration of examinations in
courses under his jurisdiction. The deans should
present for consideration the matter of examinations
in staff conferences from time to time and investi-
gate examination procedures in their respective
colleges.

5. Every examination shall be designed to
require for its completion not more than the regular-
ly scheduled period.

6. A typewritten, mimeographed or printed set
of questions shall be placed in the hands of every
examinee in every test or examination requiring at
least one period, unless the dean of the college has
authorized some other procedure.

7. Each instructor must safeguard his examina-
tion questions and all trial sheets, drafts and sten-
cils.

8. Each instructor should avoid the use of ex-
amination questions which have been included
in recently given examinations and should prepare
examinations that will make dishonesty difficult.

9. Only clerical help approved by the depart-
ment head shall be employed in the preparation or

General Information

reproduction of tests or examination questions.

10. Proctors must be in the examination room
at least ten minutes before the hour of a final
examination. Provisions should be made for proper
ventilation, lighting, and a seating plan. At least
one of the proctors present must be sufficiently
cognizant of the subject matter of the examination
to deal authoritatively with inquiries arising from
the examination.

11. Books, papers, etc., belonging to the stu-
dent, must be left in a place designated by the in-
structor before the student takes his seat, except in
such cases where books or work sheets are per-
mitted.

12. Students should be seated at least every
other seat apart, or its equivalent, i.e., about three
feet. Where this arrangement is not possible some
means must be provided to protect the integrity of
the examination.

13. "Blue books" only must be used in periodic
or final examinations, unless special forms are fur-
nished by the department concerned.

14. If mathematical tables are required in an
examination, they shall be furnished by the in-
structor. If textbooks are used, this rule does not
apply.

15. Proctors must exercise all diligence to pre-
vent dishonesty and to enforce proper examination
decorum, including abstention from smoking.

16. Where an instructor must proctor more
than 40 students, he should consult the head of his
department concerning proctorial assistance. An
instructor should consult his department head if in
his opinion a smaller number of students for an
examination requires the help of another instructor.

17. No student who leaves an examination
room will be permitted to return, except in unusual
circumstances, in which case permission to do so
must be granted by the proctor prior to the stu-
dent's absention.

18. All conversation will cease prior to the pass-
ing out of examination papers, and silence will be
maintained in the room during the entire examina-
tion period.

19. Examination papers will be placed face
down on the writing desks until the examination
is officially begun by the proctor.

20. Examination papers will be kept flat on the
writing desk at all times.

IRREGULARITIES IN EXAMINATIONS

1. In cases involving charges of academic ir-
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class
work, or course requirements by an undergraduate
student, the instructor in the course shall report
to his instructional department head any informa-
tion received and the facts within his knowledge. If
the head of the instructional department deter-
mines that there is any sound reason for believing
that academic dishonesty may be involved, he
shall refer the matter to the dean of the college or
school. The dean will then confer with the dean
of the student's college or school and will check
the Judiciary Office records to determine if the
student has any record of prior offenses involving
academic dishonesty. The dean will then consult
with the student involved, and if the alleged aca-
demic dishonesty is admitted by the student and
is his first offense of this nature, the dean may

authorize the department head to dispose of the
charges, limiting the maximum penalty to discipli-
nary probation and a grade of "F" in the course, pro-
vided the penalty is accepted by the student in
writing. In such case the department head will
make a written report of the matter, including the
action taken, to the dean of the student's college
or school and to the Judiciary Office.

If the case is not disposed of in the above man-
ner, the dean of the instructional department will
appoint an ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis-
honesty consisting of one member from the faculty
of the college or school administered by the dean
as chairman, one undergraduate student, and one
member from the faculty of the student's college
or school appointed by the dean of that college or
school. If the student's dean and the dean admin-
istering the instructional department are the same,
a second member of the faculty of the college or
school concerned is appointed.

The dean of the instructional department will
refer the specific report of alleged academic dis-
honesty to this ad hoc committee and the com-
mittee will hear the case. The hearing procedures
before this committee will in general conform to
those required for student judicial boards. The
committee may impose the normal disciplinary ac-
tions and/or impose a grade of "F" in the course.

The chairman of the committee will report its
actions to the dean of the student's college or
school and to the Judiciary Office. The dean of
the instructional department will advise the stu-
dent in writing of the disciplinary action of the
committee, and also advise him of his right to file
an appeal to the Adjunct Committee on Student
Discipline.

The student may file his appeal in accordance
with the normal procedures to the Adjunct Com-
mittee with the dean of the instructional depart-
ment and the latter will forward it to the chair-
man of the Adjunct Committee. The chairman of
the Adjunct Committee will notify the student in
writing of the time, date, and place of the hearing.

2. In cases involving charges of academic ir-
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class
work, or course requirements by a graduate stu-
dent, the above procedure will be followed except
that:

a. The head of the instructional department

will refer the matter to the Vice President
for Graduate Studies and Research.

b. The ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis-

honesty will be appointed by the Vice Presi-
dent for Graduate Studies and Research
and will consist of two members of the
Graduate School faculty, one serving as
chairman, and one graduate student.

MARKING SYSTEM

1. The following symbols are used for marks: A,
B, C, and D— Passing; F— Failure; I— Incomplete.
At the Graduate level, the grade of D is failure.

In computing scholastic averages, numerical
values are assigned marks as follows: A — 4; B — 3;
C— 2; D— 1; F— 0.

A mark of X will be used on records of off-
campus adult students in those cases where such
a student has ceased to attend a class without an
official withdrawal. A mark of X indicates no rec-
ord, no prejudice, is terminal, and may not be

General Information

later changed as in the case of the incomplete
mark of I.

2. Mark A denotes superior achievement; B,
good; C, fair; and D, passing. However, a mark of
D does not represent satisfactory progress toward
a degree.

3. A student with a mark of F has failed in the
course and must repeat the entire course in order
to receive credit for it. "Credit by examinations"
cannot be given for a course in which the student
has previously earned a grade of F or WF. In case
of failure in a required course a student must enroll
again in that subject the first time it is offered,
unless excused by the dean.

4. An instructor may change a grade already
submitted to the Registrar only on certification,
approved by his department head and dean, that
he made an actual mistake in computing or re-
cording the grade.

5. In case a failure is incurred in an elective
subject, the student may be permitted to make a
substitution provided the head of the department
in which the student is majoring and the student's
dean approve. A record of this approval must be
filed in the Office of the Registrar.

6. The mark of "I" (incomplete) is exceptional.
It is to be given only to a student whose work in a
course has been qualitatively satisfactory, when,
because of illness, or other circumstances beyond
his control, he has been unable to complete the
requirement. In no case will the mark "I" be re-
corded for a student who has not completed the ma-
jor portion of the work of the course. In cases where
this mark is given, the student may not re-register
for the course until the "I" is removed by completing
work assigned by the instructor. Work must be
completed by the end of the next semester in
which the subject is again offered and the student
is in attendance at the University, or the mark be-
comes F. When a student receives a terminal
grade, he may repeat the course as provided for any
course where repeats are authorized. Exceptions
to the time period cited above may be granted by
the student's dean on the written request of the
student if circumstances warrant further delay. An
"I" cannot be removed through the technique of
earning "credit by examination."

7. It is the student's responsibility to request
appropriate action for the removal of the "I".

8. It is the responsibility of the instructor and
department head concerned to return the appropri-
ate supplementary grade report promptly upon the
completion of the work.

9. It is the responsibility of the student's dean
to inform the Registrar and instructor of the delay
granted in accordance with Section 6, above.

10. For information about repeating courses,
see "Minimum Requirements for Retention and
Graduation,"

PASS-FAIL OPTION

1. Eligible undergraduates may register for a
maximum of 18 semester hours of credit under the
pass-fail option between the time they have earned
30 academic hours at the University of Maryland
and graduation. No more than one such course
may be taken during a semester or summer session.
Only courses which are designated in advance of

registration periods by the offering department are
available for selection under the pass-fail option.

2. In order to be eligible for the pass-fail option
in registration a student must have completed 30
or more semester hours of credit at the University
of Maryland. Transfer students must have com-
pleted a minimum of 15 semester hours of academ-
ic credit at the University and have a total of 30
semester hours on their records. Part-time students
matriculated for a degree are eligible: special stu-
dents are not. A student must have a cumulative
grade-point average of 2.00 to be eligible for the
pass-fail option. Students who are registered in
O.I.R. may not elect the pass-fail option.

3. No course which is used to fulfill require-
ments for a major, the requirements of a field of
concentration, specific courses designated as de-
gree requirements, or the general education pro-
gram may be selected under the pass-fail option.
Such selection is limited to free elective courses.

4. Students registering in a course under the
pass-fail option are required to complete all regular
course requirements and will be evaluated accord-
ing to normal procedures. The final course grade
will be recorded either as a passing or a failing
grade. If the course is passed, credit toward gradua-
tion is earned; however, the course is not included
in grade average. If the course is failed, no credit
is awarded but the failing grade is included in
computation of averages.

5. A student's pass-fail option for a course
must be designated at the time of registration.
This status may not be changed after the end of
registration. If the demand for a course exceeds
its capacity, letter-graded students will be given
preference over pass-fail students in enrollment.
Further information is available through advisors.

CREDIT FOR EXAMINATION
FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES

1. Credit towards the bachelor's degree may be
established by examination under the following
conditions:

The applicant must have completed at the Uni-
versity of Maryland at least 12 semester credits
with an average grade of C or higher before making
application for an examination to establish credit.
Deans of the present degree-granting colleges on
the College Park campus may waive this regulation
for entering freshmen who wish to use the examina-
tion to establish credit based on previous training.

2. The total amount of credit that can be estab-
lished by examination cannot exceed 20 semester
credits. "Credit by examination" cannot be given
for a course in which the student has previously
earned a grade of F, D, I or WF.

3. Usually credit by examination will not be ac-
cepted for any part of the final 30 semester credits
which must be completed in residence. However,
if permission is granted in advance by the dean,
and a record of the credit is filed in the Office of
the Registrar prior to the student's final semester
in residence, 6 semester hours of the final 30 may
be established by examination. However, in no
case does this permission waive the minimum resi-
dence requirement of 30 semester credits.

4. The fee for an advanced standing examina-
tion is $5.00 per semester credit hour.

5. A grade of C or higher must be obtained in
order to establish credit by examination.

6. A foreign student may not establish credit by

General Information

examination in freshman or sophomore courses of
his native language.

7. The instructor must certify on the report on
the examination submitted to the Office of the
Registrar that copies of the examination questions
and the student's answers have been filed in the
office of the dean of the college in which the
course is offered.

8. Applications for examinations to establish
credit must be approved on an individual course
basis, and approval will not be granted at the same
time for examinations in a sequence of courses.

9. Approval to take an examination in any
course will depend upon the student's having estab-
lished credit in all prerequisites, or equivalent, and
received the approval of the head of the department
and the dean concerned.

10. The grades for credits earned by advanced
standing examinations are not used in computing
the student's average.

JUNIOR STANDING

1. A student is permitted to register for upper
division courses when granted Junior Standing by
his college. This permission shall be based upon
earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward
his degree, completing such course requirements
as the college may direct, and possessing the
minimum required grade point average to remain
in the University.

2. Exceptional students having completed
forty-eight (48) semester hours of academic credits
and having the approval of the department involved
will be permitted to enroll for sufficient upper
division courses to complete a normal program.
That is, such students must carry lower division
courses to total fifty-six (56) semester hours of
academic credits and the remainder may be in
courses numbered in the 100 range.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

1. A baccalaureate degree will not be awarded
to a student who has had less than one year of resi-
dent work in this University. The last thirty semes-
ter credits of any curriculum leading to a bac-
calaureate degree must be taken in residence at
the University of Maryland.

In the case of veterans and students engaged
in a program of adult education, a portion of the
final 30 semester hours may be completed at other
institutions upon the approval of the Vice-Presi-
dent for Academic Affairs, the dean of the college,
and the head of the department.

Candidates for degrees in combined programs
must complete at least 30 semester credits at Col-
lege Park.

The minimum residence required for a bacca-
laureate degree is 30 semester hours; nothing stated
below modifies in any way this basic requirement.
Included in these 30 semester hours will be a mini-
mum of 15 semester hours in advanced courses,
including at least 12 semester hours required in the
major field (in curricula requiring such concentra-
tion). All candidates for degrees should plan to
take their senior year in residence since the ad-
vanced work of the major study normally occurs in
the last year of the undergraduate course. At least
24 of the last 30 credits must be done in residence;
i.e., a student who at the time of his graduation
will have completed 30 semester hours in resi-

dence may be permitted to do not more than 6
semester hours of his final 30 credits of record in
another institution or to include not more than 6
semester hours of credit earned by advance stand-
ing examination, provided he secures permission
in advance from his dean. The student must be
enrolled in the college from which he plans to
graduate when registering for the last 15 credits of
his program. These requirements apply also to the
third year of pre-professional combined degree pro-
grams. Record of this permission must be filed in
the office of the Registrar prior to the student's
final semester in residence.

While many University curricula require more
semester hours than 120 (exclusive of the basic
General Military Course AFROTC, Health 005, and
the required program in Physical Education) no
baccalaureate curriculum requires less than 120
semester hours with the same exclusions as have
been cited.

A student who wishes to earn a second bac-
calaureate degree in the University is required to
complete the additional studies regularly prescribed
for that degree, involving at least one year's addi-
tional residence and the earning of at least 30 addi-
tional credits.

2. A general C (2.0) average is required for
graduation in all colleges.

3. An average mark of C (2.0) is required for
graduation. The C average is computed on the
basis of the academic courses required by each
student's curriculum. The average of transfer stu-
dents and of those seeking combined degrees is
computed only on the courses taken in residence
in the University and in satisfaction of the non-
professional curricular requirements of the college
granting the degree. An over-all average is also
computed to include all academic courses taken in
the University as a basis for the award of honors
and for such other uses as may be deemed appro-
priate.

4. Applications for diplomas must be filed with
the Office of the Registrar during the registration
period, or not later than the end of the third week
of classes of the regular semester or at the end
of the second week of the summer session, at the
end of which the candidate expects to receive
his degree. Application filed after the third week
of classes of a regular semester or Friday of the
second week of a Summer Session will be retained
until the next semester (session) when degrees
will be awarded. He must at this time be registered
in the college from which the degree is sought or,
if in the University College, have the approval of
the dean of the college concerned. Responsibility
for knowing and meeting all degree requirements
for graduation in any curriculum rests with the
student. Not later than the close of his junior
year, the student should check with the proper
authorities to ascertain his standing in this respect.
For this purpose the student should be sure to
preserve the copy of the semester grade report is-
sued by the Registrar's office at the close of each
semester.

5. Candidates for degrees must attend a convo-
cation at which degrees are conferred and diplomas
are awarded.

ATTENDANCE

1. The University expects each student to take

General Information 43

full responsibility for his academic work and aca-
demic progress. The student, to progress satisfac-
torily, must meet the quantitative and qualitative re-
quirements of each course for which he is registered.
Students are expected to attend classes regularly,
for consistent attendance offers the most effective
opportunity open to all students to gain a develop-
ing command of the concepts and materials of
their course of study. However, attendance in class,
in and of itself, is not a criterion for the evalu-
ation of the student's degree of success or failure.
Furthermore, absences (whether excused or un-
excused) do not alter what is expected of the stu-
dent qualitatively and quantitatively. Except as
provided below, absences will not be used in the
computation of grades, and the recording of stu-
dent absences will not be required of the faculty.

2. In certain courses in-class participation is
an integral part of the work of the course. A few
examples would be courses in public speaking and
group discussion, courses emphasizing conversa-
tion in foreign languages, certain courses in physi-
cal education, and certain laboratory sessions.
Each department shall determine which of its
courses fall in this category. It shall be the re-
sponsibility of the instructor in such courses to in-
form each class at the beginning of the semester
that in-class participation is an integral part of the
work of the course and that his absences will be
taken into account in the evaluation of his work in
the course.

3. Laboratory meetings require special prepar-
ation of equipment and materials by the staff. A
student who is not present for a laboratory exer-
cise has missed that part of the course and can-
not expect that he will be given an opportunity to
make up this work later in the term.

4. Special provision for freshmen: The fresh-
man year is a transitional year. Absences of fresh-
men in the basic freshman courses will be report-
ed to the student's dean when the student has
accumulated more than three unexcused absences.

5. Excuses for absences (in basic freshman
courses and in courses where in-class participation
is a significant part of the work of the course) will
be handled by the instructor in the course in ac-
cordance with the general policy of his depart-
ment and college.

6. Examination and tests: It is the responsi-
bility of the student to keep himself informed con-
cerning the dates of announced quizzes, tests,
and examinations. An instructor is not under obli-
gation to give a student a make-up examination
unless the student can present evidence that his
absence was caused by illness or by participating
in University activities at the request of University
authorities. A make-up examination, when permit-
ted, is given at the convenience of the instructor,
but must not interfere with the student's regularly
scheduled classes.

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS

Honors for excellence in scholarship are award-
ed to not more than one-fifth of the graduation class
in each college. (The computation does not include
grades for courses taken during the last semester of
registration before graduation.) "High Honors" are
awarded to the upper half of the group; "Honors"
to the lower half. To be eligible for this recognition,
a total of at least two years of residence (60 se-

mester hours) is required. No student with an aver-
age less than B (3.0) will be considered.

DEFICIENCY REPORTS

1. Reports of unsatisfactory work (less than C)
will be made only for freshmen in the basic
freshman courses. It will be the obligation of all
students to assume full responsibility for their
academic progress without depending upon receiv-
ing official warning of unsatisfactory work.

2. Reports of unsatisfactory work for freshmen
in the basic freshman courses will be submitted
to the student's dean at the end of the seventh
week of the semester.

DISMISSAL OF DELINQUENT STUDENTS

The University reserves the right to request
at any time the withdrawal of a student who can-
not or does not maintain the required standard
of scholarship, or whose continuance in the Uni-
versity would be detrimental to his or her health,
or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not
satisfactory to the authorities of the University.
Specific scholastic requirements are set forth in
the Minimum Requirements for Retention and Grad-
uation.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY

1. If a student desires or is compelled to with-
draw from the University for any cause at any
time during the academic year, he should secure
an application for withdrawal from his dean's of-
fice, obtain the proper signatures as indicated on
the form, and file it in the Registrar's office. If
a student withdraws from the University after the
first eight weeks of the semester, the instructor in
each course indicates on the class card whether the
student was passing or failing at the time of with-
drawal. The report is made part of the student's
permanent record.

2. In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be
permitted only with the written consent of the
student's parent or guardian.

3. A student who fails to withdraw in the re-
quired manner will not be entitled to an honorable
dismissal, will forfeit his right to any refund to
which he might otherwise be entitled, and will re-
ceive marks of failure in all courses being carried.

4. The effective date for withdrawals, as far as
refunds and grades are concerned, is the date the
blank is filed in the Office of the Registrar.

5. Further information on withdrawal from the
University may be found in "Minimum Require-
ments for Retention and Graduation,"

READMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT

1. A student who withdraws from the Univer-
sity must apply to the Director of Admissions for
reinstatement.

2. A freshman who is dismissed for scholastic
reasons from the University at the end of his first
semester and who desires to seek reinstatement
is referred to Section A of "Minimum Require-
ments for Retention and Graduation."

3. A student who has been dropped for scho-
lastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Secre-
tary of the Admissions Petition Board, Office of

General Information

Admissions for reinstatement. The Committee is
empowered to grant relief for just cause.

4. No student on academic probation shall be
allowed to register for more than sixteen (16)
semester hours (including the basic General Mili-
tary Course AFROTC and required courses in P. E.
and Health). The student on academic probation
should normally carry at least twelve (12) aca-
demic semester hours in order that he may ab-
solve his academic probation in one semester.

5. A student who has been dropped from the
University for scholastic reasons, and whose peti-
tion for reinstatement is denied, may again petition
after a lapse of at least one semester.

6. Applicable courses taken at another institu-
tion by a student in the first semester after his aca-
demic dismissal from the University shall not be
considered for transfer credit until the student has
returned to the University and removed his aca-
demic probation.

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

FOR RETENTION AND GRADUATION

The provisions in this plan apply to undergrad-
uates at College Park, including the day-time, on-
campus students of University College. These pro-
visions do not generally apply to undergraduate stu-
dents enrolled prior to the summer session, 1965,
to graduate students nor to students registered in
the professional schools at Baltimore.
SECTION A: Minimum requirements

A. 1 At the end of each grading period— defined
as each regular semester— the Office of the Regis-
trar computes each student's cumulative grade
point average (the number of earned quality points
divided by the number of attempted semester hours
hereinafter designated and referred to as "at-
tempted hours" or "hours attempted"). Based on
this cumulative grade point average the Office of the
Registrar imposes the academic actions prescribed
in the following table:

Cumulative Grade Point
Average resulting in

Total

Hours

Academic

Attempted

Dismissal

Probation

1-5

6-20

Below 0.35

Below 1.35

21-35

" 1.35

" 1.65

36-50

" 1.65

" 1.80

51-65

" 1.80

" 1.90

68-80

" 1.90

" 2.00

81 and over

" 1.95

" 2.00

A. 2 Regardless of his cumulative grade point
average, however, no student shall be dismissed at
the end of any grading period during which he
was registered for and completed at least twelve
(12) semester hours with an average of 2.00 or
better.

A.3 A minimum cumulative grade point aver-
age of 2.00 is an essential part of the several re-
quirements for a bachelor's degree as outlined in
college divisions of this catalog. Any student whose
cumulative grade point average falls within the
range which results in Academic Probation in ac-
cordance with the table of section A.l is informed
that he is not making satisfactory progress toward
his degree and must assume responsibility for any
future dismissal which may occur.

A. 4 Any student whose cumulative grade point
average falls within the range which results in
Academic Dismissal in accordance with the table
of section A.l loses his eligibility to re-register at
the University.

A. 5 Any student who is not eligible to re-register
following Academic Dismissal should consult the
Secretary of the Admissions Petition Board con-
cerning procedure for reinstatement. This Board
is empowered to grant relief for just cause.

A. 6 A student who enters the University with
acceptable transfer credits is subject to these
scholastic standards at the level of attempted hours
determined by adding the number of hours of
transfer credits assigned to him by the Office of
Admissions and the dean of the college in which
he is enrolled to the number of hours attempted
at Maryland. His cumulative average is based sole-
ly on the number of hours attempted at Mary-
land and the grades received for these attempted
courses.

A. 7 When a course is repeated all attempts are
included in the computation of the cumulative
grade point average through inclusion in both the
total quality points earned and the total hours at-
tempted. If a student repeats a course for which
he has already earned a passing grade, the subse-
quent attempt shall not increase his total hours
earned toward a degree.

A. 8 Exceptions are allowed for courses taken
during a freshman's first semester and subse-
quently repeated. In such cases, the original first
semester grades of these repeated courses and
their corresponding credit hours will not be in-
cluded in the computation of the student's cumula-
tive grade point average or in his total of attempted
hours, provided these repetitions of first semester
courses occur before the student has earned 56
semester hours. For the purpose of this section
a first semester freshman shall be a student
registered for the first time in college level educa-
tional courses and thus experiencing his first con-
tact with academic education beyond the senior
high school level. However, a student whose first
college experience is through part-time registration
or through the summer session will be considered
as a first semester freshman until he has regis-
tered in and completed a minimum of nine semes-
ter hours in college level work. All college registra-
tions will be counted whether or not they are
applicable to the student's program.

A. 9 A student beginning or within his last
thirty (30) credit hours necessary for graduation
who has been retained in college under section
A. 2 but who would be unable to graduate because
of an insufficient cumulative grade point average
due to an earlier single semester of failing grades
may be granted waiver of those failing grades. Pro-
vided such student satisfies all other college and
university requirements for the degree, the above
grades of failure and their corresponding attempted
credit hours may be disregarded in the computation
of his final cumulative grade point average. To ac-
complish this the approval of the student's aca-
demic dean together with the written recommenda-
tion of the head of the department in which the stu-
dent is majoring must be transmitted to the Office of
the Registrar with the necessary adjustments which
are to be made in recomputing the student's cumu-
lative average.

General Information 45

A.10 Physical activity courses required of all
students, non-credit courses, and orientation
courses are not considered in computing cumulative
grade point averages. All other courses are consid-
ered for computation except those courses specifi-
cally designated not applicable by the dean of the
college in which the student is enrolled.

A.ll In the computation of the cumulative
grade point average a grade of "I" is not to be in-
cluded as hours attempted. When the grade of "I"
is removed for a passing grade or the mark becomes
F in conformance with academic regulations, an
appropriate corrective entry will be made in the
cumulative grade point average by the Office of the
Registrar.

A. 12 Any student who withdraws from all
courses receiving no grades or grades of W, WX, WP,
or WF is not eligible for re-registration at the Univer-
sity except by application for reinstatement through
the Office of Admissions. Withdrawal grades are not
included in the computation of grade point averages
or in the determination of the level of total hours
attempted.

SECTION B: Regulations for transfer of students
from one college to another and change of curric-
ulum within a college.

B.l A student with a 2.00 average or better in
those courses applicable to his proposed new cur-
riculum may transfer from one college in the Uni-
versity to another but only at such times as are
specifically designated for this purpose. On a spe-
cial form, he must first obtain a signed release
and his complete academic record from the dean
of the releasing college before submitting them to
the dean of the college to which he wishes to
transfer. When the dean of the receiving college
accepts the student by signing the transfer form,
the student must then deposit this form with the
Office of the Registrar to complete the transfer.

B.2 In all transfer cases the dean of the re-
ceiving college shall indicate what courses in the
student's previous academic program are not ap-
plicable in the new program and he shall notify
the Office of the Registrar of the adjustments
which are to be made in computing the student's
cumulative average.

B.3 The Office of Intermediate Registration
(OIR) serves those students who wish to change
colleges but have less than 2.00 averages, in
those courses applicable to their new college cur-
ricula. Any such student who is entitled to re-reg-
ister in the University will be accepted by OIR
after securing his release from his former college
dean. The Director of Intermediate Registration
will be responsible for notifying the Office of the
Registrar what courses in the student's previous
academic program have been declared not appli-
cable by the prospective receiving dean.

B.4 The cumulative average required of a reg-
istrant in OIR shall be that given in the table of
section A.l for the attempted hours applicable to
the new curriculum to which the student antici-
pates transferring. If at the end of a student's
first grading period in OIR his cumulative average
entitles him to remain in the University, he shall
be permitted to transfer to his new college. How-
ever, upon the recommendation of both the Direc-
tor of Intermediate Registration and the dean of

the new college, the student who is eligible to
remain in the University may be permitted to
register for an additional semester or summer ses-
sion in OIR.

B.5 When a student changes from one depart-
ment to another within a college he must secgre,
in the appropriate space on the permit-to-register
card, the signature of the dean before filing the
card with the Registrar. An individual college may
use additional forms for internal control if it so
desires. Where the change within a college is
from a program to an unrelated program, the
dean of the college may exercise the option of
adjusting the student's record. The dean is respon-
sible for providing the Registrar's office with a writ-
ten statement of the adjustments to be made in
computing the student's cumulative average.

SECTION C: Regulations concerning dropping of
courses, and withdrawals from the University.

C.l A student may drop a course without an h
grade during the first three weeks of classes with
the approval of the student's advisor and dean. A
student may drop a course without an F grade
after the first three weeks of classes only upon
written approval of the dean of the student's col-
lege. Such authorization shall be granted by the
dean only under extraordinary circumstances; un-
satisfactory scholarship in itself will not be con-
sidered an extraordinary circumstance. The written
authorization must state the reasons and shall be
filed with the Registrar. In order to drop a course,
or courses, for medical reasons and without the
grade of F, the student must present to the dean
of his college, through the University's infirmary,
acceptable proof that such reasons have caused
his continuous absence from all classes for which
he is registered for a period of two weeks or
more (exclusive of holidays). Any request to drop
a course for medical reasons must be presented
to the student's dean within one week of the
student's return to class attendance.

The selection of courses to be dropped shall
be at the discretion of the student's dean.

In the case of accidental injury incurred after
the start of the term, and which incapacitates the
student relative to his performance in a particular
course, the dean of the student's college shall
use his discretion in recommending the dropping
of the course without the grade of F. Where acci-
dental injury does not necessitate the absence of
the student from all classes for a period of two
weeks or more, the request to drop a particular
course must be made within one week of the
injury, or within one week of the return to classes
following the injury. A first-semester freshman may
drop a course without an F grade during the first
eight weeks of classes with the approval of the
student's adviser and dean. For the purpose of
this section a first semester freshman shall be a
student registered for the first time in college
level educational courses and thus experiencing
his first contact with academic education beyond
the senior high school level. However, a student
whose first college experience is through part-
time registration or through the summer session
will be considered as a first semester freshman
until he has registered in and completed a mini-
mum of nine semester hours in college level work.
All college registrations will be counted whether

General Information

or not they are applicable to the student's pro-
gram.

Courses may not be changed from credit to
audit after the third week of classes.

C-2 A student withdrawing from the University
during the first eight weeks of classes shall be
given a grade of WX in his courses. A student
withdrawing after this time shall receive a grade
WP in each course in which his work has been
passing and a grade of WF in any course in
which his work has not been passing. A student
withdrawing after the last day of instruction shall
be given a grade of F in any course in which he
has not been doing passing work.

SECTION D: General regulations concerning aca-
demic probation, academic dismissal, and reinstate-
ment.

D.l When a student is placed on academic pro-
bation or released from academic probation, the
action shall be entered on the face of the stu-
dent's official record.

D.2 A student who is reinstated after academic
dismissal shall be admitted on academic proba-
tion. The same conditions of probation may be
imposed on any student who seeks admission by
transfer from another university or college and
whose record at the previous school warrants this
action. (Admissions of such a student is permitted

only in unusual cases and after a review by the
Petition Board.)

D.3 Any appeal from the regulations governing
academic probation or academic dismissal shall
be' directed to the Petition Board which shall be
empowered to grant relief in unusual cases, if
the circumstances warrant such action.

SECTION E: Students enrolled prior to June 1965

TERMINATION

Students enrolled in the University prior to June
1965 and who have remained in continuous atten-
dance must abide by the provisions of Academic
Probation Plan. (See earlier issues of University
General and Academic Regulations.) Students ini-
tially enrolled in the University prior to June 1965
who do not fulfill the above conditions of con-
tinuous attendance but who have remained in con-
tinuous attendance following their most recent re-
admission or reinstatement will also abide by the
provisions of the Academic Probation Plan, provided
the mostVecent readmission or reinstatement was
prior to June 1970. Students enrolled prior to June
1965 whose continuous attendance is interrupted
for any reason and who are readmitted or rein-
stated for a session or semester beginning with
June 1970 will be readmitted or reinstated under
the provisions of Minimum Requirements for Re-
tention and Graduation.

General Information

STUDENT SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES

VICE CHANCELLOR FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS

The Office of the Vice Chancellor for Student
Affairs coordinates activities within the academic
community which serve to complement the scholarly
pursuits of the classroom and enable the student
to gain maximum value from his college experience.

Some of the various administrative areas for
which the Vice Chancellor of Student Affairs is re-
sponsible are: University Health Services; Coun-
seling Center; Placement and Credentials Services;
Student Aid; International Education Services and
Foreign Student Affairs; University Housing; Stu-
dent Union; Student Life and Programs (including
fraternities and sororities); Judiciary Office; Food
Service, Office of Intermediate Registration (01 R);
Intensive Educational Development; Cultural Study
Center; and Religious Programs.

HEALTH CENTER

The Health Center is primarily charged with aid-
ing the student in maintaining his physical well-
being in order that he may pursue his studies as
effectively as possible. This includes the review of
all pre-entrance physical examination reports to
aid the student in his participation in the required
physical education classes or in other areas where
special problems might arise. Students are invited
to visit the Health Center before or during registra-
tion time to review these reports with a staff mem-
ber.
Routine Services

The Health Center provides the following ser-
vices:

1. Treatment, or preventive measures, for
acute and short term illnesses and surgical
emergencies.

2. Certain laboratory procedures

3. Infirmary rest for minor or short term ill-

nesses and injuries

4. Allergy hyposensitization and certain dis-

ease immunizations arranged through the
student's physician

5. Psychiatric services, including short term
counseling with students who request to see
the psychiatrist, and consultation and e-
valuation functions in connection with
Health Center physicians or the Counseling
Center

The Health Center refers most chronic and ma-
jor illnesses or injury effects to family and local
physicians and specialists. No dental care is fur-
nished at the Health Center, but medication to allay
pain and instruction for oral hygiene is given.

The Health Center sanitarian promotes the cam-
pus environmental health through routine inspec-
tion and subsequent recommendations in the areas
of food handling, water and air pollution problems,
living accommodation, and sewage disposal.

Emergency Services

During regular University sessions, emergency
physician care is available on weekday evenings
at the Infirmary and by telephone call (454-3444
or 454-3445) to Health Service. During extended
school vacation periods or between regular ses-
sions, the physician may be called through the cam-
pus telephone operator (454-3311) for emergencies
occurring on the campus.

Emergency ambulance service is provided
through the Branchville Volunteer Rescue Squad
by call to 3333 on campus phones or 864-1122 from
outside phones. For patients who do not require
ambulance service, but who cannot come to the ln-

Generof Information

firmary in their own transportation, the Campus
Police may be summoned for assistance at 3555.

In addition to student emergencies, the Health
Service will treat, or prepare for transfer to a hos-
pital, any campus employee injured on the job. An
employee or visitor with acute illness who cannot
be taken directly to his own physician or hospital
may also be seen at the Health Service.
Accident Insurance

Commercial Contract Accident or Accident and
Sickness Group Insurance is available to students
through the University on an optional basis for a
nominal fee and is highly recommended for those
who do not already have this type of coverage. All
foreign students are required to have this or an
equivalent form of insurance. This insurance may
only be purchased at the time of registration.
Health Service Hours

The University Health Service hours for routine
care during regular semesters and summer school
are:

Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 a.m.

and 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Semi-emergency or appointment care is available:

Monday through Friday 6:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.

Saturday 9:00 a.m. to 1 1:00 a.m.

Sundays and Holidays 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m.
Twenty-four hour nursing care is available during
school sessions.

COUNSELING CENTER

The aim of the Counseling Center is to enable
students to be optimally productive; to better under-
stand themselves, their assets and liabilities; and
to be able to resolve their problems and deal with
important decisions. The services of the Center are
available to all students.
Counseling

Counselors meet with students in individual or
group counsei.ng interviews to assist them with
educational, vocational and personal problems.
Where appropriate, the counselor may arrange
for students to take certain tests of ability, interest,
personality, etc., which provide information valu-
able in counseling.
Occupational Information

Students may browse in the Center library and
view displays of occupational and educational in-
formation. They may be interested in listening to the
tape-recorded introduction to career information.
Reading and Study Skills Laboratory

The Laboratory offers students individualized
programs designed to improve their learning skills.
They may work on improved reading speed and
comprehension, vocabulary building, taking of
lecture notes, spelling, examination skills, and
handwriting. Special workshops are offered in im-
proving writing skills and reducing examination
fears. A library of tutor-texts and tape recorded
lectures is available for review of fundamentals in
science, language, logic, and mathematics courses.
There is a special program for high school students.
Consultation

The Counseling Center also serves as an agency
which students, faculty members, parents and
others m&y use for discussing any concerns which
they may have regarding the progress or general
welfare of students at the University.
Child Evaluation and Parent Consultation

This community serv'ce, on a nominal fee basis,
is provided for parents of children in the age range

of 5 to 14 regarding concern for their children's
achievement or behavior. It is not restricted to Uni-
versity-connected individuals.

Other Functions

Other functions include the freshman testing
program, orienting new students to the Center's
services, conducting the annual census studies of
the student body, and data processing consultation
and services. The staff is available for speaking en-
gagements before various student and community
groups. The Center also serves as a facililty for
the professional training of counselors.

To help you understand the Counseling Center,
here are a few of the problems with which students
have been concerned. One or two of these illustra-
tions may touch on concerns which you might have
at one time or another.

What kinds of vocations am I best fitted for?

I'd like some help in choosing a major.

I wish I had more confidence in myself.

I just can't make the grades I'd like to have.

I feel sort of alone— pretty much out of things.

My dates and I don't seem to get along.

My parents and I don't get along.

Where can I find some information about occu-
pations?

What can I learn from those Freshman Entrance
Tests that will help me in college?

I can't seem to concentrate when I study.

How much should I expect of myself?

I read and comprehend fairly well, but I would
like to improve further.

Is my vocational goal a realistic one for me?

I worry too much about things (drugs, sex,
failure, etc.).

My note-taking and spelling are holding me
back.

I can't see how some of the courses which I am
taking are going to help me in the future.

To Arrange an Appointment

Students need only call or come to the Center
to request an appointment. The Center's reception-
ist will arrange a brief conference with one of the
counseling staff. This conference allows the Center
to determine how to be of maximum help to the
student, to answer any questions he may have
about the Center and its operations, and to make
additional appointments when the student and
counselor feel it is appropriate.

About 25 per cent of all University students
make use of Counseling Center services during their
years of enrollment. There is no fee for University
undergraduates or graduate students. Non-students
receive counseling, testing, and educational skills
services for a nominal fee as staff time allows.

The Counseling Center is located in the Shoe-
maker Building, just behind the Chapel. Telephone:
454-2931.

STUDENT UNION

The Student Union serves as the extra-curricular
hub of the campus, with facilities and services to
meet the needs of individual students or campus
groups. Whether for a meeting, weekend dance,
popular entertainment, featured speaker, or a quiet
place in which to visit, the Student Union serves
all.
General Hours:

Monday-Thursday 7:00 a.m.— 1 1:00 p.m.

Friday and Saturday 7:00 a.m.— Midnight.

General Information

Sunday 2:00 p.m. — 11:00 p.m.
No solicitations are permitted in the building.

Amusements

The sub-basement is the amusement center of
the Student Union and is completely air-condi-
tioned, attractively decorated, and is furnished with
all the conveniences of modern commercial estab-
lishments.

Sixteen tenpin bowling lanes are open from 8:00
a.m. to midnight Monday thru Saturday, and from
2:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. Sunday and holidays for a
charge of 45 cents per game. Shoes and lockers may
be rented and bowling equipment is sold. The
Games Area Manager and a fully trained staff are
always available for instruction at all skill levels.

There are also twelve billiard tables and two
shuffleboard tables in the sub-basement. These
tables may be rented for one dollar per hour and
sixty cents per hour, respectively.

Full length motion pictures are shown in the
second-floor ballroom on weekends. Tickets are
sold at the ticket booth in the main lobby one half
hour before each show. A Film Series is presented
on Tuesdays.
Hours for performances

Tuesday 7:00 and 9:00 p.m.

Friday and Saturday 7:00 and 9:00 p.m.

Sunday 7:30 p.m. only

Services, Facilities, and Equipment

(a) Services-Duplicating, mimeograph, ditto,
and offset.

(b) Signs and Posters-Embosograf, engraving,
tapewriter and plastic tags, nameplates,
small signs.

(d) Dining and Catering-Telephone extension
2805.

(e) Equipment— Movie equipment and public
address system rental services, to be used in
the building— Information Desk, Room 132.

(f) Check Cashing— $20.00 maximum cashed
9:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. weekdays at the In-
formation Desk, Room 132. There is a small
service charge.

(g) Box Office— Tickets to various campus
events and activities.

Other Facilities

TICKET BOOTH AND BOX OFFICES. Tickets to
various campus events and activities.

PIANO PRACTICE ROOMS. A key may be ob-
tained at Main Information Desk on I.D.
card trade.

LIBRARY. Browsing and study room, Room 214.

TELEPHONE BOOTHS. Campus and pay phones
on basement and first levels.

LOUNGES. On the first and second floor for
studying and relaxing.

FINE ARTS ROOM. Art displays and exhibits.

PRIVATE ROOMS. Available for dining and
meetings. Apply Room 132.

LOST AND FOUND. For items lost and recovered
within the building. Located in the base-
ment Apply at Desk.

CAFETERIA AND SNACK BAR. Located in the
basement. Extension 2805.

BULLETIN BOARDS. For posting of miscellan-
eous notices and signs.

TELEVISION ROOM. Located on first floor.

SMOKE SHOP. Cigarettes, candy, books, maga-
zines, and miscellaneous articles.

AUDITORIUM. Stage and motion picture facili-
ties. Capacity 230 people.

BALLROOM. For movies, large dinners, dances,
and meetings.
Equipment

Inquire at Information Desk to rent the fol-
lowing:

Portable and permanent blackboards, speakers
lecterns, sound motion picture equipment (two 16-
mm projectors), slide projection equipment, pianos,
portable banquet tables, portable coat racks, floor
and table microphones and public address sys-
tems, chess, checkers and playing cards. Trade for
I.D. card at Information Desk.
Student Supply Store

Located in the basement of the Student Union,
the supply store sells a variety of miscellaneous
items as well as all books and materials needed for
classes.

GENERAL STORE HOURS. Monday through
Friday 8:30 a.m. -4:30 p.m.

JUDICIARY OFFICE

The University Judiciary Office effects discipline
of the undergraduate students. Under the frame-
work of a judiciary program which emphasizes
personal growth and development, the aims of ju-
dicial actions are largely educative and preventive.
Judiciary Office staff members review all reports of
alleged misconduct, contact those individuals in-
volved, and in most instances schedule the case
for hearing by a student judicial board.

Staff members are available from 8:30 a.m. to
4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday to discuss any
aspect of a disciplinary situation with the student
charged, witnesses, or those bringing the charges.

PLACEMENT AND CREDENTIALS SERVICES

The primary objective of the Placement Service
is to assist students in their career exploration—
whether they seek information concerning careers
in government, educat'on, business, industry,
or intend to pursue graduate study or fulfill mili-
tary obligations. Especially helpful to underclass-
men is the placement library, which contains an ex-
tensive collection of graduate and professional
school bulletins, information on financial aid for
graduate study, job listings in various fields (in-
cluding some summer employment and non-degree
job information), general career information, and
reference materials on nearly 1000 major employ-
ers.

Placement advice is available to any senior,
graduate student, or alumnus of the University who
is seeking full-time employment.

Credentials service is available for College of
Education seniors interested in teaching and for
graduate students applying for teaching, adminis-
trative, or research positions in schools and col-
leges.

The office and the library of the Placement and
Credentials Services are located in Cumberland
Hall Basement.

SPACE RESERVATIONS

FOR UNIVERSITY FACILITIES

University space and supporting service facili-

General Information 5 J

ties are in constant demand by many people and
organizations. This requires regulations that will
provide a fair assignment of available resources
(space). The Facilities Use Committee administers
space and supporting services.

For referral to proper authorities for coordina-
tion of requests, call campus telephone extension
2233.

INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION SERVICES AND
FOREIGN STUDENT AFFAIRS

The Office of International Education Services
and Foreign Student Affairs provides a wide variety
of services for foreign students to assist them in
making proper adjustment to the requirements of
American university and community life and deriv-
ing the greatest possible benefit from their experi-
ence in the United States. Assistance is given with
admission procedures, English language testing,
housing, orientation, emergency loans, employment,
immigration regulations. The Office sponsors spe-
cial educational, cultural, and social opportunities.
Regulations Affecting Foreign Students

Foreign students are subject to the same regu-
lations that govern the academic life and personal
conduct of American students enrolled in the Uni-
versity. In addition, foreign students are required:

1. To have a medical examination at the Uni-

versity Health Service before completing
registration procedures.

2. To obtain approved hospital-medical insur-

ance in addition to paying the University
infirmary fee required of all students.

3. To attend the special orientation program

for new foreign students enrolling for the
first time in September or February. (This
program is held the weekend prior to regis-
tration.)
Foreign students are also subject to special reg-
ulations of the U.S. Immigration Service and the
U.S. Department of State which establish the con-
ditions under which students may enter the United
States and remain in this country for the purpose of
pursuing studies. The Office of International Edu-
cation Services and Foreign Student Affairs has
the responsibility for advising students on these
and other matters, as well as for issuing documents
needed to maintain proper immigration status.

The following regulations should be kept partic-
ularly in mind by students holding an "F" or "J" visa

1. Permission for temporary stay in the United
States is valid for only one year at a time
and must be revalidated from one month
to two weeks prior to the date of expiration.

2. A full course of study must be maintained.

3. Employment off campus during the academic
year may not be engaged in without the
prior approval of the Immigration Service
in the case of "F-l" students, or the per-
mission of the sponsor designated in the
Exchange-Visitor Program in the case of
"J-l" students. The same regulations govern
the securing of practical training.

Permission for off-campus summer
employment or on-campus employment
during the academic year may be granted
by the Director of International Education
Services and Foreign Student Affairs on this
campus.

Under no circumstances may the wife
or dependent with an "F-2" visa classifica-

tion accept employment. The wife or de-
pendent with a "J-2" classification may re-
quest the Immigration Service for permis-
sion for employment if the financial re-
sources of the "J-l" student principal are
not adequate for the support of the wife or
dependent.
4. An annual address report must be made
to the Immigration Service during the
month of January by immigrant as well as
non-immigrant students (except those with
"A" or "G" classification). Address report
cards are available during the month of
January only at U.S. post offices.
Information, forms, and assistance in making
necessary arrangements for complying with the
regulations mentioned above are available at the
Office of International Education Services and
Foreign Student Affairs. Information regarding the
filing of income tax returns may also be secured
from the same office.
CULTURAL STUDY CENTER

The Cultural Study Center was established for
the purpose of studying minority and other student
cultural subgroups at the University of Maryland.
Research will cover the socio-economic background
and psychological development of the particular
students, as well as their experiences on campus,
which includes admissions, attrition, academics,
adjustments, and problems of student life. Initially,
the Center is developing data that bear on the inter-
face between black and white cultures, on and off
campus, and that point to changes that can be made
at the University.

The Center is serving as a clearing house of
research dealing with black culture and is establish-
ing a modest library.

The Center has an advisory board consisting
of black college and high school students, faculty
and administrators, government officials, and mem-
bers of the black community reflecting diverse view-
points. University of Maryland Eastern Shore, a pre-
dominantly black institution, also participates on
the board.

The Cultural Study Center is located in Shoe-
maker Building, telephone 454-2931.
STUDENT LIFE AND PROGRAMS

Over three hundred officially recognized special
interest clubs, civic groups, service, professional
and recreational organizations, religious clubs and
musical groups are available at College Park. These
organizations serve the important function of en-
couraging the development of leadership, integrity
and citizenship skills.

Channels for student activities include six stu-
dent communications and publications media, over
a dozen musical groups, the various social organi-
zations, athletics and the Student Government As-
sociation.

Assisting in the coordination of many such
groups is the Department of Student Activities.
Staff members provide activities counseling, advis-
ing, organizational coordination, leadership train-
ing, and personal development programs. The office
is located in the Student Union Building, Rooms
136-142, telephone 454-2827.

The Student Activities Department staff con-
sists of six full-time professionals. These people
occupy the following positions:

Director of Student Activities— Rm. 140 Student
Union

Genera/ Information

Director of Orientation- Rm. 140 Student Union
Director of Greek Affairs— Rm. 142A Student

Union
Director of Cultural Affairs— Rm. 103 Student

Union
Director of Community Service Programs— Rm.

142B Student Union
Educational Programming Specialist— Rm. 136
Student Union

Student Government Association

The Student Government Association consists
of three parts: Executive, Legislative and Judicial.
The Executive branch acts as a coordinator of stu-
dent activities and services at Maryland. The Legis-
lative branch is responsible for investigating and
providing solutions for problems concerning stu-
dents. The Judicial branch of SGA protects student
rights and punishes those who violate University
rules.

Under the Student Government Association are
numerous committees which organize the affairs
and activities of the student body. Membership is
open to all interested students and applications may
be secured from the SGA Office, Rm. 104 in the
Student Union. SGA Committees include: Cultural
Committee, Finance Committee, Homecoming, In-
ternational Club, Placement Committee, Free Uni-
versity Committee, and Student Union Board.

The Student Government Association's Cultural
Committee, University Theatre, and musical groups

. present a broad program of musical, cultural, and
dramatic programs. Programs to be presented on
the campus in 1970-71 by the SGA Cultural Com-
mittee are: New York Pro Musica, Ferrante and
Teicher, Charlie Byrd Quintet, Howard Roberts
Chorale, Pearl Lang Dance Group, Hamlet with
Dame Judith Anderson, Noh Theater of Japan, Don
Redlick Dance Company and Paul Winter Contem-
porary Consort. The National Symphony presents a
series of four concerts during the year. Contempor-

'ary entertainment is presented throughout the year
by various student organizations.

University Theatre will present the following ma-
jor productions: "Man of La Mancha," "Shakes-
peare' 70", "Amphitryon 38", "Does a Tiger Wear
a Necktie?", and "The Doctor In-Spite-of Himself."
PACE (People Active in Community Effort)

College students throughout the United States
today are increasingly seeking a means of becoming
involved in activity that has a direct relevance to
problems and issues facing our domestic communi-
ties.

University of Maryland students and faculty
have taken action in the creation of strong, dynamic

•community service volunteer programs. PACE is the
organization that serves as the coordinating organ
for such programs as "Volunteers for Mental Health"
and "Upward Bound."

A staffed office located in Rm. 101 Student Un-
ion is maintained as the focal point for all projects.
Telephone: 454-4275.

Greek System

The Interfraternity and Panhellenic Councils
are the governing bodies for the Greek system,

..which consists of 45 fraternity and sorority houses.
It is the objective of the houses to encourage in-
dividual members in the development of values,
maturity, academic and intellectual potential, and

•leadership ability.

A varied program is carried out by the Greek

' system annually, often to the benefit of the entire

student body as well as fraternity and sorority
members. The IFC Presents, held each spring and
fall, brings talent such as Bob Hope and Bill Cosby
to capacity crowds. The IFC Ball, one of the few re-
maining formal events of the year, is held during
semester break and features well-known entertain-
ers and bands. Retreats are held each semester and
are designed to study in depth, problems facing the
system and the University or to provide leadership
training.

University Commuters' Association

The University Commuters' Association offers
the commuter many opportunities to become in-
volved in campus life and provides unity to the large
group of students who commute from nearby apart-
ments and homes.

The Commuters' Den and the UCA Office are
located in the basement of the Student Union. The
Den serves as a convenient place for commuters to
eat, chat with friends, or just relax between classes,
away from the bustle of the large campus.

Associated Women Students

The Associated Women Students (AWS) is the
governing body for women students on the Univer-
sity of Maryland campus. All full-time women stu-
dents are members of the organization.

AWS program and policy are administered by
three councils: The Executive Council, President's
Council and Panhellenic Council. AWS is an active
affiliate of the Inter-collegiate Association of Wom-
en Students, the national women's student govern-
ment organization.

Annually, AWS sponsors educational programs
like the Sex Symposium, Drug Symposium, Wom-
en's Week and Bridal Fair. These programs include
informative lectures often by nationally known
speakers, discussions, films or displays.

Aside from the various programs that AWS in-
itiates, this organization is concerned with forming
and modifying women's regulations. During the past
years, AWS has liberalized and eliminated many of
the rules for women students, especially those
dealing with curfews. The self-imposed curfew
system has now been extended to include all women
students.

University Information Center

The University Information Center is operated
by the Student Activities Department to provide in-
formation about University programs, services, and
facilities.

The Center is open from 10:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
Monday through Friday and is located in the Student
Union Main Lobby, Room 111.

Student Publications

Student publications produced regularly include
the Diamondback, Terrapin, Calvert Review, Argus,
The Greek, M-Book, and the Course Guide.

Any publication or pamphlet published by a stu-
dent organization or group must be approved in
advance by the Adjunct Senate Committee on Stu-
dent Publications and Communications.
Registration of University Events

The Activities Coordinator (Rm. 142 Student
Union) is responsible for the registration of certain
University events.

New Student Organizations

Any student or group wishing to organize a Uni-
versity-recognized club or activity should make an
appointment with the Director of Student Activities

General Information 53

who will explain the procedure for formal recogni-
tion by the Student Government Association and the
Adjunct Committee on Student Activities of the Fac-
ulty Senate.
Calendar Registration

The SGA Calendar of Events is the publication
through which events can be publicized on a cam-
pus-wide, semester basis. These events must be
registered in Room 136 Student Union by May 30
for inclusion in the Fall calendar and by January 15
for the Spring calendar.
Charitable and Service Projects

The Campus Chest is a student charitable or-
ganization composed of representatives of many
University groups. Through a variety of fund-
raising activities, these groups collect money to be
distributed by Campus Chest to various charitable
causes. For University groups interested in organiz-
ing charitable and service projects, see Student
Activities.
Religious Programs

The religious community at the University of
Maryland presents a diversity of tradition through
the several chaplaincies on campus. A cooperative
ministry is carried out by these chaplaincies. In a
number of instances during the year the Protest-
ant, Roman Catholic, and Jewish chaplaincies
jointly sponsor activities and programs of mutual
interest and concern. All of the groups maintain
active religious and social programs for their stu-
dents.

Offices for most of the Protestant chaplains are
located in the University Chapel. The Roman Cath-
olic and Jewish groups maintain their own centers
off campus.

ATHLETICS

The University of Maryland Athletic Department,
under the direction of Director Jim Kehoe, fields
varsity teams in football, soccer, and cross country
in the fall; basketball, swimming, wrestling, and in-
door track during the winter; and baseball, golf,
tennis, lacrosse, and outdoor track in the spring.
Freshmen schedules also prevail in football and
basketball. Maryland is a member of the Atlantic
Coast Conference, which also includes Clemson,
Duke, North Carolina, North Carolina State, South
Carolina, Virginia, and Wake Forest. The University
won the Carmichael Cup, symbolic of top overall
athletic performance in the ACC, this past year for
the seventh time out of the nine years the title has
been in existence. Maryland's ACC Championships
in 1969-70 were provided by the wrestling, cross
country, indoor track, outdoor track, baseball, and
swimming teams.

The Men's Intramural Department provides com-
petition in touch football, horseshoes, tennis, and

cross country during the fall; basketball, bowling,
weight lifting, swimming, badminton, table tennis,
volleyball, and wrestling in the winter; and foul
shooting, softball, soccer, golf, and track during the
spring months. All regularly enrolled full-time male
undergraduates are eligible to participate by sub-
mitting entry blanks before posted deadlines. Blanks
may be obtained from Intramural Director Nick
Kovalakides. His office is located in Reckord Arm-
ory. Interested students are urged to stop by the of-
fice to obtain a copy of the intramural handbook.

MOTOR VEHICLES

Parking facilities at the University are extreme-
ly limited and are primarily intended for use by
commuting students. Most parking areas are located
on the periphery of the campus and are usually five
or six blocks away from residence halls and class-
room buildings.

Freshman and sophomore resident students are
not permitted to register motor vehicles on campus;
however, they may obtain on-campus weekend park-
ing privileges. Any freshman or sophomore (i.e., a
student who has earned fewer than 56 academic
credits) who needs a motor vehicle for work, or for
any other purpose, should consider making off-
campus living arrangements.

Motor scooters, motorcycles, motor-bikes, or
bicycles are not permitted inside any residence
hall. They must be parked in those outside areas
specifically marked for them.

COMMISSIONS FOR THE VICE CHANCELLOR
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS

In the interest of trying to draw on collaborative
efforts and to improve various segments of campus
life, the Vice Chancellor of Student Affairs several
years ago established a series of commissions. The
commissions are task-oriented groups who identify
problem areas, study them, gather relevant informa-
tion, and then make periodic proposals for change
to the Vice Chancellor. The Commissions typically
have twelve members — half of the members are
students, one-fourth are Student Affairs staff, and
one-fourth are faculty.

The areas of student life with which the com-
missions concern themselves are the following:
Commission I: Transition to the University
Commission II: Transition from the University
Commission III: Residential Campus Life
Commission IV: Commuter Campus Life
Commission V: Student-Faculty Relationships
Commission VI: Student-Administration Relationships
Commission VII: Student-Student Relationships
Commission VIII: Campus Facilities
Commission IX: Black Students
Interested individuals are requested to contact
the Coordinator of the Commissions by calling 2931
or 2925.

Genera/ information

General Information 55

56 Genera/ Information

LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS

The residence halls are divided into five geo-
graphical areas: Cambridge; Denton; Ellicott; Hill;
and Mobile. Assistant Directors of Housing are re-
sponsible for the development of an educational
atmosphere within the individual areas, supervision
of the staff personnel, and coordination of area ac-
tivities.

The residence hall staff is composed of Resi-
dent Directors, Head Residents, Graduate Resi-
dents, and Resident Assistants. They are responsi-
ble for fostering sound educational and social en-
vironment in the hall. They perform such func-
tions as assisting in program development, con-
sulting with individual students, and advising stu-
dent government, house judiciary, and student
committees.

The University Housing Office, including the
offices of the Director and Associate Directors of
Housing, is located at 300 North Administration
Building. Assistant Directors of Housing for each
residential area maintain offices within that area.

RESIDENCE HALLS GOVERNMENT

Residence halls government has three main
functions: (1) to provide for the comfort and safety
of the student; (2) to provide social, cultural, ath-
letic, and intellectual programs for the enjoyment
and development of the student; and (3) to provide
opportunities for students to gain leadership experi-
ence.

All resident students are members of the resi-
dence hall student government and as members
may be asked to pay a voluntary fee at the time
they enter the hall. These house activities fees are
established by a majority vote of the students in
each hall and are collected by student officers. Each

Area Council assesses by majority vote of the Coun-
cil the amount per person which is to be paid to the
Area Council.

AREA GOVERNMENTS OR COUNCILS

Each Council is composed of all residence halls
presidents of that area. The purpose of the area
government is to stimulate intellectual, cultural,
social, and athletic interaction on an area-wide
basis.

RESIDENCE HALLS ASSOCIATION

The Residence Halls Association serves as the
student government coordinating body for all resi-
dence halls. It is composed of the presidents and
elected representatives of all of the Area Councils.
The officers of the Residence Halls Association are
nominated and elected by the residence halls presi-
dents.

RESIDENCE HALL CONTRACT

The residence halls contract is for the entire
academic year (except for students entering the
residence halls in the Spring Semester, when it is
for one semester only). Release from contract is
permitted only under extenuating circumstances
or upon withdrawal from the University.

Only unmarried, full-time undergraduate stu-
dents may live in the residence halls, due to space
limitations.

The University reserves the right to: (1) change
the room assignment of a student or request him to
move to different accommodations and (2) inspect
residence hall student rooms in accordance with
the room inspection policy.

General Information

Group living requires that students contorm to
certain standards of conduct. Any student who fails
to observe these standards may be referred for disci-
plinary action including possible dismissal from
the residence.

The following shall constitute grounds for ter-
mination of the contract by the University: default
in payments, withdrawal from the University,
academic dismissal, disciplinary dismissal (viola-
tion of University and/or residence hall rules and
regulations), or conduct on the part of the student
by which the removal of that student from the resi-
dence halls would be in the best interest of the other
residents. The University will give the student a writ-
ten notice stating the date of termination of the con-
tract.

All students who live in the residence halls
must also board at the University Dining Halls.
Special arrangements may be made for Jewish
resident students who observe the Jewish dietary
laws to eat at the Hillel Dining Hall instead of the
University Dining Halls.

Room and board contracts begin with the first
day of registration and include the last day of each
semester.

The residence halls are closed during the
Thanksgiving, Christmas, between semesters, and
Spring recesses. Students must make their own
arrangements for housing accommodations at
these times. Designated residence halls may re-
main open during these periods if there is sufficient
need.

FOOD SERVICE

The purpose of the University Food Service is
to provide nutritionally balanced and tastefully pre-
pared meals, served in an atmosphere that engen-
ders good will, trust and cooperation between stu-
dent and management.
The Dining Halls

The University of Maryland Food Service oper-
ates five dining halls for resident students who have
purchased board contracts. The Dining Halls serve
cafeteria style, and self-bussing of trays is required.

By taking student preferences into considera-
tion, menus are planned accordingly. Also, dining
halls are made available for special student func-
tions.
Meal Hours
Monday-Friday Saturday Sunday During Finals

Breakfast 7:00-9:30 7:30-9:30 9:00-11:00 7:00-9:30

Lunch 10:45-1:15 11:30-1:00 11:30-1:20 10:45-1:15

Dinner 3:45-6:15 4:30-6:00 2:00-4:15 3:30-6:30

Pre-exam study day and holidays— Saturday
hours will prevail.

Removal of food, drink, or other Food Service
property from the dining halls is prohibited.

Dining Hall contracts go into effect on the first
day of registration and continue through the last
day of exams. The dining hall is closed on Thanks-
giving recess, Christmas recess, between semesters
and Easter recess. Dining halls are open during all
other holidays.

Guests are always welcome in the dining halls.
Should a student wish to bring a guest, tickets may
be purchased from the manager of each dining hall.

BOARD AND LODGING REFUNDS

The charges for room and board are refundable
when the student officially withdraws from the Uni-

versity or when he is given permission by the ap-
propriate officials of the University to move from
the residence halls and/or to discontinue dining
hall privileges. Students authorized to withdraw
from the residence halls will receive a Room Refund
on a pro rata weekly basis computed from the date
the student turns in his room key to his staff mem-
ber and properly clears his room. Room and/or
board refunds cannot be made after the fourteenth
week of the semester. The Food Service Identifica-
tion Card or the remaining partial board tickets
must be surrendered at the Auditor's Office in the
South Administration Building on the day of with-
drawal before any refund will be processed. A serv-
ice charge equal to ten percent of the total semes-
ter charge will automatically be deducted from all
room and board refunds.

Students are expected to withdraw in person,
unless illness or emergency conditions make this
impossible. See Appendix E for withdrawal pro-
cedures.

GUESTS IN RESIDENCE HALLS

Students must register overnight guests with
the residence hall staff member in advance of their
arrival. It is the responsibility of the student host to
have his guest sign the Guest Registration form.

The host must receive advance permission for
use of a student bed from the student whose room
and bed will be used. This student will also sign the
Guest Registration form in order to signify that his
permission has been given.

Any student who has been dismissed from Uni-
versity Housing for disciplinary reasons may not
be a guest in the residence halls.

PERSONAL PROPERTY:

LOSS, THEFT, AND INSURANCE

The University cannot accept responsibility for
the damage, theft, or loss of money, valuables, or
any personal property. If there is a loss, it should be
reported immediately.

Neither the State nor the University provides any
insurance coverage on property owned by students,
faculty, staff, or employees.

Most standard dwelling and contents Fire In-
surance Policies and Homeowners' Policies that
insure personal property provide an extension of
coverage up to ten percent of the amount of insur-
ance carried on household contents while this per-
sonal property is located elsewhere from the usual
place of residence. Therefore, students whose par-
ents carry insurance on their household effects
should check their policy to be certain that it covers
personal property brought to the residence halls.

ROOM ASSIGNMENT

Residence hall room assignments are initially
made on a random basis. Subsequent room assign-
ments are based on individual preference in ac-
cordance with priorities established by the residents
of each hall (class rank, length of occupancy, aca-
demic standing, leadership, etc.).

Roommate and hall preferences are not honored
in the assignment of new students. Requests for
room changes within the same Residence Hall will
be considered during the second week of classes.
Hall and roommate preferences are honored for
students returning to the Residence Halls after
their first academic semester.

General Information

ROOM INSPECTION

Rooms may be inspected by staff members and
student representatives to maintain sanitary stand-
ards which protect the safety, health, and well-being
of other residents and to insure that University
property is properly maintained.

The residence hall staff member will be accom-
panied by a student representative during inspec-
tions. Personal possessions of occupants will not be
examined. When possible, inspections will be con-
ducted when at least one of the occupants of the
rooms is present.

bility for the inspection, supervision, cleanliness, or
operation of off-campus housing.

RESIDENCE HALLS REGULATIONS

In addition to the University regulations stated
elsewhere, the following regulations concerning
safety, sanitation, and individual freedom have been
established with the welfare of each student in
mind.

OPEN HOUSE PROGRAM

The open house program provides opportunities
for coeducational activities in residence halls and
allows increased opportunity for students to de-
velop personal responsibility and maturity. Male
and female students and other guests may utilize
facilities of the residence hall during a time period
specifically established for such a program.

1. The open house program in each residence hall is

approved and the hours are established by a 3 /s ma-
jority vote of the total membership of the unit. Each
residence hall unit shall vote by secret ballot on
existing hours at the beginning of each semester. Either
expansion or shortening of the hours may be brought
before the unit for consideration by a petition of Va
the students of the residence hall unit. Planning,
scheduling, and evaluating of the open house program is
a cooperative effort of students and staff members.

2. The maximum hours within which open houses may

be held are:
Sunday through Thursday 12:00 Noon— 12:00 Midnight
Friday and Saturday 12:00 Noon— 1:30 A.M.

Certain designated halls may hold open house within
the following hours:

Sunday through Thursday
Friday and Saturday

8:00 A.M.— 12:00 Midnight
8:00 A.M.— 1:30 A.M.

3. The president of the hall will record the days and

hours as adopted by the Unit and submit them to the
staff member for posting. It is preferable that days and
hours be consistent for the entire residence hall when
all facilities are open and available.

4. The host or hostess should meet the guest in the lobby

of the hall and escort that guest to the lounge, study
room, recreation room, or student room. The host or
hostess must assume responsibility for the behavior
of the guest.

5. An announcement should be made prior to the be-

ginning and ending of the open house period.

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING

The Off-Campus Housing Office maintains an
active file of off-campus rooms, apartments and
houses. This file is available on a self-service basis
to all persons associated with the University.

University policy prohibits landlords listed by
this office from discriminating because of race, re-
ligion, ethnic group, or national origin. Please report
any instances of such discrimination to the Human
Relations Officer.

Special help is available for those students and
faculty having difficulty in finding housing. Please
feel free to ask for assistance.

The University does not assume any responsi-

1. Open flame devices such as lighted candles,

lanterns, stoves, torches, etc. must not be
used within the residence halls.

2. Electrical appliances and extension cords are
not approved for use within the residence
halls unless it is established that they do not
overload electrical circuits and create a fire
hazard.

3. As a fire-preventive measure, students are

requested to use metal wastebaskets and to
use ashtrays that permit a cigarette to be
held in a ridged device in the center.

4. Each time a building alarm sounds, regard-

less of cause, every person must leave the
building immediately by the shortest route.
Elevators are not to be used because of pos-
sible power failure.

5. Animals or pets are not permitted in the

residence halls.

6. Cleanliness and sanitation are essential in the

use of residence hall kitchens. Foods should
be stored under proper refrigeration in
covered containers, and should be discarded
if not used within a short period.

7. No soliciting is permitted in the residence
halls without special written permission from
the Assistant Director of Housing for that
area.

8. The removal of or relocation of residence

halls property is not permitted unless author-
ized by the appropriate Assistant Director of
Housing.
The residents acting through governmental unit

voting may desire to establish additional standards

of conduct.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR
RESIDENT WOMEN

Responsibility for formulation, review and revi-
sion of women's rules and regulations lies with the
Associated Women Students.

All women living in residence halls and sorority
houses are subject to the regulations set forth by
AWS.

CLOSING HOURS
Closing hours for all women's residence halls are:

Sunday through Thursday 12:00 Midnight

Friday and Saturday 1:30 A.M.

Women may leave or return to the residence
hall or sorority house after the closing hours. When
entering or exiting, however, the main or designated
door of the living unit must be used.

After the closing hour, women will be admitted
by Student Identification Card to the residence hall

Genera/ Information

by the Night Receptionist on duty. Sorority women
will be issued keys for use in entering their living
units.

A guest of a resident woman will have no cur-
few. She may enter the residence hall or sorority
house after the closing hour provided she is accom-
panied by her hostess.

SIGNING IN AND OUT

Signing in and out aids the staff member in
locating a student in case of an emergency or in
delivering an important message and is a highly
recommended procedure. However, signouts are
optional and are. required only, wl^en le.aving.for
University vacation or semester break.

Once a student signs out for vacation or break,
she will not be permitted to re-enter her residence
until it is officially re-opened.

Note: In those cases where parents express to
the Vice President for Student Affairs their written
objections, participation in the self-limited hours
program will be withheld.

MONDAY NIGHT LIVING UNIT MEETINGS

Residence hall and sorority house meetings will
be held on Monday nights. Each living unit will
determine the meeting time by a vote at the begin-
ning of the year. Residence hall meetings should
not conflict with sorority meetings.

WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURES

Students withdrawing from the University and
the residence halls follow steps 1 through 10 below.

Students withdrawing from the residence halls
but remaining in the University follow steps 1, 7,
and 9 below.

Students withdrawing from the University (with
no housing or board contracts) follow steps 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 8, and 10.

1. Discuss withdrawal with staff member or As-

sistant Director of Housing.

2. Obtain from the Dean of the college the form,

Application for Withdrawal from the Univer-
sity.

3- Complete, sign, and if under 21, have parents

sign the application.

4- Have academic Dean sign the application.

5. Return all University property to the appropri-

ate departments (books to the Library; ath-
letic equipment to the Athletic Department,
obtaining breakage deposits when appropri-
ate; military equipment to the Military
Science Department, etc.)

6. Report to the Office of the Vice President for

Student Affairs, North Administration Build-
ing, for an exit interview and to surrender
Transaction Plate and University Identifica-
tion Card should be surrendered here.

7. Submit Food Service Identification Card (full

board contract) or unused Food Service tick-
ets (partial board contract) to the Office of
the Auditor, Room 201, South Administration
Building. Auditor submits receipt for return
of Food Service Identification Card or unused
Food Service Tickets to Business Office. No
Board refund can be processed if a student
does not submit his Food Service Identifica-
tion Card or unused Food Service Tickets to
the Auditor.

8. Submit the completed Application for With-

drawal from the University to the Office of
the Registrar for final clearance.

9. Check with residence hall staff member for

proper room clearance and key return. No
room refund can be processed if a student
does not properly clear with residence hall
staff member.
10. Report for financial clearance to Office of the
Cashier, South Administration Building.

General Information

General Information 61

62 Genera/ Information

HONORS AND AWARDS

HONORS

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS— Final honors for excellence in
scholarship are awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class
in each College. "HIGH HONORS" are awarded to the upper
half of this group; "HONORS" to the lower half. To be eli-
gible for honors, a student must complete at least two years
of resident work (60 semester hours) at the University with
an average of B (3.0) or higher.

MILTON ABRAMOWITZ MEMORIAL PRIZE IN MATHE-
MATICS — A prize is awarded annually to a junior or senior
student majoring in mathematics who has demonstrated
superior competence and promise for future development in
the field of mathematics and its applications.
THE AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT FUND— A limited num-
ber of scholarships are available to students enrolled in the
College of Agriculture.

THE ALCOA FOUNDATION TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTA-
TION AWARD to an outstanding senior student majoring in
transportation.

ALPHA CHI SIGMA AWARD— The Alpha Rho Chapter of
the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary Fraternity offers annually a
year's membership in the American Chemical Society to the
senior majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose
average has been above 3.0 for three and one-half years.

ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA AWARD— Presented to the senior
member of the group who has maintained the highest average
for three and a half years. She must have been in attendance
in the institution for the entire time.

ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA SENIOR CERTIFICATE AWARD—
Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta, honorary scholastic
society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5,
receive this certificate.

ALPHA ZETA MEDAL— The Professional Agricultural Fra-
ternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a medal to the agricul-
tural student in the freshman class who attains the highest
average in academic work.

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN AN-
NUAL GRADUATE PRIZE.

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AERONAUTICS AND ASTRO-
NAUTICS AWARD— Free memberships in the Institute for one
year and cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Stu-

dent Branch meeting and for the graduating aeronautical
senior with the highest academic standing.

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS
AWARD— A certificate, pin, and magazine subscription are
awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who at-
tained the highest overall scholastic average during his fresh-
man and sophomore years.

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTS AWARD— Pre-
sented for outstanding scholarship in chemistry and for high
character.

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS AWARD— The
Maryland Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers
awards annually the first year's dues of an associate mem-
bership in the Society to a senior member of the Student
Chapter on recommendation of the faculty of the Department
of Civil Engineering.

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
AWARD — Presented to the Senior member who contributed
most to the local chapter.

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS— A stu-
dent membership prize is awarded to an engineering senior in
recognition of superior scholastic ability and demonstrated
interest in engineering materials and their evaluation.

APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD IN BOTANY— The De-
partment of Botany offers a scholarship award of $100 in
honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman and J. B. S.
Norton to a senior major in Botany who is considered worthy
on the basis of demonstrated ability and excellence in
scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the Committee
on scholarships upon the recommendation of a committee of
the faculty of the Department of Botany.

ASSOCIATED WOMEN STUDENTS AWARDS— Presented
for outstanding achievement, character, and service to the
University.

DAVID ARTHUR BERMAN MEMORIAL AWARD— This
award is offered by the family of David Arthur Berman to the
highest ranking junior in the Department of Chemical En-
gineering who is also a member of Tau Beta Pi.

DINAH BERMAN MEMORIAL MEDAL— The Dinah Ber-
man Memorial Medal is awarded annually to the sophomore
who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class

Genera/ Information

in the College ot Engineering. This medal is given by Mr.
Benjamin Berman.

B'NAI B'RITH AWARD— The B'nai B'rith Women of Prince
Georges County present a Book Award for excellence in He-
brew Studies.

BUSINESS EDUCATION AWARD OF MERIT to a student
in Business Education in recognition of outstanding achieve-
ment as a student.

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR MEN— President Emeritus H.C.
Byrd of the Class of 1908, annually presents this award to
the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate
career, has most nearly typified the model citizen and who
has done most for the general advancement of the interests
of the University.

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR WOMEN-This prize is pre-
sented annually as a memorial to Sally Sterling Boyd, by her
children, to that member of the senior class who best exem-
plifies the enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These
qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness,
modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sac-
rifice for others, strength of character, and those other qual-
ities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a funda-
mental part in the building of the nation.

THE CARROLL E. COX GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIP
AWARD in Botany to the outstanding graduate student in the
Department of Botany during the last year.

BERNARD L. CROZIER AWARD— The Maryland Associa-
tion of Engineers awards a cash prize of twenty-five dollars
to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opin-
ion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in
scholarship during his stay at the University.

VIRGINIA DARE AWARD— The Virginia Dare Extract
Company awards annually a plaque and $25.00 to the out-
standing student in ice cream manufacturing with an overall
good standing in dairy.

THE DANFORTH FOUNDATION AND THE RALSTON
PURINA AWARDS— The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston
Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer awards to out-
standing men students in the College of Agriculture, one for
a student who has successfully completed his junior year, the
other for a student who has successfully completed his fresh-
man year. The purpose of these awards is to bring together
outstanding young men for leadership training.

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Com-
pany of St. Louis offer two summer awards to outstanding
Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one to
a freshman. The purpose of these is to bring together out-
standing young women for leadership training.

THE DELMARVA TRAFFIC CLUB AWARD to a junior stu-
dent majoring in transportation whose residence is on the
Maryland Eastern Shore.

DELTA DELTA DELTA MEDAL— This sorority awards a
medal annually to the woman who attains the highest average
in academic work during the sophomore year.

DELTA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP AWARD— This award is
offered to the woman member of the graduating class who
has maintained the highest average during three and one-
half years at the University.

DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY— This award is
offered to a member of the graduating class who has main-
tained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year
course in the College of Business and Public Administration.

NATHAN L. DRAKE AWARD— Presented by the Alpha
Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma to the most promising stu-
dent who is majoring in chemistry and has completed the
sophomore year.

EDUCATION ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to the out-
standing senior man and senior woman in the College of Educa-
tion.

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY prize to the outstanding
first year graduate student in physics and to the outstanding
first year graduate student in astronomy.

GODDARD MEDAL— The James Douglass Goadard Me-
morial Medal is awarded annually to the resident of Price
Georges County born therein, who makes the highest average
in his studies and who at the same time embodies the most
manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne G. God-
dard James of Washington, D.C.

CHARLES B. HALE DRAMATIC AWARDS— The University
Theatre recognizes annually the man and woman members of
the senior class who have done most for the advancement of
dramatics at the University.

HAMILTON AWARD— This award is offered by the Hamil-
ton Watch Company to the graduating senior in the College of
Engineering who has most successfully combined proficiency

in his major field of study with achievements — either aca-
demic, extra-curricular, or both— in the social sciences or
humanities.

THE HASKINS AND SELLS FOUNDATIONS, INC., AWARD
to the senior student in the College of Business and Public
Administration concentrating in accounting who has dem-
onstrated excellent ability in this field of study.

HOME ECONOMICS ALUMNI AWARD-Presented to the
student outstanding in application of home economics in
her present living and who shows promise of carrying these
into her future home and community

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS EN-
GINEERING AWARD— The Washington Section of the Insti-
tute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers defrays the ex-
penses of a year's membership as an associate in the Insti-
tute for the senior doing the most to promote Student Branch
activities.

JOE ELBERT JAMES MEMORIAL AWARD-Gold watch
annually awarded to the graduating senior in horticulture on
basis of scholarship and promise of future achievement.

LEIDY CHEMICAL COMPANY AWARD to an outstanding
student majoring in chemistry.

MARYLAND-DELAWARE PRESS ASSOCIATION ANNUAL
CITATION— Presented to the outstanding senior in journal-
ism.

MARYLAND COOPERATIVE MILK PRODUCERS SCHOL-
ARSHIP—A scholarship award of $500 is provided to a Col-
lege of Agriculture student enrolled in a curriculum relating
to the dairy industry.

MARYLAND RECREATION AND PARKS SOCIETY AWARD
to an outstanding senior majoring in recreation.

MEN'S LEAGUE AWARD to the male senior who gave the
most to sports.

MEN'S LEAGUE CERTIFICATES— Offered for outstanding
achievement, character, and service to the University.

MEN'S LEAGUE CUP— This award is offered by the Men's
League to the graduating male senior who has done the most
for the male student body.

MOTOR FLEET SUPERVISORS AWARD to a student ma-
joring in transportation in the College of Business and Public
Administration.

NATIONAL SOCIETY OF FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERS
AWARDS— Presented to the most outstanding senior and
sophomore in the Fire Protection curriculum.

NOXZEMA CHEMICAL COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP AWARD
to an undergraduate student in chemistry.

OMICRON NU SORORITY MEDAL— This honorary sorority
awards a medal annually to the freshman woman in the
College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholas-
tic average during the first semester.

PHI BETA KAPPA JUNIOR AWARD— An award to be pre-
sented to the junior initiate into Phi Beta Kappa who has at-
tained the highest academic average.

PHI BETA KAPPA— LEON P. SMITH AWARD— The award
oftheGammaof Maryland Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa is presented
to the graduating senior with the highest cumulative scholas-
tic average whose basic course program has been in the liberal
studies.

PHI CHI THETA KEY— The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded
to the outstanding graduating senior woman in the College
of Business and Public Administration on the basis of schol-
arship, activities, and leadership.

PHI DELTA KAPPA AWARD— Presented to an outstanding
man in the graduating class of the College of Education.

PHI SIGMA AWARDS for outstanding achievement in the
biological sciences to an undergraduate student and a gradu-
ate student.

PI DELTA EPSILON NATIONAL MEDAL OF MERIT
AWARDS— Offered by the National Council of Pi Delta Ep-
silon to the outstanding senior woman and the outstanding
senior man in Journalism activities.

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to
communications in the field of broadcasting.

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to
communications in the field of Business.

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD to the outstanding freshman
in the field of communications.

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstainding service to
communications in the field of editorial journalism.

PI TAU SIGMA AWARD— An annual handbook award to
the most outstanding sophomore in mechanical engineering
on the basis of scholastic average and instructors' ratings.

PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS. INC.. AWARD to the senior

General Information

student in the College of Business and Public Administration
who has majored in Transportation and who has demon-
strated competence in this field of study.

PUBLIC RELATIONS SOCIETY OF AMERICA— The Balti-
more Chapter of PRSA presents an annual citation to the out-
standing senior majoring in public relations.

SIGMA ALPHA OMICRON AWARD— This award is pre-
sented to a senior student majoring in Microbiology for high
scholarship, character and leadership.

THE SIGMA CHAPTER, PHI DELTA GAMMA AWARD To
an outstanding woman who has completed requirements for
the doctoral degree.

DR. LEO AND RITA SKLAR GENERAL HONORS AWARDS
—Dr. Leo Sklar, A&S '37, and his wife, Rita Sklar, annually
fund four awards for excellence in the General Honors Pro-
gram of the College of Arts and Sciences. These awards are
given to the Outstanding Student in the General Honors Pro-
($400.00), the Outstanding General Honors senior ($300.00),
the Outstanding General Honors junior ($300.00), and the
Outstanding General Honors sophomore ($300.00).

ALGERNON SYDNEY SULLIVAN AWARD— The New York
Southern Society, in memory of its first president, awards
annually medallions and certificates to one man and one
woman of the graduating class and one non-student who
evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness to
other men and women.

TAU BETA PI AWARD— The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau
Beta Pi Association, national engineering honor society,
awards an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College of
Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the
greatest improvement in scholarship over that of his freshman
year.

WALL STREET JOURNAL STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT
AWARD— Awarded annually to the graduating senior who has
maintained the highest scholastic achievement in the field
of financial administration. The award consists of a silver
medal embedded in clear plastic and one year's subscription to
the Wall Street Journal.

THE ARTHUR YOUNG AND CO. FOUNDATION, INC,
AWARDS to exceptional senior students concentrating in ac-
counting who are registered in the College of Business and
Public Administration.

AIR FORCE ROTC AWARDS

AFROTC ANGEL FLIGHT AWARD to the outstanding mem-
ber of the AFROTC Angel Flight.

AIR FORCE TIMES AWARD to the senior cadet at each
detachment who has distinguished himself by contributing
materially to constructive public attention for the corps of
cadets.

ALUMNI CUP to the outstanding flight in the corps of
cadets.

AMERICAN LEGION AWARDS to outstanding senior and
junior cadets who have demonstrated military excellence and
scholastic achievement.

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS
ASSOCIATION AWARD to the outstanding senior cadet ma-
joring in electrical, electronics or communications engi-
neering.

ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY AWARD to the advanced cadet
selected by the Arnold Air Society as the cadet who has con-
tributed the most to the advancement of AFROTC through
activities of the Arnold Air Society.

COBLENTZ MEMORIAL CUP to the outstanding group in
the corps of cadets.

DISABLED AMERICAN VETERANS GOLD CUP to the
senior cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholar-
ship, and citizenship.

DISTINGUISHED AFROTC CADET AWARDS to those
seniors who possess outstanding qualities of leadership and
high moral character and who meet the prescribed standings
in their academic and military studies.

GENERAL DYNAMICS AWARD to the sophomore cadet
displaying outstanding leadership and scholarship qualities and
who has been selected for the Professional Officer Course.

GOVERNOR'S CUP to the outstanding squadron in the
corps of cadets.

NATIONAL DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION ASSOCIATION
AWARD to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in trans-
portation.

RESERVE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION AWARDS to the out-
standing junior and senior in the corps of cadets.

SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS AWARDS
to 'i junior and a senior cadet displaying outstanding scholas-
tic achievement and leadership and majoring in the field of
engineering.

SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION MEDALS— To
a two-year and a four-year cadet displaying outstanding
aptitude for the military.

ATHLETIC AWARDS

ATLANTIC COAST CONFERENCE AWARD— A plaque is
awarded each year to a senior in each conference school
for excellence in scholarship and athletics.

THE ALVIN L, AUBINOE BASKETBALL TROPHY— This
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has
contributed most to the squad.

THE ALVIN L. AUBINOF FOOTBALL TROPHY-This
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the unsung hero of
the current season.

THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE TRACK TROPHY— This trophy is
offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has contribu-
ted most to the squad during the time he was on the squad.

JOHN T. BELL SWIMMING AWARD-To the year's out-
standing swimmer or diver.

LOUIS W. BERGER TROPHY— Presented to the outstand-
ing senior baseball player.

WILLIAM P. COLE, III, MEMORIAL LACROSSE AWARD—
This award, offered by the teammates of William P. Cole, III,
and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is pre-
sented to the. outstanding midfielder.

THE GEORGE C. COOK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
TROPHY— Awarded annually to a member of the football
team with the highest scholastic average.

JOE DECKMAN-SAM SILBER TROPHY— This trophy is of-
fered by Joseph H. Deckman and Samuel L. Silber to the most
improved defense lacrosse player.

GEARY F. EPPLEY AWARD— Offered by Benny and Hotsy
Alperstein to the graduating male senior athlete who, during
his three years of varsity competition, lettered at least once
and attained the highest over-all scholastic average.

HALBERT K. EVANS MEMORIAL TRACK AWARD— This
award, given in memory of "Hermie" Evans, of the Class of
1940, by his friends, is presented to graduating senior track-
man.

HERBERT H. GOODMAN MEMORIAL THROPHY— This
trophy is awarded to the most outstanding wrestler of the
year.

CHARLES LEROY MACKERT TROPHY— This trophy is of-
fered by William K. Krouse to the Maryland student who has
contributed most to wrestling while at the University.

MARYLAND RING— The Maryland Ring is offered as a me-
morial to Charles L. Linhardt, of the Class of 1912, to the
Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.

CHARLES P. MC CORMICK TROPHY— This trophy is of-
fered by Charles P. McCormick to the senior letterman who
has contributed most to swimming during his collegiate
career.

ANTHONY C. NARDO MEMORIAL TROPHY— This trophy
is awarded to the best football lineman of the year.

EDWIN POWELL TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the
Class of 1913 to the player who has rendered the greatest
service to lacrosse during the year.

SILVESTER WATCH FOR EXCELLENCE IN ATHLETICS—
A gold watch, given in honor of former president of the Univer-
sity, R. W. Silvester, is offered annually to "the man who
typifies the best in college athletics."

TEKE TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the Maryland
Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who
during his four years at the University has rendered the great-
est service to football.

ROBERT E. THEOFELD MEMORIAL— This trophy is pre-
sented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman and is awarded to
the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit
and strong character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member
of the boxing team.

MUSIC AWARDS

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR'S AWARD to the outstanding
member of the Symphonic Band.

DIRECTOR'S AWARD to the concert band member who
demonstrated the most improvement in musicianship during
the year.

KAPPA KAPPA PSI AWARD to the most outstanding band
member of the year.

Genera/ Information 65

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA ALUMNAE AWARD for outstanding
musical performance.

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA DEAN'S HONOR AWARD for service
and dedication.

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA HONOR CERTIFICATE to the senior
with the highest scholastic average.

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA LEADERSHIP AWARD based on
personality, student activities, fraternity service, and scholar-
ship.

TAU BETA SIGMA AWARD to the outstanding band sorority
member of the year.

Awards are presented to the members of the University
Bands, the University Orchestras, and the Men's and Wom-
en's Glee Clubs who serve faithfully throughout the year.

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS

Keys are awarded to the members of the Executive Com-
mittee of the Student Government Association, Men's League,
Association of Women Students, and other organizations
who faithfully perform their duties throughout the year.

66 General Information

r %

\ \

\ / •/

m n M

fa El kI

/ s

*Hsa

->*^g!vC" > TO

•

68 Genera/ Information

SCHOLARSHIPS

Regulations and procedures for the awarding of
scholarships are formulated by the Committee on
Financial Aids. The Board of Regents of the Univer-
sity authorizes the award of a limited number of
scholarships each year to deserving students. Appli-
cants are subject to the approval of the Director of
Admissions, insofar as qualifications for admission
to the University are concerned. All recipients are
subject to the academic and non-academic regula-
tions and requirements of the University.

The recipient of the scholarship or grant is ex-
pected to make at least normal progress toward a
degree, as defined by the Academic Regulations.

The Committee reserves the right to review the
scholarship program annually and to make adjust-
ments in the amount and recipients of awards in
accordance with the funds available and scholastic
attainment.

Some of the types of scholarships, grants, and
loan funds available are:

ENDOWED AND ANNUAL

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS

AFROTC COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM— This pro-
gram provides scholarships for selected cadets each year in
the four-year AFROTC program. Those selected receive money
for full tuition, laboratory expenses, incidental fees, and an
allowance for books for up to eight semesters. In addition,
they receive non-taxable pay of $50 per month. One must be
in the program at the University of Maryland before he can
apply for this scholarship.

AIR FORCE WARRANT OFFICERS ASSOCIATION STU-
DENT AID PROGRAM— Scholarship aid has been made
available by the Air Force Warrant Officers Association for
worthy male or female undergraduate or graduate students in
good standing, with preference given to children of Air Force
Warrent Officers or other military personnel.

ALBRIGHT SCHOLARSHIP— The Victor E. Albright Schol-
arship is open to graduates of Garrett County high schools who

were born and reared in that county.

ALCOA FOUNDATION TRAFFIC SCHOLARSHIP— An
award of $500 is given to an outstanding junior student ma-
joring in Transportation in the College of Business and Public
Administration.

ALPHA PHI OMEGA (EPSILON MU CHAPTER) SCHOLAR-
SHIP— This scholarship is awarded annually to a freshman
student having a background in the Boy Scouts of America.

ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIPS— A limited number of scholar-
ships are made possible through the gifts of alumni and friends
to the Alumni Annual Giving Program of the Office of Endow-
ment and Gifts.

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF MONTGOMERY COUNTY
SCHOLARSHIPS— A limited number of scholarships are
available to residents of Montgomery County.

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
SCHOLARSHIPS— The Alumni Association of the School of
Pharmacy of. the University of Maryland makes available
annually scholarships to qualified pre-pharmacy students on
the basis of character, achievement and need. These scholar-
ships are open only to residents of the State of Maryland.
Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per academic year is
applied to expenses at College Park.

ALUMNI BAND SCHOLARSHIP— A limited number of
awards to freshmen are sponsored by the University of
Maryland Band Alumni Organization. Recipients are recom-
mended by the Music Department after a competitive audi-
tion held in the spring.

ETHEL R. ARTHUR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— This
memorial scholarship fund has been established by Irving J.
Cohen, M.D. At least one $250 award is made each year by
the Scholarship Committee. A preference is given to students
from Baltimore.

ALVIN L. AUBINOE STUDENT AID PROGRAM— Scholar-
ship grants up to $500 per school year to students in engineer-
ing, preferably those studying for careers in civil engineering,
architecture or light construction.

BALTIMORE PANHELLENIC ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR-
SHIP—A scholarship is awarded annually by the Baltimore
Panhellenic Association to a student entering the junior or
senior class, who is an active member of a sorority, who is
outstanding in leadership and scholarship and who needs fi-
nancial assistance.

Genera/ Information

BALTIMORE SUNPAPERS SCHOLARSHIP IN JOURNAL-
ISM— The Board of Trustees of the A. S. Abell Foundation,
Inc., contributes funds to provide one or more $500 scholar-
ships to students majoring in editorial journalism.

BAYSHORE FOODS, INC. SCHOLARSHIP— A grant of $500
is made available annually by J. McKenny Willis and Son.,
Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to
an outstanding student in vocational agriculture in Talbot
County who will matriculate in the College of Agriculture.

BLACK AND DECKER MANUFACTURING COMPANY
SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 per year is provided
for a Maryland resident who promises to teach Industrial Arts
or Vocational-Industrial Education in Maryland for two years
after graduation.

BORDEN AGRICULTURAL SCHOLARSHIP— A Borden
Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in
the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the reg-
ularly listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the
senior year of study, has achieved the highest average grade
of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding college
work.

CAMPUS CHEST SCHOLARSHIP— A full tuition scholar-
ship is made available by the Campus Chest Council of the
University.

GEORGE C. COOK SCHOLARSHIP— A full scholarship is
made available by the Maryland Educational Foundation in
memory of the late George C. Cook. Preference shall be given
to students interested in a career in business administra-
tion or marketing.

DR. ERNEST N. CORY SCHOLARSHIP— This memorial
award is made annually to an outstanding junior or senior
recommended by the College of Agriculture, preferably one ma-
joring in Entomology.

DAIRY TECHNOLOGY SCHOLARSHIP AND GRANTS— The
Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and the District of
Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and
grants-in-aid for students majoring in Dairy Products Tech-
nology.

DOUGLAS AIRCRAFT COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP— An
$800 scholarship to be awarded to an outstanding and de-
serving senior student in aeronautical, electrical, or mechani-
cal engineering in this order of preference Preference is
given to students who indicate a willingness to accept employ-
ment in California.

EXEL SCHOLARSHIP— A substantial grant for endowed
scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel.

FMC CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP-An annual award
of $500 is made available for a senior in Chemical Engineer-
ing.

ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S
ASSOCIATION GRANT— This tuition and fees grant is awarded
to a high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection
Curriculum in the Collegeof Engineering. Theaward is normally
for tour years.

BALTIMORE COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMAN'S ASSOCI-
ATION GRANT— This tuition and fees grant is awarded to a
student who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum in
the College of Engineering. The award is normally for four
years.

LADIES AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIRE-
MEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— This $750 grant is awarded to
an outstanding high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire
Protection Curriculum in the Collegeof Engineering. Theaward
is normally available for four years.

MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT—
A tuition and fees scholarship is awarded annually to an
outstanding high school student who enrolls in the Fire Pro-
tection Curriculum of the College of Engineering. This scholar-
ship is for four years.

PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S
ASSOCIATION GRANT— An annual tuition and fees scholar-
ship is awarded to an outstanding high school student who en-
rolls in the Fire Protection Curriculum of the College of En-
gineering.

FOOD FAIR STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS—
Several scholarships are available for $250 per academic
year.

VICTOR FRENKIL SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $250
is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to a stu-
dent from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the Uni-
versity.

FUTURE NURSES CLUBS SCHOLARSHIP-A limited
number of $300 scholarships are made available by the Fu-

ture Nurses Clubs of Maryland which are sponsored by the
Women's Auxiliary of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty
of Maryland and the Maryland League of Nursing. These schol-
arships are available to freshmen students from Maryland
preparing for nursing.

GAMMA PHI BETA ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIP-Two annual
scholarships are available to teachers employed in the teach-
ing field. The awards pay tuition costs of graduate course
designed for training teachers of gifted children.

GENERAL MOTORS SCHOLARSHIP— This scholarship is
granted annually to an outstanding individual entering the
freshman year.

GODDARD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— Several schol-
arships are available annually under the terms of the James
and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through
the wills of Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard.

ROSE L. GRANT SCHOLARSHIP— At least $500 each
year is made available to be awarded by the Scholarship Com-
mittee.

JOHN WILLIAM GUCKEYSON MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP—A scholarship of $100 is granted annually by Mrs.
Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to John William Guckeyson,
an honored Maryland alumnus.

THE STALEY AND EUGENE HAHN MEMORIAL SCHOL-
ARSHIP FUND— Annual awards of $500 are made by Mr. and
Mrs. Walter J. Hahn in memory of their sons to aid outstand-
ing agricultural students from Frederick County.

JAMES HARTIN ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIP AND
DONALD PETER SHAW MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— These
two scholarships of $300 each are made available annually
by Mr. and Mrs. David C. Hartin. The first is awarded to a
male student in the College of Engineering and the secondto a
male student in any college other than Education, or to a fe-
male student in Nursing. These awards will be made to worthy
students who are helping to earn their own college expenses.

HASKINS AND SELLS FOUNDATION, INC. AWARD— A
scholarship of $500 is provided for an exceptional senior
student majoring in accounting in the College of Business and
Public Administration.

WILLIAM RANDOLPH HEARST FOUNDATION SCHOLAR-
SHIPS — These scholarships are made available through a gift
of the Baltimore News American, one of the Hearst news-
papers, in honor of William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships
up to $1000 are awarded annually to undergraduates pursuing
a program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to $1000
are awarded annually for graduate study in history.

ROBERT MICHAEL HIGGINBOTHAM MEMORIAL AWARD
FUND— This Fund has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
A. Higginbotham in memory of their son who was killed in Viet-
nam. Annual awards are made to promising junior students
majoring in mathematics.

THE A.M. HOFFMAN MEMORIAL GRANT— This gift of $250
per year is normally awarded as a supplement to some other
type of student aid to a student with exceptional need. A
preference is given to students from Montgomery County. The
gift is made available by Mr. and Mrs. David B. Schwartz.

INTERFRATERNITY COUNCIL SCHOLARSHIP— Two
awards of $250 each are available to members active in
fraternity and interfraternity affairs. Recipients are selected
by the Office of Student Aid upon recommendations from
the presidents of their respective houses and the President
of the IFC.

THE INTER-STATE MILK PRODUCERS' COOPERATIVE,
INC. SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $300 is made available
to a student in agriculture in honor of Raymond Marvel, Past-
President of the cooperative.

IOTA LAMBDA SIGMA (NU CHAPTER) SCHOLARSHIP—
This $200 scholarship is awarded annually to a male student
in the Industrial Education curriculum. The student must
be a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his inten-
tion of teaching in Maryland.

KAPPA KAPPA GAMMA NURSING SCHOLARSHIP— This
$100 Scholarship is made available annually by the Gamma
Psi chapter of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority to a worthy
student preparing for a career in nursing.

PAUL H. KEA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND-This
fund was established by the Potomac Valley Chapter of the
American Institute of Architects in memory of Paul H. Kea,
a highly respected member of the chapter.

VENIA M. KELLER GRANT— The Maryland State Council
of Homemakers' Clubs makes available this grant of $100
which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise
who is recommended by the College of Home Economics.

KELLY-SPRINGFIELD TIRE COMPANY GRANT— Annual
awards totaling $4200 are made to engineering students upon

General Information

the recommendation of the College of Engineering. This gift is
made available by The Kelly- Springfield Tire Company. Cum-
berland, Maryland, a subsidiary of The Goodyear Tire and
Rubber Company of Akron, Ohio.

KIWANIS SCHOLARSHIP— The J. S. Ray Memorial Schol-
arship covering tuition is awarded by the Prince Georges Ki-
wanis Club to a male resident of Prince Georges County, Mary-
land, who, in addition to possessing the necessary qualifica-
tions for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record, must
have a reputation of high character and attainment in gen-
eral all-around citizenship.

KIWANIS CLUB OF LAUREL SCHOLARSHIP— An annual
award of $400 is made available to be awarded by the Schol-
arship Committee to needy students, preferably from the
Laurel area.

SAMUEL J. LEFRAK SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship in
honor of Geary F. Eppley, Dean of Men Emeritus, has been
established by an alumnus Mr. Samuel J. Lefrak, President of
the Lefrak Organization, Forest Hills, New York. The award of
$1000 is made to a deserving sophomore who excels in both
athletics and scholarship, to be used during his last two years
at the University.

LEIDY CHEMICAL FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP— A
scholarship of $500 is granted annually to a graduate or
undergraduate student preparing for a career in the general
field of chemistry.

CHRISTIAN R. AND MARY F. LINDBACK FOUNDATION
SCHOLARSHIP— The Trustees of the Christian R. and Mary
F. Lindback Foundation provide an annual gift to the Univer-
sity, one-half of which is given for scholarships in agriculture
and one-half for awards to the faculty for distinguished teach-
ing.

HELEN ALETTA LINTHICUM SCHOLARSHIP-These
scholarships, several in number, were established through
the benefaction of the late Mrs. Aletta Linthicum, widow of
the late Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in
Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland for many years.

LIONS INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARSHIP— An award of
$500 is available to a freshman who competes in the Lions
Club (District 22-C) Annual Band Festival. A recipient is
recommended by the Music Department after a competitive
audition in the spring.

LOUGHBOROUGH LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP— A schol-
arship providing tuition and fees is awarded to a graduate of
Bethesda-Chevy Chase, Walt Whitman or Walter Johnson High
Schools. The recipient is selected by the University on the
basis of character and financial need.

THE M CLUB GRANTS— The M Club of the University of
Maryland provides each year a limited number of awards.

MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA MILK PRODUCERS ASSOCIA-
TION SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 is awarded
annually in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student
preparing for a career in the dairy industry.

MARYLAND PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION SCHOL-
ARSHIP — The Maryland Pharmaceutical Association makes
available annually scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on
the basis of character, achievement and need. Each scholar-
ship not exceeding $500 per academic year is used in partial
defrayment of fees and expenses at College Park. These schol-
arships are open only to residents of the State of Maryland.

MARYLAND STATE GOLF ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP—
A scholarship of $500 is provided annually by the Maryland
State Golf Association to be awarded to a student enrolled
or planning to enroll in an undergraduate program in Agronomy.
He must have an interest in golf turf work and a preference
will be given to a student who has worked on a golf course.

EUGENE E. AND AGNES F. MEYER SCHOLARSHIPS— A
number of scholarships are made available each year to
promising students with preferential consideration to children
of persons employed in public service.

MORTAR BOARD SCHOLARSHIP— The Mortar Board
Scholarship is awarded annually to a woman student on the
basis of scholastic attainment, and need.

LOREN L. MURRAY AND ASSOCIATES SCHOLARSHIPS—
This fund has been created to provide scholarships for Mary-
land residents who are admitted to the College of Education.

DR. RAY A. MURRAY SCHOLARSHIP— This award, spon-
sored by Maryland Chapter No. 32 of the National Institute
of Farm and Land Brokers, is to be made to a worthy sopho-
more in the Department of Agricultural Economics, College of
Agriculture.

NOPCO SCHOLARSHIP— Two scholarships at $250 each
are provided for students in the College of Agriculture by the
Nopco Chemical Company.

OLNEY ROTARY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM— Schol-
arship awards are made available annually for deserving stu-
dents who are graduates of the high schools in the area served
by the Olney Rotary Club of Olney, Maryland.

PENINSULA HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLAR-
SHIP— The Peninsula Horticultural Society provides annually
a $200 scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior
student, a resident of Maryland from the Eastern Shore coun-
ties, who is majoring in Horticulture or related subjects.

PHI BETA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship is
awarded to the student who at the end of the junior year has
attained the highest cumulative average in liberal sources and
whose basic course program is in liberal studies.

PHI ETA SIGMA SCHOLARSHIP-A limited number of
$100 scholarships are available to young men entering the
sophomore class and who have achieved an academic average
of 3.5 or higher during the freshman year.

DOUGLAS HOWARD PHILLIPS MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP— This scholarship fund has been endowed by Mr. and
Mrs. Albanus Phillips, Jr. in honor of their son who met his
untimely death in the spring before he was scheduled to at-
tend the University, in order that worthy young male graduates
of Cambridge, Maryland High School may nave the oppor-
tunity he missed.

PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS, INC., AWARD— A $500
award is made to a senior student in the College of Business
and Public Administration who has majored in transportation.

PURCHASING MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION OF BALTI-
MORE, INC., SCHOLARSHIP— An annual award of $500 is
given annually to a junior or senior student in the College of
Business and Public Administration preparing for a career in
business administration or business management.

ENSIGN RICHARD TURNER REA MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP— This scholarship fund has been established by Captain
and Mrs. Richard F. Rea in honor of their late son who gave
his life while on active duty in the U.S. Coast Guard. Two
scholarships up to $500 each are awarded annually to stu-
dents in Engineering.

READ'S DRUG STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS—
The Read's Drug Stores Foundation contributes annually sev-
eral scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on the basis of
achievement, character and need. Each scholarship not ex-
ceeding $500 per academic year is applied to the fees and
expenses at College Park. Recipients must be residents of the
State of Maryland.

MARY ELIZABETH ROBY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— An
endowed scholarship has been established by the University
Park Republican Women's Club. Limited awards are made to
women entering the junior or senior years who are studying
in the field of political science. A preference is given to resi-
dents of Prince Georges County.

VIVIAN F. ROBY SCHOLARSHIPS— This endowed fund
was established through a bequest to the University of Mary-
land by Evalyn S. Roby in memoiy of her husband, class of
1912, to provide undergraduate scholarships to needy boys
from Baltimore City and Charles County.

DR. FERN DUEY SCHNEIDER GRANT— A $100 grant is
available to a foreign woman student enrolled in the College of
Education, who has completed at least one semester in
residence at the University. Funds for the grant are contri-
buted by the Montgomery and Prince Georges County Chapters
of the Delta Kappa Gamma Society.

F. DOUGLASS SEARS INSURANCE SCHOLARSHIP-
Scholarships for Maryland students preparing for careers in
the insurance industry are made available annually from a
fund established by friends and associates of former State
Insurance Commissioner F. Douglass Sears.

SEARS ROEBUCK FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS— A
limited number of grants from the Sears Roebuck Foundation
are available for students in the College of Home Economics.

SOUTHERN STATES COOPERATIVE SCHOLARSHIPS-
Two scholarships are awarded each year to sons of Southern
States members— one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and
the other for outstanding work in FFA. The amount of each
scholarship is $300 per year and will continue for four years.

ADELE H. STAMP SCHOLARSHIP— This scholarship of
$250 is awarded annually to a sophomore who is an active
sorority member or pledge, who is outstanding in leadership
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. Funds
for this scholarship are provided by the University of Mary-
land Panhellenic Association.

JANE G. S. TALIAFERRO SCHOLARSHIP— Under the

General Information

terms of the will of the late Jane G. S. Taliaferro a bequest
has been made to the University of Maryland to provide schol-
arship aid to worthy students.

TAU BETA PI SCHOLARSHIP FUND— A limited number
of scholarships are made available each year to worthy en-

eineering students by members and alumni of Maryland Beta
hapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, Inc., national engineering
honor society.

UNIVERSITY WOMEN'S CLUB, INC. MEMORIAL SCHOL-
ARSHIP FUND— A scholarship of $150 is awarded each year
to a junior or senior woman student on the basis of academic
record, financial need, and qualities of leadership and char-
acter. The funds are contributed by the Memorial Fund Com-
mittee of the University Women's Club of Washington, D.C.

JOSEPH M. VIAL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP IN AGRI-
CULTURE— Scholarships totaling $600 per year are made
available by Mr. and Mrs. A. H. Seidenspinner to be awarded
upon the recommendation of the College of Agriculture.

WESTERN ELECTRIC SCHOLARSHIP— Two scholarships
are awarded to students in the College of Engineering. The
amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and
fees not to exceed $800 nor to be less than $400.

WESTINGHOUSE AIR ARM DIVISION SCHOLARSHIP—
The Westinghouse Electric Corporation has established a
scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineering
and the physical sciences. The scholarship is awarded to a
sophomore student and is paid over a period of three years
in six installments of $250. Students in electrical or mechan-
ical engineering, engineering physics or applied mathematics
are eligible for the award.

WOMEN'S CLUB OF BETHESDA SCHOLARSHIP— Several
scholarships are available to young women residents of Mont-
gomery County. Recipients must be accepted in the College
of Education or the College of Nursing.

NICHOLAS BRICE WORTHINGTON SCHOLARSHIP— A
$500 memorial scholarship is made available to a student in
the College of Agriclulture by the descendants of Nicholas
Brice Worthington, one of the founders of the Agricultural Col-
lege.

THE ARTHUR YOUNG AND CO. FOUNDATION, INC.
SCHOLARSHIP— The Arthur Young and Co. Foundation, Inc.,
makes available a scholarship of $750 for an exceptional
senior student concentrating in accounting.

STUDENT LOANS

NDEA STUDENT LOANS— Loan funds are available under
provision of the National Defense Education Act. The bor-
rower must sign a note for the loan and agree to interest and re-
payment term«; established by the University. Repayment of
the loan b< /ne months after the borrower ceases to

be a full-time student and must be completed within ten
years thereafter. No interest is charged on the loan until the
beginning of the repayment schedule. Interest after that date
is to be paicf at 3 percent per annum.

(f the borrower becomes a full-time teacher (elementary,
secondary or college), ten percent of the loan can be can-
celled for each year of teaching, not to exceed 50 percent
of the loan. However, if the teaching involves handicapped

students or is in a predominantly low income area school,
fifteen percent annual cancellation is allowed to the full
amount of the loan.

CATHERINE MOORE BRINKLEY LOAN FUND— Under the
will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund is available for
worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland.

KEA STUDENT LOAN FUND— A loan fund has been es-
tablished by gifts from Mr. and Mrs. Paul H. Kea. The pur-
pose of the fund is to make non-interest bearing loans of an
emergency nature to students who are helping to earn the
expenses of their education.

JOSEPH W. KINGHORN AND MORLEY A. JULL FUNDS—
Memorial trust funds have been established in honor of
Joseph W. Kinghorn, first graduate of the University of Mary-
land Poultry Department. These funds are available as loans
to students enrolled in the Poultry Department.

EDNA B. MC NAUGHTON MEMORIAL LOAN FUND—
This fund has been established by Mrs. W. B. Clayton in mem-
ory of Edna B. McNaughton, who initiated and developed the
program in Early Childhood Education at the University of
Maryland. Priority is given to students enrolled in this pro-
gram.

PHI DELTA GAMMA LOAN FUND— This fund has been es-
tablished under essentially the same terms and conditions as
the NDEA loans. Recipients must be recommended by the
Sigma Chapter of the Phi Delta Gamma Sorority.

JAN STEVEN AND SIDNEY RAPKE MEMORIAL LOAN
FUND— This fund has been established in memory of Jan
Steven Rapke by his parents. Short-term, interest free loans
are available to students in good standing to meet personal
emergencies as they arise. It is the wish of the donors that
the fund be administered with a minimum of formality.

UNITED STUDENT AID FUNDS— Loans up to $1,000 per
year are available from many banks to students at the Uni-
versity. Maximum interest on such loans is 7 per cent simple.
Monthly installments are usually not less than $25 nor more
than $100. Repayment begins ten months after the student
ceases to be a full-time student.

SIEGFRIED E. WEISBERGER. JR. MEMORIAL FUND— A
memorial trust fund has been established in honor of Siegfried
Weisberger, Jr., a Freshman student in Agriculture in 1958-59.
Under terms of this loan, students in Agriculture may borrow
money without interest for short term needs.

PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT

UNIVERSITY EMPLOYMENT— The University offers din-
ing hall and dormitory workships permitting selected Maryland
residents to earn part or all of their board and room. Other
jobs on campus pay hourly rates according to the skill and
education required.

OFF-CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT— A file of off-campus part-
time jobs is maintained. Most of these are with local stores
and business firms.

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM— Part-time employ-
ment during the school year plus full-time employment during
the summer may be combined with scholarships and loans
to provide educational opportunities to qualified students.

Genera/ Information

T r=

^^ ■

^^M|||

±U*r<

[i~*~

V-

THE COLLEGES and SCHOOLS

This section of the Catalog provides information for undergraduates con-
cerning the University of Maryland's schools and colleges. Included in this sec-
tion are the individual college requirements and policies for particular pro-
grams of study. Each college has a general statement of purpose or role within
the University; the organizational structure of the college; the undergraduate
programs including specific requirements for admission and graduation in
addition to the all-University requirements listed in the General Information
Section of the Catalog; a description of degree programs; and course de-
scriptions.

Courses numbered from 001 to 099 are open to undergraduate students
who meet the stated prerequisite and curriculum requirements.

Courses numbered from 1 00 to 1 99 are open to juniors and seniors with the
stated prerequisites. Under some conditions, second-semester sophomores
may register for 100-level courses with the Dean's approval. Graduate students
may take 100-level courses for credit, subject to departmental and Graduate
School regulations.

Courses numbered 200 and above are for graduate students only, except in
exceptional cases approved by the Dean of the college and the Dean of the
Graduate School.

Agriculture

THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE offers educa-
tional programs with a broad cultural and scientific
base. Students are prepared for careers in Agricul-
tural related sciences, technology, and business.

The application of advanced knowledge to the
solution of some of man's most critical problems
concerning adequate amounts and quality of food,
and the quality of environment in which he lives,
are important missions of the College.

This original Division of the University of Mary-
land at College Park was chartered in 1856. The Col-
lege has a continuous record of leadership in educa-
tion since that date. It became the beneficiary of
the Land-Grant Act of 1862. Since that time, there
has been a merger with the University of Maryland
in Baltimore and continuous growth with additions
of other Colleges and Departments at College Park.

The College of Agriculture continues to grow and
develop as part of the greater University Complex,
providing education and research activities enabling
man to use his environment and natural resources
to best advantage while conserving basic resources
for future generations.

ADVANTAGES OF LOCATION AND FACILITIES:

Educational opportunities in Agriculture are en-
hanced by the nearby location of several research
units of the Federal Government. Of particular
interest is the Agricultural Research Center at Belts-
ville and the U. S. Department of Agriculture Head-
quarters in Washington, D. C. The National Agricul-
tural Library is an important resource for informa-
tion at the Beltsville location.

Related Research Laboratories of the National
Institutes of Health, Military Hospitals, NASA, and
the National Bureau of Standards are in the vicinity.

Interaction among faculty, students, and personnel
in these agencies is encouraged. Many teaching and
research activities are conducted with the coopera-
tion of scientists and professional people in Govern-
ment positions.

Instruction in the basic sciences and cultural,
social and economic engineering principles is car-
ried out in well designed classrooms and laboratories
on the campus. The application of basic principles
to practical situations is demonstrated for the stu-
dent in numerous ways. New buildings, with well
designed laboratories, have been provided for both
the Plant and Animal Sciences in recent years.

Modern greenhouses are available for breeding
and propagation of a wide variety of plant work on
the control of weeds and improved cultural practices.

Herds of dairy and beef cattle, and swine and
flocks of poultry and sheep are kept on the campus
for teaching and research purposes.

Several operating farms, located in central Mary-
land and on the Eastern Shore support the educational
programs in Agriculture by providing locations where
important crops, animals and poultry can be grown
and maintained under practical and research condi-
tions. These farms add an important dimension to
the courses offered in Agriculture. Data from these
operations and from cooperating producers and pro-
cessors of agricultural products are utilized by
students interested in economics, teaching, engi-
neering and conservation, as they relate to Agricul-
ture, as well as by those concerned with biology
or management of agricultural crops and animals.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The College of Agriculture offers programs lead-

Agriculture 77

ing to a wide variety of rewarding careers. These
curricula prepare the student for useful, informed
citizenship, with a basic understanding of science
in general, and with a concentration on the science
and business of agriculture in particular. All four-
year programs lead to the Bachelor of Science de-
gree.

Today's agriculture is a highly complex and ex-
tremely efficient industry which includes supplies
and services used in agricultural production, the
production process itself, and the marketing, pro-
cessing and distribution of products to meet the con-
sumers' needs and wants.

Instruction in the College of Agriculture includes
the fundamental sciences and emphasizes the pre-
cise course information that its graduates must
employ in the industrialized agriculture of today,
and helps develop the foundation for their role in
the future. Course programs in specialized areas
may be tailored to fit the particular needs of the
individual student.

Previous training in agriculture is not a prereq-
uisite for matriculation. Careers for men and women
with rural, suburban, or urban backgrounds are
available in agriculture and its allied industries.

Graduates of the College of Agriculture have a
broad base for careers and continued learning after
college in business, production, teaching, research,
extension, and many other professional fields.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

The requirements for admission to the College
of Agriculture are the same as those of the Univer-
sity. An applicant is required to have graduated
from high school and completed a minimum of:
English 4 units; mathematics, preferably algebra 1
unit; history or social science 1 unit; and natural
science 1 unit. A foreign language is not required
for entrance; however, two or more units are desir-
able.

For students entering the College of Agriculture
it is recommended that his high school preparatory
courses should include: English 4 units; mathe-
matics 3 units; biological and physical sciences 3
units and history or social sciences 2 units. Four
units of mathematics should be elected for students
entering Agricultural Engineering or Agricultural
Chemistry.

JUNIOR STANDING

To earn junior standing a student must complete
56 credit hours of academic work and attain the
required grade point average.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

Each student must complete at least 120 credit
hours in academic subjects with a minimum g4ade
point average of 2.0 (C). University requirements in
health and physical education must be satisfied, in
addition.

HONORS PROGRAM

Honors programs are approved for majors in
Agricultural Economics and Botany. The objective
of the honors programs is to recognize superior
scholarship and to provide opportunity for the ex-
cellent student to broaden his perspection and to
increase the depth of his studies.

These programs are administered by Depart-
mental Honors Committees and supervised by the
College Committee on Honors. Students in the Col-

lege of Agriculture, who are in the top 20 per cent
of their class at the end of their first year, may be
considered for admission into the Honors Program.
Of this group up to 50 per cent may be admitted.

Sophomores or first semester juniors will be
considered upon application from those students
in the upper 20 per cent of their class. While applica-
tion may be made until the student enters his sixth
semester, early entrance into the program is recom-
mended. Students admitted to the program enjoy
certain academic privileges.

On the basis of the student's performance dur-
ing his participation in the Honors Program, the
department may recommend the candidate for the
appropriate degree with (departmental) Honors, or
for the appropriate degree with (departmental)
High Honors. Successful completion of the Honors
program will be recognized by a citation in the
Commencement Program and by an appropriate
entry on the student's record and diploma.

FACULTY ADVISEMENT

Each student in the College of Agriculture is
assigned to a faculty adviser. Advisors normally work
with a limited number of students and are able to
give individual guidance. The faculty will asist stu-
dents in obtaining employment providing practical
or technical experience for those in need of such
experience.

FRESHMAN YEAR

The program of the freshman year is similar
for all curricula of the College of Agriculture. Dur-
ing the first year the student obtains a broad founda-
tion in subjects basic to agriculture and the related
sciences. Transfer from one curriculum to another,
or from the College of Agriculture to another
college of the University may be made by the
end of the freshman year usually with little or no
loss of credit.

Students entering the freshman year with a
definite choice of curriculum are assigned to de-
partmental advisors for counsel and planning of an
academic program. Students entering the freshman
year, who have not selected a definite curriculum,
are assigned to a general advisor who assists with
the choice of freshman electives and, during the
course of the year, acquaints students with opportuni-
ties in the curricula in the College of Agriculture
and in other divisions of the University. If by the
close of the freshman year a student makes no
definite choice of a specialized curriculum, he
continues under the guidance of his advisor in the
General Agriculture curriculum.

SCHOLARSHIPS

A number of scholarships are available for agri-
cultural students. These include awards granted by
the Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust Fund, the Danforth
Foundation, Joseph M. Vial Memorial Scholarship
Program in Agriculture, Maryland Cooperative Milk
Producers, Inc., Maryland and Virginia Milk Pro-
ducers, Inc., the Ralston Purina Company, Southern
States Cooperative, Inc., Bayshore Foods, Inc., Dairy
Technology Society of Maryland and District of
Columbia, Peninsula Horticultural Society, and
The Staley and Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship
Fund.

These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty
Committee in accordance with the terms of the
respective grants. For more detailed information
about these awards see section on financial aid.

78 Agriculture

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

Students find opportunity for varied expression
and growth in the several voluntary organizations
sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organi-
zations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and
Bridle, Dairy Science Club, Collegiate 4-H Club,
Future Farmers of America, Agronomy Club, and the
Veterinary Science Club.

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fra-
ternity. Members are chosen from students in the
College of Agriculture who have attained the scho-
lastic requirements and displayed leadership in
agriculture.

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of
representatives from the various student organiza-
tions in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to
coordinate activities of these organizations and to
promote work which is beneficial to the College.

REQUIRED COURSES

All students in the College of Agriculture are
required to complete a series of courses to satisfy
the University General Education requirements,
College requirements and departmental require-
ments. The courses needed to complete a program of
study are selected by the student with the approval
of his advisor.

Semester
University Requirements Credit Hours

ENGL 001 or 021 -Composition of Honors Composition 3

ENGL 003.004-World Literature 6

Sociol Science 6

History 6

Mathematics 3

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3

HLTH 005- ; cience and Theory of Health 2

Physical Education 2

Ar Science (OptionaD

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE REQUIREMENTS

Courses selected from the basic life sciences, physical

sciences and mathematics 16

SPCH 007-Public Speaking 2

AGRI 001 -Introduction to Agriculture 1

Department Requirements 74

Freshmen I

ENGL 001 or 021 -Composition or Honors

Composition 3

Social Science 3

AGRI 001 -Introduction to Agriculture 1

B0TN 001 -General Botany 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology

ANSC 001 -Principles of Anfmal Science 3

ARG0 001 -Crop Production

Mathematics

Health 2

Arts or Philosophy

Physical Education 1

Air Science (Optional)

Semester

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting the following courses:

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

CHEM 008,009- College Chemistry I, II 4,4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

AGRICULTURE— GENERAL

The general agricultural curriculum provides for
the development of a broad understanding in agri-
culture.

The flexibility of this curriculum permits selec-
tion of electives that will meet individual vocational
plans in agriculture and agriculturally related busi-
ness and industry.

Semester
General Agricultural Requirements Credit Hours

AGEC 050- Elements of Agricultural Economics 3

AGEC 051 -Marketing of Agricultural Products „ 3

AGEN 056-lntroduction to Farm Mechanics 2

AGEN 001 -Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

AGR0 010-General Soils 4

AGR0 107-Cereal Crop Production 3

AGR0 108-Forage Crop Production 3

AGR0 151 -Cropping System 2

ANSC 001 -Principles of Animal Science . 3

ANSC 010-Feedsand Feeding 3

ANSC 040- Dairy Production 3

ANSC 062 -Commercial Poultry Management 3

BOTN 020- Diseases of Plants 4

ENTM 020- Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

H0RT005or 058 -General Horticulture 3

RLED 1 1 4 - Rural Life in a Modern Society 3

Elect either of the following pairs of courses:

BOTN 1 1 7 - General Plant Genetics and

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 2.4

BSAD 020,021 -Principles of Accounting 3.3

Electives 18

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in
the fundamentals of both the physical and biological
sciences, it may be adjusted through the selection
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural
experiment stations, soil bureaus, geological sur-
veys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those
handling food products.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting 16 credit hours from the following courses:

Semester

Credit Hours

B0TN.001 -General Botany 4

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

and
CHEM 008,009 -College Chemistry I, II 4,4

Required of all students:

CHEM 014-College Chemistry IV 3

CHEM 016-College Chemistry IV Laboratory 2

CHEM 010-College Chemistry III 3

CHEM 012-College Chemistry III Laboratory 2

CHEM 123-Advanced Quantitative Analysis or ... 3

CHEM 121 -Intermediate Quantitative Analysis 4

AGR0 010-General Soils 4

GE0L 001 -Geology 3

MATH 020-Analysis II 4

MATH 021 -Analysis III 4

Modern Languages 12

PHYS 030-General Physics 3

PHYS 031 -General Physics 4

PHYS 032-General Physics 4

Electives in Biology 6

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

The curriculum combines training in the business,
economics, and international aspects of agricultural
production and marketing with the biological and
physical sciences basic to agriculture. Programs are
available for students in agricultural economics,
agricultural business, international agriculture, and
in agribusiness teaching. Students desiring to enter
agricultural marketing or businesses affiliated with
agriculture may elect the agricultural business op-
tion; and those interested in foreign service may
elect the international agriculture option. Students
primarily interested in the broad aspects of produc-
tion and management as it is related to the operation
of a farm business may elect the agricultural eco-
nomics option. Those interested in training in agri-

Agriculture 79

business and also in becoming certified teachers
should elect the agribusiness teaching option. In
these programs, students are trained for employ-
ment in agricultural business firms for positions in
sales or management, for local, state, or federal
agencies, extension workers, high school and col-
lege teachers, researchers, farm operators or farm
managers.

Courses for the freshman and sophomore years
are essentially the same for all students. In the
junior year the student selects the agricultural
economics, agricultural business, international agri-
culture, or agribusiness teaching option according
to his particular interest. Courses in this Depart-
ment are designed to provide training in the applica-
tion of economic principles to the production,
processing, distribution, and merchandising of agri-
cultural products as well as the inter-relationship
of business and industry associated with agricultural
products. The curriculum includes courses in gen-
eral agricultural economics, marketing, farm man-
agement, prices, resource economics, agricultural
policy, and international agricultural economics.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting 16 credit hours from the following courses:

Semester
Credit Hours

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

CHEM 008.009- College Chemistry I, II 4.4

MATK 014.01 5- Elementary Calculus 3,3

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

PHYS 001 -Elements of Physics 3

Z00L 001 -General Zoology 4

Elements of Agricultural Economics 3

Marketing of Agricultural Products 3

Prices of Agricultural Products 3

Farm Management 3

Agricultural Policy and Programs 3

World Agricultural Production and Trade 3

(A or B) Seminar 1

Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

■Crop Production 2

■ General Soils 4

Principles of Animal Science 3

Feeds and Feeding 3

Business Statistics 1 3

AGEC 050-
AGEC051-
AGEC 106-
AGEC 108-
AGEC 112-
AGEC 114-
AGEC 199-
AGEN 001 -
AGR0 001 -

or
AGR0 010-
ANSC 001 -

or
ANSC 010-
BSAD 130-

or
AGRI 080-
ECON032-
MATH 01 1

Introductory Agricultural Biometrics.

Principles of Economics II

-Introduction to Mathematics

Select a minimum of 6 hours from the following:

EC0N 102-Nationol Income Analysis 3

EC0N 130 -Mathematical Economics 3

EC0N 131 -Comparative Economic Systems 3

EC0N 132- Intermediate Price Theory 3

EC0N 140-Moneyand Banking 3

Agricultural Business Option

Students must complete each of the following:

Semester
Credit Hours

AGEC 1 03 - Introduction to Agricultural Business Management 3

AGEC 1 18-Marketing Management of Agribusiness Enterprises 3

BSAD 020- Principles of Accounting .. 3

After consulting
courses from:

AGEC 117 — Agricultural Commodity Markets:

An Economic Analysis 3

BSAD 021 -Principles of Accounting II 3

BSAD 149-Marketing Principles and Organization 3

BSAD 156- Marketing Research Methods 3

BSAD 163-Labor Relations 3

BSAD 166-Business Communications 3

BSAD 180 -Business Low 3

Agricultural Economics Option

After consulting with your advisor, select at least 9 credit hours from
the following:

iith the advisor, students may select additional

Semester
Credit Hours

AGEC 103 -Introduction to Agricultural Business Manogement 3

AGEC 1 1 1 -Economics of Resource Development 3

AGEC 107 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business 3

BSAD 020 - Principles of Accounting I... 3

BSAD 021 -Principles of Accounting II 3

MATH 014-Elementary Calculus . 3

MATH 01 5 -Elementary Calculus II 3

Agribusiness Teaching Option

Students must complete each of the following:

EDUC 110-Human Development and Learning 6

EDUC 1 1 1 -Foundations of Education 3

RLED 101 -Teaching Materials and Demonstrations 2

RLED 1 03 - Student Teaching ... 5

RLED 104-Student Teaching 1-4

RLED 107-lntroduction to Agricultural Education .. ,.. 3

RLED 109 -Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3

RLED 1 1 1 -Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 3

RLED 1 14 — Rural Life in Modern Society 3

Students may elect remaining courses from Agricultural Sciences

or Social Sciences . /

International Agriculture Option

After consulting with advisor, students should select at least 10 credit
hours from the following:

AGEC 103- Introduction to Agricultural Business Management 3
AGEC 1 1 1 - Economics of Resource Development

AGEC 1 19- Foreign Agricultural Economies 3

BOTN 020- Diseases of Plants 3

BOTN 117-General Plont Genetics 3

ENTM 01 5 -Introductory Entomology 3

GEOG 010-General Geogrophy 3

GEOG 041 -Climatology 3

GEOL 001 -Geology 3

Foreign Language 6

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION

This Department offers instruction in education
and other applied behavioral sciences needed by per-
sons preparing to teach agriculture, to enter Exten-
sion work and other activity of an educational
nature.

Two undergraduate curriculum options are
available. The agricultural education curriculum is
designed primarily for persons who wish to prepare
for teaching agriculture in the secondary schools.
The agricultural extension education curriculum is
designed for those preparing to enter the Cooperative
Extension Service. Either option may lead to a
variety of other educational career opportunities in
agricultural business and industry, public service,
communications, and to research and college teach-
ing.

Students preparing to become teachers of agri-
culture — including horticulture, agribusiness, or
other agricultural related subjects — should have
had appropriate experience with the kind of agricul-
ture they plan to teach or should arrange to secure
that experience during summers while in college.

In order to be admitted to student teaching or
to extension field experience, each of which nor-
mally is taken in the senior year, a student must
have a 2.3 grade point average or higher.

Students in the agricultural education curriculum
are expected to participate in the Collegiate Chapter
of the Future Farmers of America in order to gain
needed training to serve as advisors of high school
chapters of the FFA upon graduation.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be sotisfied by com
pleting 16 credit hours from the following courses:

Semester
Credit Hours
BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

CHEM 008.009- College Chemistry I. II 4.4

MATH 003 - Fundamentals of Moth 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

80 Agriculture

Departmental Requirements. Both Options

ANSC 001 -Principles of Animal Science 3

ANSC 010-Feeds and Feeding 3
AGRO 001 -Crop Production, or

AGRO 108- Forage Crop Production 2

AGRO 010 -General Soils 4

AGEN 001 -Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4
AGEC 107 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business, or

AGEC 108- Farm Management 3

RLED 1 14-Rural Life in Modern Society 3

RLED 101 -Teaching Moteriols and Demonstrations 2

ENTM 020- Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

BOTN 020- Diseases of Plants 4
HORT 01 1 -Greenhouse Management, or

HORT 058 -Vegetable Production, or

HORT 062 -Plant Propagation 3

ENGL 01 4 -Expository Writing 3

Agricultural Education Option

RLED 1 03- Student Teaching 5

RLED 104-Student Teaching .. 1-4

RLED 107-lntroduction to Agricultural Education 2

RLED 109-Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture - 3

RLED 1 1 1 -Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1

EDUC 110- Human Development & Learning .............. 6

EDUC 111 -Foundations of Educotion 3

AGEN 056 -Introduction to Farm Mechonics 2

AGEN 104 -Farm Mechanics 2

Approved Electives 12

Agricultural Extension Option

RLED 150- Extension Education 2

RLED 160-Extension Communications 2

RLED 161 -4-H Organization and Procedure 2

RLED 121 -Directed Experience in Extension Education 1-5

PSYC 001 -Introduction of Psychology 3

PSYC 021 - Social Psychology 3

PSYC 110-Educational Psychology 3

AGEC 1 1 1 -Economics of Resource Development 3

Approved Electives 18

Employment opportunities include farm oper-
ation or management, machinery design and develop-
ment, structural design and construction, process
and systems development, land development, and
natural resource planning. These opportunities may
be in education, research, development, or opera-
tions with private industry, and with local, state, or
federal agencies throughout the world.

The Department also offers courses in agricul-
tural engineering technology in five general areas
primarily for students in the College of Agriculture.
These areas are power and machinery, structures,
soil and water conservation engineering, electrifica-
tion, materials handling and processing, and farm
mechanics. The technological aspects of these
courses complement other curricula of the College
of Agriculture.

The agricultural engineering curriculum provides
considerable flexibility and places responsibility on
the student and the advisor. Twenty semester hours
of elective subjects are permitted. Fourteen semester
hours must be related to the student's major field of
concentration and be taken from a departmentally
approved list. A minimum of eight semester hours
must be at the 100 level. The total number of
semester hours, including health and physical educa-
tion, required for graduation is 134.

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

Agricultural engineering utilizes energy and
materials to enhance agricultural and aquacultural
production. Virtually all efforts are oriented towards
increased food production or preservation. An under-
standing of soil, plant, and animal science is the
basis for applications of engineering in all phases of
production, harvesting, processing and utilization
of plant, avian or animal products.

Interrelated applications of engineering disci-
plines are found in agriculture or even on a single,
diversified farm necessitating a broad base of mathe-
matical, physical, and engineering sciences comple-
mented by basic biological and soil science. Stu-
dents may specialize in one of four major areas and,
upon graduation, receive the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Agricultural Engineering.

Power and machinery specialization is oriented
towards energy conversion and related machines
for tillage, harvesting, transporting and processing
of biological products. Farmstead engineering
is concerned with functional aspects of structures
with particular attention to environmental require-
ments of birds, plants, or animals and also with
material handling systems to optimize labor effi-
ciency. Electric power and processing is concerned
with automation of the farmstead, and with the
physical properties of biological materials as this
knowledge is basic to design criteria for heating,
cooling, or change of state. The area of soil and
water conservation engineering is oriented towards
applications of hydraulics and soil physics in irriga-
tion, drainage, erosion control, water resources man-
agement, and abatement of pollution from agricul-
tural operations. The above areas are well defined
in agricultural engineering — a developing program
is the relationship of these land-based activities to
the aquatic environment or aquacultural engineer-
ing.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting the following:

Semester
Credit Hours

CHEM 008,009-College Chemistry I, II 4,4

PHYS 030.031. 032 -General Physics 3.4.4

Departmental Requirements

AGEN 121 -Engineering Dynamics of Biological Moterials 3

AGEN 142 -Functional ond Environmental Design of

Agricultural Structures 3

AGEN 143 -Functional Design of Machinery and Equipment 3

AGEN 144-Power Systems 3

AGEN 145 — Soil ond Water Engineering 3

ENCE 102,103-Structural Analysis 3.3

ENES 001 -Intro Engineering Science 3

ENESOIO-Mechanics 3

ENES 020- Mechanics of Materials 3

ENES 021 -Dynomics 3

ENES 030 or ENES 050-Materials Science 3

ENME 060-Thermodynamics... 3

ENME 102 or ENCE 105— Fluid Mechanics 3

ENEE 060-Prin. of Electrical Engineering 3

MATH 019,020-Analysis I, II 4,4

MATH 021,066-Analysis III & Differential Equations 4.3

Z00L 001 -Generol Biology
or

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

Electives 20

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction
in production and breeding of forage crops, cereal
crops, and tobacco; weed control; turf management;
soil chemistry; soil fertility; soil physics; soil miner-
alogy; soil classification; and soil conservation. A
technical or a general curriculum may be elected
by a student in either crops or soils. A turf option
is available in the general crops curriculum and a
soil conservation option is available in the general
soils curriculum. The technical curricula provide
training in basic courses which will increase the
student's understanding of the applied crops and
soils courses. Training in these basic courses is
required for advanced work in agronomy and is

Agriculture 81

desired by many employers of students graduating
in agronomy.

General curricula in crops and soils permit the
student to confine his training to applied courses
but students following these curricula are encouraged
to elect some of the basic courses included in the
technical curricula.

Depending on the electives chosen, students
graduating in agronomy are well prepared for ad-
vanced study, trained for general farming, farm
management, specialized seed production, exten-
sion work, soil conservation, or employment with
commercial seed, fertilizer, chemical, or farm equip-
ment companies. Turf specialists are in demand
by park and road commissions, golf courses, and
turf and landscape companies.

Additional information on opportunities in agron-
omy may be obtained by writing to the Department
of Agronomy.

CROPS

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting CHEM 008 and 009, College Chemistry I, II ond selecting 8 semester
credit hours from the following courses:

Semester
Credit Hours

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

or
other courses selected from CHEM, MATH or PHYS

Departmental Requirements (Crops)

AGR0 002-Crop Production Laboratory 2

AGROOIO-General Soils 4

AGRO 107-Cereal Crop Production 2

AGRO 1 08 -Forage Crop Production 2

AGRO -Advanced! Soils Courses 6

AGRO 199-Senior Seminar 1

BOTN 01 1 -Plant Taxonomy 3

BOTN 020 -Diseases of Plants 4

BOTN 1 1 7 - General Plant Genetics or

ZOOL 006-Genetics 2 or 4

BOTN 101 -Plant Physiology 4

Technical Courses for Agronomy Students or 28

General Courses for Agronomy Students .12

(see explanation and lists below) . . 12

Electives (Technical Crops curriculum) or 1 5

Electives (General Crops and Turf Management curricula) 31

SOILS

Students will select 28 hours from the technical
group. If the student desires to take more than 28
semester hours of technical courses they can be
used as part of his 15 hours of electives or they can
be substituted for other Department of Agronomy
requirements with permission of the crops advisor.

GENERAL CROPS AND TURF MANAGEMENT CURRICULA

Students will select 12 hours from the General
Courses listed blow. Students in the turf manage-
ment option must elect AGRO 109— Turf Manage-
ment, HORT 020— Introduction to the Art of Land-
scaping, and HORT 107— Woody Plant Materials.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting CHEM 008 and 009, College Chemistry I, II and selecting 8 semester
credit hours from the following courses:

Semester

Credit Hours

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

or
other courses selected from CHEM, MATH or PHYS

Departmental Requirements (Soils)

AGRO 002-Crop Production Laboratui y 2

AGRO 010-Generol Soils 4

AGRO 107-General Crop Production ... 2

AGRO 108 -Forage Crop Production 2

AGRO 1 14 -Soil Classification ond Geography 4

AGRO 116 — Soil Chemistry 3

AGRO 117- Soil Physics 3

AGRO -Additional Agronomy or Geology courses 6

AGRO 199 ^Senior Seminar 1

GEOL 001 -Geology 3

GEOL 004 - Physical Geology Laboratory 1

Technical courses for Agronomy students or 28

General courses for Agronomy students 12

(see explanation and lists below)

Electives (Technical Curriculum) or 15

Electives (General Soils and Soil Conservation Curriculo) 31

GENERAL SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
CURRICULA

Students will select 12 hours from the general
course listed below. Students in soil conservation
must elect AGRO 1 13— Soil Conservation, and BOTN
010— Principles of Conservation.

Technical Courses which may be selected by crops ond soils students:

Semester

Credit Hours

CHEM Additional Chemistry 8

MATH Additional Mathematics. . 12

PHYS General Physics 8

If the student elects more than 28 hours of technical courses they should
be advanced courses in the obove areas.

General Courses which may be selected by crops and soils students:

Semester
Credit Hours

AGEN Agricultural Engineering 3

AGEC Agricultural Economics 3

ANSC Animal Science 3

HORT Horticulture . 3

These courses may be repfaced by courses from the technical group with

permission of the advisor.

ANIMAL SCIENCE

The curriculum in animal science offers a broad
background in general education, basic sciences,
agricultural sciences and the opportunity for a stu-
dent to emphasize that phase of animal agriculture
in which he is specifically interested. Each student
will be assigned to an advisor according to the pro-
gram he plans to pursue.

OBJECTIVES

In addition to fulfilling the requirements of the
University and the College of Agriculture, the fol-
lowing specific objectives have been established for
the program in animal science:

1. To acquaint students with the role of animal

agriculture in our cultural heritage.

2. To prepare students for careers in the field

of animal agriculture. These include posi-
tions of management and technology asso-
ciated with animal, dairy, or poultry produc-
tion enterprises, positions with marketing and
processing organizations, as well as in other
allied fields such as feed, agricultural chemi-
cals and equipment.

3. To prepare students for entrance to veterinary

schools.

4. To prepare students for graduate study and

subsequent careers in teaching, research and
extension, both public and private.

5. To provide essential courses for the support of

other academic programs of the University.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be sotisfied by com-
pleting CHEM 008 and 009. College Chemistry I. II ond selecting 8 semester
credit hours from the following courses:

82 Agriculture

Departmental Requirements
BOTN 001 -General Botany
MICB 001 -General Microbiology
ZOOL 001 -General Zoology

Semester
Credit Hours

ANSC 001 - Principles of Animal Science 3

ANSC 109 -Fundamentals of Nutrition

ANSC 116- Anatomy of Domestic Animals

ANSC 1 17-lntroduction to Diseases of Animals

ANSC 141 -Applied Animal Physiology 4

Genetics

Agronomy 3

Agricultural Engineering 4

Insect Pests of Agriculture 4

Economics 3

Organic Chemistry 3

Physics 3

Math, and/or Biometrics 6

Electees 2v

For students interested in a program of study
with major emphasis on beef cattle, sheep, and
swine, it is suggested that the elective courses in-
clude the following:

Semester
Credit Hours

ANSC 020 -Fundamentals of Animal Production 3

ANSC 021 -Seminar 1

ANSC 022 -Livestock Evaluation 3

ANSC 110-Applied Animal Nutrition 3

ANSC 120-Advanced Livestock Judging 2

ANSC 121 -Meat 3

ANSC 122, 123 -Livestock Management 6

ANSC 130 -Principles of Breeding 3

For students interested in a program of study
with major emphasis on dairying, it is suggested
that the elective courses include the following:

ANSC 040- Dairy Production .... 3

ANSC 041 -Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal 1

ANSC 140- Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction 3

ANSC 142-Dairy Cattle Breeding 3

For students interested in a program of study
with a major emphasis on poultry, it is suggested
that the elective courses include the following:

ANSC 061 -Advanced Poultry Judging 1

ANSC 062 -Commercial Poultry Mgt 3

ANSC 165 -Physiology of Hotchability 1

ANSC 170- Poultry Hygiene 3

ANSC 171 -Avian Anatomy 3

AGEC 1 17 — Agricultural Commodity Markets 2

Students desiring a combination of training in
one of the animal sciences and emphasis on busi-
ness, may choose elective courses from the fol-
lowing:

BSAD 010-Business Enterprise 3

BSAD 020- Principles of Acct 3

BSAD 130-Business Statistics 3

BSAD 180-Business Law 3

BSAD 166-Business Communication 3

MATH 010-lntroduction to Math ... . 3

EC0N 037- Fundamentals of Econ. 3

EC0N 140-Money and Banking 3

BSAD 149-Marketing Principles and Organization 3

AGR 101 -Agricultural Biometrics 3

BOTANY

The Department offers work in the major fields of
Physiology, Pathology, Ecology, Taxonomy, Anatomy-
Morphology, and Genetics.

The required courses for the freshman and
sophomore years are the same for all students. In
the junior and senior years, the student elects
botany courses to suit his particular interest. Courses
are required in other subjects to contribute toward
a broad cultural education, and to support the
courses selected in the chosen field of botany.

The curriculum provides a complete survey of
the field of botany for prospective high school

teachers, and lays a good foundation for graduate
work in botany in preparation for college teaching
and for research in state or federal experiment
stations, or in private research laboratories.

Students who wish to meet the requirements
for certificates in secondary education may elect
basic courses in education. An additional semester
will usually be necessary to take certain courses
in education, including the required practice teach-
ing. As long as the demand continues, a series of
advanced courses will be offered in rotation in the
summer session especially for teachers working to-
ward the degree Master of Education in science
teaching.

The Department of Botany has instituted an
Honors Program which a student may enter if he de-
sires and if he meets the requirements of the pro-
gram.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting the following courses:

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

CHEM 008.009 -College Chemistry I, II 4.4

ZOOL 001 - General Zoology 4

Semester

Department of Botany Requirements Credit Hours

BOTN 002 -General Botany 4

BOTN 011 -Plant Taxonomy 3

BOTN 020 - Diseases of Plants 4

BOTN 101 -Plant Physiology 4

BOTN 102 -Plant Ecology . 2

BOTN 103 -Plant Ecology Laboratory 1

BOTN 111 -Plant Anatomy 3

BOTN 117-General Plont Genetics 2

BOTN 199 -Seminar 2

Modern Language, preferably German. 12

MATH 010,01 1 -Introduction to Mothemotics 4

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

PHYS 010,01 1 -Fundamentals of Physics 8

Botany electives or related courses 10

Electives 12

CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE
DEVELOPMENT

The development and use of natural resources
(including water, soil, minerals, fresh water and
marineorganisms, wildlife, air and human resources),
are essential to the full growth of an economy.

The curriculum in Conservation and Resource
Development is designed to instill concepts of the
efficient development and judicious management of
natural resources. The study of the problems as-
sociated with the use of natural resources will
acquaint students with their role in economic de-
velopment while maintaining concern for the quality
of the environment.

Students will prepare for professional and admin-
istrative positions in land and water conservation
projects, for careers in operational, administrative,
educational, and research work in land use, natural
resource management, recreational area develop-
ment, and management, or for graduate study in
any of the several areas within the biological
sciences.

Students will pursue a broad education pro-
gram and then elect subjects concentrated in a
specific area of interest. A student will be assigned
an advisor according to his area of interest.

Students will be encouraged to obtain summer
positions which will give them technical laboratory
or field experience in their chosen interest area.

The College of Agriculture science requirement wiH be satisfied by com-
pleting the following courses:

Agriculture 83

Semester

Credit Hours
CHEM 008.009- College Chemistry I. II 4,4

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

Conservation and Resource Development Requirements:

AGRI 080 -Introductory Agricultural Biometrics

AGRM01 -Agricultural Biometrics 3.3

AGEN 001 -Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

AGRO 010 -General Soils 4

BOTN 002-General Botany 4

BOTN 010 — Principles of Conservation 3

BOTN Oil -Plant Taxonomy

BOTN ) 53 — Field Botany & Taxonomy 3,2

BOTN 102-Plant Ecology 2

BOTN 103-Plant Ecology Laboratory 1

ENTM 01 5 -Introductory Entomology 3

GEOG 010-General Geography 3

GEOL 001 -Geology 3

MATH 010,011 -Introduction to Mathematics

(or MATH 18,19) 3,3

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

ZOOL 002-Animal Phyla 4

ZOOL 121 -Animal Ecology 3

Electives 27

Additional Requirement: One of the following options must be fulfilled:

Plant Conservation:

BOTN Oil -Plant Taxonomy 3

BOTN 102-Plant Ecology 2

BOTN 103-Plant Ecology Laboratory 1

Botany or Conservation Electives 6

Wildlife Conservation:

ANSC 1 18 — Wildlife Management 3

BOTN 102-Plant Ecology 2

ZOOL 121 -Animal Ecology 3

Zoology Elective 4

Resource Development:

AGEC 111 -Economics of Resource Development 3

GEOG 01 5 -Introductory Economic Geography 3

Ecology -Plant or Animal Ecology 3

Agricultural Economics or Economics Elective 3

Electives 24

ENTOMOLOGY

This curriculum prepares students for work in
various typesof entomological positions. Professional
entomologists are engaged in fundamental and ap-
plied research, regulatory and control services with
state and federal agencies, commercial pest con-
trol, sales and developmental programs with chemi-
cal companies, and other commercial organizations,
consulting work, extension work, and teaching.

Most of the first two years of this curriculum is
devoted to obtaining the essential background. In
the junior and senior year there is opportunity for
some specializing. Students contemplating graduate
work are strongly advised to elect courses in phy-
sics, modern language, and biometrics.

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting the following courses:

CHEM 008,009 -College Chemistry I, II 4,4

ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

Semester

Deportment of Entomology Requirements Credit Hours

ENTM 015-lntroductory Entomology 3

ENTM 105-Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3

ENTM 120-lnsect Taxonomy and Biology 4

ENTM 122-lnsect Morphology ... 4

ENTM 124-Economic Entomology 4

ENTM 123- Insect Physiology 4

ENTM 198-Special Problems 2

ENTM 199-Seminar . 2

BOTN 011 -Plant Taxonomy 3

BOTN 020 -Diseases of Plants 4
CHEM 010,012-College Chemistry III and College

Chemistry Laboratory III 3.2

MATH 010,01 1 - Introduction to Mathematics 6

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4
ZOOL 002- The Ammol Phyla or ZOOL 118 —

Invertebrate Zoology 4

ZOOL 006-Genetics .. 4

Electives 19

FOOD SCIENCE

Food Science applies the fundamentals of the
physical and biological sciences to the problems of
procurement, preservation, processing, packaging,
and marketing foods in a manner that would satisfy
man's needs both nutritionally and aesthetically.

Opportunities for careers in food science exist in
areas of meats, milk and milk products, fruits and
vegetables, poultry and eggs, sea food, baby foods,
onfections, pet foods, cereals, flavors and colors,
etc. Specific positions in Industry, Universities, and
Government, include product development, produc-
tion, engineering, research, quality control, technical
service, technical sales, and teaching.

The College of Agriculture science requirement
will be satisfied by completing the following
courses:

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be sotisifed by com-
pleting the following courses:

Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 008,009- College Chemistry I, II 4,4

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

BOTN 001 -General Botany or ZOOL 001 -General Zoology 4

Curriculum Requirements

AGEN 1 13-Mechanics of Food Processing 4

ANSC 109 -Fundamentals of Nutrition 3

CHEM 010,012-College Chemistry III & College

Chemistry Laboratory III 3.2

FOOD 153- Experimental Food Science 3

FDSC 001 -Introduction to Food Science 3

FDSC 102,103- Principles of Food'Processing-l, II 3,3

FDSC 111 -Food Chemistry 3

FDSC 1 12 — Analytical Quality Control 3

FDSC 113 — Statistical Quality Control 3

FDSC 131 -Food Product Research and Development 3

FDSC 199-Seminar 1

MICB 81 -Applied Microbiology 4

PHYS 10-Fundamentals of Physics 4

Production course- 3

Electives 25

GEOLOGY

The Geology curriculum provides an excellent
opportunity to prepare for advanced work in this
field. Basic courses in mathematics, chemistry, and
physics are necessary for competent geologists and
are required for all students preparing for advanced
degrees. By the proper selection of courses listed
under the technical and general electives, the stu-
dent can obtain outstanding undergraduate training
for advanced work in geology or general training for
employment with a Bachelor of Science degree.

The College of Agriculture science requirement
will be satisfied by completing CHEM 008 and 009.
College Chemistry I, II and selecting 8 semester
credit hours from the following courses:

Semester
Departmentol Requirements (Geology) Credit Hours

GEOL 001 -Introductory Physical Geology 3

GEOL 002 -Historical and Stratigraphic Geology 3

GEOL 004 -Physical Geology Laboratory
GEOL 005 -Historical Geology Laboratory

GEOL 194-Reseorch Problems in Geology 1

GEOL -Summer Field Camp 5

ANSC 001. AGRO OOl HORTO05. H0RT 058 or AGEN 001

84 Agriculture

AGRO 010- General Soils „

Foreign language (French, German, or Russian) 1 2

Proficiency equivalent to that of a student i ompleting
two years of college work.
Technical or General Courses for Geology Students 23

(see lists below)
Electives 21

Technicol Courses which may be Selected by Geology Students

Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 01 5- Qualitative Anolysis 4

MATH019,020-Anolysis I, II 8

PHYS 030,031. 032- General Physics 11

If the student elects more than 23 hours of technical courses they should
be additional courses in the above areos.
General Courses which may be Selected by the Geology Students

Semester
Credit Hours
GEOL 121 -Mineralogy 3

GEOL 130-Paleontology 3

GEOL 140 -Structural Geology 3

GEOL- Additional geology courses or GEOG 118, and GEOG 146 14

These courses may be replaced by courses in physics, chemistry, and
mathematics with permission of the geology advisor.

HORTICULTURE

The Department of Horticulture offers in-
struction in pomology (fruits), olericulture (vege-
tables), floriculture (flowers), ornamental horticul-
ture, and processing of horticultural crops. These
courses prepare students to enter commercial pro-
duction and the horticultural industries such as fruit
and vegetable processing, seed production, and re-
tail florists and nurseries. Students are likewise
prepared to enter the allied industries as horticul-
tural workers with fertilizer companies, equipment
manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to
enter specialized fields of research and teaching
may take advanced work in the Department.

The Horticultural .Education curriculum is de-
signed for persons who wish to prepare for teaching
horticulture in the secondary schools. It provides
basic training in horticulture and includes the neces-
sary courses for teacher certification.

The Department of Horticulture is a cooperating
department in the Food Science curriculum.

POMOLOGY AND OLERICULTURE CURRICULUM

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting the following courses:

Semester
Credit Hours

CHEM 008,009- College Chemistry I, II 4,4

B0TN 001 -General Botany 4

and 4 semester credits selected from the following:

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

Z00L 001 -General Zool 4

GEOL 001 and 004 -Geology & Physical Geology Laboratory 3,1

CHEM 010,012-College Chemistry III and

College Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2

Department of Horticulture Requirements

AGRO 010-General Soils 4

B0TN 020- Diseases of Plants 4

B0TN 101 -Plant Physiology ... 4

BOTN 117-General Plant Genetics 2

ENTM 020-lnsect Pests of Agricultural Crops . 4

H0RT 005,006 -Tree Fruit Production . 3,2

H0RT 058-Vegetable Production ... 3

H0RT 059- Berry Production 3

H0RT 062 -Plant Propagation 3

H0RT 101 -Technology of Fruits 3

HORT 103 -Technology of Vegetables 3

H0RT 161 -Physiology of Maturation and Storage of

Horticultural Crops 2

HORT 199-Seminar .. 1

A minimum of 3 additional Horticultural credits 3

Electives 30

FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL
HORTICULTURE CURRICULUM

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting the following courses:

Semester

Credit Hours

CHEM 008,009 -Col lege Chemistry I, II 4,4

B0TN 001 -General Botany 4

and 4 semester credits selected from the following:

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zool 4

GEOL 001 and 004 -Geology & Physical Geology Laboratory 3 ]
CHEM 010,012-College Chemistry III and

College Chemistry Laboratory III 32

Deportment of Horticulture Requirements

AGRO 010-General Soils
BOTN01I -Plant Taxom-
B0TN 020- Diseases of Plants
B0TN 101 -Plant Physiology
BOTN 117-General Plant Genetics
HORT 01 1 - Greenhouse Management
HORT 016-Garden Management

4
3
4

3
3
HORT 020 -Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3

HORT 056- Basic Landscope Compose

HORT 062 - Plant Propagation 3

HORT 100 -Principles of Landscape Design 3

HORT 105-Technology of Ornamentals

HORT 107,108-Woody Plant Materials 3,3

HORT 162 -Fundamentals of Greenhouse Crop Production

or
HORT 163- Production and Maintenance of Woody Plants 3

HORT 199-Seminar 1

Select 2 credits from the following 2

HORT 01 2,01 3 -Greenhouse Crop Production Laboratory 1.1

HORT 017-Garden Management Laboratory
Electives ... 26

HORTICULTURE EDUCATION CURRICULUM

Department of Horticulture Requirements

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be satisfied by com-
pleting the following courses:

Semester
Credit Hours

CHEM 008,009- College Chemistry I, II 4,4

BOTN 001 -General Botany 4

and 4 semester credits selected from the following:

MICB 001 -General Microbiology 4

ZOOL 001 -General Zool 4

GEOL 001 and 004-Geology & Physicol Geology Laboratory 3,1

CHEM 010,012-College Chemistry III and

College Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2

AGRO 010-General Soils 4

BOTN 011 -Plant Taxonomy 3

BOTN 020-Diseoses of Plants 4

BOTN 101 -Plant Physiology 4

EDUC 111 -Foundations of Education 3

HORT 01 1 -Greenhouse Management 3

HORT 01 2 -Greenhouse Management Laboratory 1

HORT 016-Garden Management 3

HORT 017-Flower Production Laboratory 1

HORT 020-lntroduction to the Art of Landscaping 3

HORT 056-Basic Landscape Composition 2

HORT 062-Plant Propagation 3

HORT 100-Principles of Landscale Design 3

HORT 105-Technology of Ornamentals 3

HORT 199-Seminar 1

RLED 109-Teaching Secondary Agriculture 3

RLED 101 -Teaching Materials and Demonstrations 2

RLED 103 -Student Teaching 5

RLED 104- Student Teaching 1-4

RLED 107-lntroduction to Agricultural Education 2

RLED 111 -Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1

Elect one of the following courses: 3-6

PSYC 110- Educational Psychology (3)

EDUC 110- Human Development and Learning (6)

A minimum of 12 additional Agricultural credits 12

Approved Electives 3-9

Total 124

SPECIAL CURRICULA
PRE-FORESTRY STUDENTS

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate
with any student who wishes to attend the Univer-
sity to pursue courses which may be transferred
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institu-
tion. The program which a student follows depends
to some extent upon the forestry college he plans
to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of
Agriculture are sent to the Department of Botany of
the University for counsel and advice in these mat-
ters.

Agriculture 85

For residents of Maryland who have completed
two years of pre-forestry and have satisfied require-
ments comparable to those at the University of
Maryland and have been accepted in the School of
Forestry at North Carolina State University, the
University of Maryland will pay the non-resident fee
for a period of two years.

Semester
Credit Hours
The Pre-Forestry Curriculum Includes:

ENGL 001.003.004 9

B0TN001 4

Z00L 001 4

MATH 010.011.014.015 12

CHEM 008.009 8

PHYS 010,01 1 8

SPCH007 2

B0TN011 3

HORT 030 3

AGRI001 1

Social Science 6

Economics 3

HLTH 5 2

Students planning for 3 years in the Pre-Forestry
curriculum should include BOTN 020, ENTM 015,
AGRO 001, AGEN 001, AGRO 010, and BOTN 010.

PRE-THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS

The College of Agriculture cooperates with the
officers of any theological seminary who desire to
urge prospective students to pursue courses in
agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry.
Such pre-theological students may enroll for a
semester or more or for the usual four year training
of the College. In either case they should enroll as
members of the general curriculum in the College
of Agriculture. Students desiring to pursue a pre-
theological program in the College of Agriculture of
the University of Maryland, should consult with the
president or admissions officer of the theological
seminary which they expect to attend.

PRE-VETERINARY STUDENTS

This program is designed for students desiring
to prepare for the professional course in veterinary
medicine.

A combined degree is available to students in
the pre-veterinary curriculum. A student who has
completed 90 academic semester credits at the
University of Maryland who has completed 30 addi-
tional academic semester credits at the University
of Georgia or at any accredited veterinary school is
eligible to make application for the Bachelor of
Science degree from the University of Maryland.

Students wishing to apply for the combined de-
gree must have completed all University and College
requirements as set forth on page ... and must also
have completed additional credits in Animal
Science.

The State of Maryland has entered into a regional
agreement' with the State of Georgia which makes
ten spaces a year available to Maryland residents
in the School of Veterinary Medicine, University of
Georgia. The spaces are to be filled on a competitive
basis from among qualified applicants.

Candidates, to be considered qualified, must
have:

a. Completed the curriculum shown below with

grades not less than "C" in any subject.

b. Taken the veterinary medical aptitude test;

and

c. Must be a bona fide resident of Maryland.

All requirements must be completed by June
prior to the September in which the student desires
to matriculate in veterinary college. The pre-veter-
inary curriculum can be completed in two years
but is usually extended, thus making it possible for
the applicant to select desirable electives.

After the names of the candidates have been
received, a Georgia Board of Admissions will as-
semble at the University of Maryland and will inter-
view each candidate and receive the transcript and
all pertinent documents relating to him. The selec-
tion will be made by the Office of Admissions, Uni-
versity of Georgia.

The pre-veterinary curriculum should contain:

Semester
Credit Hours
Biological Sciences 12

Botany (4)

Zoology (8)

English and Speech 12

Physical Sciences 32

Inorganic chemistry (9)

Orgonic Chemistry (9)

Mathematics (6)

Physics (8)

Animal Science 9

Genetics 3

Nutrition 3

Social Science ' 3

History 6

Physical Educotion 2

Health 2

Air Science Optional

TWO-YEAR PROGRAM— INSTITUTE OF
APPLIED AGRICULTURE

The programs of study offered by the Institute
will assist men and women interested in preparing
for specific jobs in the broad fields of applied
science and business in agriculture. Courses taken
in these programs are not transferable for degree
credits at the University of Maryland. However, stu-
dents satisfactorily completing two years of study
will be awarded an appropriate certificate. For addi-
tional information write: Director, Institute of Ap-
plied Agriculture, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland 20742.

This credit moy be sotisfied by exommatton ot the University of Georgio

86 Agriculture

COURSE OFFERINGS

AGRICULTURE

AGRI 001. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE. (1)

First semester. Required of all beginnmng freshmen and
sophomores in agriculture. Other students must get the
concent of the instructor. A series of lectures introducing
the student to the broad field of agriculture. (Poffenberger)
AGRI 080. INTRODUCTORY AGRICULTURAL BIOMETRICS.
(3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Graphical pres-
entation of data, descriptive statistics, sampling, in-
dividual and group comparisons, simple regression and
correlations, and an introduction to analysis of variance
with emphasis on interpretation of statistical analyses
rather than methodology. (Staff)

AGRI 101. AGRICULTURAL BIOMETRICS. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, MATH 018 or equivalent. Prob-
ability, measures of central tendency and dispersion,
frequency distributions, tests of statistical hypotheses,
regression analyses, multiway analysis of variance, and
principles of experimental design with emphasis on the
use of statistical methods in agricultural research.

(Staff)
AGRI 197. SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURE. (1-3)

First or second semester. Credit according to time sched-
uled and organization of the course. A lecture series
organized to study in depth a selected phase of agri-
culture not normally associated with one of the existing
programs. (Staff)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.
AGRI 201. ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL BIOMETRICS. (3)

(Staff)
AGRI 205. DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS. (3)

(Staff)
AGRI 206. STATISTICAL METHODS IN BIOLOGICAL ASSAY.
(3)

(Staff)
AGRI 207. APPLICATION OF LEAST SQUARES METHOD. (3)

(Staff)
AGRI 210. EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES IN THE
AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES. (3)

(Staff)

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

PROFESSORS: Beal, Curtis, Foster, Ishee, Moore, Stevens,

Tuthill and Wysong.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bender, Cain, Hardie, Lessley,

and Via.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Holmes and Marasco.
VISITING PROFESSOR: Evans.

VISITING ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Nash and Sokoloski.
AGEC 050. ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (3)

First semester. An introduction to economic principles
of production, marketing, agricultural prices and incomes,
farm labor, credit, agricultural policies, and government
programs. (Ishee)

AGEC 051. MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. (3)
Second semester. The development of marketing, its
scope, channels, and agencies of distribution, functions,
costs, methods used and services rendered. (Hardie)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
AGEC 100 and AGEC 101. AGRICULTURAL ESTIMATING
METHODOLOGY. (3) (3) (Not for Grad. Credit)

First and second semesters, respectively. The history,
organization and administration of, and services provided
by the Statistical Reporting Service of the U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture and the survey sampling methods
used by that agency for computing the Department's of-
ficial statistics on crops, livestock and livestock products,
production, agricultural prices and farm employment.
Emphasis is on statistical procedures used for preparing
approximately 350 reports issued annually by the Crop
Reporting Board of the U. S. Statistical Reporting Serv-
ice. (Designed especially for foreign students in FAO
and AID-Program of Technical Cooperation but very bene-
ficial to any student interested in the area.) (Bookhout)

AGEC 103. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT. (3)

First Semester, (alternate years, 1969). Prerequisite AGEC
051 and BSAD 020 or permission of instructor. The dif-
ferent forms of businesses are investigated. Management
functions, business indicators, measures of performance,
and operational analysis are examined. Case studies
are used to show applications of management techniques.

(Lessley)

AGEC 106. PRICES OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. (3)

Second semester. An introduction to agricultural price
behavior. Emphasis is placed on the use of price in-
formation in the decision-making process, the relation
of supply and demand in determining agricultural prices,
and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and
stages of processing in the marketing system. The course
includes elementary methods of price analysis, the con-
cept of parity, and the role of price support programs
in agricultural decisions. (Marasco)

AGEC 107. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF THE FARM BUSINESS.
(3)

First semester. Application of economic principles to
aeveiop criteria tor a sound farm business, including
credit source and use, preparing and tiling income tax
returns, methods of appraising farm properties, the sum-
mary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective
control and profitable operation of the farm business.

(Wysong)

AGEC 108. FARM MANAGEMENT. (3)

Second semester. The organization and operation of the
farm business to obtain an income consistent with
family resources and objectives. Principles of produc-
tion economics and other related fields are applied to
the individual farm business. Laboratory period will
be largely devoted to field trips and other practical
exercises. (Lessley)

AGEC 109. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS IN
AGRICULTURE. (3)

First semester. An introduction to the application of
econometric techniques to agricultural problems with
emphasis on the assumptions and computational tech-
niques necessary to derive statistical estimates, test
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single
equation models. Includes linear and non-linear regres-
sion models, internal least squares, discriminant analysis
and factor analysis. (Ishee)

AGEC 111. ECONOMICS OF RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT. (3)
First semester. Economic, political, and institutional
factors which influence the use of land resources.
Application of elementary economic principles in under-
standing social conduct concerning the development
and use of natural and man-made resources. (Tuthill)

AGEC 112. AGRICULTURAL POLICY AND PROGRAMS. (3)
First semester. A study of public policies and programs
related to the problems of agriculture. Description an-
alysis and appraisal of current policies and programs
will be emphasized. (Beal)

AGEC 114. WORLD AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION AND
TRADE. (3)

First semester. World production, consumption, and
trade patterns for agricultural products. International
trade theory applied to agricultural products. National
influences on international agricultural trade. (Foster)

AGEC 117. AGRICULTURAL COMMODITY MARKETS: AN
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3)

First semester, (alternate years). Problems, institutions
and functions within marketing systems for poultry and
eggs, dairy, grain, horticultural, livestock, tobacco and
forestry products. Practical applications of elementary eco-
nomic theory in a framework for analysis of market prob-
lems. (Via)

AGEC 118. MARKETING MANAGEMENT OF AGRIBUSINESS
ENTERPRISES. (3)

Second semester, (alternate years). Prerequisite. AGEC
103 or permission of instructor. Principles, functions,
institutions and channels of marketing viewed from the
perspective of a manager of an agricultural business
enterprise. The managerial framework for analyzing the
entire marketing program of a firm is developed and
utilized. (Cain)

AGEC 119. FOREIGN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMIES. (3)

Second semester. Analysis of the agricultural economy
of selected areas of the world. The interrelationships
among institutions and values, such as government and

Agriculture 87

religion, and the economics of agricultural organization
and production. (Holmes)

AGEC 185. APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM-
MING IN AGRICULTURE, BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC
ANALYSIS. (3)

This course is designed to train students in the applica-
tion of mathematical programming (especially linear
programming) to solve a wide variety of problems in
agriculture, business and economics. The primary
emphasis is on setting up problems and interpreting
results. The computational facilities of the Computer
Science Center are used extensively. (Bender)

AGEC 195. HONORS READING COURSE IN AGRICULTURAL
ECONOMICS I. (3)

First semester. Selected readings in political and eco-
nomic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a
basic understanding of the development of economic
and political thought as a foundation for understand-
ing our present society and its cultural heritage. Prereq-
uisite: Acceptance in the Honors Program of the Depart-
ment of Agricultural Economics. (Bender)

AGEC 196. HONORS READING COURSE IN AGRICULTURAL
ECONOMICS II. (3)

Second semester. Selected readings in political and
economic theory from 1850 to the present. This course
continues the development of a basic understanding of
economic and political thought begun in AGEC 195. This
understanding on the part of the student is further
developed and broadened in this semoster by the examina-
tion of modern problems in agricultural economics in the
light of the material read and discussed in AGEC 195 and
AGEC 196. Prerequisite: Successful completion of AGEC
195 and registration in the Honors Program of the
Department of Agricultural Economics. (Via)

AGEC 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-2) (2 cr. max.) (not for
grad. cr.)

First and second semesters and summer. Concentrated
reading and study in some phase or problem in agricultural
economics. (Staff)

AGEC 199. SEMINAR. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Students will obtain ex-
perience in the selection, preparation and presentation
of economic topics and problems which will be sub-
jected to critical analysis. (Ishee)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

AGEC 200. APPLICATION OF ECONOMETRICS IN
AGRICULTURE. (3) (Staff)

AGEC 201. ADVANCED THEORY AND PRACTICE OF
INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL TRADE. (3) {Staff)

AGEC 202. MARKET STRUCTURE IN AGRICULTURE. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 204. ADVANCED AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 208. AGRICULTURAL PRICE AND INCOME POLICY. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 210. ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL PRICE AND
DEMAND ANALYSIS. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 212. AGRICULTURE IN WORLD ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT. (3)

AGEC 214. ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL MARKETING. (3)

(Staff)

AGEC 216. ECONOMICS OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION.
(3)

(Staff)

AGEC 218. AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS RESEARCH
TECHNIQUES. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 219. ADVANCED RESOURCE ECONOMICS. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 220. INTERNATIONAL IMPACTS OF SELECTED
AGRICULTURAL FORCES. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURAL
ECONOMICS. (3)

(Staff)
AGEC 301. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL
ECONOMICS. (1-2) (4 cr. max.)

(Staff)

AGEC 302. SEMINAR. (1, 1)

AGEC 399. RESEARCH. (6 hrs. M. S.)

AGEC 499. RESEARCH (12 hours. Ph.D.)

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION

PROFESSOR: Ryden.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Longest and Nelson.

For Advanced Undergraduates

RLED 101. TEACHING MATERIALS AND
DEMONSTRATIONS. (2)

First semester. Principles and practices of the demonstra-
tion method; construction and use of visual aids in teach-
ing agriculture. (Nelson)

RLED 103. STUDENT TEACHING. (5)

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic aver-
age and permission of instructor. Fulltime student teach-
ing in an off-campus student teaching center under an ap-
proved supervising teacher of agriculture. Participating ex-
perience in all aspect of the work of a teacher of agricul-
ture. (Nelson)

RLED 104. STUDENT TEACHING. (1-4)

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic aver-
age and permission of instructor. Fulltime observation
and participation in work of teacher of agriculture in off-
campus student teaching center. Provides students op-
portunity to gain experience in the summer program
of work, to participate in opening of school activities,
and to gain other experience needed by teachers.

(Nelson)

RLED 107. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION.
(2)

An overview of the job of the teacher of agriculture;
examination of agricultural education programs for youth
and adults. (Staff)

RLED 109. TEACHING SECONDARY VOCATIONAL
AGRICULTURE. (3)

First semester. A comprehensive course in the work of
high school departments of vocational agriculture. It
emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming
programs, the organization and administration of Future
Farmer activities, and objectives and methods in all-
day instruction. (Nelson)

RLED 111. TEACHING YOUNG AND ADULT FARMER
GROUPS. (1)

First semester. Characteristics of young and adult farmer
instruction in agriculture. Determining needs for and
organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction;
and class management. Emphasis is on the conference
method of teaching. (Staff)

RLED 121. DIRECTED EXPERIENCE IN EXTENSION
EDUCATION. (1-5)

Prerequisite, satisfactory academic average and permis-
sion of instructor. Full-time observation and participation
in selected aspects of extension education in an ap-
proved training county. (Ryden)

RLED 161. 4-H ORGANIZATION AND PROCEDURE. (2)

A study of the youth phase of cooperative extension
work. Emphasis is placed on the philosophy, objectives,
organization, leadership development and methods
used in conducting 4-H Club work at the local and
county level. (Ryden)

RLED 199. SEMINAR IN AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION (1)
Examination of current literature, reports and discussions
of problems, trends, and issues in agricultural education.

(Staff)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

RLED 114. RURAL LIFE IN MODERN SOCIETY. (3)

Examination of the many aspects of rural life that af-
fect and are affected by, changes in technical, natural
and human resources. Emphasis is placed on the role
which diverse organizations, agencies, and institutions
play in the education and adjustment of rural people
to the demands of modern society. (Longest)

RLED 150. EXTENSION EDUCATION. (2)

Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as
an educational agency. The history, philosophy, objec-

88 Agriculture

fives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used
in extension work. (Ryden)

RLED 160. EXTENSION COMMUNICATIONS. (2)

First semester. An introduction to communications in
teaching and within an organization, including barriers
to communication, the diffusion process and the applica-
tion of communication principles person to person, with
groups and through mass media. (Ryden)

RLED 170, 171. CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES.
(3,3)

Laboratory fee, $35.00. Designed primarily for teachers.
Study of state's natural resources— soil, water, fisheries,
wildlife, forests, and minerals — natural resources prob-
lems and practices. Extensive field study. First course
concentrates on subject matter; second includes methods
of teaching conservation. Courses taken concurrently
in summer season. (Staff)

RLED 180, 181. CRITIQUE IN RURAL EDUCATION. (1, 1)

Current problems and trends in rural education. (Staff)
RLED 185. DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF
EXTENSION YOUTH PROGRAMS. (3)

Designed for present and prospective state leaders of
extension youth programs. Program development, prin-
ciples of program management, leadership development
and counseling; science, career selection and citizenship
in youth programs, field experience in working with low
income families' youth, urban work. (Ryden)

RLED 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-3)

Prerequisite, approval staff . (Staff)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.
RLED 200. RESEARCH METHODS IN RURAL EDUCATION.
(2-3)

(Staff)
RLED 201. RURAL COMMUNITY ANALYSIS. (3)

(Staff)
RLED 204. DEVELOPING RURAL LEADERSHIP. (2-3)

(Staff)
RLED 207, 208. SPECIAL TOPICS IN RURAL EDUCATION.
(2; 2)

(Staff)
RLED 209. RURAL ADULT EDUCATION. (2)

(Staff)
RLED 215. SUPERVISION OF STUDENT TEACHING. (1)

(Staff)
RLED 217. PROGRAM PLANNING AND EVALUATION IN
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. (2-3)

(Staff)
RLED 225. PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT IN EXTENSION
EDUCATION. (2)

(Staff)
RLED 240. AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE INSTRUCTION. (1)

(Staff)
RLED 301. SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-3)

(Staff)
RLED 302. SEMINAR IN RURAL EDUCATION. (1, 1)

(Staff)
RLED 399. MASTER'S THESIS

(Staff)
RLED 499. PH.D. DISSERTATION

(Staff)

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

PROFESSORS: Green, Harris and Winn.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Felton and Merrick.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hummel and Merkel.

INSTRUCTORS: Brodie, Rice and Stewart.

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE: Wheaton.

VISITING RESEARCH ASSOCIATE: Willson.

AGEN 001. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL
ENGINEERING. (4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one
laboratory per week. Applications of mathematics, physics,
and engineering techniques in the solution of agricultural
engineering problems. Studies will include farm power
and machinery, farm structures and electrification and
soil and water conservation. (Merkel)

AGEN 056. INTRODUCTION TO FARM MECHANICS. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one labora-
tory period a week. A study of the hand tools and power
equipment and their safe use as it applies to mechanized
farms. Principles and practice in arc and gas welding,
cold metal and sheet metal work are provided. Also,
tool fitting, woodworking, plumbing, blue print reading
and use of concrete. (Gienger)

AGEN 086. AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING SHOP
TECHNIQUES. (1)

Second semester. One laboratory per week. Agricultural
Engineering majors only. Shop techniques and procedures
used in construction of experimental agricultural
machinery and equipment. Operation principles of power
and hand tools. A term problem to develop plans and
techniques for construction, to select materials and to
construct an assigned unit will be required. (Staff)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

AGEN 104. FARM MECHANICS. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Available
only to seniors in agricultural education. This course
consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop
and farm equipment maintenance, repair, and construc-
tion projects, and a study of the principles of shop
organization and administration. (Gienger)

AGEN 113. MECHANICS OF FOOD PROCESSING. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory. Prereq-
uisite, PHYS 001 or 010. Applications in the processing
and preservation of foods of power transmission, hydrau-
lics, electricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, instru-
ments and controls, materials handling and time and
motion analysis. (Merkel)

AGEN 121. ENGINEERING DYNAMICS OF BIOLOGICAL
MATERIALS (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite
ENME 102. Investigate the physical parameters (impact,
temperature, humidity, light, etc.) governing the response
of biological materials. Analyses of unit operations and
their effect on the physical and quality characteristics
of agricultural products. (Staff)

AGEN 123. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, AGEN 001. Principles of operation
and functions of power and machinery units as related
to tillage; metering devices; cutting, conveying and
separating units; and control mechanisms. Principles
of internal combustion engines and power unit com-
ponents. (Hummel)

AGEN 124. AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS HANDLING AND
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, AGEN 001. Characteristics of con-
struction materials and details of agricultural structures.
Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, and elec-
trical controls. Materials handling and environmental
requirements of farm products and animals. (Staff)

AGEN 142. FUNCTIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN
OF AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one two hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisites ENME 102. An analytical ap-
proach to the design and planning of functional and
environmental requirements of plants and animals in
semi- or completely enclosed structures. (Staff)

AGEN 143. FUNCTIONAL DESIGN OF MACHINERY AND
EQUIPMENT (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one two hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite ENES 021. Theory and methods of
agricultural machine design. Application of machine
design principles and physical properties of soils and
agricultural products in design of machines to per-
form specific tasks. (Staff)

AGEN 144. POWER SYSTEMS. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one two hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisites ENME 60, ENEE 60 and ENME
102. Analysis of energy conversion devices including
internal combustion engines, electrical and hydraulic
motors. Fundamentals of power transmission and coordina-
tion of power sources with methods of power trans-
mission. (Staff)

AGEN 145. SOIL AND WATER ENGINEERING. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites,
ENCE 090 and ENME 102. Applications of engineering
and soil sciences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation
and watershed management. Principles of agricultural

Agriculture 89

hydrology and design of water control and conveyance
systems. (Schwiesow)

AGEN 165. GENERAL HYDROLOGY (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Qualitative
aspects of basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the
properties, distribution and circulation of water as re-
lated to public interest in water resources. (Schwiesow)

AGEN 175. ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prereauisites.
MATH 066, ENCE 105 or ENME 102. Properties, distribu-
tion and circulation of water from the sea and in the
atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, in chan-
nels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and quantita-
tive factors are considered. (Schwiesow)

AGEN 185. AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING (3)

Spring semester. Prerequisite, consent of department. A
study of the engineering aspects of development, utiliza-
tion and conservation of aquatic systems. Emphasis will
be on harvesting and processing aquatic animals or
plants as related to other facets of water resources
management. (Harris)

AGEN 189. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL
ENGINEERING (1-3)

Prerequisite, approval of Department. Student will select
an engineering problem and prepare a technical report.
The problem may include design, experimentation and/
or data analysis. (Staff)

AGEN 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FARM MECHANICS. (1-3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of
Department. Not acceptable for majors in agricultural
engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to credit.

(Gienger)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.
AGEN 201. INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS. (3)

(Staff)
AGEN 202. BIOLOGICAL PROCESS ENGINEERING (3)

(Staff)
AGEN 203. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF BIOLOGICAL
MATERIALS. (3)

(Staff)
AGEN 204. LAND AND WATER RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
ENGINEERING. (3)

(Staff)
AGEN 302. SEMINAR. (1, 1)

(Staff)
AGEN 399. RESEARCH. (1-6)

(Staff)
AGEN 499. RESEARCH (1-6)

(Staff)

AGRONOMY— CROPS, SOILS, AND GEOLOGY

PROFESSORS: J. Miller, Axley, Decker, Hoyert, Rothgeb, and
Strickling.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Clark, Fanning, Foss, F. Miller,
Schillinger.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Ayecok, Bezdicek, Burt, New-
comer, Powell.

CROPS

AGRO 001. CROP PRODUCTION. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, AGRO 002 or concurrent
enrollment therein. Culture, use, improvement, adapta-
tion, distribution, and history of field crops. (Clark)

AGRO 002. CROP PRODUCTION LABORATORY. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a
week. Demonstration and application of practices in the
identification, distribution and management of field crops.

(Clark)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

AGRO 103. CROP BREEDING. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Prereq-
uisite, BOTN 117 or ZOOL 006. Principles and methods of
breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plant and
perennial forage species. (Schillinger)

AGRO 104. TOBACCO PRODUCTION. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001. A study of the
history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improve-
ment of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis

on problems in Maryland tobacco production. Physical
and chemical factors associated with yield and quality
of tobacco will be stressed. (Hoyert)

AGRO 107. CEREAL CROP PRODUCTION. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Prereq-
uisite, BOTN 001, AGRO 002 or concurrent enrollment
therein. Study of the principles and practices of corn,
wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean production.

(Rothgeb)

AGRO 108. FORAGE CROP PRODUCTION. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001, AGRO 002 or
concurrent enrollment therein. Study of the production
and management of grasses and legumes for quality
hay, silage, and pasture. (Decker)

AGRO 109. TURF MANAGEMENT. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72.) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
BOTN 001. A study of principles and practices of manag-
ing turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, play-
grounds, airfields and highways for commercial sod
production. (Powell)

AGRO 119. SOIL-WATER POLLUTION. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite: Background in biology
and one semester of organic chemistry. Reaction and
fate of pesticides, argicultural fertilizers, industrial and
animal wastes in soil and water will be discussed. Their
relation to the environment will be emphasized. (Staff)

AGRO 151. CROPPING SYSTEMS. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, AGRO 001 or equivalent.
The coordination of information from various courses in
the development of balanced croppingsystems, appropriate
to different objectives in various areas of the state
and nation. (Clark)

AGRO 152. SEED PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71). One
lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite.
AGRO 001 or equivalent. A study of seed production, pro-
cessing, and distribution; federal and state seed control
programs; seed laboratory analysis; release of new vari-
eties; and maintenance o\ foundation seed stocks.

(Newcomer)

AGRO 154. WEED CONTROL. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72.) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite.
AGRO 001 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural
practices and chemical herbicides in the control of
weeds. (Burt)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

AGRO 201, 202. ADVANCED CROP BREEDING. (2, 2)

(Staff)

AGRO 203. BREEDING FOR RESISTANCE TO PLANT
PESTS. (3)

(Staff)

AGRO 204. TECHNIC IN FIELD CROP RESEARCH. (2)

(Staff)

AGRO 205. ADVANCED TOBACCO PRODUCTION. (2)

(Staff)

AGRO 207. ADVANCED FORAGE CROPS. (2)

(Staff)

AGRO 208. RESEARCH METHODS. (2)

(Staff)
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.

SOILS

AGRO 010. GENERAL SOILS. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, CHEM 008 or permission of
instructor. A study of the fundamentals of. soils including
their origin, development, relation to natural sciences,
effect on civilization, physical properties, and chemical
properties. (Foss)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

AGRO 111. SOIL FERTILITY PRINCIPLES. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Prereq-
uisite. AGRO 010. A study of the chemical, physical, and
biological characteristics of soils that are important in
growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical,
or biological nature and their correction by the use of
lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustra-
ted. (Strickling)

90 Agriculture

AGRO 112. COMMERCIAL FERTILIZERS. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, AGRO 010 or permis-
sion of instructor. A study of the manufacturing of com-
mercial fertilizers and their use in soils for efficient
crop production. (Axley)

AGRO 113. SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
AGRO 010 or permission of instructor. A study of the im-
portance and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil ero-
sion control, and the effect of conservation practices on
soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is placed on
farm planning for soil and water conservation. The labora-
tory period will be largely devoted to field trips. (Foss)

AGRO 114. SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite, AGRO 010, or permission of instruc-
tor. A study of the genesis, morphology, classification
and geographic distribution of soils. The broad principles
governing soil formation are explained. Attention is given
to the influence of geographic factors on the development
and use of the soils in the United States and other parts
of the world. The laboratory periods will be largely devoted
to the field trips and to a study of soil maps of various
countries. (Fanning)

AGRO 115. SOIL SURVEY AND LAND USE. (3)

First semester alternate years. (Offered 1971-72.) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, AGRO 114
or consent of the instructor. An introduction to soil sur-
vey interpretation as a tool in land use both in agricultural
and urban situations. The implications of soil problems
as delineated by soil surveys on land use will be con-
sidered. (F. Miller)

AGRO 116. SOIL CHEMISTRY. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, AGRO
010, or permission of instructor. A study of the chemical
composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid,
alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil fixation of
plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil analysis will
be studied with emphasis on their relation to fertilizer
requirements. (Axley)

AGRO 117. SOIL PHYSICS. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72.) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite
AGRO 010 and a course in physics, or permission of in-
structor. A study of physical properties of soils with
special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity.

(Strickling)

AGRO 118. SOIL BIOCHEMISTRY. (3)

Second semester. Alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
AGRO 10, CHEM 33 or 37 and 38 or consent of instructor.
A study of biochemical processes involved in the forma-
tion and decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Signi-
ficance of soil-biochemical processes involved in plant
nutrition will be considered. (Bezdicek)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

AGRO 250. ADVANCED SOIL MINERALOGY. (3)

(Staff)

ARGO 251. ADVANCED METHODS OF SOIL INVESTIGATION.
(3)

(Staff)

AGRO 252. ADVANCED SOIL PHYSICS. (3)

(Staff)

AGRO 253. ADVANCED SOIL CHEMISTRY. (3)

(Staff)

CROPS AND SOILS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

AGRO 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRONOMY. (1-3 var. cr.)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, AGRO 010, 107,
108 or permission of instructor. Adetailed study, including
a written report of an important problem in agronomy.

(Staff)

AGRO 199. SENIOR SEMINAR. (1) (No Grd. Cr.)

First semester. Reports by seniors on current scientific
and practical publications pertaining to agronomy.

(J. Miller)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

(Staff)
(Staff)

AGRO 260. RECENT ADVANCES IN AGRONOMY. (2-4)
AGRO 302. AGRONOMY SEMINAR. (1, 1)

AGRO 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (Master's Level) (1-4)

(Staff)

AGRO 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Doctoral Level)
(1-4)

(Staff)

ANIMAL SCIENCE

ANIMAL:

PROFESSORS: Green and Young.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Buric, Leffel.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: DeBarth.

DAIRY:

PROFESSOR: Davis.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Williams and Vandersall.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Douglass.

POULTRY:

PROFESSOR: Shaffner.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Creek.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bigbee and Pollard.

VETERINARY SCIENCE:

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Marquardt, Mohanty and Newman.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Albert.

INSTRUCTOR: Ingling.

ANSC 001. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL SCIENCE. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one, two-hour laboratory
period per week. A comprehensive course, including the
development of animal science, its contributions to the
economy, characteristics of animal products, factors of
efficient and economical production and distribution.

(Young)

ANSC 010. FEEDS AND FEEDING. (3)

First semester. Credit not allowed for ANSC major. Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites,
Chem 008 and 009. Elements of nutrition, source, char-
acteristics and adaptability of the various feedstuffs to
the several classes of livestock. A study of the com-
position of feeds, the nutrient requirements of farm
animals and the formulation of economic diets and rations
for livestock. (Leffel)

ANSC 020. FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. This course deals with the adaptation of beef
cattle, sheep, swine and horses to significant and specific
uses. Breeding, feeding, management practices and
criteria for evaluating usefulness are emphasized.

(DeBarth)

ANSC 021. SEMINAR. (1)

First semester. One lecture per week. Reviews, reports
and discussions of pertinent subjects in Animal Science.

(Staff)

ANSC 022. LIVESTOCK EVALUATION. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 020 or permission of in-
structor. A study of type and breed characteristics of
beef cattle, sheep and swine and the market classes of
livestock which best meet present day demands. One
field trip of about two days duration is made during
which students participate in the Annual Eastern Inter-
collegiate Livestock Clinic. (Buric)

ANSC 040. DAIRY PRODUCTION. (3;

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 001. A comprehensive course
in dairy breeds, selection of dairy cattle, dairy cattle
nutrients, feeding and management. (Staff)

ANSC 041. DAIRY CATTLE TYPE APPRAISAL. (1)

Second semester. Freshmen, by permission of instructor.
Two laboratory periods. Analysis of dairy cattle type with
emphasis on the comparative judging of dairy cattle.

(Cairns)

ANSC 061. ADVANCED POULTRY JUDGING. (1)

First semester. Prerequisite, ANSC 001. One lecture or
laboratory period per week. The theory and practice of
judging and culling by physical means is emphasized,
including correlation studies of characteristics associated
with productivity. Contestants for regional collegiate
judging competitions will be selected from this class.

(Bigbee)

Agriculture 91

ANSC062. COMMERCIAL POULTRY MANAGEMENT. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, ANSC 001. A symposium
of finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, pur-
chase of supplies and management problems in baby
chick, egg, broiler and turkey production; foremanship,
advertising, selling, by-products, production and financial
records. Field trips required. (Bigbee)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

ANSC 109. FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 31. A study of the fundamental role of all nutrients
in the body, including their digestion, absorption, and
metabolism. Dietary requirements and nutritional defi-
ciency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and
man win be considered. This course will be for both
graduate and undergraduate credit, with additional as-
signments given to the graduate students. (Staff)

ANSC 110. APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, MATH 010, ANSC 109 or permis-
sion of instructor. A critical study of those factors which
influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants,
swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and pro-
cedures used in formulation of economically efficient
rations will be presented. (Vandersall)

ANSC 116. ANATOMY OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods
per week. A systematic comparative study of the pig,
ruminants and fowl, with special emphasis of those systems
important in animal production. Prerequisite, ZOOL 001.

(Staff)

ANSC 117. INTRODUCTION TO DISEASES OF ANIMALS. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. This course gives basic instruction in the
nature of disease: including causation, immunity, methods
of diagnosis, economic importance, public health aspects
and prevention and control of the common diseases of
sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poultry. Prerequisite,
MICB 001 and ZOOL 001. (Staff)

ANSC 118. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory. An
introduction to the interrelationships of game birds
and mammals with their environment, population dyna-
mics and the principles of wildlife management. ,_,

(Flyger)

ANSC 119. LABORATORY ANIMAL MANAGEMENT. (3)

Both semesters. A comprehensive course in care and
management of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be
placed on physiology, anatomy and special uses for the
different species. Disease prevention and regulations for
maintaining animals colonies will be covered. Field trips
will be required. (Marquardt)

ANSC 120. ADVANCED LIVESTOCK JUDGING. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods per week. Prereq-
uisites, ANSC 022 and permission of instructor. An
advanced course in the selection and judging of pure-
bred and commercial meat animals. The most adept stu-
dents enrolled in this course are chosen to represent
the University of Maryland in Intercollegiate Livestock
judging contests. (Buric)

ANSC 121. MEATS. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 020. Registration limited to
14 students. A course designed to give the basic facts
about meat as a food and the factors influencing ac-
ceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It
includes comparisons of characteristics of live animals
with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses as
well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and mer-
chandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory periods
are conducted in packing houses, meat distribution cen-
ters, and retail outlets. (Buric)

ANSC 122. LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 109. Application of various
phases of animal science to the management and pro-
duction of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Staff)

ANSC 123. LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite. ANSC 122. Applications of various
phases of animal science to the management and produc-
tion of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Leffel)

ANSC 130. PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites,
ZOOL 006 or BOTN 117. Graduate credit (1-3 hours) al-
lowed with permission of instructor. The practical aspects
of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, develop-
ment, systems of breeding and pedigree study are con-
sidered. (Green)

ANSC 131. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE. (1)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Summer session
only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of
vocational agriculture and Extension Service personnel.
One primary topic, to be selected mutually by the
instructor and students, will be presented each session.

(Staff)

ANSC 140. PHYSIOLOGY OF MAMMALIAN REPRODUCTION.
(3)

First semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period per week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 102 or 104. Anatomy
and physiology of the reproductive process and artificial
insemination of cattle. (Williams)

ANSC 141. APPLIED ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4) (P-F)

Second semester. Three lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 31 and
ANSC 116 or equivalent. The physiology of domesticated
animals with emphasis on functions related to produc-
tion, and the physiological adaption to environmental
influences. (Staff)

ANSC 142. DAIRY CATTLE BREEDING. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisites, ANSC040, ZOOL006or BOTN 117.
A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis
is placed on methods of evaluation and selection, systems
of breedingand breeding programs. (Douglass)

ANSC 143S. ADVANCED DAIRY PRODUCTION. (1)

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily de-
signed for teachers of vocational agriculture and county
agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in
dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management (Staff)

ANSC 146. ANALYSIS OF DAIRY PRODUCTION SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisites, AGEC 108 a/id ANSC 010 or 110, or per-
mission of instructor. The business aspects of dairy farm-
ing including an evaluation of the costs and returns
associated with each segment. The economic impact of
pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent de-
velopments in animal nutrition, physiology and genetics,
agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and
agronomic practices are discussed as they apply to
management of a dairy herd. (Staff)

ANSC 162. AVIAN PHYSIOLOGY. (2)

First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 102 or 104 and ANSC 116. the
basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding
the reproductive system. Special emphasis is given to
physiological differences between birds and other ver-
tebrates. (Pollard)

ANSC 163S. POULTRY BREEDING AND FEEDING. (1)

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily
for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension serv-
ice workers. The first half will be devoted to problems
concerning breeding and the development of breeding
stock. The second half will be devoted to nutrition.

(Staff)

ANSC 164S. POULTRY PRODUCTS AND MARKETING. (1)
Summer session only. This course is designed primarily
for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents.
It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry
products and with hatchery management problems, egg
and poultry grading, preservation problems and market
outlets for Maryland poultry. (Helbacka)

ANSC 165. PHYSIOLOGY OF HATCHABILITY. (1)

Second semester. One, three-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 102 or 104. The physiology of
embryonic development as related to principles of hatch-
ability and problems of incubation encountered in the
hatchery industry are discussed. (Shaffner)

ANSC 170. POULTRY HYGIENE. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisites. MICB 001 and ANSC 001. Virus,
bacterial and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases,
prevention, control and eradication. (Newman)

ANSC 171. AVIAN ANATOMY. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 001. Gross and microscopic

92 Agriculture

structure, dissection and demonstration. (Newman)

ANSC 189. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISH AND WILDLIFE
MANAGEMENT (3)

First semester. Three lectures. Analysis of various state
and federal programs related to fish and wildlife manage-
ment. This would include: fish stocking programs, Mary-
land deer management program, warm water fish man-
agement, acid drainage problems, water quality, water-
fowl management, wild turkey management and regula-
tions relative to the administration of these programs.

(Staff)
ANSC 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE
(1-2) (4cr. max.)

First and second semester. Prerequisite, approval of
staff. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit.
A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which
specific problems relating to animal science will be
assigned. (Staff)

ANSC 199. SEMINAR. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of
staff. Presentation and discussion of current literature
and research work in animal science. (Staff)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions
ANSC 200. ELECTRON MICROSCOPY. (4)

(Staff)
ANSC 220. ADVANCED BREEDING. (2)

(Staff)
ANSC 221. ENERGY AND PROTEIN NUTRITION. (3)

(Staff)
ANSC 240. ADVANCED RUMINANT NUTRITION. (2)

(Staff)
ANSC 241. RESEARCH METHODS. (3)

(Staff)
ANSC 242. EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN SURGERY, 1. (2)

ANSC 243. EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN SURGERY, II. (3)

(Staff)
ANSC 261. PHYSIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION. (3)

(Staff)
ANSC 262. POULTRY LITERATURE. (1-4)

(Staff
ANSC 263. POULTRY NUTRITION LABORATORY. (2)

(Staff)
ANSC 264. VITAMINS. (2)

(Staff)
ANSC 265. MINERAL METABOLISM. (2)

(Staff)
ANSC 266. PHYSIOLOGICAL GENETICS OF DOMESTIC
ANIMALS. (2)

(Staff)
ANSC 280. SEMINAR IN POPULATION GENETICS OF
DOMESTIC ANIMALS. (3)

(Staff)
ANSC 301. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE (1-2)
(4 cr. max.)

(Staff)
ANSC 302. SEMINAR. (1)

(Staff)
ANSC 399. RESEARCH-MASTER'S THESIS. (1-6)

(Staff)
ANSC 499. RESEARCH-PH.D. DISSERTATION. (1-6)

(Staff)

BOTANY

HEAD AND PROFESSOR: Krauss.

PROFESSORS: Corbett, Galloway, Gauch, Kantzes, D. T.

Morgan, Sisler, Stern, and Weaver.
RESEARCH PROFESSOR: Sorokin.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Brown, Karlander, Klarman, Krus-

berg, Lockard, 0. D. Morgan, Patterson, and Rappleye.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Barnett, Bean, Curtis, Harrison,

Motta, Reveal, Smith, and Terborgh.
RESEARCH ASSOCIATE: Norton.
INSTRUCTORS: Grigg and Owens.
GENERAL BOTANY

BOTN 001. GENERAL BOTANY. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lec-
tures and two laboratory periods a week. General introduc-
tion to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological prin-
ciplesof thehigherplants. (Sternand Department Faculty.)

BOTN 001 H. GENERAL BOTANY. (4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. A broad study of plant science with
emphasis on current conceptions of major fields of
interest. Designed for general honors students, as well
as for freshman students with superior training in
biology or chemistry, for upper class science majors,
and for those students seeking an advanced treatment
of BOTN 001. (Galloway and Departmental Faculty.)

BOTN 002. GENERAL BOTANY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or equivalent. A brief
evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses,
ferns and their relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing
their structure, reproduction, habitats, and economic
importance. (Staff)

BOTN 010. PRINCIPLES OF CONSERVATION. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. A study of the
principles of economical use of our natural resources in-
cluding water, soil, plants, minerals, wildlife and man.

(Harrison)

BOTN 116. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF BOTANY (1)

First semester. Prerequisites 20 semester credit hours
in biological sciences including BOTN 001 or equivalent.
Discussion of the development and ideas and knowledge
about plants, leading to a survey of contemporary work
in botanical science. (Staff)

BOTN 136. PLANTS AND MANKIND. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or equivalent.
A survey of the plants which are utilized by man, the
diversity of such utilization, and their historic and
economic significance. (Rappleye)

BOTN 151S. TEACHING METHODS IN BOTANY. (2)

Summer session. Four two-hour laboratory demonstra-
tion periods per week, for eight weeks. Prerequisite, BOTN
001, or equivalent. A study of the biological principles of
common plants, and demonstrations, projects, and visual
aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary
schools. (Lockard)

BOTN 171. MARINE PLANT BIOLOGY. (4)

Summer session. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or General
Biology plus Organic Chemistry or the consent of the
instructor. Five, one-hour lectures and three, 3-hour
laboratories each week for six weeks. An introduction to
the taxonomic, physiological and biochemical charac-
teristics of marine plants which are basic to their role
in the ecology of the oceans and estuaries. Laboratory
fee $12.00. (Krauss and Staff)

BOTN 195. TUTORIAL READING IN BOTANY. (HONORS
COURSE) (2 or 3)

Prerequisite, admission to the Department of Botany
Honors Program. A review of the literature dealing with
a specific research problem in preparation for original
research to be accomplished in Botany 196. Papers will
be assigned and discussed in frequent sessions with
the instructor. (Galloway and Departmental Faculty).

BOTN 196. RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN BOTANY. (HONORS
COURSE) (2 or 3)

Prerequisite, BOTN 195. The candidate for Honors will
pursue a research problem under the direction and
close supervision of a member of the faculty. (Staff)

BOTN 199. SEMINAR. (1)

First and second semesters. Two semester hours maximum
credit. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Discussion
and readings on special topics, current literature, or
problems and progress in all phases of botany. Minor
experimental work may be pursued if facilities and the
qualifications of the students permit. For seniors only,
majors and minors in botany or biological science.

(Terborgh)

BOTN 199-S. NSF SEMINAR. (2)

Seminar in the Sciences for NSF participants only. In-
cludes guest speakers, a field trip to area science labora-
tories, and individual problem work. (Lockard)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

Agriculture 93

BOTN 301. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BOTANY. (1 to 3)

(Staff)

BOTN 302. SEMINAR IN BOTANY. (1)

(Staff)
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

BOTN 101. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and one 4-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites, BOTN 001 and General
Chemistry. Organic Chemistry strongly recommended. A
survey of the general physiological activities of plants.

(Patterson, Lockard)
BOTN 172. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN MARINE RESEARCH.
Summer session. Prerequisites BOTN 001 or general
biology plus Organic Chemistry or consent of instructor.
Recommended concurrent or previous enrollment in BOTN
171, Marine Plant Biology. An experimental approach to
problems in marine research dealing primarily with the
phytoplankton, the larger algae, and marine sperm-
atophytes. Emphasis will be placed on their physiological
and biochemical activities. (Staff)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.
BOTN 204. GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 209. PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 210. PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE— LABORATORY. (1)

(Staff)
BOTN 230. ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 231. PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 232. PLANT BIOPHYSICS. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 233. PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY-BIOPHYSICS
LABORATORY. (4)

(Staff)
PLANT PATHOLOGY

BOTN 020. DISEASES OF PLANTS. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, BOTN 001, or equivalent. An introduc-
tory study of the symptoms and casual agents of plant
diseases and measure for their control. (Klarman)

BOTN 122. RESEARCH METHODS IN PLANT PATHOLOGY. (2)
Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prereq-
uisite, BOTN 020, or equivalent. Advanced training in
the basic research techniques and methods of plant
pathology. (Curtis)

BOTN 127. DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES.
(3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. A study of
various plant diseases grouped according to the manner
in which the host plants are affected. Emphasis will be
placed on recognition of symptoms of the various types
of diseases and on methods of transmission and con-
trol of the pathogens involved. (Bean)
BOTN 152S. FIELD PLANT PATHOLOGY. (1)

Summersession. Daily lectureforthree weeks. Prerequisite,
BOTN 020, or equivalent. Given in accordance with de-
mand. A course for county agents and teachers of voca-
tional agriculture. Discussion and denomination of the
important diseases in Maryland crops. (Kantzes)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.
BOTN 221. PLANT VIROLOGY. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 222. PLANT VIROLOGY LABORATORY. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 223. PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 224. PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI LABORATORY. (1)

(Staff)
BOTN 227. PHYSIOLOGY OF PATHOGENS AND HOST-
PATHOGEN RELATIONSHIPS. (3)

(Staff)
BOTN 241. PLANT NEMATOLOGY. (4)

(Staff)

Taxonomy

BOTN Oil. PLANT TAXONOMY. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 001, or equivalent. An intro-
ductory study of plant classification, based on the col-
lection and identification of local plants. (Brown)

BOTN 128. MYCOLOGY. (4)

Second semester. (Not offered 1971-72.) An introductory
study of the morphology, classification, life histories, and
economics of the fungi. (Motta)

BOTN 153S. FIELD BOTANY AND TAXONOMY. (2)

Summer session. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or General Biol-
ogy. Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight
weeks. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs,
emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals,
keys, and other techniques will be used. Numerous short
field trips will be taken. Each student will make an
individual collection. (Brown)

BOTN 161. SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. (2)

Fall semester. (Not offered 1970-71). Two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequsite, BOTN 01 1 or equivalent.
An advanced study of the principles of systematic botany.
Laboratory practice with difficult plant families including
grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites. Field trips
arranged. (Reveal)

ECOLOGY

BOTN 102. PLANT ECOLOGY. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001. Two lectures
per week. The dynamics of populations as affected by
environmental factors with special emphasis on the
structure and composition of natural plant communities,
both terrestrial and equatic. (Terborgh)

BOTN 103. PLANT ECOLOGY LABORATORY. (1)

Prerequisite, BOTN 102 or its equivalent or concurrent
enrollment therein. One three-hour laboratory period a
week. The application of field and experimental methods
to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegetation
and environmental factors. (Terborgh)

BOTN 113. PLANT GEOGRAPHY. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001, or equivalent. A
study of plant distribution throughout the world and
the factors generally associated with such distribution.

(Brown)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

BOTN 219. ADVANCED PLANT ECOLOGY. (3)

(Staff)

ANATOMY-MORPHOLOGY

BOTN 110. PLANT MICROTECHNIQUE. (3)

Second semester. One lecture a week. Laboratory periods
by arrangement. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or equivalent
and permission of instructor. Preparation of temporary
and permanent mounts, including selection of material,
killing and fixing, embedding, sectioning, and staining
methods; photomicrography, film and paper processing
and preparation of photographic illustrations for re-
search publication. (Stern)

BOTN 111. PLANT ANATOMY. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, BOTN 110. or equivalent. The origin
and development of the organs and tissue systems in
the vascular plants. (Rappleye)

BOTN 115. STRUCTURE OF ECONOMIC PLANTS. (3)

Second semester. (Not offered 1971-72.) One lecture and
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 111. A
detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief
fruit and vegetable crops. (Rappleye)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for description.

GENETICS

BOTN 117. GENERAL PLANT GENETICS. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or equivalent.
The basic principles of plant genetics are presented;
the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors
in relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics
of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and in-
duced mutations of basic and economic significance,
gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy,
and genetics in relation to methods of plant breeding
are the topics considered. (Smith)

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

94 Agriculture

BOTN 215. PLANT CYTOGENETICS. (3)

(Staff
BOTN 216. NUCLEIC ACIDS AND MOLECULAR GENETICS (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 399. M. S. RESEARCH

(Staff)
BOTN 499. PH.D. RESEARCH

(Staff)

ENTOMOLOGY

PROFESSORS: Bickley and Jones

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Harrison, Menzer, Messersmith
and Steinhauer

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Davidson and Reichelderfer

LECTURERS: Heimpel and Spangler

ENTM 004. BEEKEEPING. (2)

First semester. A study of the life history, behavior and
seasonal activities of the honeybee, its place in pollination
of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic impor-
tance and bee lore in literature. (Staff)

ENTM 005. INSECTS. (3)

First and second semesters. A survey of the major
groups of insects, their natural history, and their rela-
tionships with man and his environment.

(Messersmith and Staff)

ENTM 015. INTRODUCTORY ENTOMOLOGY. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, one semester of college
zoology. The position of insects in the animal kingdom,
their gross structure, classification into orders and
principal families and the general economic status of
insects. A collection of common insects is required.

(Messersmith)

ENTIM 020. AGRICULTURAL INSECT PESTS. (3)

Second semester. 2 lectures and one 2-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite BOTN 001 or ZOOL 001. An
introduction to the principal insect pests of fruit, vege-
table, forage, and ornamental crops, with special reference
to Maryland agriculture. Not open to entomology majors.

(Harrison)

ENTM 100. ADVANCED APICULTURE. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour labo-
ratory periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 004. The
theory and practice of apiary management. Designed
for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires
a practical knowledge of bee management. (Staff)

ENTM 105. MEDICAL AND VETERINARY ENTOMOLOGY. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and one two-hour labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 001 or consent
of the Department. A study of the morphology, taxonomy,
biology and control of the arthropod parasites and
disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and
behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmission
will be emphasized. (Messersmith)

ENTM 107. INSECTICIDES. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Depart-
ment. The development and use of contact and stomach
poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with
reference to their chemistry, toxic action, compatibility,
and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Menzer)

ENTM 120. INSECT TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 015. Introduction
to the principles of systematic entomology and the study
of all orders and the important families of insects;
immature forms considered. (Davidson)

ENTM 121S. ENTOMOLOGY FOR SCIENCE TEACHERS. (4)
Summer. Four lectures and four three-hour laboratory
periods a week. This course will include the elements
of morphology, taxonomy and biology of insects using
examples commonly available to high school teachers.
It will include practice in collecting, preserving, rear-
ing and experimenting with insects insofar as time
will permit. (Davidson and Messersmith)

ENTM 122. INSECT MORPHOLOGY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 015. A
basic study of insect form, structure and organization
in relation to function. (Davidson)

ENTM 123. INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, ENTM 015, CHEM
031 or equivalent. Lectures and laboratory exercises on
the cuticle, growth, endocrines, muscles, circulation,
nerves, digestion, excretion and reproduction in insects.

(Jones)

ENTM 124. ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. (4)

First semester. 2 lectures and two 2-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 015. The recognition,
biology and control of insects injurious to fruit and
vegetable crops, field crops and stored products.

(Harrison)

ENTM 125. INSECT PATHOLOGY. (3)

Second semester. 2 lectures and one 3-hour laboratory
period per week. Prerequisite, MICB 001; prerequisite or
concurrent ENTM 123, or consent of the instructor. An
introduction to the principal insect pathogens with
special reference to symptomology, epizootiology, and
microbial control of insect pests. (Reichelderfer)

ENTM 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Credit and prerequisites,
to be determined by the Department. Investigations of
assigned entomological problems. (Staff)

ENTM 199. SEMINAR. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior stand-
ing. Presentation of original work, cSVews and abstracts
of literature. (Staff)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

ENTM 205. INSECT ECOLOGY. (2)

(Staff)

ENTM 206. CULICIDOLOGY. (2)

(Staff)

ENTM 208. TOXICOLOGY OF INSECTICIDES. (4)

(Staff)

ENTM 209. ADVANCES IN INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. (2)

(Staff)

ENTM 210. ENTOMOLOGICAL TOPICS. (Credit arranged)

(Staff)

ENTM 211. ASPECTS OF INSECT BIOCHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)

ENTM 301. ADVANCED ENTOMOLOGY. (1-6)

(Staff)
ENTM 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (Master's Level)

(Staff)
ENTM 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Doctoral Level)

(Staff)

FOOD SCIENCE

PROFESSORS: Young (Animal Science); Davis Arbuckle,
King and Mattick (Dairy Science); Stark , Kramer, Scott
and Wiley (Horticulture); Shaffner (Poultry Science).

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Buric (Animal Science).

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bigbee, and Heath (Poultry
Science).

FDSC 001. INTRODUCTION TO FOOD SCIENCE. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. An introductory course to orient the student in
the broad field of food science. Includes a historical and
economic survey of the major food industries, composition
and nutritive value, quality aspects, spoilage, preserva-
tion, sanitation, standards and regulation of foods.

(Mattick)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

FDSC 102. PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING— 1. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. A study of the basic methods by which foods
are preserved (unit operations). Effect of raw product
quality and the various types of processes on yield and
quality of the preserved products. (Wiley)

FDSC 103. PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING— II. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. A detailed study
of food processing with emphasis on line and staff
operations, including physical facilities, utilities, pre-
and post-processing operations, processing line develop-
ment and sanitation. (Mattick)

Agriculture 95

FDSC 111. FOOD CHEMISTRY. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 010, 012. The application of
basic chemical and physical concepts to the composition
and properties of foods. Emphasis will be on the relation-
ship of processing technology on the keeping quality,
nutritional value and acceptability of foods. (King)

FDSC 112. ANALYTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite CHEM 010, 012. Instrumental and sen-
sory measurement of food quality attributes including
appearance, rheological, flavor, and microbiological
evaluations, and their integration into grades and standards
of quality. (Kramer)

FDSC 113. STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite AGR I 100. Statistical methods for acceptance
sampling of supplies and raw materials, in-plant and
finished product inspection, water, fuel, and waste con-
trol, production, transportation, inventory and budget
controls. (Kramer)

FDSC 125. MEAT AND MEAT PROCESSING. (3)

First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisite CHEM 161 or permis-
sion of instructor. Physical and chemical characteristics
of meat and meat products, meat processing, methods
of testing and product development.

FDSC 131. FOOD PRODUCT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
(3)

Second semester. Two lectures, one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite FDSC 103, CHEM 161, or permission of in-
structor. A study of the research and development func-
tion for improvement of existing products and develop-
ment of new, economically feasible and marketable food
products. Application of chemical-physical character-
istics of ingredients to produce optimum quality prod-
ucts, cost reduction, consumer evaluation, equipment
and package development. (Mattick)

FDSC 156. HORTICULTURAL PRODUCTS PROCESSING. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. Commercial methods of canning,
freezing, dehydrating, fermenting, and chemical pres-
ervation of fruit and vegetable crops. (Wiley)

FDSC 160. TECHNOLOGY OF MARKET EGGS AND POULTRY.
(3)

First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. A study of the technological factors
concerned with the processing, storage, and marketing
of eggs and poultry and the factors affecting their
quality. (Helbacka)

FDSC 175. SEAFOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, CHEM 161 or permis-
sion of instructor. The principal preservation methods
for commercial seafood products with particular reference
to the invertebrates. Chemical and microbiological aspects
of processing are emphasized. (Staff)

FDSC 182. DAIRY PRODUCTS PROCESSING. (3)

First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. Method of production of fluid milk,
butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and
milk products and ice cream. (Mattick)

FDSC 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD SCIENCE. (1-3)
(4 cr. max.)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of
staff. Designed for advanced undergraduates in which
specific problems in food science will be assigned.

(Staff)

FDSC 199. SEMINAR. (1)

Second semesters. Presentation and discussion of cur-
rent literature and research in food science. (Staff)

MECHANICS OF FOOD PROCESSING.

See Agricultural Engineering, AGEN 113.

EXPERIMENTAL FOOD SCIENCE.

See Food and Nutrition, FOOD 153.

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.

FDSC 201. ADVANCES IN FOOD TECHNOLOGY. (3)

(Staff)

FDSC 301. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD SCIENCE. (1 to 4)

(Staff)

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)

FDSC 302. SEMINAR IN FOOD SCIENCE. (1-3)

FDSC 310. COLLOQUIUM IN FOOD SCIENCE. (1)

FDSC 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-12)

FDSC 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (1-12)

(Staff)
Methods of Horticultural Research, see Horticulture, HORT

207.
Research Methods, see Animal Science, ANSC 241.
Recent Advances in Nutrition, see Home Economics, NUTR

204.

GEOLOGY

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Fernow, Segovia, Siegrist and
Stifel

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Maccini and Weidner

GEOL001. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. (3)

First and second semester. A study dealing primarily
with the principles of dynamical and structural geology.
Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and
minerals composing the earth; the movement within it;
and its surface features and the agents that form them.

(Staff)

GEOL 002. HISTORICAL AND STRATIGRAPHIC GEOLOGY.
(3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, GEOL 001. A study of
the earth's history as revealed through the principles
of stratigraphy and the processes of physical geology,
with emphasis on the formations and the geologic
development of the North American continent. (Fernow)

GEOL 004. PHYSICAL GEOLOGY LABORATORY. (1)

First and second semester. One laboratory a week. May
be taken concurrently with a specially designated sec-
tion of GEOL 1 or after successful completion of GEOL
001. The basic materials and tools of physical geology
stressing familiarization with rocks and minerals and
the use of maps in geologic interpretations. (Staff)

GEOL 005. HISTORICAL GEOLOGY LABORATORY. (1)

Second semester. One laboratory a week. Concurrent
registration in GEOL 002 or consent of instructor is
required. The use of geologic maps and fossils in the
study of the physical and biological evolution of the
earth. (Fernow)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

GEOL 120. CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite, CHEM 009 or consent of instructor. An
introduction to the study of crystals. Stresses the
theoretical and practical relationships between the in-
ternal and external properties of crystalline solids. En-
compasses morphological, optical and chemical crystal-
lography. (Siegrist)

GEOL 121. MINERALOGY. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratories a
week. Prerequisite, GEOL 004 and 120 or consent of
instructor. Basic elementary mineralogy with emphasis on
description, identification; formation, occurrence and
economic significance of approximately 150 minerals.

(Siegrist)

GEOL 122. OPTICAL MINERALOGY. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71) One
lecture and two laboratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL
121 or consent of instructor. The optical behavior of
crystals with emphasis on the theory and application
of the petrographic microscope. (Staff)

GEOL 130. INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72). Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL
002 or consent of instructor. ZOOL002 or equivalent recom-
mended. A systematic review of the morphology, classifi-
cation, ecology, and geologic ranges of selected in-
vertebrate groups represented in the fossil record.

(Fernow)

GEOL 131. STRATIGRAPHIC PALEONTOLOGY (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72). Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite. GEOL
130. Principles of biostratigraphy, paleoecoloRy and
paleogeography. Laboratory study emphasizes significant
index fossils. (hernow)

96 Agriculture

GEOL 140. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72.) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL
004 or consent of instructor. A study of the cause and
nature of the physical stresses and resulting defor-
mational responses in the earth. Laboratory exercises in-
clude crustal model studies and stereographic analysis
of deformational structures. (Segovia)

GEOL 141. SEDIMENTATION. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL
004 or consent of instructor. A study of the critical vari-
ables in sedimentation systems; origin, dispersion, ac-
cumulation, and properties of sediments and sedimentary
rocks. Laboratories will include the measurement and
statistical analysis of sediment properties and study of
sedimentation rates. (Stifel)

GEOL 142. IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71). Two
laboratories a week. Prerequisites, GEOL 121 or consent
of instructor. A detailed study of igneous and metamorphic
rocks: pedogenesis; distributions; chemical and miner-
alogical relations; macroscopic descriptions and geologic
significance. (Staff)

GEOL 143. PETROGRAPHY. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 9170-71.) Two
laboratories a week. Prerequisites, GEOL 122, 141, 142 or
consent of instructor. Microscopic thin-section studies
of rocks stressing the description and classification of
igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. (Staff)

GEOL 145. GEOCHEMISTRY. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL
121 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the
chemistry of the earth including high and low temper-
ature equilibria relations between and within important
mineral groups and an analysis of the distribution and
significance of elements and their isotopes in the earth.

(Staff)

GEOL 147. GEOPHYSICS. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72.) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, PHYS
Oil or consent of instructor. An introduction the basic
theories and principles of geophysics stressing such
important applications as rock magnetism, gravity anom-
olies, crustal strain and earthquakes, and surveying.

(Staff)

GEOL 150. GROUNDWATER GEOLOGY. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Prereq-
uisite, GEOL 001 or consent of instructor. An introduction
to the basic geologic parameters associated with the
hydrologic cycle. Problems in the accumulation, distribu-
tion and movement of groundwater will be analyzed.

(Staff)

GEOL 151. MARINE GEOLOGY. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.)
Prerequisite, GEOL 001 or consent of instructor. An in-
troduction to the essential elements of marine and es-
tuarine geology including studies of currents, tides,
waves, coastline development, shore erosion and marine
anc 1 bay sedimentation. (Staff)

uEOL 152. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY i _ METALLIC ORE
DEPOSITS. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Two
laboratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 121 or consent
of instructor. A study of the geology of metallic ore
deposits stressing ore-forming processes, configuration
of important ore bodies, and familiarization with char-
acteristic ore mineral suites. (Staff)

GEOL 153. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY 11 — NON-METALLIC
ORE DEPOSITS. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1970-71.) Two
laboratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 121 or consent
of instructor. A study of the geology of non-metallic ore
deposits: nitrates, phosphates, limestone, etc., and fos-
sil fuels; coal oil, and natural gas. (Staff)

GEOL 154. ENGINEERING GEOLOGY. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72.) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL
004 or consent of instructor. A study of the geological
problems associated with the location of tunnels, bridges,
dams and nuclear reactors; slope control, and natural
hazards. (Segovia)

GEOL 160. EARTH SCIENCE. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An interdisciplin-
ary course designed to show how geology, meteorology,
physical geography, soil science, astronomy and ocean-
ography are interrelated in the study of the earth and
its environment in space. Recommended for science
education undergraduate and graduate students. May
not be used for credit towards geology majors. (Maccini)

GEOL 194. RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY. (1)

First and second semester. Open only to geology majors
in their final year. The student will select and investigate
with departmental assistance a specific library, laboratory
or field study. A written and oral presentation of the
study will determine satisfactory completion of the
course. (Staff)

GEOL 197. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EARTH SCIENCE. (1-3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, GEOL 160 or equivalent.

(Maccmi)

GEOL 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, GEOL 002 and
GEOL 004 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Inten-
sive study of a special geologic subject or technique
selected after consultation with instructor. Intended to
provide training or instruction not available in other
courses which will aid the student's development in
his field of major interest. (Staff)

HORTICULTURE

PROFESSORS: Stark, Haut. Kramer. Link, Reynolds, Scott,
Shanks, Thompson and Wiley.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Soergel.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Angell, Baker and Bouwkamp.

LECTURERS: Borthwick, Hendee and Hornstein.

HORT 005. TREE FRUIT PRODUCTION. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite BOTN 001. Two lectures and
one laboratory per week. A detailed study of the prin-
ciples and practices in fruit production, harvesting and
storage, with emphasis on the apple. One field trip
required. (Thompson)

HORT 006. TREE FRUIT PRODUCTION. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite
HORT 005. A study of the principles and practices in
fruit production, harvesting, and handling of deciduous
tree fruit crops other than the apple. (Thompson)

HORT Oil. GREENHOUSE MANAGEMENT. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite
BOTN 001. A study of the construction and operation of
structures for forcing horticultural crops and the prin-
ciples underlying the regulation of plant growth under
greenhouse conditions. (Shanks)

HORT 012, 013. GREENHOUSE CROP PRODUCTION LABO-
RATORY. (1, 1)
First and Second Semesters. One laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite or concurrent HORT Oil. Demonstration and ap-
plication of practices in the commercial product ion of green-
house crops. (Shanks)

HORT 016. GARDEN MANAGEMENT. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite
BOTN 001. The planting and care of ornamental plan^ on
the home grounds and a study of commonly used species
of annuals and herbaceous perennials. (Baker)

HORT 017. GARDEN MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. (1)

Second semester. One two-hour laboratory per week. Prereq-
uisite or concurrent HORT 01 6. Demonstration and applica-
tion of practices in the production and maintenance of
garden plants. (Baker)

HORT 020. INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF LANDSCAPING.
(3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. The
theory and general principles of landscape design with
their application to public and private areas. (Soergel)

HORT 030. ELEMENTS OF FORESTRY. (3)

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite BOTN
001. Not open to freshmen. A general survey of the field
of forestry, including timber values, conservation, pro-
tection silviculture, utilization, mensuration, engineer-
ing, recreation and lumbering. Principles and practices
of woodland management. Four all-day Saturday field
trips are required. (Hendee)

Agriculture 97

HORT 056. BASIC LANDSCAPE COMPOSITION. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods per
week. The introduction of landscaping presentation tech-
nique, supplemented by problems in basic composition.

(Soergel)

HORT 058. VEGETABLE PRODUCTION. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 001. A study of principles
and practices of commercial vegetable production.

(Reynolds)

HORT 059. BERRY PRODUCTION. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 001. A study of the principles
and practices involved in the production of small fruits
including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries,
and cranberries. (Angell)

HORT 062. PLANT PROPAGATION. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite
BOTN 001. A study of the principles and practices of
the propagation of plants. (Baker)

HORT 063. FLOWER STORE MANAGEMENT. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, HORT Oil. A study of
the operation and management of a flower store. Labora-
tory period devoted to principles and practice of floral
arrangements and decoration. (Link)

For Advanced Undergraduates

HORT 100. PRINCIPLES OF LANDSCAPE DESIGN. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite HORT 020 and HORT 056. A con-
sideration of design criteria and procedure as applied
to residential properties. (Soergel)

HORT 152. ADVANCED LANDSCAPE DESIGN. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. One lecture and two
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite HORT 100, prereq-
uisite or concurrent HORT 108. The design of public and
private areas with the major emphasis on plant materials.

(Soergel)

HORT 153. LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. One lecture and two
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite HORT 100. An
introductory study and application of location methods,
construction details, and construction techniques of the
various landscape objects such as walks, walls, benches,
roads. (Soergel)

HORT 198. SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (2, 2) (4 cr. max.)

First and second semesters. Credit arranged according
to work done. For major students in horticulture or botany.
Four credits maximum per student. (Staff)

HORT 199. SEMINAR. (1)

Second semester. Oral presentation of the results of
investigational work by reviewing recent scientific litera-
ture in the various phases of horticulture. (Stark)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

HORT 101. TECHNOLOGY OF FRUITS. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite
HORT 006; prerequisite or concurrent BOTN 101. A critical
analaysis of research work and applicaton of the prin-
ciples of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to
practical problems in commercial production.

(Thompson)

HORT 103. TECHNOLOGY OF VEGETABLES. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite
HORT 058; prerequisite or concurrent BOTN 101. A critical
analysis of research work and application of the principles
of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical
problems of commercial vegetable production.

(Reynolds)

HORT 105. TECHNOLOGY OF ORNAMENTALS. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite or
concurrent BOTN 101. A study of the physiological pro-
cesses of the plant as related to the growth, flowering
and storage of ornamental plants. (Link)

HORT 107, 108. WOODY PLANT MATERIALS. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, BOTN Oil. A
field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines
used in ornamental plantings. (Baker)

HORT 109. PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING HORTICULTURAL
PLANTS. (3)

Second semester. Alternate years. Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite. BOTN 117 or permission of instructor.
The genetic and cytogenetic basis of plant breeding.

Systems of pollination control, theories of selection,
heterosis and quantitative inheritance; mutation breed-
ing; interspecific hybridization, induced polyploidy and
haploidy. (Bouwkamp)

HORT 114. SYSTEMATIC HORTICULTURE. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and
horticultural classification of fruits and vegetables.

(Angell)
HORT 115S. TRUCK CROP MANAGEMENT. (1)

Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers
of vocational agriculture and extension agents. Special
emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods
of production of the leading truck crops. Current problems
and their solution will receive special attention. (Staff)
HORT 124S. TREE AND SMALL FRUIT MANAGEMENT. (1)
Summer session only. Primarily designed for vocational
agriculture teachers and county agents. Special emphasis
will be placed upon new and improved commercial methods
of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops.
Current problems and their solution will receive special
attention. (Staff)

HORT 125S. ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE. (1)

Summer session only. A course designed for teachers
of agriculture and extension agents to place special
emphasis on problems of the culture and use of orna-
mental plants. (Staff)
HORT 161. PHYSIOLOGY OF MATURATION AND STORAGE
OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS. (2)

Second semester alternate years. Two lectures a week.
Prerequisite, BOTN 101. Factors related to maturation
and application of scientific principles to handling
and storage of horticultural crops. (Scott)

HORT 162. FUNDAMENTALS OF GREENHOUSE CROP
PRODUCTION. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. Three lectures per week.
Prerequisite HORT Oil. This course deals with a study of
the commercial production and marketing of ornamental
plant crops under greenhouse, plastic houses and out-
of-door conditions. (Shanks)
HORT 163. PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF WOODY
PLANTS. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite or concurrent
HORT 062; 108. A study of the production methods and
operation of a commercial nursery and the .planting
and care of woody plants in the landscape. (Link)

For Graduates

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions.
HORT 207. METHODS OF HORTICULTURAL RESEARCH. (3)

(Staff)
HORT 211. EDAPHIC FACTORS AND HORTICULTURAL
PLANTS. (3)

(Staff)
HORT 212. CHEMICAL REGULATION OF GROWTH OF
HORTICULTURAL PLANTS. (3)

(Staff)
HORT 213. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS AND
HORTICULTURAL PLANTS. (3)

(Staff)
HORT 214. BREEDING OF HORTICULTURAL PLANTS. (3)

(Staff)
HORT 301. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HORTICULTURE. (1-3)

(Staff)
HORT 302. ADVANCED SEMINAR. (1, 1)

(Staff)
HORT 399. THESIS RESEARCH (1-12)

(Staff)
HORT 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (1-12)

(Staff)
Seed Inspection, Seed Certification,
and Weed Control

The Seed Inspection Service administers the
state seed law; inspects seeds sold throughout the
state; collects seed samples for laboratory examina-
tion; reports the results of the examinations to the
parties concerned; publishes summaries of these
reports which show the relative reliability of the
label information supplied by wholesale seedsmen;

98 Agriculture

cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for plant-
ing in the state; makes analysis, tests, and examina-
tions of seed samples submitted to the laboratory;
and advises seed users regarding the economic and
intelligent use of seeds. In 1969, new laws pertain-
ing to the control of noxious weeds and correct
labeling of turf products were enacted.

The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not
restricted to the enforcement of the seed law, how-
ever, for state citizens may submit seed samples
to the laboratory for analysis, test, or examination.
Specific information regarding suitability for plant-
ing purposes of seeds is thus made available to in-
dividuals without charge.
State Horticultural Department

Work in this field is designed to control insects
and plant diseases and to protect the public in the
purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A
considerable part of staff time is occupied by in-
spection of orchards, crops, nurseries, greenhouses,
and floral establishments. Cooperation with the
federal government in the inspection and certifica-
tion of materials that come under quarantine regula-
tions is another major function of the Department.
The Department enforces the provisions of the Apiary
Law, including inspection of apiaries. It also regulates
the use of pesticides under provisions of a new law
enacted in 1969.
State Department of Dranage

The State Departmentof Drainage wasestablished
in 1937. Its duties are to encourage and assist with
the drainage of agricultural lands in the state, to
correlate the activities of the local drainage organiza-
tions in the state, and to cooperate with state
and federal agencies in the interest of a permanent
program of improved drainage.
State Inspection Service

The protection of consumers and manufacturers
of agricultural products against fraudulent practices
makes certain specialized laws necessary. These
are classified as correct labeling laws, and are en-
forced by the State Inspection Service. Included in
this legislation are the Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural
Liming Materials, and Pesticide Laws.
Soil Conservation

In 1937 the Maryland Legislature created the
State Soil Conservation Committee in Maryland.
The twenty-four districts organized under the law
include all the land in the state.

The State Committee is charged with the responsi-
bility of coordinating the efforts of the districts
and encouraging the application of soil and water
conservation practices.

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION
Irvin C. Haut, Director

The Agricultural Experiment Station serves
Maryland agriculture in much the same manner as
research laboratories serve large corporations. The
problems which face' a biological and business under-
taking such as agriculture are as numerous and
perplexing as the problems of any business.

The station is a joint federal and state under-
taking. Passage of the Hatch Act of 1887, which
made available a grant-in-aid to each state for the
purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment
station, gave a great impetus to the development
of research work in agriculture. This work was further
encouraged by the passage of the Adams Act in
1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead-Jones
Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946.

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, which is supported by these Acts and
by State appropriations, centers at College Park.
On the University campus are laboratories for study-
ing insects and diseases, soil fertility, botanical
problems, and the economics of our agricultural in-
dustry and its interrelationship with our total econ-
omy. This is also the location of the livestock and
dairy barns with their experimental herds.

About eight miles from the campus at College
Park, near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of
about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with
soil fertility, plant breeding and general crop produc-
tion problems. An experimental farm near Upper
Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobacco
growing and curing. A farm near Salisbury is de-
voted to solution of the problems of producers of
broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern
Eastern Shore area. Two experimental farms are
operated near Ellicott City; one is devoted to live-
stock problems arid the other to dairy cattle nutri-
tion and forage research. Also tests of various crop
and soil responses are distributed throughout the
state. These different locations provide the oppor-
tunity to conduct experiments under conditions
existing where the results will be put into practice.

AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE
Robert E. Wagner, Director

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and
home economics, established by state and federal
laws in 1914, extends practical agricultural and
home information beyond the classrooms of the
University of Maryland to young people, farmers,
homemakers, and people in businesses relating to
agriculture and home economics.

The educational endeavors of the Cooperative
Extension Service are financed cooperatively by
the federal, state, and county governments. In each
county there is a competent staff of Extension
agents assigned to conduct educational work in
rather specific program areas consistent with the
needs of the people in the county and as funds
permit. The county staff is supported by a staff of
specialists located at the University, and through
their mutual efforts they assist local people in
seeking solutions to problems.

The Cooperative Extension Service works in
close harmony and association with all groups and
organizations. In addition to the work on the farms
and in the farm homes, the Extension program is
aimed at the many rural, non-farm, and urban clien-
tele who service the agricultural industries of the
state, including consumers. Thousands of boys and
girls gain leadership knowledge and experience
and are provided practical educational instruction
in 4-H clubs and other youth groups.

The Cooperative Extension Service in coopera-
tion with the College of Agriculture and the Ex-
periment Station arranges and conducts short
courses, workshops, and conferences in various
lines, many of which are held at the University.

STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE PROGRAMS

Charles P. Ellington, Director

The state law provides that the Board of Regents
of the University of Maryland shall constitute the
Maryland State Board of Agriculture. While the
Serivice and Control programs are part of the
University, they are designed primarily to carry
out the functions of the State Board of Agriculture.
Numerous services are performed which result

Agriculture 99

in the improvement and maintenance of high
standards in production, processing and distribution
of farm products. In addition, many control or regula-
tory activities are authorized by state law and are
carried out by the following departments of the
State Board of Agriculture:
Dairy Inspection

Duties of the dairy inspection force deal with
the calibration of glassware used in testing milk
and cream; examination of all weighers, samplers,
and testers and the issuance of licenses to those
satisfactorily passing the examination; and inspec-
tion of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers,
testers, and dairy plants.
Department of Markets

Activities of the Department of Markets serve to
insure a fair and equitable treatment of the farmer
in all dealings which he may have concerning the
marketing of his products. In the performance of
these responsibilities, the Department conducts mar-
ket surveys, compiles and disseminates marketing
information and market data, operates a market
news service, provides an agricultural inspection
and grading service, maintains a consumer informa-

tion service, and enforces the agricultural market
ing laws of the state. The control work of the de-
partment is carried out under the authority of
various state laws relating to the marketing of farm
products.

Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury,
Hancock, and Pocomoke.
MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE

The Livestock Sanitary Service is charged with
the responsibility of preventing the introduction of
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of
the state and with control and eradication of such
diseases within the state.

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of
diseases are furnished in the main laboratory at
College Park and in the branch laboratories at
Salisbury, Preston, Centreville, Bel Air, Frederick,
and Oakland.

Meat inspection is carried out under the Mary-
land Wholesome Meat Act of 1968. The act re-
quires ante and post mortem inspection of all
animals and their carcasses if used for human
food, as well as processing and sanitation inspec-
tion.

100 Agriculture

Architecture

The School of Architecture offers a five-year un-
dergraduate professional program leading to the de-
gree, Bachelor of Architecture. Future plans include
development of other environmental design pro-
grams at the graduate and undergraduate level.

The School is following established procedures of
the National Architectural Accreditation Board, and
it is anticipated that it will be accredited in accor-
dance with policies of the NAAB, insuring that pres-
ent and future students will be eligible for registra-
tion in all fifty states upon meeting experience re-
quirements and passing the standard examination.
The School is an associate member of the Associa-
tion of Collegiate Schools of Architecture, and is
assigned to that organization's Northeastern Region.

The curriculum presents the basic knowledge and
the opportunity to develop the requisite skills to be-
ginning professional work. The School's goal is to pre-
pare students for professional service in helping ame-
liorate the nation's environmental problems.

OPPORTUNITIES IN ARCHITECTURE

A rapidly expanding population, together with
rapidly developing industrial civilization, has taxed
the resources of cities throughout the world. Large
segments of these urban populations are overcrowd-
ed, underserviced, and deprived of many of the
amenities which city life historically symbolizes.
Many cities find themselves on the edge of eco-
nomic, political, and social disaster. Whole ethnic,
racial, and economic groups live in a continuing
situation of environmental frustration. This urban
crisis, which has come to fruition over the last gen-
eration, promises to dominate our domestic life in
the United States for at least the generation to
come.

The very complexity of these problems, preclud-
ing easy attribution of causes and obviating simple
solutions, has generated great changes intheenviron-
mental design professions and in the other social dis-
ciplines. Where they once stood part, they are nowcom-
mitted to a common purpose. Each of them has had to
broaden its vision of service and concern, and has
come to recognize the worth and value of the tech-
niques and insights of the others.

In architecture, these exchanges have influenced
the procedures, scope of services, and goals of the
profession. Recent years have seen the introduction of
the ideas of urban sociology and the behavioral sci-
ences into the area of professional concern, of the
inclusion into professional procedures of linear pro-
gramming, computer technology, operations re-
search, mathematical and gaming simulation, and
the use of analogue models. The scope of architec-
tural services, once confined to the design of and
supervision of construction of buildings, has been
broadened to include programming, developmental
planning, operations research, project feasibility
studies and other new professional activities. Fi-
nally, the role of the architect is expanding from a
narrow concern with building design to a broad con-
cern for developmental change, and his goal has
developed from a preoccupation with beauty to a
commitment to contributing to the enhancement of
the quality of life.

These observations indicate both the great need
for educated and trained professionals, and the rele-
vancy and excitement which characterize the profes-
sion today. Perhaps at no time in history has archi-
tecture posed as great a challenge, nor offered so
great a promise of personal fulfillment to its success-
ful practitioners. There are many opportunities for
employment and careers in architectural practice.

Architecture

101

Additional education and experience also qualify
a graduate for a career in city or regional planning.
Moreover, the general nature of an architectural
education is such that some graduates elect and
achieve successful careers in civil service, commerce
or industry in related fields.

THE CURRICULUM

The program permits students to enter the School
either directly from high school or after one year of
general college work without extending the time re-
quired for completion of degree requirements.

Students in the first year may take an introductory
course in the history of architecture as well as general
courses. In the second year, the student begins his
professional education in the basic environmental
design studio course as well as continuing his gen-
eral education. The basic environmental design
studio explores the parameters which define archi-
tectural problems as well as the problems inherent
in making objects and making spaces. In the third
year, coordinated courses in design and building
systems introduce the student to the Ecological,
physiographic, physiological and physical gener-
ators of architectural design, and the student is
given an introduction into building technology. In
the fourth year, this process is continued, but the
emphasis is on urban, design factors: the environ-
mental context, the historical and situation context,
urban metabolic factors, and theoretical, aesthetic
and sociological considerations. In the fifth year of
design, the student is offered an opportunity to
choose a comprehensive topical problem from sev-
eral offered each year including special studies in
technical areas as well as building design and plan-
ning case studies.

All of the design studio courses emphasize en-
vironmental design problem solving experiences to
advance the student's skill in the field, as well as
lectures, reading assignments, field trips, etc. In
addition to the design and technical courses, the
student is required to take four semesters of archi-
tectural history, of which two are optional, several
liberal and physical sciences, and a number of elec-
tives and professional electives. The latter may be
chosen from among those offered by the School's
faculty as well as from among selected courses of-
fered by other departments. A list of professional
electives is presented elsewhere in this section.

The general education requirements of the Uni-
versity apply generally to the architecture program,
but architectural students are specifically required
to complete math through Math 014 and 015. Most
students find it necessary to begin college math
with Math 018, followed by Math 014 and 015. In
addition, architecture students are required to com-
plete Physics 010, Biology 1 and Computer Science
012.

LOCATION

A permanent contemporary, air-conditioned
building for the School is anticipated in the aca-
demic year 1971-72. Planning for this facility is
completed, and construction has begun.

Meanwhile, temporary facilities in a World War
II wooden, one-story barracks complex on the cam-
pus provide adequate studio space, a library, ex-
hibit space, classroom and lecture hall facilities,
and office space.

LIBRARY

The Architectural School Library at present com-
prises some 6,000 volumes. It is expected that the
library will number twelve tofifteen thousand volumes
bv 1971 This will make it one of the major architec-
tural school libraries in the nation. The library sub-
scribes to about 100 foreign and domestic periodicals
providing resources in urban sociology, building tech-
nology, and urban planning as well as in architec-
ture.

The visual aids library presently comprises about
20,000 35-mm. color slides in architecture, land-
scape architecture and urban planning.

ADMISSION

Because there is a fixed limit to the number of can-
didates who can be admitted each year, it is important
that the following instructions be carefully followed:

1. Students applying from high school:
Write the Director of Admissions, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742 for appli-
cation instructions;

2. Students who have completed work at other
universities: Write the Director of Admissions, Univer-
sity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland20742forap-
plication instructions;

3. Students transferringfrom othercollegesof
the University of Maryland: Please pick up an applica-
tion record form at the School of Architecture, and re-
turn it to the Assistant Dean of the School, together
with a record of all work taken at the University of
Maryland.

Deadlines: All application procedures should
be completed and materials in hand at the Univer-
sity by March 1. Applications received after this
date, but before the University deadline dates for
new students and for transfer students, will be con-
sidered only on a space-available basis.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

For promising young men and women who might
not otherwise be able to attend the University's School
of Architecture, a number of grants and scholarships
are available, some earmarked specifically for archi-
tectural students. New students must apply before
March 15th. Students already enrolled may apply be-
fore May 1st. All requests for information concerning
these awards should be directed to: Director, Student
Aid, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland
20742.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

Since the School is entering its fourth year of
operation all of its proposed courses have not yet
been approved by appropriate University authorities.
Consequently, the five-year curriculum in Architec-
ture which follows is labelled "tentative". However,
it can be anticipated that most, if not all, require-
ments will be approved.

Students in architecture are required to complete
a minimum of 170 credits of work for the Bachelor of
Architecture degree. In addition to prescribed courses
in the School of Architecture, students are required to
complete a number of credits in electives offered else-
where in the University. The requirements for grad-
uation are tabulated below:

Studio Courses

Systems & Technology Courses
Architectural History Courses
Math .

36creans
1 6 credits
12 credits
9 credits

702

Architecture

Computer Science 3 credits

Physics 8 credits

Theory of Urban Form 3 credits

Professional Proctice 2 credits

Professional Elecfives 1 7 to 38 credits

Electives 1 5 to 36 credits

General Education 24 (see curriculum)
PE 2 credits

Health 2 credits

1 70 credits (minimum)

Distribution

Minimum architecture courses 69 credits

Generol Education, Math, Physics, Health & PE. , 48 credits

Professional Electives and Electives . , 53 credits

170 credits

Tentative Five-Year Curriculum in Architecture

FIRST YEAR
Fall

■(G.E.) (Social Science Option)... 3

(G.E.)Math 18" 3

(G.E.) English I 3

(G.E.) (History Option) 3

Arch. 014 Hist, Mod. Env. Des. 3

PE 1

Health 5 2

"G E refer* to cowrie* meeting University gem
"Slwdenti moy be placed directly in Moth 14 or

SECOND YEAR
Fall

Arch. 020 Basic Env. Design 4

(G.E.) Physics 10 4

(G.E.) English 4 3

(G.E.) Math 15 3

Prof. Elective or Elective" 3

Spring

(G.E.) (Social Science Option) 3

(G.E.) Math 14 3

(G.E.) English 3 3

(G.E.) (History Option) 3

Arch. 015 Hist. Mod. Env. Des, 3

PE. 1
P.E.

THIRD YEAR
Fall

Arch. 130 Arch. Studio 1
Arch. 132 Building Systems 1 ...

Architectural History

Arch. 136 Theory of Urban Form
Prof. Elective or Elective"

FOURTH YEAR
Fall

Arch. 140 Arch. Studio 3

Arch. 142 Building Systems 3...

Prof. Elective"

Prof. Elective or Elective--
Elective

FIFTH YEAR
Fall

Arch. 1 50 Adv. Topical Prob..

Prof. Electives"

Arch. 151 Prof. Practice

Elective

gher by review of high school & SAT record

Spring

Arch. 021 Basic Env. Design 4

Biology I... 3

(G.E.) (Art survey recommended) 3

Computer Science 12 3

Prof. Elective or Elective-- 3

~ VI

Spring

Arch. 131 Arch. Studio 2 4

Arch. 133 Building Systems 2... 4

Architectural History 3

Prof. Elective or Elective-- 3

Elective 3

"17

Spring

Arch. 141 Arch. Studio 4. 4

Arch. 143 Building Systems 4... 4

Prof. Elective" 3

Prof. Elective or Elective-r 3

Elective 3

Spring

Arch. 152 Adv. Topical Prob 6

Prof. Electives*- 5

Prof. Elective or Elective— 3

Elective 3

~T7

sveral History of Archil
i of Professional Elect.v

{May be taken in other

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

The following courses are presently accepted by the faculty in Architecture
as meeting the professional elective requirements.

Course Course Name Credits Prerequisites

ANTHROPOLOGY

001 Intro, to Anth: Archaeol.

ond Phy 3 Meets G.E.

002 Intro, to Anth:

Cult. Anth & Ling 3 none

021 Man and Environment 3 Soph. stdg.

041 Intro, to Archaeology 3 Soph. stdg.

101 Cultural Anthropology 3 Anth. 1 or 2 or 21

141 Archaeology of Old World 3 Anth. 1 or 41

151 Archaeology of New World 3 Anth. 1 or 41

ARCHITECTURE

080 Basic Photography ... 2 Perm, of Insfr.

081 Advanced Photography 2 Arch. 80

180 Theories and Lit. of Architecture 3 Perm, of Instr.

182 Signs, Symbols & Messages

in Arch 3 Perm, of Instr.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

163 Lobor Relations 3 Jr. stdg

170 Prin. of Transportation 3 Econ. 37 and jr. stdg.

1 76 Urban Trans & Urb. Oev 3

180. 181 Business Law 3

195 Real Estate Prm 3

196 Urban Land Management 3

COMPUTER SCIENCE

100 Language & Struct, of

Computers 3

140 Struct of Pr 3

150 Data & Storage Strui • 3

166 Functional Organization of Digital

Computer Systems 3

ECONOMICS

37 Fund, of Economics ,.. 3

120 Intro, to Reg, & Urban Econ 3

142 Intro, to Public Finance 3

144 State & Local Public Finance 3

1 71 Economics of American

Industry 3

GENERAL EDUCATION

GNED 60 Intro, to Interdisciplinary

Urban Studies . 3

GEOGRAPHY

10 General Geography 3

191 Population Geography 3

197 Urban Geography 3

GEOLOGY

001 Geology ..

004 Physical Geology Lab.

INFORMATION SYSTEM MANAGEMENT

101 Electronic Data Processing., 3

102 Electronic Data Processing

Applications i

PSYCHOLOGY

001 Intro, to Psych 3

021 Social Psychology 3

136 Applied Exper. Psychology 3

SOCIOLOGY

001 Intro, to Sociology 3

014 Urban Sociology 3

051 Social Pathology 3

113 The Rural Community 3

114 TheCity 3

118 Community Organization 3

123 Ethnic Minorities 3

124 Sociology of Race Relations 3

148 Sociology of the Arts 3

STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY

50 Intro, to Random Variables 4

Econ. 37 ond jr. stdg
Jr. stdg

Econ. 37 & \r stdg.
Jr. stdg.

CMSC 12

Jr. stdg, CMSC 100

Jr. stdg.. CMSC 100

Jr stdg, CMSC 100

soph. stdg.
Perm, of Instr.
Econ. 37
Econ. 37

Econ. 37

none

Geog. 10, Perm, of Instr.

Jr. stdg.

Jr. std., CMSC 12
Jr. stdg.. ISM 101

meets G.E.

Psych. 1

Psych. 1 or Perm, of Instr.

meets G.E.

Soc. 1

Soc. 1, soph. stdg.

Soc. 1, jr. stdg.

Soc. 1, |r. stdq.

Soc. 1, |r. stdg.

Soc. 1, ;r. stdg.

Soc. I, jr. stdg.

Soc. 1, jr. stdg.

ART

Life Drawing

FACULTY

PROFESSORS: Cochran, Murtagh, Hill.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ekstrom, Hutton, Schack, Shaeffer,

D. Wiebenson, J. Wiebenson.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bell. Chabrowe, Lewis.
INSTRUCTORS: Alley, Kaskey, Michel.
LECTURERS: Carter, Long (Visiting), Sellers (Visiting), Wilkins.

COURSE DESCRIPTION

ARCH 014. HISTORY OF MODERN ENVIRONMENTAL DE-
SIGN (3)
Survey of architectural history. Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 015 HISTORY OF MODERN ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN
(3)

Prerequisite Arch. 014— Survey of architectural history.
Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 020. BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN (4)

Introduction to the processes of visual and architectural de-
sign, including the study of visual design fundamentals.
Field problems involving the student in the study of actual
developmental problems. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week.

ARCH 021. BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN (4)

Prequisite Architecture 20. Introduction to the proc-
esses of visual and architectural design, including the
study of visual design fundamentals, F^eid problems in-
volving the student in the study of actual developmental
problems. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week.

ARCH 030. INTRODUCTION TO THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT (3)
Introduction of (1) conceptual, perceptual, behavioral and
technical aspects of the environment; and. (2) methods of

Architecture

J 03

analysis, problem solving and implementation. For students
not majoring in architecture. Prerequisites: None. Lecture,
seminar, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 080. BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY (2)

Provides a student with the basic concepts of clarity and
organization on a two-dimensional surface and stresses
photography as a tool for visual communication. Lecture 1
hour per week — 3 hours lab a week.

ARCH 081. ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY (2)

Prerequisite Architecture 080. Allows the student to in-
vestigate independently areas of photographic communica-
tion not covered in the basic course, lecture, 1 hour per
week; 3 hours lab.

ARCH 130. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO I (4)

Prerequisites Arch. 020 & Arch. 021. Develops a basic
understanding of the elements of environmental control,
basic structural systems, building processes, materials,
and the ability to manipulate them. Lecture, studio, 9
hours per week. Corequisite— Architecture 132.

ARCH 131. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO II (4)

Prerequisite: Architecture 130. Develops a basic under-
standing of the forms generated by different structural
systems, environmental controls and methods of con-
struction. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week. Corequisite
—Arch. 133.

ARCH 132. BUILDING SYSTEMS 1(4)

Prerequisites: Math 15, Physics 11 and Arch 021. Intro-
duction to architectural science and technology treating
principles of structures, environmental mechanical
controls, and construction. Corequisite: Architecture
130. Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week.

ARCH 133. BUILDING SYSTEMS II (4)

Prerequisite: Architecture 130 and 132. Develops working
knowledge of the design principles and parameters of three
areas of architectural science and technology: structures,
environmental - mechanical controls, and construction.
Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week. Corequisite: Architec-
ture 131.

ARCH 135. STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE (3)

Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Architectural innovations from the Carolingian
through the Gothic periods. Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 136. THEORY OF URBAN FORM (3)

Urban spatial forms of the past and present; theories of de-
sign of complexes of buildings, urban space and communi-
ties. Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 140. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO III (4)

Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on compre-
hensive building design and introduction to urban design
factors. Prerequisites: Architecture 131 and Architecture
133. Corequisite: Architecture 142, except by permission of
the Dean. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week.

ARCH 141. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO IV (4)

Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on urban
design factors. Prerequisites: Architecture 140 and Archi-
tecture 142. Corequisite: Architecture 143, except by per-
mission of the Dean. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week.

ARCH 142. BUILDING SYSTEMS III (4)

Applications of principles in architectural structures, en-
vironmental controls and construction. Prerequisites:

Architecture 131 and Architecture 133. Corequisite: Archi-
tecture 140. Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week.

ARCH 143. BUILDING SYSTEMS IV (4)

Applications of principles and further analysis of systems
and hardware in architectural structures, environmental
controls and construction. Prerequisites: Architecture 140
and Architecture 142. Corequisite: Architecture 141.
Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week.

ARCH 144. STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE ARCHITECTURE (3)
Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Study of Renaissance architectural principles
and their development in the Baroque period. Lecture, 3
hours per week.

ARCH 145. STUDIES IN MODERN ARCHITECTURE (3)

Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Study of Architectural problemsfrom 1750tothe
present. Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 154. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE, 17TH
CENTURY TO 19TH CENTURY (3)

History of American Architecture — 17th to 19th Century.
Prerequisite— Architecture 014 and 015. Lecture, 3 hours
per week.

ARCH 155. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE. 19TH
AND 20TH CENTURY (3)

Prerequisite: Architecture 014, 015 and 154. History of
American Architecture 19th and 20th Centuries. Lecture,
3 hours per week.

ARCH 164. INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF
ARCHITECTURE (3)

Permission of the instructor. Independent research in
architectural history. Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 165. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE (1-4)
Directed study under individual faculty guidance with en-
rollment limited to advanced undergraduate students.
Project proposals must receive a recommendation from the
School Curriculum Committee and approval of the Dean of
the School prior to registration. Public oral presentation to
the faculty of a final report or project will be required at
final submission for credit.

ARCH 180. THEORIES AND LITERATURE OF ARCHITECTURE
(3)

Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Provides an understanding of some historical
and present theories of architectural design readings and
seminar discussions. Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 182. SIGNS, SYMBOL AND MESSAGES IN ARCHITEC-
TURE (3)

Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Class limited to 15-20 students. Signs and
symbols in buildings and cities, messages conveyed and
purposes for conveying these messages. Readings, photo-
graphic reports and minor problem-solving assignments.
Lecture, 3 hours per week.

ARCH 185. ECONOMIC DETERMINANTS OF ARCHITECTURE
(3)

Introduction of economic aspects of present day architec-
ture: governmental policy, land evaluation, and project
financing; construction materials and labor costs; cost
analysis and control systems. Architecture majors, except
by permission of instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per
week.

104

Architecture

Arts and Sciences

THECOLLEGEOFARTSANDSCIENCESoffersits
students a liberal education. It seeks to develop grad-
uates who can deal intelligently with the problems
which confront them and whose general education
will be a continuing source not only of material well-
being but of genuine personal satisfaction. It also of-
fers each student the opportunity to concentrate in
the field of his choice; this element of depth serves
both as an integral part of his education and as a
foundation for further professional training or pur-
suits.

This College is an outgrowth of the Division of Lan-
guage and Literature and the Division of Applied Si-
ence and the later School of Liberal Arts of Maryland
State College. In 1921 the School of Liberal Arts and
the School of Chemistry were combined and other
physical and biological sciences were brought into
the newly formed College of Arts and Sciences. In
later reorganizations some departments have been
added and some transferred to the admin istrative con-
trol of other colleges."

ADMISSION

The requirements for admission to the College of
Arts and Sciences are, in general, the same as those
for admission to the other colleges and schools of the
University. Application must be made to the Director
of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland.

The student who intends to pursue a program of
study in the College of Arts and Sciences should in-

•The Departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, although ad-
ministratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses for
Arts ond Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these deportments as in those of
the departments administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.

elude the following subjects in his high school pro-
gram: English, four units; college preparatory math-
ematics (algebra, plane geometry), three or four units;
foreign language, two or more units; biology, chemis-
try, or physics, two units; history and social sciences,
one or more units.

The student who wishes to major in chemistry,
mathematics, physics, botany, microbiology, zoology,
or who wishes to follow a pre-medical or pre-dental
program, should include four units of college prepara-
tory mathematics (algebra, plane geometry, trig-
onometry, and more advanced mathematics, if avail-
able). He should also include chemistry and physics

DEGREES

Students of this College who satisfactorily com-
plete curricula with majors in departments of the hu-
manities or social sciences are awarded the degree of
Bachelor of Arts." Those who satisfactorily complete
curricula with majors in the Department of Mathema-
ics or the biological and physical sciences are
awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science.' Those
whocomplete satisfactorily a special professional pro-
gram in the Department of Music are awarded the
degree of Bachelor of Music.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts
and Sciences may be conferred upon a student who
has satisfied the following requirements:

1. General Education requirements.

•The Department of Botany, although administered by the College of Agriculture, offers
courses for Arts and Sciences students. A major may be elected in this department as
in those of the departments administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.

Arts and Sciences

JOS

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements.

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS

1. FOREIGN LANGUAGE. Students in the College of
Arts and Sciences must follow one of the following
options in foreign language:

a. They may take twelve semester hours in a

classical language at the level indicated un-
der Classical Languages and Literature

b. Students who begin a modern foreign language

in the University must successfully complete
the study of that language in any authorized
sequence, through Course 007 in all lan-
guages; however, Course 008 in German
may be taken by science majors in lieu of
007.

c. Students who continue in the University a lan-

guage studied for two or more years in secon-
dary school may choose, in French, German, or
Spanish, between enrolling in Course 005 or
taking a placement examination (students be-
ginning in Courses 005, 006, or 007 must con-
tinue in any authorized sequence through
Course 007). Students who score higher than
the Course 007 level on the placement exam-
ination thereby fulfill the College language re-
quirement. In modern languages other than
French, German, or Spanish (i.e., languages
which do not have a Course 005), all students
must take a placement examination.*

The languages which may be offered to meet this
requirement are Classical Languages (Greek or Latin)
or modern foreign languages. Students who wish to
offer a foreign language not included in this list should
consult the chairman of the appropriate foreign lan-
guage department for a recommendation to the
Dean.

Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by
offering twelve hours of English in addition to the reg-
ular English requirement. The special course in Eng-
lish for foreign students (FOLA 001, 002) may be in-
cluded in the additional hours of English. (This option
may not be used by pre-medical students). A foreign
student may not meet the foreign language require-
ment by taking freshman or sophomore courses in his
native language.

Normally a student shall not be permitted to repeat
a foreign language course below Course 009 for credit
if he has successfully completed a higher numbered
course than the one he wishes to repeat. Credit (includ-
ing elective credit) will be given fora language Course
001 only if credit has been earned in additional courses
in the same language.

2. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS. Twelve
semester hours are required, except for candidates
for the Bachelor of Music degree (who must satisfy
the minimum General Education requirement, how-
ever). The science courses elected require the ap-
proval of the Dean; departments in which courses
may be selected are the same as those listed under
the General Education requirements.

3. SPEECH. Normally, students in the arts area take
SPCH 001 (3 hours), while those in the science area
take 007 (2 hours). In certain specialized programs,
other courses may be required. The foreign student
should register for 003— Fundamentals of General

■A placement test is given during registration week for students wishing to pursue o
modern language they hove studied in high school.

American Speech— rather than the speech course
normally required in his curriculum.

4. MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS. Specific de-
scriptions of the departmental, inter-departmental, or
pre-professional majors are found, in alphabetical or-
der, along with the course offerings in the second sec-
tion of this catalog. The general College regulations
controlling majors (and minors) are as follows. ' '

Each student chooses a field of concentration
(major). He may make this choice as early as he
wishes; however, once he has earned 56 hours of ac-
ceptable credit he must choose a major before his
next registration.

In the program leading to the B. A. degree, the stu-
dent must also havea secondaryf ieldof concentration
(minor). The courses constituting the major and the
minor must conform to the requirements of the de-
partment in which the work is done.

The student must have an average of not less than
"C" in the introductory courses in the field in which
he intends to major.

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass
departmental requirements, of 24-40 hours, of which
at least twelve must be in courses numbered 100 or
above, and at least twelve of which must be taken in
the University of Maryland.

A minor in programs leading to the B.A. degree
shall consist of a coherent group of courses totaling
18 semester hours in addition to the requirements list-
ed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in a
single department in courses numbered 100 or above.
The courses comprising the minor must be chosen
with the approval of the major department. Except in
certain specialized curricula approved by the Dean,
not more than nine hours of the minor may be taken
in courses outside of the College of Arts and Sciences.

No minor is required in programs leading to the
B.S. degree, but the student must take supporting
courses in science or other fields as specified by his
major department.

The average grade of the work taken for the major
must be at least "C"; some departments will count to-
ward satisfaction of the major requirement no course
completed with a grade of less than "C." The average
grade of the work taken in the major and minor com-
bined must be at least "C." A general average of "C"
in courses taken at the University of Maryland is re-
quired for graduation.

Courses taken to fulfill the requirements in Gen-
eral Education may not be used toward majoror minor
requirements.

JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS

To attain junior standing, a student must acquire
a minimum of 56 academic semester hours and be
eligible to re-register in the University. See Appendix
C Academic Regulations for full statement of rules
pertaining to junior standing.

NORMAL LOAD

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit, exclu-
sive of required courses in physical activities and
health, is required for graduation. The normal Ic^dfor
students in this col lege is 1 5 semester hours cret'it per
semester, exclusive of the required work in physical
activities and health.

•Beginning, September I, 1968, the minor requirement lor progroms leoding to the B A
degree will be elimmoted. Moior departments moy then require that specitic support
ing courses in other departments be included, olong with required courses m the motor
deportment, in the oreo ot concentration Students enrolled m the University prior to
September 1968 may elect to satisfy the requirements for programs leading to the
B A degree either with the old plan or with the new

106

Arts and Sciences

A student must have the approval of his advisor
and dean to take more than the normal program pre-
scribed in his curriculum.

ADVISORS

Each freshman in this College will be assigned to
a faculty advisor who will help the student, during his
first year, to select his courses and to determine what
his field of major concentration should be.

Thebtudent at the sophomore level and above will
be advised by a faculty member in his major depart-
ment. Students following the three-year programs in
Dentistry, Law, and Medicine will be advised by special
advisors for these programs.

ELECTIVES IN OTHER SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

A limited number of courses taken in other col-
leges and schools of the University may be counted
for elective or minor credit toward a degree in the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences. The number of credits
which may be accepted from the various colleges and
schools is as follows: College of Education— 24; all
other colleges or independent departments — 20. The
combined credits from other colleges and schools
shall not exceed 20 (or 24 if courses in education are
included). For the combined degree programs in Den-
tistry, Law, or Medicine the first year of professional
work must be completed and the student is permitted
to continue immediately as a sophomore in the profes-
sional school.

CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS

If coursesareproperlychoseninthefieldof educa-
tion, a prospective high school teacher can prepare for
high school positions, with a major and minor in one
of the departments of this College. A student who
wishes to work for a teacher's certificate must con-
sult his advisor before his junior year. Such a student
must, at the same time, consult an advisor in the ap-
propriate curriculum in the College of Education.

HONORS

The aim of the College Honors Programs is to rec-
ognize and encourage superior scholarship. To this
end, Honors work offers the gifted student challenging
opportunities to work in small groups with carefully
chosen instructors and to move at a speed appropriate
to his capacities in an atmosphere conducive both to
independent study and to growth in intellectual matu-
rity. The College conducts both General and Depart-
mental Honors Programs spanning the four under-
graduate years. For information concerning the Gen-
eral Honors Program, see below, under "Honors."

For information concerning the Departmental
Honors Programs, consult the various departmental
entries in this catalog. It may, however, be remarked
that the Departmental Honors Programs are adminis-
tered bya Honors Committeewithineach department.
Admission to a Departmental Honors Program ordi-
narily occurs at the beginning of the first or second
semester of the student's junior year. As a rule, only
students with a cumulative grade point average of at
least 3.0 are admitted. A comprehensive examination
over the field of his major program is given to a candi-
date near the end of his senior year. On the basis of
the student's performance on the Honors Comprehen-
sive Examination and in meeting such other require-
ments as may be set by the Departmental Honors Com-
mittee, the faculty may vote to recommend the candi-
date for the appropriate degree with (departmental)
HONORS, or for the appropriate degree with (depart-

mental) HIGH HONORS. Successful candidacy will be
symbolized by appropriate announcement in the Com-
mencement Program and by citation on the student's
academic record and diploma.

Studentsinthe General and Departmental Honors
Programs enjoy some academic privileges similar to
those of graduate students.

AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM

This program is for the student who wants a con-
centration in Afro-American studies outside of his de-
partmental major. It includes work in literature, his-
tory, sociology, and government. The emphasis is on
an interdisciplinary study of the Negro in American
life and culture.

An undergraduate in good standing in a college of
the University who wishes to enroll in the Program
should consult with his departmental advisor and an
advisor of the Afro-American Studies Program. The
student following this program must meet the gen-
eral requirements for a degree in his college.

To receive a Certificate in Afro-American Studies,
the student must complete 18 hours of upper division
course work with an Afro-American emphasis outside
his major. Required courses are ENGL 167, HIST 117,
SOCY 124, and a Seminar on Afro-American Studies.
Two additional courses may be selected from ANTH
101, ENGL 166, GOVT 132, GOVT 134, HIST 183,
SOCY 123, and a Directed Readings in Afro-Ameri-
can Studies.

A student planning to enter the Program should
consult with a Program advisor on prerequisites and
introductory courses. Advisors are available in the
English and History Departments.

COURSES

AASP 100. DIRECTED READINGS IN AFRO-AMERICAN
STUDIES. (3)

(Staff)
AASP 101. SEMINAR IN AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES. (3)

(Staff)

Arts and Sciences

107

PROGRAMS AND COURSE
OFFERINGS

AMERICAN STUDIES

PROFESSOR AND DIRECTOR: Beall.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Lounsbury and Mintz.
ADVISORY COMMITTEE: Beall (Chairman, American Stu-
dies), Fry (English), Grimsted (History), Lounsbury (Ameri-
can Studies), Mintz (American Studies), Schwartz (Soci-
ology). Ex Officio: Manning (Dean of the College of Arts and
Sciences) and Sparks (Associate Dean of the Graduate
School)
The University has a comprehensive program in
American Studies. It begins with required courses on
the freshman and sophomore levels, includes a major
for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate
work on the M.A. and Ph.D. levels. (For information
concerning the graduate program, see the Graduate
School Catalog.)

The student who majors in American Studies has
the advantage of being taught by specialists from
various departments. The committee in charge of the
program represents the Departments of English, His-
tory, Art, and Philosophy.

The program is intended to have generous
breadth, but the danger of securing breadth with-
out depth is offset by the requirement of an area of
concentration. Strong emphasis upon English and
History is required, with a concentration in one of
these. The major consists of 42-credits (of which 24
must be on the 100 level) including not only courses
in American Studies but additional courses distri-
buted among the four fields of English, History, Art,
and Philosophy. Since the major is a special inter-
disciplinary one, the student's selection of courses
must meet the approval of the advisor. Two courses
are required for the major: AMST 127, 128 (Culture
and the Arts in America), 6 credits, for juniors; and
AMST 137, 138 (Readings in American Studies),
6 credits, for seniors. No grade of less than C counts
toward the major.

Suggested sample curriculum for American Stud-
ies majors: Junior year: AMST 127, AMST 128— Cul-
ture and the Arts in America (3, 3); ENGL 150 and
ENGL 151— American Literature (3, 3); HIST 109
and HIST 110— Social History of the United States
(3, 3); ART 158— History of American Art (3), (or
ART 159— History of American Art (3); PHIL 102—
Modern Philosophy (3), (or PHIL 101— Ancient
Philosophy (3); Electives (6)

Senior year: AMST 137 and 138— Readings in
American Studies (3, 3); ENGL 155 and 156— Major
American Writers (3, 3); HIST 133 and 134— History of
Ideas in America (3, 3); ART 178— 20th Century Art
(3); PHIL 105— Philosophy in America (3); Electives
(6).

ANTHROPOLOGY (Division of Sociology)
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR AND DIRECTOR OF ANTHROPO

LOGY: Williams.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Anderson and Hoffman.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Fidelholtz and Rosen.
LECTURER: McDowell.

Freshmen who are interested in this program con-
sult with their lower division advisor. Upperclassmen
should consult with Professor Lounsbury.

AMST 127, 128. CULTURE AND THE ARTS IN AMERICA. (3, 3
Prerequisite, junior standing. A study of American institu-
tions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from the Colonial
period to the present. (Beall)

AMST 137, 138. READINGS IN AMERICAN STUDIES. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A historical survey of American
values as presented in various key writings. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

AMST 200. INTRODUCTORY SEMINAR IN AMERICAN
STUDIES. (3)

(Staff)
AMST 201, 202. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN STUDIES. (3, 3)

(Staff)
AMST 251. ORIENTATION SEMINAR— MATERIAL ASPECTS

OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION. (3)
(Staff)

AMST 255, 256. READING COURSE IN SELECTED ASPECTS
OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

(Staff)
AMST 299. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

(Staff)
AMST 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

(Staff)
AMST 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED)

(Staff)

The Division of Anthropology offers beginning and
advanced course work in the four principal subdivi-
sions of the discipline: physical anthropology, lin-
guistics, archaeology, and ethnology. Courses in
these subdivisions may be used to fulfill the minor or
"supporting courses" requirement in some programs
leading to the B.A. degree. They also may, at the dis-
cretion of the Department of Sociology, be counted to-
ward a major in Sociology.

Anthropology Major: The fulfillment of the re-
quirements for a major in anthropology leads to the
B.A. degree. All majors are required to take 30 hours
in anthropology, 18 of which must be selected from
the following courses: ANTH 001, 002, 101, 141 or
151, 161 or 171, and 198. It should be noted, how-
ever, that if ANTH 001 is used to satisfy the General
Education requirement in Social Science, it may not
be counted as a part of the 30 required semester
hours for the major. The 18 hours of required
courses insures that the major becomes familiar
with all areas of anthropology. No one area, there-
fore, receives special emphasis, for it is believed
that such specialization should occur during gradu-
ate study, preferably at the Ph.D. level. Thus the
student is broadly prepared in the ways man has
evolved culturally and physically. A statement of
course requirements and recommended sequences
of courses is available in the departmental office.

No course with a grade of less than "C" may be
used to satisfy major requirements.

ANTH 001 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses
in Anthropology.

ANTH 001. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY:
ARCHEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)

May be taken for credit in the General Education Program.
General patterns of the development of human culture; the
biological and morphological aspects of man viewed in his
cultural setting. (Staff)

ANTH 002. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY: CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY AND LINGUISTICS. (3)

Social and cultural principles as exemplified in ethno-
graphic descriptions. The study of language within the con-
text of Anthropology. (Staff)

ANTH 021. MAN AND ENVIRONMENT. (3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. A geographical introduc-

Arts and Sciences

tion to ethnology, emphasizing the relations between cul-
tural forms and natural environment. (Anderson)

ANTH 041. INTRODUCTION TO ARCHEOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. A survey of the basic
aims and methods of archeological field work and inter-
pretation, with emphasis on the reconstruct ion of prehistoric
ways of life. (Staff)

ANTH 061. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY.
(3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. The biological evolution
of man, including the process of race formation, as revealed
by the study of the fossil record and observation of modern
forms. (Staff)

ANTH 071. LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. A non-technical intro-
duction to linguistics, with special consideration of the
relations between language and other aspects of culture.
(Listed also as LING 071.) (Staff)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

ANTH 101. CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY: PRINCIPLES AND
PROCESSES. (3)

Prerequisite, ANTH 001 or 002 or 021. An examination of the
nature of human culture and its processes, both historical
and functional. The approach will be topical and theoreti-
cal rather than descriptive.

(Anderson, Hoffman, Hulse, Williams)

ANTH 102 CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY: WORLD
ENTHNOGRAPHY. (3)

Prerequisite, ANTH 001 or 002 or 021. A descriptive survey
of the culture areas of the world through an examination
of the ways of selected representative societies.

(Anderson, Hoffman, Hulse, Williams)

ANTH 112. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF OCEANIA. (3)

A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, Melan-
esia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural-historical
problems will be emphasized. (Anderson, Hulse)

ANTH 114. ETHNOLOGY OF AFRICA. (3)

Prerequisites, ANTH 001 and 002. The native peoples and
cultures of Africa and their historical relationships, with
emphasis on that portion of the continent south of the
Sahara. (Staff)

ANTH 118. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE
FAR EAST. (3)

A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China,
Korea and Japan. Major anthropological questions will be
dealt with in presenting this material. (Hulse)

ANTH 123. ENTHNCLOGY OF THE SOUTHWEST. (3)

Prerequisites, ANTH 001 and 002. Culture history, eco-
nomic and social institutions, religion, and mythology of
the Indians of the southwest United States.

(Anderson, Williams)

ANTH 124. ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA. (3)

Prerequisites, ANTH 001 and 002. The native people and
cultures of North America north of Mexico and their his-
torical relationships, including the effects of contact with
European-derived populations. (Hoffman)

ANTH 126. ETHNOLOGY OF MIDDLE AMERICA. (3)

Prerequisites, ANTH 001 and 002. Cultural background and
modern social, economic and religious life of Indian and
metiszo groups in Mexico and Central America; processes
of acculturation and currents in cultural development.

(Williams)

ANTH 131. SOCIAL ORGANIZATION OF PRIMITIVE
PEOPLES. (3)

Prerequisites, ANTH 001 and 002. A comparative survey of
the structures of non-literate and folk societies, covering
both general principles and special regional developments.

(Staff)

ANTH 134. RELIGION OF PRIMITIVE PEOPLES. (3)

Prerequisites, ANTH 001 and 002. A survey of the religious
systems of primitive and folk societies, with emphasis on
the relation of religion to other aspects of culture.

(Anderson)

ANTH 136. PRIMITIVE TECHNOLOGY AND ECONOMY. (3)
A survey of technology, food economy and general economic
processes in non-industrial societies. (Anderson, Williams)

ANTH 138. POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT IN PRIMITIVE
Society. (3)

A combined survey of politics in human societies and of
important anthropological theories concerning this aspect
of society. (Hulse)

ANTH 141. ARCHEOLOGY OF THE OLD WORLD. (3)

Prerequisite, ANTH 001 or 041. A survey of the archae-
ological materials of Europe, Asia and Africa, with em-
phasis on chronological and regional inter-relationships.

(Staff)

ANTH 151. ARCHEOLOGY OF THE NEW WORLD. (3)

Prerequisite, ANTH 001 or 041. A survey of the archae-
ological materials of North and South America with em-
phasis on chronological and regional interrelationships.

(Staff)
ANTH 161 ADVANCED PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite ANTH 001 or 061. A technical introduction
to the hereditary, morphological, physiological, and be-
havioral characteristics of man and his primate ancestors
and relatives, with emphasis on evolutionary processes.

(Staff)
ANTH 171. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3)

Introduction to the basic concepts of modem descriptive
linguistics. Phonology, morphology, syntax. Examinations
of the methods of comparative linguistics, internal recon-
struction, dialect geography. (Listed also as LING 101 and
ENGL 105.) (Tuniks)

ANTH 191. RESEARCH PROBLEMS. (3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Introductory training
in anthropological research methods. The student will pre-
pare a paper embodying the results of an appropriate com-
bination of research techniques applied to a selected prob-
lem in any field of anthropology. (Staff)
ANTH 192. FIELD METHODS IN ETHNOLOGY (1-6)

Field training in the collection and recording of ethnologi-
cal data. (Summer only) (Williams)
ANTH 194. FIELD METHODS IN ARCHAEOLOGY (1 6)

Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey
and excavation. (Summer only). (Schuyler)

ANTH 198. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A survey of the his-
torical development and current emphasis in the theoreti-
cal approaches of all fields of anthropology, providing an
integrated frame of reference for the discipline as a whole.

(Williams)
ANTH 205. THEORY OF CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)

(Staff)
ANTH 281. PROCESSES OF CULTURE CHANGE. (3)

(Staff)
ANTH 285. PEASANT COMMUNITIES IN THE MODERN
WORLD. (3)

(Staff)
ANTH 287. CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS IN
ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)

(Staff)
ANTH 291. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (1-6)

(Staff)

ART

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Levitine.
PROFESSORS: A. de Leiris, Lembach, Lynch, Maril.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Denny, Gross, Jamieson, Rear-

ick. Stites.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bunts, Freeny, Isen, Longley,

Mirolli, Niese, O'Conner, Pemberton.
LECTURERS: Banks, Campbell, Griffin, Landgren.
VISITING LECTURERS: Heban, Hommel.
INSTRUCTORS: M. de Leiris, Dillinger, Forbes, Gelman, Green,

Klank, Lewis.

Two majors are offered in Art: Art History and
Studio. The student who majors in Art History is com-
mitted to the study and scholarly interpretation of
existing works of art, from the prehistoric era to our
times, while the studio major stresses the student's
direct participation in the creation of works of art.

In spite of this difference, both majors are rooted
in the concept of art as a humanistic experience, and
share an essential common aim: the development of
aesthetic sensitivity, understanding, and knowledge.
For this reason, students in both majors are required
to progress through a "common curriculum," which
will ensure a broad grounding in both aspects of art;
then each student will move into a "specialized cur-
riculum" with advanced courses in his own major.
Maximum allowable credits in either major is 42.

COMMON CURRICULUM:

ART 010, Introduction to Art (3); ART 012, Design

Arts and Sciences

109

K3);ART016,Drawingl(3);andART060and061,
History of Art (3, 3).

SPECIALIZED CURRICULUM:

Art History major: ART 080, History of American
Art (3); four courses in over 100 level in History
of Art (12). In addition, one advanced course in
Studio work is required. Total credits for Art His-
tory major: 33.

Studio major: ART 017, Painting I (3); ART 026,
Drawing II (3); ART 118, Sculpture I (3); ART
119, Printmaking I (3); ART 126, Drawing III (3);
plus one course at the 100 level (3). In addition,
one advanced course in Art History is required.
Total credits for Studio majors: 36.
No course with a grade less than "C" may be used

to satisfy major requirements.

ART 010. INTRODUCTION TO ART. (3)

Basic tools of understanding visual art. This course
stresses major approaches such as techniques, subject
matter, form, and evaluation. Architecture, sculpture, paint-
ing, and graphic art will be discussed. Required of all Art
majors in the first year. (Staff)

ART 012. DESIGN I. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite or concurrent registration,
ART 010. Principles and elements of design including
basic composition, line, color theory, perspective, and
three-dimensional space. (Staff)

ART 016. DRAWING I. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite or concurrent registration,
Art 010. An introductory course with a variety of media and
related techniques. Problems based on still life, figure
and nature. (Staff)

ART 017. PAINTING 1.(3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisites, ART 010, 012, 016. Basic
tools and language of painting. Oil and watercolor.

(Maril, Staff)

ART 026. DRAWING II. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisites, ART 010, 012, 016. Ori-
ginal compositions from the figure and nature, supple-
mented by problems of personal and expressive drawing.

(Staff)

ART 027. ARCHITECTURAL PRESENTATION. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisites, ART 010, 012,016. Tech-
nique of wash and watercolor in architectural, interior, and
landscape architectural rendering. (Stites)

ART 040. FUNDAMENTALS OF ART EDUCATION. (3)

Two hours of laboratory and two hours of lecture per
week. Fundamental principles of the visual arts for teach-
ing on the elementary level. Elements and principles of
design and theory of color. Studio practice in different
media. (Crull, Lewis, Lembach, Longley)

ART 060, 061. HISTOKY OF ART. (3, 3)

A survey of western art as expressed through architecture,
sculpture, and painting. First semester, prehistoric times
to Renaissance; second semester, from Renaissance to
the present. (Staff)

ART 062. AFRICAN ART. (3)

A study of West and Central African Art with emphasis on
inter-tribal relationships as demonstrated by their sculp-
tural styles.

ART 065, 066. MASTERPIECES OF PAINTING. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. A study of the contribu-
tions of a few major painters, ranging from Giotto to Picasso.

(Levitine, Staff)

ART 067, 068. MASTERPIECES OF SCULPTURE. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. A study of the contri-
butions of a few major sculptors, ranging from Polykleitos
to Moore. (Levitine, Staff)

ART 070, 071. MASTERPIECES OF ARCHIT

ART 070, 071. MASTERPIECES OF ARCHITECTURE. (3, 3)

ART 080, 081. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ART. (3, 3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States
from the Colonial period to the present. (Staff)

ART 117. PAINTING II. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisites, ART 017, 026. Original
compositions based upon nature, figure, and still life, sup-
plemented by expressive painting. Choice of media. Dif-
ferent sections of course may be taken for credit.
117-a. Oilpaintingandrelatedmedia. (Maril)

117-b. Watercolor and casein. (Grossman)

l77-c. Plastic media, such as encaustic and polymer
tempera. (Jamieson)

117-d. Mural painting. The use of contemporary synt he

tic media. (Jamieson)

ART 118. SCULPTURE 1.(3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 026. (For students
majoring in Art History, by permission of Department.)
Volumes, masses, and planes, based on the use of plastic
earths. Simple armature construction and methods of cast-
ing. (Freeny)

ART 119. PRINTMAKING I. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 026. (For students
majoring in Art History, by permission of Depart-
ment.) Basic printmaking technique in relief, intagio, and
pianographic media. (Forbes)

ART 126. DRAWING III. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 026. Emphasis on
understanding organic form, as it is related to study from
the human figure and to pictorial composition.

(Isen, Jamieson)
ART 127. PAINTING III. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 1 17. Creative painting
for advanced students. Problems require a knowledge of
pictorial structure. Development of personal direction.
Choice of media. (Gross)

ART 128. SCULPTURE 11.(3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 1 18. Different sections
of course may be taken in for credit.
128-a. Nature as a point of reference with potentiality of
developing ideas into organic and architectural forms.

(Freeny)

128-b. May be taken after 128-3. Problems involvingplastic

earths and other material capable of being modeled or

cast. Choice of individual style encouraged. (Freeny)

ART 129. PRINTMAKING II. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 1 19. One print media
including extensive study of color processes. Individually
structured problems. (O'Connell)

ART 136. DRAWING IV. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 126. Advanced draw-
ing, with emphasis on the human figure, its structure and
organic likeness toforms in nature. The course also stresses
those compositional problems deriving from this relation-
ship. (Staff)

ART 137. PAINTING IV. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 127. Creative paint-
ing. Emphasis on personal direction and self-criticism.
Group seminars. (Gross, Grossman, Jamieson, Maril)

ART 138. SCULPTURE 111.(3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite. ART 128. Problems and
techniques of newer concepts, utilizing various materials,
such as plastics and metals. Technical aspects of welding
stressed. (Freeny)

ART 139. PRINTMAKING III. (3)

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ART 129.
139-a. Contemporary experimental techniques of one print
medium with group discussions. (Staff)

139-b. Continuation of 139-a. May betaken for credit after
139-a. (Staff)

ART 150, 151. SPANISH ART. (3-, 3)

Special emphasis will be given to the artists oi th» 16th
and 17th centuries, such as El Greco and Velasq..e- .

.^ynch)

ART 152, 153. LATIN AMERICAN ART. (3, 3)

Art from the pre-Columbian civilization to the modern period.

(Lynch)

ART 155. AMERICAN COLONIAL PAINTING. (3)

Development and style of painting in Colonial America:
sources, genres, influential studios. Anglo- American School
of historical painting. (Staff)

ART 157. AMERICAN ART AND ITS RELATIONSHIP
TO EUROPE: 1800-1900. (3)

ART 080 and 081 recommended. The American artist fn
Europe; American and German Romanticism; Neo-Classi-
cism in America and Europe; Dusseldorf School; Munich
School; Pre-Raphaelism; Barbizon School and Impression-
ism. (Staff)

ART 158. 159. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ART. (3. 3)

Architecture, sculpture, and painting in the United States
from the Colonial period to the present. (Staff)

ART 160, 161. CLASSICAL ART. (3. 3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Classical cul-

110

Arts and Sciences

tures. First semester will stress Greece; second semester
Rome. (Pemberton)

ART 162, 163. ART OF THE EAST. (3, 3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting. First semester will
stress India; second semester, China and Japan (Staff)

ART 164. EARLY CHRISTIAN AND BYZANTINE ART. (3)

Architecture, sculpture, painting, and mosaic of early Chris-
tian Rome, the Near East, and the Byzantine Exmpire.

(Staff)

Art 166, 167. MEDIEVAL ART. (3, 3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages.
First semester will stress Romanesaue; second semester
the Gothic period. (Denny)

ART 168, 169. RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY. (3, 3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting from 1400 to the High
Renaissance in the 16th century. (Staff)

ART 170. 171. NORTHERN EUROPEAN PAINTING IN
THE 15TH AND 16TH CENTURIES. (3, 3)

Painting in the Netherlands, France, and Germany.

(Denny)

ART 172, 173. EUROPEAN BAROQUE ART. (3, 3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major European
centers in the 17th century. (deLeiris)

ART 174, 175. FRENCH PAINTING. (3, 3)

French painting from the 15th through the 18th century,
from Fouquet to David. (Levitine)

ART 176, 177. 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. (3, 3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in European Art from
Neo-Classicism to Impressionism. (deLeiris)

ART 178, 179. 20TH CENTURY ART. (3, 3)

Architecture, sculpture and paintingfrom the late 19th cen-
tury to our day.

ART 180. IMPRESSIONISM AND NEO-IMPRESSIONISM. (3)
Prerequisite, ART 060 and 061 or consent of instructor. His-
tory of Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism: artists,
styles, art theories, criticism, sources, and influence on
twentieth century. (deLeiris)

ART 182. TWENTIETH CENTURY MASTERS AND
MOVEMENTS. (3)

Artists and tendencies in twentieth century art. Subject
will change and be announced each time course is offered.

(Staff)

ART 184. HISTORY OF THE GRAPHIC ARTS. (3)

Prerequisite, ART 010, or ART 069 and 061, or consent of
instructor. Graphic techniques and styles in Europe from
1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists. (Levitine)

ART 192, 193. DIRECTED STUDIES IN STUDIO ART.
(2 or 3, 2 or 3)

For advanced students, by permission of Department Chair-
man. Course may be repeated for credit if content differs.

(Staff)

ART 194, 195. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ART HISTORY.
(2 or 3, 2 or 3)

For advanced students, by permission of Department Chair-
man. Course may be repeated for credit if content differs.

(Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

The requirements of students will determine which courses
will be offered.

(Staff)

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)

ART 200. 201. PAINTING. (3, 3)
ART 202, 203. PAINTING. (3, 3)
ART 211. PRINTMAKING. (3)
ART 212. PRINTMAKING. (3)
ART 213. PRINTMAKING. (3)

ART 214. SEMINAR IN PRINTMAKING. (3)

(Staff)
ART 221. 222. EXPERIMENTATION IN SCULPTURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
ART 223. MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES IN SCULPTURE. (3)

(Staff)
ART 224. SCULPTURE— CASTING AND FOUNDRY. (3)

(Staff)
ART 226. DRAWING. (3)

(Staff)
ART 227. DRAWING. (3)

(Staff)

ART 228. DRAWING. (3)

ART 229. DRAWING AND PAINTING. (3)

(Staff)

ART 240, 241. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN ART EDUCATION.
(3,3)

(Staff)
ART 250. AMERICAN COLONIAL ART. (3)

(Staff)

ART 255. SEMINAR IN 19TH CENTURY AMERICAN
ART. (3)

(Staff)
ART 256. TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN ART. (3)

(Staff)
ART 257. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN ART AND ITS LITERARY
SOURCES. (3)

(Staff)

Art 258. SEMINAR IN LOCAL AND REGIONAL ART. (3)

(Staff)

ART 259. THE ART OF MANNERISM. (3)

(Staff)

ART 260. FRENCH PAINTING FROM LEBRUN TO GERICAULT,
1715-1815. (3)

(Staff)

ART 261. SEMINAR IN ROMANTICISM. (3)

(Staff)

ART 262. SEMINAR IN 18TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. (3)

(Staff)

ART 263. SEMINAR IN 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. (3)

(Staff)

ART 264. NINETEENTH CENTURY REALISM, 1830-1860. (3)

(Staff)
ART 265 SEMINAR IN POST-IMPRESSIONISM AND
SYMBOLISM. (3)

ART 266. SEMINAR IN CONTEMPORARY ART. (3)

ART 267. TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. (3)

ART 268. SEMINAR IN LITERARY SOURCES OF ART
HISTORY. (3)

ART 269. SEMINAR IN CLASSICAL ART. (3)

ART 270. SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL ART. (3)

ART 272. SEMINAR. PROBLEMS IN MEDIEVAL
ICONOGRAPHY. (3)

ART 274. ROMANESQUE ART. (3)

ART 276. GOTHIC ART. (3)

ART 280. METHODS OF ART HISTORY. (3)

ART 282, 283. MUSEUM TRAINING PROGRAM. (3, 3)

ART 284. SEMINAR. PROBLEMS IN ARCHITECTURAL
HISTORY AND CRITICISM. (3)

ART 286. SEMINAR IN LATIN-AMERICAN ART. (3)

ART 288. SEMINAR IN MODERN MEXICAN ART. (3)

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)

(Staff)
(Staff)

(Staff)

ART 292, 293. DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES iN
STUDIO ART. (3, 3)

(Staff)

ART 294, 295. DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN ART
HISTORY. (3, 3)

ART 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

ART 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED)

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)
Arts and Sciences 1 1 1

ASTRONOMY

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Laster.

PROFESSOR AND DIRECTOR OF ASTRONOMY: Westerhout.

PROFESSORS: Erickson, Kerr, Kundu, Musen (P. T.), Opik.

VISITING PROFESSOR: Lindblad.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bell, Matthews, Smith, Wentzel.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: A'Hearn, Harrington, Simonson,

Zuckerman. ,_ _

LECTURERS: Brandt (P. T.), Clark (P. T.), Maran (P. T.).

The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers
a major in Astronomy. The Astronomy Program of-
fice is located in the Space Sciences Building. As-
tronomy students are given a strong undergraduate
preparation in astronomy, physics and mathematics,
as well as encouragement to take a wide range of
other liberal arts courses. The Astronomy Program
is designed to be quite flexible, in order to take ad-
vantage of students' special talents or interests
after the basic requirements for a sound astronomy
education have been met. Students preparing for
graduate studies will have an opportunity to choose
from among many advanced courses available in
astronomy, mathematics, and physics. The pro-
gram is designed to prepare students for graduate
work as well as for positions in governmental and
industrial laboratories and observatories.

Students intending to major in astronomy who
have had a high school course in physics, and who
have adequate preparation in mathematics to qual-
ify for admission to MATH 019 will ordinarily take the
introductory physics courses PHYS015, 016, 017 and
018, during their freshman and sophomore years.
Those students who do not decide to major in astron-
omy or physics until after their freshman or soph-
omore year or enter as transfer students will often
have taken other introductory courses in physics (i.e.
PHYS030, 031, 032). Students wi II find recommended
course programs in the pamphlet entitled "Depart-
ment Requirements for a B.S. degree in Astronomy"
which is available from the Astronomy Program Of-
fice. This pamphlet outlines many different ap-
proaches for an astronomy major.

ASTR 010 (Descriptiveand Analytical Astronomy)
is the introductory astronomy course required of
astronomy majors. It may be taken in the freshman
or sophomore year. It is followed by another required
course, ASTR 025 (Practical Astronomy). Occasionally
a student may not decide to major in astronomy until
after he has already taken ASTR 001 and 002 (Intro-
duction to Astronomy and Modern Astronomy). These
courses together may be substituted for the ASTR 010
requirement, but only students with a grade of "B"
or better in ASTR 001 and 002 will be encouraged to
major in astronomy. Such students must also take
ASTR 025.

HONORS IN ASTRONOMY

The Honors Program offers to students of excep-
tional ability and interest in astronomy an educational
program with a number of special opportunities for
learning. Honors sections are offered in several
courses, and there are many opportunities for part-
time research participation which may develop into
fulltime summer projects. An honors seminar is of-
fered for advanced students; credit may be given for
independent work or study; and certain graduate
courses are open for credit toward the bachelor's de-
gree.

Students for the Honors Program are accepted by
the Department's Honors Committee on the basis of
recommendations from their advisors and other
faculty members. Afinal written and oral comprehen-
sive examination in the senior year concludes the

program which may lead to graduation "with Honors

(or High Honors) in Astronomy."

ASTR 001. INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. (3)

Every semester. An elementary course in descriptive astron-
omy, especially appropriate for non-science students. Sun,
moon, planets, stars and nebulae, galaxies, evolution. The
course is illustrated with slides and demonstrations of
instruments. (Westerhout, Wentzel, A'Hearn)

ASTR 002. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ASTRONOMY. (3)
Spring semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
ASTR 001. An elementary course in modern astronomy elab-
orating on some of the topics which could only be men-
tioned briefly in ASTR001. Appropriate for non-science stu-
dents. (Wentzel, Smith)

ASTR 005. ASTRONOMY LABORATORY. (1)

Fall and spring semesters. Two hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite, previous or concurrent enrollment in
ASTROOlorOlO. Exercisesintheuseofcelestialcoordinates,
measurement of position, determination of time of day and
night; study of photographs of stars, nebulae and galaxies,
and spectra; photoelectric photometry; demonstration of
astronomical instruments, daytime and nighttime observa-
tions if weather permits. Appropriatefornon-sciencemajors.

(Smith, Matthews)

ASTR 010. DESCRIPTIVE AND ANALYTICAL ASTRONOMY. (3)
Fall semester. Three lectures per week. A general survey
course intended for science majors. Prerequisite, MATH
018 or equivalent; a knowledge of trigonometry and lo-
garithms will be assumed. This introductory course will
deal with the sun and the solar system, stars and astro-
physics, stellar systems and cosmology. It should not be
taken by students who have already taken ASTR 001 and
002. (Smith)

ASTR 025. PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY (2-3).

Prerequisites: ASTR010andMATH019. ASTR001 and002
may be substituted for ASTR 010 if approved by instructor.
One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. 2-3 cred-
its, according to work done. This course is designed pri-
marily for astronomy majors and will give the student famil-
iarity with techniques used by astronomers and an under-
standing of how astronomical data are obtained. Students
registered for 2 credits will not be required to do all the
exercises. Topics will include coordinate systems, optics,
photometry, binary stars, distance determinations, Hertz-
sprung-Russell diagram, solar observations, moon, galactic
structure, and galaxies. (Smith)

ASTR 100, 110. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. (3, 3)

Prerequisites: working knowledge of calculus, physics
through PHYS 018 or 032, and 3 credits of astronomy. An
introduction to current methods of obtaining astronomical
information including radio, infrared, optical, ultra-violet,
and x-ray astronomy. The laboratory work will involve photo-
graphic and photoelectric observations with the depart-
ment's optical telescope and 21-cm line spectroscopy, flux
measurements and interferometry with the department's
radiotelescopes. (A'Hearn, Clark, Erickson)

ASTR 101. INTRODUCTION TO GALACTIC RESEARCH. (3)
First semester. Three lectures perweek. Prerequisite, MATH
02 land at least 1 2 creditsof introductory physicsand astron-
omy courses. Stellar motions, methods of galactic research,
study of our own and nearby galaxies, clusters of stars.

(Kerr)

ASTR 102. INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Pre- or co-req-
uisite, PHYS 119 or consent of instructor. Spectroscopy,
structure of the atmospheres of the sun and other stars.
Observational data and curves of growth. Chemical com-
position. (Bell)

ASTR 124. CELESTIAL MECHANICS. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 127 or consent
of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, equations
of motion. (Musen)

ASTR 150. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ASTRONOMY.

Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics or
astronomy and-or consent of advisor. Research or special
study. Credit according to work done. (Sta^f )

ASTR 190. HONORS SEMINAR.

Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment
is limited to students admitted to the Honors Program in
Astronomy. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalogue for descriptions.

ASTR 200. DYNAMICS OF STELLAR SYSTEMS. (3)

(Staff)

ASTR 202. STELLAR INTERIORS. (3)

(Staff)

Arts and Sciences

ASTR 203. STELLAR ATMOSPHERES. (3)

(Staff)

ASTR 204. PHYSICS OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM. (3)

(Staff)

REQUIRED COURSES FOR ASTRONOMY MAJOR

(a) Introductory Physics Courses. PHYS015.016
— Introductory Physics, Mechanics, Fluids,
Heat, and Sound (4, 4), followed by PHYS
017— Introductory Physics, Electricity and
Magnetism (4) and PHYS 018— Introductory
Physics, Optics and Modern Physics (4)
(Total 16 credits); or PHYS 030, 032— Gen-
eral Physics (3, 4, 4) and PHYS 104, 105-
Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3) and PHYS
106— Mechanics (3).

(b) Physics Laboratory. At least four credits of
laboratory courses; ordinarily PHYS 060, 061,
but 100, 109 may be added.

(d) Supporting Courses. MATH 019, 020, 021 —
Analysis (4, 4, 4)

(Astronomy majors are encouraged to enter
the accelerated math sections which cover
these courses in two terms). These must be
followed by at least one additional 3 or 4 credit
mathematics course approved by the astron-
omy advisor. Recommendedcoursesare MATH
022 — Calculus (4), MATH 066 — Differential
Equations for Scientists and Engineers (3)
MATH 162, 163 — Analysis for Scientists and
Engineers (3, 3), MATH 113 — Introduction to
Complex Variables(4), MATH 110— Advanced
Calculus (4), or MATH 168 — Numerical Meth-
ods (3). (Minimum 15 credits).

(e) Introductory Astronomy Courses. Normally
ASTR 010 and ASTR 025.
ASTR001and002maybesubstitutedforASTR
010 (See above)

(f) Advanced Astronomy Courses. Two Astron-
omy courses at the 100 level. (Minimum 6
credits).

Students may major in Astronomy only if a grade of
"C" is attained in each semester of the introductory
Physics and Astronomy courses. Any student who
wishes to be recommended for graduate work
in astronomy must maintain a "B" average and should
also consider including some or all of the following
courses in his program in addition to those required
of all astronomy majors.

(a) Astronomy. One or more additional courses at
the 100 level.

(b) Physics. Both PHYS 127-128 (4, 4) — Mathe-
matical Physics and PHYS 118, 119 (3, 3)
— Modern Physics; and one or more of those
listed below.

(c) Supporting Courses. One or two additional
mathematics or computer science courses,
selected in consultation with the advisor.

Further Physics courses that astronomy majors
should consider, both those terminating at the B.S.
and those planning on graduate studies, are the fol-
lowing:

PHYS 100— Advanced Experiments

PHYS 103— Applied Optics

PHYS 123 — Introduction to Atmospheric and
Space Physics

PHYS 124— Plasma Physics

PHYS 126— Kinetic Theory of Gases

PHYS 129— Elementary Particles
PHYS 144, 145— Methods of Theoretical Physics
PHYS 152— ThermodynamicsandStatistical Me-
chanics

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)

ASTR 210. GALACTIC RADIO ASTRONOMY. (3)
ASTR 212. PHYSICS OF THE SOLAR ENVELOPE. (3)
ASTR 214. INTERSTELLAR MATTER. (3)

ASTR 230. SEMINAR. (1)

(Staff)
ASTR 248, 249. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN ASTRONOMY.

(Staff)
ASTR 250. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED ASTRONOMY.
(1-6)

(Staff)
ASTR 399. RESEARCH.

(Staff)
ASTR 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED)

(Staff)

BOTANY

HEAD AND PROFESSOR: Krauss.

PROFESSORS: Corbett, Galloway, Gauch, Kantzes, D. T. .or-
gan, Sisler, Stern, Weaver.

RESEARCH PROFESSOR: Sorokin.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Brown. Karlander, Klarman, Krus-
berg. Lockard, 0. D. Morgan, Patterson, Rappleye.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Barnett, Bean, Curtis, Harrison,
Motta, Reveal, Smith Terborgh.

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE: Norton.

INSTRUCTORS: Grigg and Owens.

GENERAL B0TAN v

BOTN 001. GENERAL BOTANY. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures
and two laboratory periods a week. General introduction to
botany, touchingbrieflyon all phases on the subject. Empha-
sis is on the fundamental biological principles of the
higher plants. (Stern and Departmental Faculty)

30TN 001 H. GENERAL BOTANY. (4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two labora-
tory periods a week. A broad study of plant science with
emphasis on current conceptions of major fields of in-
terest. Designed for general honors students, as well as for
freshman students with superior training in biology or
chemistry, for upper class science majors, and for those
students seeking an advanced treatment of BOTN 001.

(Galloway and Departmental Faculty)

BOTN 002. GENERAL BOTANY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 1 or equivalent. A brief evolu-
tionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and
their relatives, and the seed pi ants, emphasizing their struc-
ture, reproduction, habitats, and economic importance.

(Stern and Departmental Faculty)

BOTN 010. PRINCIPLES OF CONSERVATION. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Astudy of the prin-
ciples of economical use of our natural resources, including
water, soil, plants, minerals, wildlife and man. (Harrison)

BOTN 116. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF BOTANY (1)

First semester. Prerequisites 20 semester credit hours in
biological sciences including BOTN 001 or equivalent. Dis-
cussion of the development and ideas and knowledge about
plants, leadingtoasurveyof contemporary work in botanical
science. (Staff)

BOTN 136. PLANTS AND MANKIND. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or equivalent. A
survey of the plants which are utilized by man, the di-
versity of such utilization, and their historic and eco-
nomic significance. (Rappleye)

BOTN 151S. TEACHING METHODS IN BOTANY. (2)

Summer session. Four two-hour laboratory demonstration
periods per week, for eight weeks. Prerequisite, BOTN l,or
equivalent. A study of the biological principles of common
plants, and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids suit-
able for teaching in primary and secondary schools.

(Lockard)

BOTN 171. MARINE PLANT BIOLOGY. (4)

Summer session. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 or General
Biology plus Organic Chemistry or the consent of the in-
structor. Five, one-hour lectures and three, 3-hour labora-

Arts and Sciences

713

tories each week for six weeks. An introduction to the
taxonomic, physiological and biochemical characteristics
of marine plants which are basic to their role in the
ecology of the oceans and estuaries. Laboratory fee
$12.00. (Krauss and Staff)

BOTN 195. TUTORIAL READING IN BOTANY. (HONORS
COURSE) (2 or 3)

Prerequisite, admission to the Department of Botany Honors
Program. A review of the literature dealing with a specific
research problem in preparation for original research to be
accomplished in BOTN 196. Papers will be assigned and dis-
cussed in frequent sessions with the instructor.

(Galloway and Departmental Faculty)

BOTN 196. RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN BOTANY. (HONORS
COURSE) (2 or 3)

Prerequisite, BOTN 195. The candidate for Honors will
pursue a research problem under the direction and
close supervision of a member of the faculty

(Staff)

BOTN 199. SEMINAR. (1)

First and second semesters. Two semester hours maximum
credit. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Discussion
and readings on special topics, current literature, or prob-
lems and progress in all phases of botany. Minor experi-
mental work may be pursued if facilities and the qualifica-
tions of the students permit. For seniors only, majors and
minors in botany or biological science. (Terborgh)

BOTN 199-S. NSF SEMINAR )2)

Seminar in the Sciences for NSF participants only. Includes
guest speakers, field trips to area Science laboratories, and
individual problem work. (Lockard)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
BOTN 301. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BOTANY. (1 to 3)

BOTN 302. SEMINAR IN BOTANY. (1

(Staff)
(Staff)

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

BOTN 101. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and one 4-hour laboratory per-
iod a week. Prerequisites, BOTN 001 and General Chem-
istry. Organic Chemistry strongly recommended. A sur-
vey of the general physiological activities of plants.

(Patterson, Lockard)
BOTN 172. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN MARINE RESEARCH
Summer Session. Prerequisites BOTN 001 or general
biology plus Organic Chemistry or consent of instructor.
Recommended concurrent or previous enrollment in
BOTN 171, Marine Plant Biology. An experimental ap-
proach to problems in marine research dealing primarily
with the phytoplankton, the larger algae, and marine
spermatophytes. Emphasis will be placed on their physio-
logical and biochemical activities.
BOTN 204. GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 209. PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 210. PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE LABORATORY. (1)

(Staff)
BOTN 230. ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 231. PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 232. PLANT BIOPHYSICS. (2)

(Staff)
BOTN 233. PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY-BIOPHYSICS
LABORATORY. (4)

(Staff)

PLANT PATHOLOGY

BOTN 020. DISEASES OF PLANTS. (4)

BOTN 122. RESEARCH METHODS IN PLANT PATHOLOGY.
(2)
Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, BOTN 020, or equivalent. Advanced training in
the research techniques and methods of plant pathology.

(Curtis)

BOTN 127. DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL OF PLANT DISEASES
(3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. A study of vari-
ous plant diseases grouped according to the manner in
which the host plants are affected. Emphasis will be placed
on recognition of symptoms of the various types of diseases
and on methods of transmission and control of the pathogens
involved. (Bean)

BOTN 152S. FIELD PLANT PATHOLOGY. (1)

Summersession. Daily lectureforthree weeks. Prerequisite,
BOTN 020, or equivalent. Given in accordance with demand!
A course for county agents and teachers of vocational agn
culture. Discussion and denomination of the important
diseases in Maryland crops. (Kantzes)

BOTN 221. PLANT VIROLOGY. (2)

(Staff)

BOTN 223. PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI. (2)

(Staff)

BOTN 224. PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI LABORATORY. (1)

(Staff)

BOTN 227. PHYSIOLOGY OF PATHOGENS AND HOST-
PATHOGEN RELATIONSHIPS. (3)

(Staff)

BOTN 241. PLANT NEMATOLOGY. (4)

(Staff)

TAXONOMY

BOTN Oil PLANT TAXONOMY. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, BOTN 001, or equivalent. An intro-
ductory study of plant classification, based on the collec-
tion and identification of local plants. (Brown)

BOTN 128. MYCOLOGY. (4)

Second semester. (Not offered 1971-72.) An introductory
study of the morphology, classification, life histories, and
economics of the fungi. (Motta)

BOTN 153S. FIELD BOTANY AND TAXONOMY. (2)

Summersession. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 orGeneral Biology.
Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight weeks.
The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing
the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other
techniques will be used. Numerous short field trips will
be taken. Each student will make an individual collection.

(Brown)

BOTN 161. SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. (2)

Fall semester. (Not offered 1970-71.) Two-two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, BOTN Oil or
equivalent. An advanced study of the principles of sys-
tematic botany. Laboratory practice with difficult plant
families including grasses, sedges, legumes, and com-
posites. Field trips arranged. (Reveal)

ECOLOGY

BOTN 102. PLANT ECOLOGY. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 001. Two lectures per
week. The dynamics of populations as affected by environ-
mental factors with special emphasis on the structure and
composition of natural plant communities, both terrestrial
and equatic. (Terborgh)

BOTN 103. PLANT ECOLOGY LABORATORY. (1)

Prerequisite, BOTN 102 or its equivalent or concurrent
enrollment therein. One three-hour laboratory period a week.
The application of field and experimental methods of the
qualitative and quantitative study of vegetation and environ-
mental factors. (Terborgh)

BOTN 113. PLANT GEOGRAPHY. (2)

First semester. Prequisite, BOTN 001, or equivalent. A
study of plant distribution throughout the world and the
factors generally associated with such distribution.

(Brown)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
BOTN 219. ADVANCED PLANT ECOLOGY. (3)

BOTN 222. PLANT VIROLOGY LABORATORY (2)
BOTN 223. PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI. (2)

(Staff)

ANATOMY-MORPHOLOGY

BOTN 110. PLANT MICROTECHNIQUE. (3)

Second semester. One lecture a week. Laboratory periods by
arrangement. Prerequisite, BOTN 001 orequivalent andper-

114

Arts and Sciences

mission of instructor. Preparation of temporary and per-
manent mounts, including selection of material, killing and
fixing, embedding, sectioning, and staining methods; photo-
micrography, film and paper processing and preparation of
photographic illustrationsforresearch publication. (Stern)

BOTN 111. PLANT ANATOMY. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, BOTN 1 10, or equivalent. The origin and
development of the organs and tissue systems in the
vascular plants. (Rappleye)

BOTN 115. STRUCTURE OF ECONOMIC PLANTS. (3)

Second semester. (Not offered 197 1-72). One lectureand two
laboratory per iodsa week. Prerequisite, BOTN 11 l.Adetailed
microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and
vegetable crops. (Rappleye)

BOTN 212. PLANT MORPHOLOGY. (3)

(Staff)

GENETICS

BOTN 117. GENERAL PLANT GENETICS. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 009 or equivalent.
The basic principles of plant genetics are presented; the
mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in
relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics of
specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced
mutations of basic and economic significance, gene action,
genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics
in relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics
considered. (Smith)

BOTN 215. PLANT CYTOGENETICS (3)

(Staff)

BOTN 216. NUCLEIC ACIDS AND MOLECULAR GENETICS. (2)

(Staff)

BOTN 399. THESIS RESEARCH

(Staff)

BOTN 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH
Credit according to work done.

CHEMISTRY

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Vanderslice.

PROFESSOR AND ASSOCIATE CHAIRMAN: Jaquith.

PROFESSORS: Atkinson, Castellan, Grim, Henery-Logan,
Keeney, Lippincott, Pratt, Purdy, Reeve, Rollinson, Stew-
art, Stuntz, Svirbely, Veitch, White (Emeritus).

VISITING PROFESSORS: Berger, Reimann, Rose.

RESEARCH PROFESSOR: Bailey.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Boyd, Devoe, Gardner, Gordon,
Holmlund. Huheey. Kasler, Lakshmanan, Pickard, Staley,
Viola.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Ammon, Barker, Bellama, Davis,
Jackson, Jarvis, Khanna, Martin, Mazzocchi, Miller, Moore,
Murphy, O'Haver, 01 in, Sampugna, Sommer, Weinshenker,
Zoller.

VISITING ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Kundell.

INSTRUCTORS: Perlman and Stuntz.

The Department of Chemistry also offers a pro-
gram leading to a B.S. with a major in Biochemistry.
The student must take at least 9 semester hours in
approved biological science courses with at least one
course at the 100 level.

Chemistry 141 2 Chemistry 148 ?

German 001 3 Germon 002 3

General Education 3 General Education i

Electives 4 Electives 4

First Semester

Chemistry 008 or 018 . 4

Mathematics 018 3

English 001 or 021 3

General Education 3

Health 005 2

Physical Education 1

_ 16

Second Semester

Chemistry 009 or 020 , 4

Mathematics 019 4

English 003 3

Physics 030 3

Speech 007 2

Physical Education 1

~~ J7

Second Year
First Semester Second Semester

Chemistry 035 2 Chemistry 037 2

Chemistry040 1 Chemistry 042 1

Mathematics 020 4 Chemistry 021 4

Physics 031 4 Mathematics 021 4

English 004 3 Physics 032 4
~U ~15

First Semester

Chemistry 187
Chemistry 182

Third Year

Second Semester

3 Chemistry 189 3

1 Chemistry 184 1

16
Fourth Yeor

First Semester Second Semester

Chemistry 123 3 Chemistry 101 3

German 006 3 German 008 3

General Education 3 Electives 6

Electives 6 General Education 3

CHEM 001, 003. GENERAL CHEMISTRY. (4, 4)

Two lectures, one quiz, and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra or equi-
valent. (Staff)

CHEM 005. ADVANCED GENERAL CHEMISTRY. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one three-hour labora-
tory period per week. Prerequisite, high school chemistry,
placement in mathematics group I or II, and permission
of the Chemistry Department. An advanced course in
general chemistry for chemistry majors, which must be
followed by CHEM 015. (Staff)

CHEM 006. INTRODUCTORY COLLEGE CHEMISTRY. (2)

Two lectures and one recitation per week. An introduction to
the study of matter. This course is intended to be followed
by CHEM 001 or 005. This course may not be taken for
credit by students with credit in CHEM 00 1,003, 005, or 007
or their equivalents. This course may not be taken to satisfy
the General Education science requirement. (Staff)

CHEM 007. CHEMISTRY OF MAN'S ENVIRONMENT. (4)

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Non-mathematical presentation of basic chemical princi-
ples and applications in cosmochemistry, geochemistry,
biochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Particular emphasis
is placed on the development of man's environment and
his effect upon it. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional
schools. (Staff)

CHEM 008. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. (4)

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 6 or satisfactory perfor-
mance on qualifying test. The first semester of a general
chemistry sequence intended for students whose curricula
require a year or more of chemistry to provide a working
knowledge of the science. Nature and composition of mat-
ter; chemical calculations; atomic structure, solutions.

(Staff)

CHEM 009. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. (4)

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 8 or 18. A continuation
of CHEM 8. The chemistry of carbon, aliphatic compounds;
acids and bases, aromatic compounds; stereochemistry
halides; amines and amides; acids, esters; carbohydrates;
natural products.

CHEM 015. QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 003 or CHEM 005. (Staff)

CHEM 018. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labora-
tory per week. A more rigorous treatment of the material of
CHEM 8. Admissions by invitation of the Chemistry Depart-
ment based on performance on a qualifying test.

CHEM 020. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 8 or 18 and consent of
the Chemistry Department. A more rigorous treatment of
the material of CHEM 9.

CHEM 019. ELEMENTS OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 003. An introduction to the
basic theory and techniques of volumetric and gravi-
metric analysis. Primarily for students in engineering,
agriculture, pre-medical, and pre-dental curricula.

(Stuntz)

CHEM 021. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour labora-
tory periods per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 015. An in-
tensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic
quantitative analysis, covering primarily volumetric meth-
ods. Required of all students majoring in chemistry.

(Stuntz)

CHEM 031, 033. ELEMENTS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3, 3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.

Arts and Sciences

115

Prerequisite, CHEM 003, 005, or 01 3. Organic chemistry for
students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home economics.

(Reeve)

CHEM 035, 037. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2, 2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 003 or 005. A
course for chemists, chemical engineers, pre-medical stu-
dents, and pre-dental students. (Staff)

CHEM 036, 038. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC LABORATORY. (2, 2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 003, or 005; CHEM 035, 037 must be taken concur-
rently. (Staff)

CHEM 040, 042. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY FOR
CHEMISTRY MAJORS. (1, 1)

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 003 or 005; CHEM 035, 037 must be taken concur-
rently. (Staff)

CHEM 101. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 187. (Staff)

CHEM 102. INORGANIC PREPARATIONS. (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 123. (Boyd)

CHEM 110. RADIOCHEMICAL SAFETY PROCEDURES. (1)
One lecture per week. A lecture and demonstration course.
Radiation hazards, principles and practices of radiation
safety, federal (AEC, ICC) codes and state public health
laws, etc., will bediscussed. Consent of the instructor must
be obtained. No ciedit towards a degree allowed for chem-
istry majors. (Lakshmanan)

CHEM 111. CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 003, or equivalent. Not open
to students seeking a major in the physical sciences,
since the course content is covered elsewhere in their
curricula. A course in the principles of chemistry with
accompanying laboratory work consisting of simple
quantitative experiments. (Credit applicable only toward
degree in College of Education.) (Jaquith)

CHEM 112, 113. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY
TEACHING. (3,3)

One four-hour meeting per week. An intensive study of
secondary school chemistry courses with particular atten-
tion to the Chemical Education Material Study course. Major
emphasis will be placed on the chemical principles and
the philosophy underlying the CHEM Study program. Credit
applicable toward degrees in the Collegeof Education only.
Prerequisite, CHEM 001, 003 or its equivalent, and enroll-
ment in the NSF In-Service Institute for Secondary School
Chemistry Teachers, or consent of the instructor.

(Jaquith)

CHEM 115. A SURVEY OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3)

Summer School only. Open ONLY to registrants in the
National Science Foundation Summer Institute. Five one-
hour lectures per week; five three-hour laboratory periods
per week. A systematic survev of compounds of carbon at
the elementary level. (Staff)

CHEM 121. INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites, CHEM 019 or 021, and CHEM 033
or 037. A continuation of CHEM 019 or 021, including
volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric, and colorimetric
methods. Intended for students in agricultural chem-
istry, general physical science, science education, etc.
Not open to chemistry majors. (Staff)

CHEM 123. ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Pre- or co- requisite. CHEM 189. A continuation of
CHEM 021, including volumetric, gravimetric, electro-
metric, and colorimetric methods. Required of all stu-
dents majoring in chemistry. (Purdy)

CHEM 125. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 189. A study of the appli-
cation of physicochemical methods to analytical chemis-
try. Techniques such as polarography, potentiometry, con-
ductivity and spectrophotometry will be included. (Purdy)

CHEM 141, 143. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2, 2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 037, 038. An
advanced study of the compounds of carbon. (Reeve)

CHEM 144. ADVANCED ORGANIC LABORATORY. (2-4)

Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prereq-
uisites. CHEM 037, 038. (Pratt)

CHEM 148. THE IDENTIFICATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS.
(2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 141. The systematic identification of organic com-
pounds. (Pratt)

CHEM 150. ORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
CHEM 019 or 021, and consent of the instructor. The semi-
micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halo-
gen and certain functional groups. (Kasler)
CHEM 161. CHEMICAL BACKGROUND FOR BIOCHEMISTRY.
(2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 033 or CHEM
037. Organic and physical chemical properties of biolog-
ically important compounds and systems. (Holmlund)
CHEM 163. BIOCHEMISTRY. (3)

Ihree lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 161.

(Holmlund)
CHEM 162, 164. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY. (2, 2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 033, CHEM 038 or CHEM 042; CHEM 161 or 163, (or
concurrent registration in CHEM 161 or CHEM 163).

(Staff)
CHEM 182, 184. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY FOR
CHEMISTRY MAJORS. (1, 1)

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 019 or 021; CHEM 187, 189 must be taken concur-
rently. (Staff)
CHEM 186. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY.
(2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
CHEM 184, CHEM 189. (Staff)

CHEM 196. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. (3)

Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature of the topic
being considered. Course may be repeated for credit if the
subject matter is substantial ly different, but not more than
three credits may be accepted in satisfaction of major or
supporting area requirements for chemistry majors.

(Staff)
CHEM 187. 189. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (3, 3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 019 or 021,
MATH 021, PH YS 032 (PHYS 032 may be taken concurrently
with CHEM 187) or consent of instructor. A course primarily
for chemists and chemical engineers. This course must be
accompanied by CHEM 188, 190. (Staff)

CHEM 188, 190. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. (2, 2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. A laboratory
course for chemical engineering students taking CHEM
187, 189. Students who have had CHEM 019, 021, or
equivalent can not register for this course. (Staff)

CHEM 195. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2)

Prerequisite, CHEM 189. Quantum chemistry and other
selected topics. (Staff)

CHEM 199H. SPECIAL PROJECTS. (2)

Honors projects for undergraduate students. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

CHEM 201. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)

CHEM 202, 204. ADVANCED INORGANIC LABORATORY. (2, 2)

(Staff)

CHEM 203. THE CHEMISTRY OF THE RARER ELEMENTS (2)

(Staff)

CHEM 203. THE CHEMISTRY OF THE RARER ELEMENTS. (2)

(Staff)

CHEM 205. RADIOCHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)

CHEM 206. 208. SPECTROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS. (1. 1)

(Staff)

CHEM 207. CHEMISTRY OF COORDINATION COMPOUNDS
(2)

(Staff)

CHEM 209. NON-AQUEOUS INORGANIC SOLVENTS. (2)

(Staff)

CHEM 210. RADIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY. (1-2)

(Staff)

CHEM 211. CHEMISTRY OF ORGANOMETALLIC
COMPOUNDS. (2)

(Staff)

CHEM 213. SELECTED TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
(2)

(Staff)

CHEM 215. NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)

116

Arts and Sciences

CHEM 221, 223. CHEMICAL MICROSCOPY. (2, 2)

(Staff)
CHEM 227. OPTICAL METHODS OF QUANTITATIVE
ANALYSIS. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 229. ELECTRICAL METHODS OF QUANTITATIVE
ANALYSIS. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 231. SEPARATION METHODS IN QUANTITATIVE
ANALYSIS. (3)

(Staff)

CHEM 233. MODERN TRENDS IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
(2)

(Staff)
CHEM 237. ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISMS. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 239: PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 240. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF HIGH POLYMERS. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 243. MOLECULAR ORBITAL THEORY. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 245. THE CHEMISTRY OF THE STEROIDS. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 251. THE HETEROCYCLICS. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 253. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 254 ADVANCED ORGANIC PREPARATIONS. (2-4)

(Staff)

CHEM 258. THE IDENTIFICATION OF ORGANIC
COMPOUNDS, AN ADVANCED COURSE. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 261. PROTEINS, AMINO ACIDS, AND CARBOHYDRATES.
(2)

(Staff)
CHEM 263. BIOLOGICAL ENERGY TRANSDUCTIONS,
VITAMINS, AND HORMONES. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 265. ENZYMES. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 267. THE CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL PRODUCTS. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 268. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (2-4)

(Staff)
CHEM 269. ADVANCED RADIOCHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 270. ADVANCED RADIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY.
(1-2)

(Staff)
CHEM 271. BIOCHEMISTRY OF LIPIDS. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 273. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 275. BIOPHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 287. INFRARED AND ROMAN SPECTROSCOPY. (2)

Staff)
CHEM 291. SELECTED TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 293. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 299. REACTION KINETICS. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 303. ELECTROCHEMISTRY. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 304. ELECTROCHEMISTRY LABORATORY. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 307. CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 311. PHYSIOCHEMICAL CALCULATIONS. (2)

(Staff)
CHEM 313. MOLECULAR STRUCTURE. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 317. CHEMICAL CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. (3)

(Staff)
CHEM 319, 321. QUANTUM CHEMISTRY. (3, 3)

(Staff)
CHEM 323. STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND CHEMISTRY. (3)

(Staff)

CHEM 351. SEMINAR. (1)

CHEM 399. THESIS RESEARCH.

CHEM 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED)

(Staff)
(Staff)
(Staff)

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Avery.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Hubbe.
LECTURER: Iversen.
INSTRUCTOR: Clapper.

MAJOR IN LATIN: LATN 001, 002, 003, and004or
their equivalent must have been completed before a
student may begin work on a major in Latin. A student
majoring in Latin will then begin his concentration
with LATN 005. A major consists of a minimum of
twenty-four hours beginning with LATN 005, twelve
hours of which must be taken in 100-level courses.
A major student who has taken LATN 001, 002, 003,
and 004 may use credit so obtained tofulf ill the twelve-
hour foreign language requirement of the College of
Arts and Sciences. Those registering initially for
LATN 005 must fulfill this requirement in anotherfor-
eign language, preferably Greek. No course with a
grade less than C may be used to satisfy major require-
ments.

No placement tests are given in the Classical Lan-
guages. The following schedule will apply in general
in determining the course level at which students
will register for Latin and Greek. All students whose
stage of achievement is not represented below are
urgently invited to confer with the Chairman of the
Department.

Students offering or 1 unit of Latin will register for
course 001.

Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for course 003
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for course 004.
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for course 005.
No credit will be given for less than two semesters of Ele-
mentary Latin or Greek except as provided below in the course
description of LATN 001, 002.

LATIN

LATN 001, 002. ELEMENTARY LATIN. (3, 3)

A student who has had two units of Latin in high school
may register for LATN 001 for purposes of review, but not
for credit; however, he may, under certain conditions, reg-
ister for LATN 002 for credit with departmental permission.

(Hubbe and Staff)

LATN 003. INTERMEDIATE LATIN (CAESAR). (3)

Prerequisite, LATN 001, 002 or equivalent. (Staff)

LATN 004. INTERMEDIATE LATIN (CICERO). (3)

Prerequisite, LATN 003 or equivalent. (Staff)

LATN 005. VERGIL'S AENEID. (3)

Prerequisite, LATN 004 or equivalent. (Avery)

LATN 051. HORACE. (3)

Prerequisite, LATN 005 or equivalent. (Avery)

LATN 052. LIVY. (3)

Prerequisite, LATN 051 or equivalent. (Avery)

LATN 061. PLINY'S LETTERS. (3)

Prerequisite, LATN 052 or equivalent. (Avery)

LATN 070. GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY. (3)

Taught in English, no prerequisite. Cannot be taken for
language credit. This course is particularly recommended
for students planning to major in Foreign Languages, Eng-
lish, History, the Fine Arts, or Journalism. (Iversen)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

Prerequisite for 100 level courses, LATN 061.
LATN 101. CATULLUS AND THE ROMAN ELEGIAC POETS. (3)

(Avery)
LATN 102. TACITUS. (3)

(Avery)
LATN 103. ROMAN SATIRE. (3)

(Avery)
LATN 104. ROMAN COMEDY. (3)

(Avery)
LATN 105. LUCRETIUS. (3)

(Avery)

Arts and Sciences

117

LATN 111. ADVANCED LATIN GRAMMAR. (3)

Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or equivalent. An
intensive study of the morphology and syntax of the Latin
language supplemented by rapid reading. (Avery)

LATN 199. LATIN READINGS. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The reading of one or
more selected Latin authors from antiquity through the
Renaissance. Reports. May be repated with different con-
tent. (Avery)

FOR GRADUATES

LATN 210. VULGAR LATIN READINGS. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive review of
the phonology, morphology, and syntax of Classical Latin,
followed by the study of the deviations of Vulgar Latin from
the classical norms, with the reading of illustrative texts.
The reading of selections from the Peregrinato and loca
sancta and the study of divergences from classical usage
therein, with special emphasis on those which anticipate
subsequent developments in the Romance Languages. Re-
ports. (Avery)

GREEK

GREK 001, 002. ELEMENTARY GREEK. (3, 3)

(Hubbe)
GREK 003. INTERMEDIATE GREEK (XENOPHON). (3)

Prerequisite, GREK 001, 002 or equivalent. (Hubbe)

GREK 004. INTERMEDIATE GREEK (HOMER). (3)

Prerequisite, GREK 003 or equivalent. See GREK 006.

(Hubbe)
GREK 005. HERODOTUS. (3)

Prerequisite, GREK 004 or equivalent. (Hubbe)

GREK 006. THE NEW TESTAMENT. (3)

Prerequisite, GREK 003 or equivalent. GREK 006 will be

substituted for GREK 004 upon demand of a sufficient

number of students. (Hubbe)

GREK 051. EURIPIDES. (3)

Prerequisite, GREK 005 or equivalent. (Hubbe)

GREK 052. PLATO. (3)

Prerequisite, GREK 051 or equivalent. (Hubbe)

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE

ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON COMPARATIVE LITERATURE:

PROFESSORS Freedman (Chairman), M. J. Evans, G. Jones,

MacBain, D. Smith, Sparks and Manning.
PROFFESSORS: Goodwyn, Jones.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Demaitrej Schaumann, D. Smith.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Evans, Swigger.
LECTURER: Longen.

All literature courses numbered 100 or above in
the departments of Classics, Foreign Languages and
English as well as courses in Comparative Literature
are acceptedfor a major in comparative literature. Stu-
dents with this major must have a knowledge of at least
one approved foreign language demonstrated by suc-
cessful completion of a course number 100 or above
in that language.

Of the possible 24-40 hours offered as a major, the
following courses are required: CMLT 101-102 and
150.

Six hours of other comparative literature courses.

Course work may not be limited to the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
LATN 070 is highly recommended.

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
CMLT 101, 102. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF COMPARATIVE
LITERATURE. (3, 3)

First semester. Survey of the background of European liter-
ature through study of the Greek and Latin literature in
English translations, discussing the debt of modern liter-
ature to the ancients. Second semester: study of medieval
and modern continental literature. (Schaumann)

CMLT 103. THE OLD TESTAMENT AS LITERATURE. (3)
A study of sources, development and literary types.

(Schaumann)

CMLT 104. THE NEW TESTAMENT AS LITERATURE. (3)

A study of the books of the New Testament, with attention
to the relevant historical background and to the transmis-
sion of the text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not es-
essential. (Staff)

CMLT 105. ROMANTICISM: EARLY STAGES. (3)

First semester. Emphasis on England, France and Germany.
Reading knowledge of French or German required.

(Demaitre)

CMLT 106. ROMANTICISM: FLOWERING AND INFLUENCE. (3)
Second semester. Emphasis on England, France and Ger-
many. Reading knowledge of French or German required.

(Demaitre)

CMLT 107. THE FAUST LEGEND IN ENGLISH AND GERMAN
LITERATURE. (3)

A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its
later treatment bv Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe
in Faust. (Prahl)

CMLT 112. IBSEN AND THE CONTINENTAL DRAMA. (3)

First semester. A study of the life and chief work of Henrik
Ibsen with special emphasis on his influence on the modern
drama. (D. Smith)

CMLT 114. THE GREEK DRAMA. (3)

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and
Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis on the his-
toric background, on dramatic structure, and on the effect
of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world.

(Prahl)

CMLT 115, 116. THE CLASSICAL TRADITION AND ITS
INFLUENCE IN THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE
RENAISSANCE. (3, 3)

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek
or Latin required. (Staff)

CMLT 125. LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES. (3)

Narrative, dramatic, and lyric literature of the Middle Ages
studied in translation. (Cooley)

CMLT 130. THE CONTINENTAL NOVEL. (3)

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the
Existentialists, selected from literatures of France, Ger-
many, Italy, Russia, and Spain. (Staff)

CMLT 135. DANTE AND THE ROMANCE TRADITION. (3)

A reading of the Divine Comedy to enlighten the discovery
of reality in western literature. (Staff)

CMLT 140, 141. LITERATURE OF THE FAR EAST. (3, 3)

A survey of the literature of China and Japan. First semester:
an examination of the development of Chinese and Japanese
literature up to the Yuan and Kamakura period. Second
semester: the literature from the fourteenth century to the
present. (Staff)

CMLT 145. MAJOR CONTEMPORARY AUTHORS. (3)

(Staff)

CMLT 150. CONFERENCE COURSE IN COMPARATIVE
LITERATURE. (3)

Second semester: A tutorial type discussion course, cor-
relating the courses in various literatures which the student
has previously taken with the primary themes and master-
pieces of world literature. This course is required of under-
graduate majors in comparative literature, but must not be
taken until the final year of the student's program. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
CMLT 201. PROBLEMS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)

CMLT 225. THE MEDIEVAL EPIC. (3)

(Staff)

CMLT 226. THE MEDIEVAL ROMANCE. (3)

(Staff)
CMLT 230. PROBLEMS OF THE BAROQUE IN LITERATURE.
(3)

(Staff)

CMLT 235. THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE AND ITS INFLUENCE
(3)

(Staff)
CMLT 240. LITERARY CRITICISM: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL
(3)

(Staff)
CMLT 241. LITERARY CRITICISM: RENAISSANCE AND
MODERN. (3)

(Staff)

CMLT 258. FOLKLORE IN LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)

CMLT 268. SEMINAR IN LITERARY SOURCES OF ART
HISTORY. (3)

(Staff)

CMLT 301. SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES. (3)

(Staff)

CMLT 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

(Staff)

118

Arts and Sciences

CMLT 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (CREDIT ARRANGED)

(Staff)

COMPUTER SCIENCE

PROFESSOR ANO DIRECTOR: Atchison.

PROFESSORS: Chu 1 . Edmundson-, Glasser , Heilprin .

RESEARCH PROFESSORS: Ortega ', Rheinboldt '. Rosenfeld.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Glaser", Minkei.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Austing. Feldman, Hagerty, Hanani.

Owings. Park, Pfaltz, Vandergrift.

INSTRUCTOR AND ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR: Menard.

INSTRUCTORS: I mdamood, Williams.

The Student Chapter of the Association for Com-
puting Machinery meets regularly for the discussion
of topics in computer science which are of interest to
undergraduates. Its programs are open to the public.

FOR UNDERGRADUATES

CMSC 005. INTRODUCTION TO USE OF THE DIGITAL
COMPUTER. (1)

An introduction to the use of FORTRAN for solution of sim-
ple computational tasks. The use of a conversational mode
to simplify the computational process will be emphasized.
Where possible students will be assigned to sections of
comparable background. Examples and problems for the
sections will be chosen appropriate to the background of
the students.

CMSC 012. INTRODUCTORY ALGORITHMIC METHODS. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite, MATH Oil or equivalent. Recommended for
students not majoring in mathematics, the physical scien-
ces, or engineering. Study of the algorithmic approach in
the analysis of problems and their computational solution.
Definition and use of a particular algorithmic language.
Computer projects based on elementary algebra and prob-
ability; linear equations and matrices; and the ordering,
searching, sorting, and manipulating of data.

CMSC 020. ELEMENTARY ALGORITHMIC ANALYSIS. (3)

Two. lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Pre-orco-requisite, MATH020or equivalent. Recommended
for students majoring in mathematics, the physical sciences
or engineering. Concept and properties of an algorithm,
language and notation for describing algorithms, analysis
of computational problems and development of algorithms
for their solution, use of specific algorithmic languages
in solving problems from numerical mathematics, comple-
tion of several projects using a computer.

CMSC 021. NUMERICAL CALCULUS LABORATORY I . ( 1 or 2)
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour. Prereq-
uisite, MATH 021, or concurrent registration therein and
CMSC 020, or equivalents. Laboratory work in the de-
velopment of algorithmic solutions of problems taken
from numerical calculus with emphasis on efficiency of
computation, and the control of errors. Basic one-credit
laboratory includes completion of several machine proj-
ects on material related to MATH 021. Second credit in-
volves more comprehensive projects based on similar
or related material.

CMSC 022. NUMERICAL CALCULUS LABORATORY II. (lor 2)
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour. Prereq-
uisite, MATH 022 or concurrent registration therein and
CMSC 020, or equivalents. Laboratory work in the develop-
ment of algorithmic solutions of problems taken from
numerical linear algebra with emphasis on efficiency of
computation and the control of errors. Basic one credit
laboratory includes completion of several machine projects
on material related to MATH 022. Second credit involves
more comprehensive projects based on similar or related
material.

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

CMSC 100. LANGUAGE AND STRUCTURE OF COMPUTERS.
(3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite, CMSC 012 or CMSC 020 or equiva-
lent. Logical basis of computer structure, machine rep-
resentation of numbers and characters, flow of control,

'joint oppointment with Electricol Engineering
-Joint oppointment with Mothemotics
Joint appointment with Physics and Astronomy
*Joint appointment with Library and Information Services
■'Joint oppointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics ond Applied Mathematics
\loint appointment with Physiology

instruction codes, arithmetic and logical operations, in-
dexing and indirect addressing, input-output, push-down
stacks, symbolic representation of programs and assem-
bly systems, subroutine linkage, macros, interpretive sys-
tems, and recent advances in computer organization,
several computer projects to illustrate basic concepts.
NOTE: CMSC 100 may not be counted for credit in the
graduate program in computer science.

CMSC 102. INTRODUCTION TO DISCRETE STRUCTURES. (3)
Prerequisite, CMSC 020 or equivalent. This is the same
course as ENEE 102. Review of set algebra including rela-
tions, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic structures
including semigroups and groups. Graph theory including
trees and weighted graphs. Boolean algebra and proposi-
tional logic. Applications of these structures to various
areas of computer science and computer engineering.
NOTE: CMSC 102 may not be counted for credit in the grad-
uate program in computer science.

CMSC 1 10. SPECIAL COMPUTATIONAL LABORATORY. (1 or 2)
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour. Prereq-
uisite, CMSC 012 or equivalent. Arranged for special groups
of students to give experience in developing algorithmic
solutions of problems or using particular computational
systems. May be taken for cumulative credit up to a
maximum of six hours where different material is
covered. NOTE: CMSC 110 may not be counted for credit
in the graduate program in computer science.

CMSC 120. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER LANGUAGES AND
SYSTEMS. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 022 or equivalent. Organization and
characteristics of computers. Procedure oriented and as-
sembly languages. Representation of data, characters and
instructions. Introduction to logic design and systems or-
ganization. Macro definition and generation. Program seg-
mentation and linkage. Extensive use of the computer to
complete projects illustrating programmingtechniques and
machine structure.

NOTE: CMSC 120 may not be counted for credit in the
graduate program in computer science.

CMSC 132. SIMULATION OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisites, CMSC 020 and MATH 066, or equivalent.
Introduction to digital simulation; simulation by MIMIC
programming; simulation by FORTRANprogramming;simula-
tion by DSL-90 (or CSMP) programming; logic and construc-
tion of a simulation processor; similarity between digital
simulations of continuous and discrete systems.

CMSC 140. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES.
(3)

Prerequisite, CMSC 100 or equivalent. Formal definition of
languages including specification of syntax and semantics.
Syntactic structure and semantics of simple statements
including precedence, infix, prefix, and postfix notation.
Global structure and semantics of algorithmic languages
including declarations and storage allocation, grouping of
statements and binding time of constituents, subroutines,
coroutines, tasks and parameters. List processing and data
description languages.

CMSC 144. ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 021 or consent of instructor. This is
the same course as MATH 144. An elementary development
of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and
Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov algorithms,
Turing machines and recursive functions. Topics include
Post productions, word problems, and formal languages.

CMSC 150. DATA AND STORAGE STRUCTURES. (3)

Prerequisite, CMSC 100 and CMSC 102 or equivalent. A
study of intrinsic structures of data, such as arrays, strings,
trees, and lists, and their relation to storage media. Repre-
sentation of data structures in storage by records, files, etc.
Special storage structures such as content addressed, trie,
and associative memories. Referencing, processing, and
management techniques based on the structuring, e.g., list
processing. Storage and accessing efficiency, as well as
dynamic flexibility of various methods.

CMSC 160. COMPUTER ORGANIZATION. (3)

Prerequisite, CMSC 100 or equivalent. This is the same
course as ENEE 166. Introduction. Computer elements.
Parallel adders and subtracters. Micro-operations. Se-
quences. Computer simulation. Organization of a com-
merically available stored program computer. Micropro-
grammed computers. A large-scale batch-processing sys-
tem.

CMSC 168. NUMERICAL METHODS FOR SCIENTISTS AND
ENGINEERS. (3)

Prerequisites, MATH 022 or 162, MATH 066, and CMSC 020
or equivalent. This is the same course as MATH 168. Inter-
polation, numerical differentiation and integration, numeri-

Arts and Sciences

119

cal solution of polynomial and transcendental equations,
least squares, systems of linear equations, numerical solu-
tion of ordinary differential equations, errors in numerical
calculations.

CMSC 170. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS I. (3)

Pre- or co-requisite, MATH 1 10. This is the same course as
MATH 170. Solution of linear systems of equations and non-
linear equations in one variable. Least square and Cheby-
shev approximation. Numerical differentiation, integration,
and solution of ordinary differential equations.

CMSC 171. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS II. (3)

Prerequisites, MATH 100 or 104. MATH 110, and
CMSC/M 170. This is the same course as MATH 171.
Linear systems of equations: norms, condition numbers,
rounding error analysis, iterative methods; introduction to
numerical solution of partial differential equations. Non-
linear systems of equations: Newton's method, conver-
gence and rate of convergence. Eigenvalue problems.

CMSC 190. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
(1-3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An individualized
course designed to allow a student or students to pursue
a specialized topic or project under the supervision of the
senior staff. Credit accoriding to work done.

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

CMSC 200. COMPUTER AND PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS. (3)

CMSC 202. COMPUTER SYSTEMS. (3)

CMSC 204. INFORMATION PROCESSING. (3)

CMSC 206. COMPUTABILITY AND AUTOMATA. (3)

CMSC 210. THEORIES OF INFORMATION. (3)

CMSC 215. THEORY OF COMPUTATION. (3)

CMSC 220. AUTOMATA THEORY. (3)

CMSC 225. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS TO THE PHYSICAL
SCIENCES. (3)

CMSC 230. SIMULATION OF COMPUTER ORGANIZATION.
(3)

CMSC 235. MODELING AND SIMULATION OF PHYSICAL
SYSTEMS. (3)

CMSC 240. COMPILER CONSTRUCTION. (3)

CMSC 245. FORMAL LANGUAGES AND SYNTACTIC AN-
ALYSIS. (3)

CMSC 250. MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS. (3)

CMSC 252. COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS. (3)

CMSC 255. INFORMATION RETRIEVAL. (3)

CMSC 258. SEMINAR ON INFORMATION RETRIEVAL. (3)

CMSC 263. THEORY OF SEQUENTIAL MACHINES. (3)

CMSC 265. ADVANCED AUTOMATA THEORY. (3)

CMSC 266. ALGORITHMIC NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. (3)

CMSC 280. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. (3)

CMSC 285. COMPUTER PROCESSING OF PICTORIAL IN-
FORMATION. (3)

CMSC 290. ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE.

CMSC 295. GRADUATE SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE.
(1-3)

CMSC 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (ARRANGED)

CMSC 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (ARRANGED)

INSTITUTE OF

CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY

PROFESSOR AND DIRECTOR: Lejins (Professor of Sociology)
LECTURER: Tomlin.

Advisory Council: The Advisory Council is made up
of representatives of the areas of education, law, psy-
chiatry, psychology, public administration, social
work, sociology, and University College- Dr. Richard
P. Claude, Department of Government and Politics,
College of Business and Public Administration; Asso-
ciate Dean Stanley J. Drazek, University College;
Professor Robert G. Fisher, School of Law; Dr. Franz
Huber, College of Education; Dr. Jonas Rappeport,
Psychiatric Institute; Dean Daniel Thursz, School of
Social Work; Dr. Robert S. Waldrop, Department of
Psychology.

Advisory Board: The Advisory Board is made upof rep-
resentatives of the State Agencies in the field of law
enforcement and corrections, representatives of ap-
propriate private agencies and organizations as well
as representatives of national agencies and organiza-
tions.

The purpose of the Institute istoprovideanorgani-
zational and administrative basisforthe interests and
activities of the University, its faculty and students in
the genera I area of crime and delinquency, comprising
the areas usually designated as law enforcement,
criminology, and corrections. The institute is to pro-
mote study and teaching concerning the problems of
crime and delinquency and their prevention and con-
trol by offering'and coordinating academic programs
in the area of law enforcement, criminology and cor-
rections, managing research in these areas and con-
ducting demonstration projects.

The Institute comprises as its component parts:

1. The Criminology Program, which is a Di-
vision of the Department of Sociology.

2. The Law Enforcement Curriculum.

3. The program leading to a Bachelor of Arts in

General Studies with specializations in Law
Enforcement and Corrections offered by the
University College.

4. Other appropriate divisions of the Institute to

be developed for the areas of research and
demonstration projects.

LAW ENFORCEMENT CURRICULUM

LENF 001. INTRODUCTION TO LAW ENFORCEMENT. (3)
Introduction to the administration of criminal justice in a
democratic society with emphasis upon the theoretical and
historical development of law enforcement. The principles
of organization and administration for law enforcement,
functions and specific activities; planning and research;
public relations; personnel and training; inspection and
control; direction; policy formulation.

LENF 020. INVESTIGATION IN LAW ENFORCEMENT. (3)

Investigation as a process of communication. Principles
and problems in information collection and evaluation: im-
partial gathering and evaluation of data. Crime scene search
and recording; collection and preservation of physical evi-
dence; scientific aids; modus operandi; sources of informa-
tion; interviewing; follow-up and case preparation.

LENF 030. CRIMINAL LAW. (3)

Law as one of the methods of social control. Criminal law:
its nature, sources, and types: theories and historical devel-
opments. Behavioral and legal aspects of criminal acts.
Classification and analysis of selected criminal offenses.

LENF 031. CRIMINAL PROCEDURE AND EVIDENCE. (3)

Prerequisite, LENF 030. General principles and theories
of criminal procedure. Due process. Arrest, search and
seizure. Recent developments. Study and evaluation of
evidence and proof.

DANCE

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Madden.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Mack, Moehlenhamp. Rosen.
VISITING LECTURERS: Nagnn and Rosenberg.
INSTRUCTORS: Brunner, Goodman, Reynolds. Steckler,
Weisbrod, Witt, Yeo.
The Department of Dance offers courses to gen-
eral students which serve to develop their knowledge
of different cultures and arts by studying the role of
dance in diverse societies and in relation to other art
forms. Minors, supporting courses, and electives in
dance, therefore, are also valuable to students major-
ing in such disciplines as sociology and anthropology
as well as in music, art, anddrama. For those students
who major in dance, the Department provides courses
of training which prepare them to practice their craft
in concert or in the theatre, to pursue their studies of
dance and related arts at the graduate level, or to be-
come critics, historians, and archivists of dance.

120

Arts and Sciences

A teacher certification program in dance is pres-
ently being developed in conjunction with the Col-
lege of Education.

The available Bachelor of Arts degree is given by
the College of Arts and Sciences and is awarded to
those whose interest is basically in the cultural, per-
forming, and composing aspects of the dance. The
Department also offers courses which fulfill the Phy-
sical Education requirement.

Courses in dancetheory, literature, andtechnique
are open to all students who have completed the
specified prerequisites, acquired the equivalent ex-
perience, or secured the permission of the Chairman
of the Department of Dance. The Elementary Labora-
tory Group, the Apprentice Group^ and the Dance Con-
cert Group are also open to qualified students.

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE

The Department requirement includes a core
program of 14 hours in dance techniques and 24
hours in theory and literature. Dance majors are
also required to take 12 hours in related disciplines.

No course with a grade of less than "C" may be
applied toward the fulfillment of the course require-
ments for a major in dance.

DANC 032. INTRODUCTION TO DANCE. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. A study
of dance as a form of communication and as an art form.
The course includes a survey of the theories and styles of
dance, and of their relationships to other art forms. Lectures
will be supplemented by observations, films, and guest
speakers. May be taken to fulfill the 3 semester hours re-
quirement in Fine Arts or Philosophy of the general Ed-
ucation requirement.

DANC 050. RHYTHMIC INVENTION FOR DANCE. (2)

First and second semester. Three hours a week. A course
designed to show hqw rhythm affects the total dance move-
ment picture and develops the dancer's rhythmic awareness
and response. Understanding of rhythmic principles; move-
ment isolation; design; phrasing; syncopation.

DANC 052, 054. DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. DANC 052, a study of dance
movement in terms of placement, rhythm, dynamics, space,
improvisation, and dance phrases. DANC 054, further
development of the materials in DANC 052. Prerequisite,
DANC 052 or equivalent.

DANC 055, 057. DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 054, or
equivalent. DANC 955, a study of dance techniques and
styles. DANC 057, further development of materials in
DANC 055. Prerequisite, DANC 055 or equivalent.

DANC 060. ELEMENTARY DANCE COMPOSITION. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 054 or
equivalent. The study of basic principles of dance com-
position in terms of space, time, dynamics, and movement
invention. The development of critical awareness and judg-
ment with regard to composing.

DANC 070. INTERMEDIATE MODERN DANCE. (2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 060 or
equivalent. Study of more advanced dance techniques and
some compositional problems. May be repeated for credit.

DANC 080. ADVANCED MODERN DANCE. (2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 070 or
equivalent. Continuation of DANC 070 in further ad-
vanced form. May be repeated for credit.

DANCE 084. MOVEMENT FOR THE THEATRE. (3)

First and second semesters. Lecture and laboratory. Prereq-
uisite, one semester of dance technique. Movement for
actors, dancers, directors, singers in the theatre. Dynamics,
qualities, styles, and space as related to movement on the
stage.

DANC 090. WORKSHOP. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Admission by consent of in-
structor. Planning, choreography, and presentation of dem-
onstrations and concerts. Maybe repeated for credit until 6
credits have been earned.

DANC 100. ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHIC FORMS. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 060 or
equivalent and adequate dance technique. Lectures and
studio work in modern sources as they apply to dance.
Solo and group choreography.

DANC 104. ETHNIC STYLES. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 054. Lec-
ture and activity in styles expressive of various cultures.
May be repeated for credit by permission of instructor.

DANC 114. DEVELOPMENT OF DANCE PROGRESSION. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANCE 060 or
equivalent. The application and building of dance progres-
sion both in terms of dance techniques and in choreo-
graphic studies. Students have the opportunity to observe
and assist the instructor in conducting lower-level dance
classes.

DANC 170. CREATIVE DANCE FOR CHILDREN. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 060 or
equivalent. Directing the essential elements of dance to the
level of the child's experience and facilitating the creative
response. The development of movement into simple
forms to serve as a symbol of individual expression.

DANC 180. DANCE PRODUCTION. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, DANC 100 or
equivalent and an adequate understanding of dance tech-
niques. Advanced choreography. Independent work with
periodic criticism.

DANC 182, 183. HISTORY OF DANCE. (3, 3)

The development of dance from primitive to contemporary
times and the relationship of dance forms to patterns of
of culture. DANC 182, the Primitive period through the
Middle Ages. DANC 183, the Renaissance period to the
present times. May be taken to fulfill the 3 semester
hours requirement in Fine Arts or Philosophy of the Gen-
eral Education requirement.

DANC 184. THEORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF DANCE. (3)

First and second semesters. The study of the theories,
philosophies and aesthetics of dance. Investigation of form,
content, and structure. Interrelationships of the arts, and
their role in man's world. May be taken to fulfill the 3
semester hours requirement in Fine Arts or Philosophy of
the General Education requirement.

DANC 190. NOTATION. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 050 or
equivalent. Movement analysis for purposes of recording
dance; notation fundamentals; elementary writing of tech-
nique; reading of simple folk, modern, and ballet studies.

DANC 192. PERCUSSION AND MUSIC SOURCES FOR DANCE.
(3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, D«NC 050 or
equivalent. Techniques of percussion playing, and its use
as dance accompaniment. Learning to use the instru-
ments in composition and improvisation. Study of music
sources for dance.

DANC 194. DIRECTED STUDIES IN DANCE. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Hours arranged. For advanced
students who have the permission of the Chairman of the
Department of Dance.

ECONOMICS

Students registered in the College of Arts and
Sciences may major in economics. During the fresh-
man and sophomore years prospective economics ma-
jors should consult with their lower division advisor in
Arts and Sciences concerning preparation for the ma-
jor. Normally ECON 004 — Economic Developments (3)
is taken during the freshman year and ECON 031,
032— Principles of Economics (3, 3), duringthe soph-
omore year. Economics majors are required to take
six hours of mathematics.

Juniors and seniors are advised by the faculty of
the Department of Economics, which is administered
in the College of Business and Public Administration.
In addition to the nine lower division credits listed
above, economics majors must complete a minimum
of 27 credits with an average grade of not less than
"C." ECON 102— National Income Analysis(3); ECON
132— Advanced Economic Principles (3); and either
BSAD 130— Business Statistics I (3) or ECON Ill-
Quantitative Methods in Economics (3) are required.
Other courses to meet the requirements of the major
are to be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor.
Descriptions of courses in economics will be found in
the catalog of the College of Business and Public Ad-

Arts and Sciences

121

ministration. Additional information about the curric-
ulum in economics may be obtained at the depart-
mental office.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Freedmat,.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR AND ASSOCIATE CHAIRMAN:

Howard.

PROFESSORS: Bode, Cooley Harman (Emerita) Hovey, Korg,
McManaway, Manning^ Mish (Director of Graduate Stu-
ies), Murphy, Myers, Panichas, Russell, Whittemore, Zee-
veld.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Andrews (Emerita), Barnes
(Representative of University College) Birdsall, Brown,
Bryer, Carey, Cooper Fleming Gravely, Herman, Houppert,
Jellema, Kinnaird, Lawson, Lutwack, Portz, Salamanca,
Schaumann, D. Smith, G. Smith, Thorberg, Vitzthum, Ward,
Wilson.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Beauchamp, Cate, Coulter, Dunn,
Fry, Greenwood, G. Hamilton, Holton Johnson, James,
Kenney , Kleine, Lounsbury, Martin, Miller, Mmtz, Robb,
Rutherford, Saltz, Spurgeon, Steinberg, Swigger, Tinsley, Ty-
son, VanEgmond, Walt, Weigant.

LECTURERS: Andreadis, LaVia, Longen, Reed.

INSTRUCTORS: Allen, Anderson, Capshaw, Cardaci, Demaree,
Detrick, Diomedi, Fitzpatrick, Flynn, Friedman, Gardiner,
Gaunt, Grunder, D. Hamilton (P. T.j, Kenny, Kirkpatrick,
Leatherbarrow, Leonard, McKewin, Meszaros, Norton.
O'Brien, Olefsky, Ostrowski, Ozolins, Plylon, Ramsey, Sch-
meissner, Singleton, Stevenson, Stone, Towsend, Trous-
dale, Vitale, Weissman, Whitaker, Zelenka.

The English major requires 30 credits, suitably
distributed as indicated in Departmental announce-
ments, beyond the General Education requirements.
A student may pursue a major with emphasis in Eng-
lish, American, or Comparative Literature; in folk-
lore, creative writing, or in linguistics; or in prepara-
tion for secondary school teaching.

No course with a grade less than "C" may be
used to satisfy major requirements.

In selecting minor or elective subjects, students
majoring in English, particularly those who plan to
do graduate work, should give special consideration
to courses in French, German, Latin, philosophy,
and history.
HONORS

The Department of English offers an honors pro-
gram, primarily for majors but open to others with the
approval of the departmental honors committee.
Interested students should ask for detailed informa-
tion from an English Department advisor no later
than the beginning of their junior year.

ENGLISH

ENGL 001, 021 or HONR 001 is prerequisite to courses
numbered 003 through 056.

ENGL 001. COMPOSITION. (3)

Required of freshmen. See ENGL 021. The study and ap-
plication of rhetorical principles in expository prose-,
frequent themes. (Herman, Staff)

ENGL 021. HONORS COMPOSITION. (3)

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 001
to satisfy General Education requirement. Survey of prin-
ciples of composition, rhetoric, and techniques of research:
reading in essays, short stories, poetry; frequent themes.

(Thorberg, Staff)

ENGL 003. WORLD LITERATURE. (3)

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. See
ENGL 033. Homer to the Renaissance, foreign classics
being read in translation. (Staff)

ENGL 033. HONORS WORLD LITERATURE. (3)

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 003
to satisfy General Education requirement. Homer to the
Renaissance, foreign classics being read in translation.

(Staff)

ENGL 004. WORLD LITERATURE. (3)

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. See
ENGL 034. Shakespeare to the present, foreign classics
being read in translation. (Staff)

ENGL 034. HONORS WORLD LITERATURE. (3)

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 004
to satisfy General Education requirement. Shakespeare to
the present, foreign classics being read in translation.

(Staff)
ENGL 007. TECHNICAL WRITING. (2)

(Staff)
ENGL 008. INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH GRAMMAR. (3)
A brief review of traditional English grammar, and an intro-
duction to structural grammar, including phonology,
morphology, and syntax. (Robb, James, Staff)

ENGL 009. INTRODUCTION TO NARRATIVE LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite, ENGL 001 or 021. An intensive study of repre-
sentative stories, with lectures on the history and technique
of the short story and other narrative forms. (Staff)

ENGL 010. COMPOSITION AND LITERARY TYPES. (3)

Not open to students who have taken ENGL 021. A study
of literary genres with writing based on the readings.

(Herman, Staff)
ENGL 012. INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING. (3)

Additional prerequisite, sophomore standing and depart-
mental permission. (Schaumann, Van Egmond, Staff)
ENGL 014. EXPOSITORY WRITING. (3)

(Herman, Staff)
ENGL 015. READINGS IN BIOGRAPHY. (3)

An analytical study in the form and technique of bio-
graphical writing in Europe and America. (Ward)
ENGL 030. INTRODUCTION TO POETRY AND POETICS. (3)

(G. Smith, Jellema)
ENGL 055. ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM THE BEGINNINGS
TO 1800. (3)

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 003
or 004 to satisfy the General Education requirement.

(Cooper, Staff)
ENGL 056. ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM 1800 TO THE
PRESENT. (3)

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 003
or 004 to satisfy the General Education requirement.

(Cooper, Staff)
ENGL 57. AMERICAN LITERATURE, BEGINNING TO 1865. (3)
May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 003
or 004 to satisfy General Education requirement.
ENGL 58. AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1865 TO THE PRESENT.
(3)
May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 003
or 004 to satisfy General Education requirement.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
ENGL 003-004 (033-034) or 055-056 are prerequisites to

courses numbered 101 through 199.
ENGL 101. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. (3)

(Birdsall. Robb. James)
ENGL 102. OLD ENGLISH. (3)
ENGL 104. CHAUCER. (3)

(Cooley, Birdsall)
ENGL 105. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3)

Listed also as LING 101.
ENGL 107. AMERICAN ENGLISH. (3)

(Robb)
ENGL 108. ADVANCED ENGLISH GRAMMAR. (3)

Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 108 and LING 103

(Robb, James
ENGL 109. ENGLISH MEDIEVAL LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 110, 111. ELIZABETHAN AND JACOBEAN DRAMA. (3, 3

(Zeeveld, Houppert)
ENGL 112, 113. LITERATURE OF THE RENAISSANCE. (3. 3)

(Zeeveld, Cooper)
ENGL 115, 116. SHAKESPEARE. (3, 3)

(Zeeveld, Cooper, Houppert, D. Smith, Spurgeon)
ENGL 117. THE MAJOR WORKS OF SHAKESPEARE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 120. ENGLISH DRAMA FROM 1660 TO 1800. (3)

(Ward)
ENGL 121. MILTON. (3)

(Murphy, Freedman, G. Hamilton, Wilson)
ENGL 122. LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
1600-1660. (3)

(Murphy, Mish, Wilson, G. Hamilton)
ENGL 123. LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY.
1660-1700. (3)

(Wilson)

122 Aris and Sciences

ENGL 125, 126. LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CEN-
TURY. (3,3)

(Myers, Howard)
ENGL 129, 130. LITERATURE OF THE ROMANTIC PERIOD.
(3, 3) (Kmnaird, G. Smith)

ENGL 134, 135. LITERATURE OF THE VICTORIAN PERIOD.
(3, 3) (Brown, Cate)

ENGL 136. LATE VICTORIAN AND EDWARDIAN LITERATURE.
(3)

A study of the literary movements and techniques which ef-
fected the transition from Victorian to modern literature.

(Staff)
ENGL 139, 140. THE ENGLISH NOVEL. (3, 3)

(Ward, Kenney, Kleine)
ENGL 141, 142. MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS. (3, 3)
Two writers studied intensively each semester.

(Fleming, Panichas, Jellema)
ENGL 143. MODERN POETRY. (3)

(Fleming, Jellema)
ENGL 144. MODERN DRAMA. (3)

(Freedman, Bryer)
ENGL 145. THE MODERN NOVEL. (3)

(Panichas, Lawson, Holton)
ENGL 146. AMERICAN DRAMA. (3)

(Bryer)
ENGL 147. AMERICAN POETRY, BEGINNING TO THE
PKtSENl (3) (Staff)

ENGL 148. THE LITERATURE OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY. (3)

(Barnes)
ENGL 152. THE NOVEL IN AMERICA TO 1910. (3)

(Hovey, Thorberg)
ENGL 153. THE NOVEL IN AMERICA SINCE 1910. (3)

(Hovey, Thorberg)
ENGL 154. LITERATURE OF THE SOUTH. (3)

A historical survey, from eighteenth-century beginnings
to the present. (Lawsonj

ENGL 155, 156. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. (3, 3)
Two writers studied intensively each semester.

(Manning, Gravely, Lutwack, Barnes, Holton, Bryer)
ENGL 157. INTRODUCTION TO FOLKLORE. (3)

(Birdsall, Carey)
ENGL 158. FOLK NARRATIVE. (3)

Studies in legend, tale, and myth. (Birdsall)

ENGL 159. FOLKSONG AND BALLAD. (3)

(Carey)
ENGL 160. ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING. (3)

(Herman, Walt, Trousdale, Stevenson)
ENGL 161. ADVANCED ENGLISH STRUCTURE. (3)

ENGL 165. AMERICAN FOLKLORE. (3)

Prerequisite, ENGL 157. An examination of American folk-
lore in terms of history and regional folk cultures. Explora-
tion of collections of folklore from various areas to reveal
the difference in regional and ethnic groups as witnessed
in their oral and literary traditions. (Staff)

ENGL 166. AFRO-AMERICAN FOLKLORE AND CULTURE. (3)
An examination of the culture of the Negro in the United
States in terms of history (antebellum to the present) and
social changes (rural to urban). Exploration of aspects of
Negro culture and history via oral and literary traditions
and life histories.
ENGL 167. AFRO-AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3)

An examination of the literary expression of the Negro in
the United States, from its beginningto the present.
ENGL 168. URBAN FOLKLORE. (3)

Prerequisite, ENGL 157. An examination of the folklore cur-
rently originating in white urban American culture.
ENGL 170. CREATIVE WRITING. (3)

(Fleming, Jellema, Holton)
ENGL 171. ADVANCED CREATIVE WRITING. (3)

(Fleming, Salamanca)
ENGL 172. PLAYWRITING. (3)

(Fleming)
ENGL 175. LITERARY CRITICISM. (3)

ENGL 179 SELECTED TOPICS IN ENGLISH AND AMERI-
CAN LITERATURE. (3)
ENGL 180. AMERICAN LITERATURE, BEGINNING TO 1810,

THE COLONIAL AND FEDERAL PERIODS. (3)
ENGL 181 AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1810 to 1865, THE

AMERICAN RENAISSANCE. (3)
ENGL 182 AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1865 to 1914, REAL-
ISM AND NATURALISM. (3)

ENGL 183. AMERICAN LITERATURE 1914 TO THE PRESENT
THE MODERN PERIOD. (3)

ENGL 190, 191. HONORS CONFERENCE AND READING. (1, 1)
Second semester. Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in
English. Candidates will take ENGL 190 in their junior year
and ENGL 191 in their senior year. (Staff)

ENGL 195. INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN ENGLISH. (13)
This course is designed to provide qualified majors in Eng-
lish, an opportunity to pursue Specific English readings
under the supervision of a member of the Department.
Restrictedtoundergraduates.

ENGL 199. SENIOR PRO-SEMINAR IN LITERATURE. (3)

Open only to seniors. First semester. Required of candidates
for honors and strongly recommended to those who plan to
do graduate work. Individual reading assignments; term
paper. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
ENGL 201. BIBLIOGRAPHY AND METHODS. (3)

(Staff)
(Staff)

ENGL 202. MIDDLE ENGLISH. (3)

ENGL 204. SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 206. 207. SEMINAR IN RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.
(3,3)

(Staff)
ENGL 210, 211. SEMINAR IN SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY
LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
ENGL 212, 213. SEMINAR IN EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY
LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
ENGL 214, 215. SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY
LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
ENGL 216, 217. LITERARY CRITICISM. (3, 3)

(Staff)
ENGL 218. SEMINAR IN LITERATURE AND THE OTHER
ARTS. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 225, 226. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)

ENGL 227, 228. PROBLEMS IN AMERICAN LITERATURE.

(3, 3) (Staff)

ENGL 241, 242. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH-CENTURY

LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
ENGL 244. STUDIES IN DRAMA. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 245. STUDIES IN FICTION. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 257. SEMINAR IN FOLKLORE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 260. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERATURE:
THE MEDIEVAL PERIOD to 1500. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 261. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERATURE:
RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 262. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERATURE:
SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 263. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERATURE:
EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 264. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERATURE:
ROMANTIC LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 265. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERATURE:
VICTORIAN LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 266. SPECIAL STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE:
AMERICAN LITERATURE BEFORE 1865. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 267. SPECIAL STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE:
AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1865. (3)

(Staff)
Engl 302. SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES IN ENGLISH
LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)

Arts and Sciences

?23

ENGL 302 SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES IN ENGLISH
LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
ENGL 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

Arranged. (Staff)

ENGL 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED)

(Staff)

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
MAJORS

Two types of undergraduate majors are offered in
French, German, Russian or Spanish: one for the gen-
eral student or the future teacher, and the other for
those interested in a rounded study of a foreign area
for the purpose of understanding another nation
through its literature, history, sociology, economics,
and other aspects. Both of these majors confer the
B.A. degree. (The Department also offers M.A. and
Ph.D. degrees in language and literature, but not in
area study.)

An undergraduate major in either language and
literature or area studies requires a total of 33 hours,
with a "C" average, above the basic Arts and Sciences
College foreign language requirement.

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MAJOR

Course Oil is prerequisite to this major unless
waived by the Chairman of the Department. Specific
minimum requirements in the program in French,
German, and Spanish are: three semester courses in
advanced language (two to be selected from Courses
012, 080, 081 and one from Courses 103, 104); two
semesters of the survey of literature (Courses 075,
076; or077, 078); four semester coursesselectedfrom
literature numbered 100 to 199 in addition to the
required four semester courses selected from this
group, or two semester courses in English or Com-
parative Literature courses numbered 101 to 157,
or one semester course from the former group and
one from the latter— total of 33 hours. Requirements
for a language major in Russian comprise: three
semesters of advanced Russian (Courses 012 or
013; 071 or 072; and 080 or 081), plus two semes-
ters of the survey of literature, Russian 075 and
076; four semesters in 100-level courses; and two
semester courses numbered 103 to 142 in addition
to the required four semester courses selected from
this group or two semester courses in English or
Comparative Literature courses numbered 101 to
157, or one semester course from the former group
and one from the latter— a total of 33 hours.

FOREIGN AREA MAJOR

The area study major in French, German, Rus-
sian, or Spanish endeavors to provide the student
with the knowledge of the various aspects of the
country whose language he is studying. Specific
requirements in this major are: five semester
courses in advanced language (Courses 012, 071,
072, 080, 081); two semester courses in civilization
(Courses 171, 172; or 173, 174); two semester
courses in literature numbered 100 to 199; and two
semester courses in literature numbered 100 to
199 in addition to the required two semester
courses selected from this group, or two semester
courses in English or Comparative Literature
courses numbered 101 to 157, or one semester
course from the former group and one from the
latter— a total of 33 hours.

HONORS IN FRENCH. GERMAN OR SPANISH

A student whose major is in French, German, or
Spanish and who, at the time of application, has a
general academic average of 3.0 to 3.5 in his major

field may apply to the Chairman of the Honors Com-
mittee for admission to the Honors Program of the
Department. Honors work normally begins in the
first semester of the junior year, but a qualified stu-
dent may enter as early as the sophomore year or
as late as the second semester of the junior year.
Honors students are required to take two courses
from those numbered 195, 196, 197 and the
seminar numbered 199, as well as to meet other
requirements for a major in Foreign Languages.
There will be a final comprehensive examination,
covering the honors reading list, which must be
taken by all graduating seniors who are candidates
for honors. Admission of students to the Honors
Program, their continuance in the program, and the
final award of honors are the prerogative of the De-
partmental Honors Committee.

ELEMENTARY HONORS

Course 003 in French, German, and Spanish is
limited to specially approved candidates who have
passed Course 001 with high grades, and will allow
them to by-pass Course 006 to complete their require-
ment by completing Course 007.

LOWER DIVISION COURSES

Course 005 must complete, in addition to 005,
Courses 006 and 007; those who place in 006 must
complete, in addition to 006, Course 007; those
who place in 007 must complete Course 007 or its
equivalent. Students who place higher than 007
thereby fulfill by examination the College language
requirement. In German the course sequence is
005, 006, 007, 008, Oil, and 012. Neither German
Oil nor 012 may be taken to meet the College re-
quirement unless the student has completed Ger-
man 007.

Transfer students with college credit have the
option of continuing at the level for which they are
theoretically prepared, or of taking a placement ex-
amination, or of electing Course 005. If a transfer
student takes Course 005 for credit, he may retain
transfer credit only for the equivalent of Course 001.
A transfer student placing lower than his training
should warrant may ignore the placement but DOES
SO AT HIS OWN RISK.

If a student has received a "D in a course, ad-
vanced and completed the next higher course, he
cannot go back and repeat the original "D."

NO CREDIT WILL BE GIVEN, EVEN ELECTIVE,
FOR A SINGLE SEMESTER OF LANGUAGE 001.

A student whose native language is taught at
the University may not meet the college require-
ment by taking Courses 001, 002, 006, 007, 080
and 081. There is a special option by which foreign
students may offer a combination of FLOA 001 and
002 (English for Foreign Students) and 12 hours of
other English courses to satisfy both the Arts and
Sciences English and Foreign Language require-
ments. This option may not be used by pre-medical
students.

The Civilization courses (171, 172) cannot be used
toward the foreign language requirement except by
students who begin language at the University with a
fifth semester course (008) or higher.

SPECIAL COURSES FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS
FOLA 001-002. ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS. (3. 3)
An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs of
the non-English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling,
syntax; the difference between English and various other
languages are stressed. (Bridgers)

124

Artt and Sciences

CHINESE PROGRAM

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Chin. (DIRECTOR, Chen, Evans,
Shen.

CHIN 001-002. ELEMENTARY CHINESE. (3, 3)

Three recitations and one laboratory period per week. Ele-
ments of pronunciation, simple ideograms, colloquial con-
versation, translation. (Shen)

CHIN 006-007. INTERMEDIATE CHINESE. (3, 3)

Three recitations per week; additional electronic laboratory
in CHIN 006. Prerequisite, CHIN 002 or equivalent. Reading
of texts designed to give some knowledge of Chinese life,
thought, and culture. (Staff)

CHIN 101-102. READING FROM CHINESE HISTORY. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, CHIN 007 or equivalent. Based on anan-
thology of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynas-
ties. (McCaskey)

CHIN 117-118. CHINESE LINGUISTICS. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, CHIN 007 or equivalent. (Shen)

CHIN 171-172. CHINESE CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

ThiscoursesupplementsGEOG 134 and 135, Cultural Geog-
graphy of East Asia. It deals with Chinese literature, art,
folklore, history, government, and great men. Second semes-
ter: developments in China since 1911. The course is given
in English translation. (Staff)

HEBREW PROGRAM

VISITING PROFESSOR: Iwry.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Greenberg.
INSTRUCTORS: Klein and Liferman.

HEBR 001-002. ELEMENTARY HEBREW. (3, 3)

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation;
exercises intranslation. (Greenberg, Klein, Liberman)

HEBR 006-007. INTERMEDIATE HEBREW. (3, 3)

Three recitations per week; additional electronic laboratory
in HEBR 006. Prerequisite, HEBR 002 or equivalent. Texts
designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought,
and culture. (Iwry, Klein)

HEBR 012-013. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, HEBR 007 cr equivalent. A practical language
course recommended for all students continuing with He-
brew. (Iwry)

'Students who have studied Chinese, Italian, or Russian
may apply to the Department for special examination, since
there is no Course 005 in these languages, and all students
who have studied Hebrew must take a placement examination.

HEBR 075-076. SURVEY OF HEBREW LITERATURE. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, HEBR 007 or equivalent. (Iwry)

HEBR 101. THE HEBREW BIBLE. (3)

Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch.

(Greenberg)
HEBR 102. THE HEBREW BIBLE. (3)

Readingof selected portionsof the Prophets. (Greenberg)
HEBR 103. MODERN HEBREW LITERATURE. (3)

The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). (Iwry)

HEBR 104. MODERN HEBREW LITERATURE. (3)

The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). (Iwry)

FRENCH AND ITALIAN LAN GUAGE AND LITERATURE

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: MacBain.

PROFESSORS: Bingham, Quynn, Rosenfield.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Demaitre and Hall.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bridgers, Fink, Salchenberger,

Tarica.
LECTURERS: Gilbert, Johnson, Lebreton-Savigny, Lloyd-Jones,

Meijer.
INSTRUCTORS: Barrabini, Beique, Bondurant, Brachet,
Brodsky, Carnes, Christov, Deburghgraeve, Eardley, Edmonds,
Guieu, Luiggi, Lundy, Motta, Nespoulous-Neuville, Quilici,
Thibault, Tubbs, Weil-Malherbe.
FRENCH

FREN 000. ELEMENTARY FRENCH FOR GRADUATE
STUDENTS. (Audit)

Intensive elementary course in the French language de-
signed particularly tor graduate students who wish to ac-
quire a reading knowledge. (Staff)
FREN 001-002. ELEMENTARY FRENCH. (3, 3)

Each semester; given as intensive course in summer ses-
sion. Three recitations and one drill per week. Study of
spoken and written language and development of the four
language skills. (Meyer, Staff)

FREN 003H. ELEMENTARY FRENCH, HONORS COURSE. (3)
Two recitations and two audio-lingual drills per week. En-
rollment limited to specially approved candidates from
FREN 001. Students taking this course will normally con-
tinue in FREN 007. (Staff)

FREN 005. REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY FRENCH. (3)

Two recitations and two audio-lingual drills per week, or
three recitations and one audio-lingual drill, depending on
circumstances. Enrollment limited to students who, having
taken placement examination, have failed to qualify for
FREN 006. (Gray, Staff)

FREN 006-007. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. (3, 3)

Three recitations per week; additional electronic labora-
tory in FREN 006. Given as intensive course in summer ses-
sion. Prerequisite, FREN 002 or equivalent, or FREN 005,
except that recommended students may enter FREN 007
from FREN 003. Study of linguistic structure, further devel-
opment of audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading of
literary texts with discussion in French. Usually there will
be an honors section for qualified students. (Johnson)

FREN 010. SCIENTIFIC FRENCH. (3)

Prerequisite, FREN006. Readingof technical andscientific
prose with some attention to audio-lingual and linguistic
objectives. (Johnson)

FREN Oil. INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite, FREN 007. Required of all students who con-
tinue in advanced courses of the Department, with the ex-
ception of superior students who are permitted to by-pass
an introduction to French literature. May be taken con-
concurrently with FREN 012. (Meyer)

FREN 012. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3)

Prerequisite, FREN007. Apractical language course recom-
mended for all students continuing in French. May be taken
currently with FREN Oil. (Fink)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

FREN 041. FRENCH PHONETICS. (3)

Prerequisite, FREN 007 or equivalent. Elements of
French phonetics, diction and intonation. (Gray)

FREN 071-072. REVIEW GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, FREN Oil and 012 or equivalent. For students
who, having a good knowledge of French, wish to become
more proficient inthewritten and spoken language. (Staff)

FREN 075-076. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, FREN 01 1 or equivalent. An elementary survey
of the chief authors and movements in French literature.
To be taken in sequence. (Staff)

FREN 080-081. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, FREN Oil and 012 or consent of instructor.
For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence
in speaking the language. To be taken in sequence.

(Meyer, Fink)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

FREN 101. APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3)

The nature of Applied Linguistics and its contribution to
the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative
study of English and French, with emphasis upon points of
divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of related
drills. (Mendeloff)

FREN 103. ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3)

Study of word format ion, specialized vocabularies, idiomatic
constructions, review of certain points of grammar, trans-
lation from English to French, and free composition.

(Staff)

FREN 104. EXPLICATION DE TEXTES. (3)

Oral and written analysis of short literary works, or of ex-
cerpts from longer works chosen for their historical, struc-
tural, or stylistic interest, with the purpose of training the
major to understand literature in depth and to make mature
esthetic evaluations of it. (Staff)

FREN 107, 108. INTRODUCTION TO MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.
(3,3)

French literature from the ninth through the fifteenth cen-
tury. First semester: la chanson eipique, le roman cour-
tois, le lai. Second semester: la litterature bourgeoise,
le theatre, la poesie lyrique. (Lamarque)

FREN 111-112. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SIXTEENTH
CENTURY. (3,3)

The Renaissance in France: Humanism, Rabelais, Calvin,
the Pleiade, Montaigne, Baroque poetry. (Staff)

FREN 115-116. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY. (3, 3)

First semester: Descartes, Pascal, Corneille, Racine, Second
semester: the remaining great classical writers, with special
attention to Moliere. (Quynn, Rosenfield)

Arts and Sciences

725

FREN 125-126. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH

CENTURY. (3, 3)

First semester: development of the philosophical and

scientific movement; Montesquieu. Second semester:

Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. (Voltaire,)

FREN 131-132. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY. (3, 3)

First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism to
Symbolism. Second semester: the major prose writers of
the same period.

FREN 143 STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERA*
TURE: THE EARLY YEARS. (3)
French poetry, theater and the novel during the age of
Proust and Gide.

FREN 144. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE:
MID-CENTURY WRITERS. (3)

Modern French poetry, theater and the novel, with special
emphasis on the literature of anxiety and Existentialism.

FREN 145. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE:
THE CONTEMPORARY SCENE. (3)

French writers and literary movements since about 1950,
with special emphasis on new forms of the novel and theater.

FREN 171-172. FRENCH CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester: the
historical development. Second semester: present-day
France. (Staff)

FREN 181-182. PRO-SEMINAR IN GREAT LITERARY FIGURES.
(3,3)

Each semester a specialized study will be made of one
great French writer chosen from some representative I iterary
period or movement since the middle ages. (Staff)

FREN 198H. HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (3)

Honors Independent Study involves guided readings based
on an Honors reading list and tested by a 6 hour written
examination. Honors 198 and Honors 199 are required to
fulfill the Departmental Honors requirement in addition to
two out of the following: 195H, 196H, 197H. Open only to
students admitted to the Departmental Honors Program.

FREN 199H. HONORS THESIS RESEARCH. (3)

Honors Thesis Research involves the writing of a paper
under the direction of a professor of the department and an
oral examination. Honors 198 and 199 are required to fulfil I
the Departmental Honors requirement in addition to two
out of the following: 195H, 196H, 197H. Open only to
students admitted to the Departmental Honors Program.

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
The requirements of students will determine which courses
will be offered.
FREN 201. THE HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. (3)

(Staff)
FREN 203. COMPARATIVE ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. (3)
Same as SPAN 203. (Staff)

FREN 207. ELEMENTARY OLD FRENCH. (3)

(Staff)
FREN 208. OLD FRENCH PHONOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY.

(3)
FREN 209. MEDIEVAL FRENCH CULTURE. (3)

(Staff)

FREN 210. ELEMENTARY OLD PROVENCAL. (3)

(Staff)

FREN 213-214. SEMINAR IN FRENCH RENAISSANCE. (3, 3)

(Staff)

FREN 215-216. SEMINAR IN MOLIERE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
FREN 218-219. SEMINAR IN FRENCH CLASSICISM. (3, 3)

(Staff)
FREN 220-221 THE AGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT. (3, 3)
FREN 230. SEMINAR IN ROMANTICISM. (3)

(Staff)
FREN 231. SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH CENTURY POST-
ROMANTIC WRITERS. (3, 3)

(Staff)

FREN 235-236. THE REALISTIC NOVEL IN THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY. (3, 3)

(Staff)

FREN 243-244. THE CONTEMPOARY FRENCH THEATER. (3, 3)

(Staff)

FREN 245-246. SEMINAR IN THE CONTEMPORARY NOVEL
(3, 3) (Staff)

FREN 251-252. THE HISTORY OF IDEAS IN FRANCE. (3. 3)

(Staff)

FREN 253. PROBLEMS IN BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH
METHODS. (3)

(Staff)
FREN 261-262. SEMINAR IN A GREAT LITERARY FIGURE.
(3,3)

(Staff)
FREN 271-272. ADVANCED WRITING AND STYLISTICS. (3, 3)
FREN 281-282. READING COURSE. (3)
FREN 291-292. SEMINAR. (3, 3)

FREN 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

FREN 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (arranged)

(Staff)
(Staff)

(Staff)

ITALIAN

ITAL 001-002. ELEMENTARY ITALIAN. (3, 3)

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Ele-
ments of grammar and exercises in translation. (Motta)

ITAL 006-007. INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN. (3, 3)

Three recitations per week; additional electronic laboratory
in ITAL 006. Prerequisite, ITAL 002 or equivalent. Reading
of texts designed to give some knowledge of Italian life,
thought, and culture. (Motta)

ITAL 008-009. ACCELERATED ITALIAN. (3, 3)

Open only to students who havefulfilled language require-
ments in French, Spanish or Portuguese, or with permission
of Department Chairman. An intensive beginning course
in the fundamentals of Italain grammar to develop a high
degree of skill in reading Italian. Must betaken in sequences.
Cannot be used to satisfy college language requirements.

(Staff)

ITAL Oil. INTRODUCTION TO ITALIAN LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite, ITAL 007. Required of all students who con-
tinue in advanced courses of the Department with the excep-
tion of superior students who are permitted to by-pass an
introduction to Italian literature. Conducted in Italian.
Reading of literary texts, discussion and brief essays. Fall
semester only. (Motta)

ITAL 012. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3)

Prerequisite, ITAL 007. A practical language course recom-
mended for all students continuing in Italian. May betaken
concurrently with ITAL011. Spring semester only. (Motta)

ITAL 075-076. SURVEY OF ITALIAN LITERATURE. (3. 3)

Prerequisite, ITAL 007 or equivalent. Basic survey of history
of Italian literature. (Motta)

SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE LANGUAGES AND

LITERATURES

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Hesse.

PROFESSORS: Goodwyn, Gramberg, Marra-Lopez. Mendeloff,
Nemes, Parsons. Rand.

VISITING PROFESSOR: Bartra.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Rovner.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Norton.

LECTURERS: Diaz Natella. Suszynski.

INSTRUCTORS: Crissman, Diz. Forbes, Mur, Navarrete,
Raggio, Rentz, Scheiderer, Tarwater, Villavicencio, Willough-
by-Macdonald, Wooldridge.

SPANISH

SPAN 001-002. ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (3, 3)

Each semester; given as intensive course in summer session.
Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Study
of linguistic structure and development of audio-lingual
and writing ability. (Rovner, Staff)

SPAN 003H. ELEMENTARY SPANISH, HONORS COURSE. (3)
Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Enroll-
ment limited to specially approved candidates from SPAN
001. Students taking this course will normally continue in
SPAN 007. (Rovner)

SPAN 005. REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (3)

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Enroll-
ment limited to students who, having taken the placement
examination, have failed to qualify for SPAN 006.

(Rentz. Staff)

SPAN 006-007. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. (3, 3)

Three recitations per week; additional electronic laboratory
in SPAN 006. Given as intensive course in summer session.
Prerequisite, SPAN 002 or equivalent, or SPAN 005, except
that recommended students may enter SPAN 007 from SPAN
003. Study of linguistic structure, further development of
audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading of literary
texts with discussion in Spanish. Usually there will be an
honors sect ion for qualified students. (Armstrong)

726

Arts and Sciences

SPAN Oil. INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite, SPAN 007. Required of all students who con-
tinue in advanced courses of Department, with the except ion
of superior students who are permitted to by-pass an intro-
duction to Spanish literature. Conducted in Spanish. Read-
ing of literary texts, discussion, and brief essays.

(Suszynski)

SPAN 012. REVIEW OF ORAL AND WRITTEN SPANISH. (3)
Prerequisite, SPAN 007. Apractical language course recom-
mended for all students continuing in Spanish. May betaken
concurrently with SPAN Oil. (LeVine)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

SPAN 041-042. SPANISH PHONETICS. (1, 1)

Prerequisite, SPAN 007 or equivalent. Descriptive study
of the Spanish sound system. Practice in phonetic percep-
tion, transcription and articulation. Particular attention
to sentence phonetics; juncture, rhythm, stress, pitch.

(Mendeloff)

SPAN 051-052. COMMERCIAL SPANISH. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, SPAN 012 and consent of instructor. Designed
to give knowledge of correct Spanish usage, commercial
letters and business forms. Fundamental principles of Span-
ish shorthand will be included if warranted by the interest
and ability of the class. (Rovner, Mur)

SPAN 071-072. REVIEW GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite. SPAN Oil and 012 or equivalent. Intended to
give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition.

(Staff)

SPAN 075-076. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, SPAN Oil or equivalent. Basic survey of the
history of Spanish literature. (Staff)

SPAN077-078.SURVEYOFSPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE.
(3.3)

Prerequisite, SPAN Oil or equivalent. Basic survey of the
history of Spanish-American literature. (Staff)

SPAN 080-081. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, SPAN Oil and 012 or consent of instructor.
For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence
jn speaking the language. (Staff)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

SPAN 101. APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3)

Nature of Applied Linguistics and its contribution to the
effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative study
of English and Spanish with emphasis upon points of
divergence. Analysis, evaluation, and construction of re-
lated drills. (Mendeloff)

SPAN 103-104. ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3, 3)

Free composition, literary translation and practical study
of syntactical structure. (Staff)

SPAN 105, 106. GREAT THEMES OF THE HISPANIC LITERA-
TURES. (3, 3)
The evolution of the pervading themes in the literature of
Spain or Spanish-America. (Nemes, Panico)

SPAN 107, 108. LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, SPAN 075. Spanish literary history from the
eleventh through the fifteenth century. Reading of repre-
sentative texts. First semester: to 1350. Second semes-
ter: from 1350 to 1500. Cagigao)

SPAN 109. THE ROMANCERO. (3)

Prerequisite, SPAN 075. Origin, nature and influence. Exten-
sive reading in each of the respective sub-genres. (Cagigao)

SPAN 111-112. PROSE AND POETRY OF THE SIXTEENTH
CENTURY. (3,3)

Selected readings and literary analysis. (Goodwyn, Staff)

SPAN 113. DRAMA OF THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. (3)

From the earliest autos and pasos. the development of
Spanish drama anterior to Lope de Vega, including Cer-
vantes. (Rovner)

SPAN 115-116. CERVANTES: NOVELAS EJEMPLARES AND
DON QUIXOTE.

(Goodwyn)

SPAN 117-118. PROSE AND POETRY OF THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY. (3, 3)

Selected readings, literary analysis, and discussion of the
outstanding prose and poetry of the period, in the light of
the historical background. (Goodwyn)

SPAN 119-120. DRAMA OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY.
(3,3)

First semester devoted to Lope de Vega, dramatic theory,
and the Spanish stage. Second semester: drama after Lope
de Vega to Calderon de la Barca and the decay of the
Spanish theater. (Rovner)

SPAN 125-126. LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CEN-
TURY. (3, 3)
Traditionalism, neo-classicism, and pre-Romanticism in
prose, poetry, and the theater; esthetics and poetics of the
enlightenment. Recommended primarily for graduate stu-
dents. Undergraduates by consent of the instructor.

(Staff)

SPAN 130. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT IN SPAIN. (3)

Poetry, prose and drama of the Romantic and post-Romantic
periods. (Gramberg)

SPAN 131. NINETEENTH CENTURY FICTION. (3)

Significant novels of the nineteenth century. (Gramberg)

SPAN 132. NINETEENTH CENTURY DRAMA AND POETRY. (3)
Prerequisite, SPAN 075 and 076 or 075 and 078. Significant
dramas and poetry of the realistic period. (Gramberg)

SPAN 133-134. MODERN ISM AND POST-MODERNISM IN SPAIN
AND SPANISH AMERICA. (3, 3)

A study of the most important works and authors of both
movements in Spainand Spanish America. (Nemes)

SPAN 136. TWENTIETH CENTURY DRAMA. (3)

Prerequisite, SPAN075and076or075and078. Significant
plays of the twentieth century. (Marra-Lopez, Gramberg)

SPAN 141-142. THE GENERATION OF 1898 AND ITS
SUCCESSORS. (3, 3)

Authors and works of all genres of the generation of 1898
and those of the immediately succeeding generation.

(Gramberg, Marra-Lopez)

SPAN 143. THE CONTEMPORARY SPANISH NOVEL. (3)

The novel and the short story from 1940 to the present.

(Gramberg)

SPAN 144. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH POETRY. (3)

Spanish poetry from the generation of 1927 to the present.

(Gramberg, Marra-Lopez)

SPAN 159-160. SPANISH-AMERICAN FICTION. (3, 3)

Representative novels and-or short stories from the Wars
of Independence to the present. (Nemes, Staff)

SPAN 162. SPANISH-AMERICAN POETRY. (3)

Main trends, authors, and works from the Conquest to Ruben
Dario. (Staff)

SPAN 163, 164. SPANISH-AMERICAN ESSAY. (3, 3)

A study of the socio-political contents and aesthetic qual-
ities of representative works from the Colonial to the Con-
temporary period, with emphasis on the essay of the
twent ieth cent uryinthesecond semester. (Nemes, Panico)

SPAN 171-172. SPANISH CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

A survey of two thousand years of Spanish history, outlining
the cultural heritage of the Spanish people, their great men,
trad it ions, customs, art and literature, with special emphasis
on the interrelationship of social and literary history.

(Staff)

SPAN 173-174. LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

The cultural heritage of the Latin American people. Pre-
Columbian civilizations. Hispanic and other European in-
fluences. (Nemes, Panico)

SPAN 195H-196H-197H. HONORS READING COURSE. (3, 3, 3)
Supervised reading to be taken normally only by students
admitted to the Honors Program: 195 is poetry; 196 is the
novel, 197 is the drama. (Staff)

SPAN 199H. HONORS SEMINAR. (3)

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other stu-
dents will be admitted on special recommendation. Con-
ducted in Spanish. Discussion of a central theme with re-
lated investigation by students. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
In order to be accepted in the Graduate School for specializa-
tion in Spanish, a student must already have a substantial
knowledge of Spanish literature. Accordingly, the special
studies courses and the open seminar are not surveys cover-
ing the periods indicated. They are intensive investigations
within these periods, in which the class acts as a research
team concentrating on a different specific theme each
semester. The requirements of students will determine
which courses will be offered.
SPAN 201. THE HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. (3)

(Staff)
SPAN 203. COMPARATIVE ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. (3)

(Staff)
SPAN 207-208. MEDIEVAL SPANISH LITERATURE. (3)

(Staff)
SPAN 211-212. POETRY OF THE GOLDEN AGE. (3, 3)

(Staff)

Arts and Sciences

127

SPAN 215-216. SEMINAR: THE GOLDEN AGE IN SPANISH
LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)

SPAN 225-226. THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3)

(Staff)

SPAN 233-234. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3)

(Staff)

SPAN 237-238. HISPANIC POETRY OF "HE NINETEENTH
AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. (3, 3)

(Staff)

SPAN 241-242. THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3, 3)

SPAN 245. THE DRAMA OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3)

(Staff)
SPAN 263-264. COLONIAL SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE.

(3,3)
SPAN 265-266. NATIONAL SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERA-

TURE. (3, 3)
SPAN 281-282. READING COURSE FOR MINORS IN

SPANISH. (3, 3)
SPAN 283-284. READING COURSE FOR MINORS IN
SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
SPAN 291-292. OPEN SEMINAR. (3, 3)

Topic to be determined. (Staff)

SPAN 297\'tE v ACHING SPANISH IN INSTITUTIONS OF
HIGHER LEARNING. (3)

(Staff)
SPAN 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

(Staff)
SPAN 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED)

(Staff)
PORTUGUESE
PORT 001-002. ELEMENTARY PORTUGUESE. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one
laboratory per week. Study of linguistic structure and
development of audio-lingual and writing ability.

(Thorpe)
PORT 006-007. INTERMEDIATE PORTUGUESE. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week:
additional electronic laboratory in PORT 006. Prerequisite:
PORT 002 or equivalent. Study of linguistic structure, further
development of audio-lingual and writing ability, and read-
ing of literary texts with discussion in Portuguese.

(Thorpe)

GERMANIC AND SLAVIC LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES

GERMAN

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Hering.

PROFESSORS: Dohert, Jones, Prahl (Emeritus).

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Best.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Berry, Hitchcock, Irwin, Knoche.
Morris.

LECTURERS: Elder and Kostovski.

INSTRUCTORS: Apitz, Conway, Dulbe, Hahn, Hoffmeister,
Juran, Klapouchy, Schmeissner, Stanich.

GERMAN

GERM 000. ELEMENTARY GERMAN FOR GRADUATE
STUDENTS. (AUDIT)

Intensive elementary course in the German language de-
signed particularly for graduate students who wish to acquire
a reading knowledge. (Schmeissner)

GERM 001-002. ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (3, 3)

Each semester; given as intensive course in summer ses-
sion. Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week.
Study of linguistic structure. Extensive drill in pronuncia-
tion and conversation. (Knoche, Hoffmeister)

GERM 003H. ELEMENTARY GERMAN, HONORS COURSE. (3)
Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week. En-
rollment limited to specially approved candidates from
GERMOOl.Studentstakingthiscoursewillnormallycontinue
in GERM 007. (Knoche)

GERM 005. REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (3)

Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week.
Limited to students who, havinR taken placement examina-
tion, have failed to qualify for GERM 007. (Stanich)

GERM 006-007. INTERMEDIATE LITERARY GERMAN. (3, 3)
Three recitations per week; additional electronic laboratory
in GERM 006. Given as intensive course in summer session.
Prerequisite: GERM 002 or equivalent, or GERM 005, except
that recommended students may enter GERM 007 from
GERM 003. Usually there will be an honors section for
qualified students. (Schmeissner)

GERM 008. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN. (3)

Prerequisite: GERM006. Readingof technicalandscientific
prose. (Stanich)

GERM Oil. INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite, GERM 007. Required of all students who con-
tinue in advanced courses, with the exception of superior
students who are permitted to by-pass an introduction to
German literature. May be taken concurrently with GERM
012. (Irwin)

GERM 012. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3)

Prerequisite, GERM 007. A practical language course rec-
ommended for all students continuing in German. May be
taken concurrently with GERM Oil. (Irwin)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

GERM 071-072. REVIEW GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, GERM 007, or equivalent. A thorough study of
the more detailed points of German grammar with ample
practice in composition. (Schmeissner)

GERM 075-076. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, GERM 007, or equivalent. A survey of thechief
authors and movements in German literature. (Morris)

GERM 080-081. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, GERM 007, or consent of instructor. For stu-
dents who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speak-
ing the language. (Apitz)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

GERM 101. APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3)

The nature of Applied Linguistics and its contribution to
the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative
study of English and German. Analysis, evaluation and con-
instruction of related drills. (Staff)

GERM 103-104. ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3, 3)

Translation from English into German, free composition,
letter writing. (Staff)

GERM 125-126. GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH
CENTURY. (3, 3)

The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder,
Goethe, Schiller. (Hering)

GERM 131-132. GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY. (3, 3)

Study of the literary, movements from romanticism to
naturalism. (Staff)

GERM 141-142. GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE TWENTIETH
CENTURY. (3, 3)

Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to
the present. Modern literary and philosophical movements
will be discussed. (Dobert, Staff)

GERM 171-172. GERMAN CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

Study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions; great
men, customs, and general culture. (Morris)

GERM 191. BIBLIOGRAPHY AND METHODS. (3)

Second semester. Especially designed for German majors.

(Staff)

GERM 195H-196H-197H. HONORS READING COURSE. (3, 3, 3)
Supervised reading to be taken normally only by students
admitted to Honors Program: 195 is poetry; 196 is the novel:
197 is the drama. (Staff)

GERM 199H. HONORS SEMINAR. (3)

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other stu-
dents will be admitted on special recommendation. Con-
ducted in German. Discussionofacentralthemewithrelated
investigations by students. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

The requirements of students will determine which courses
will be offered.
GERM 200. INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN STUDIES. (3)

(Staff)

GERM 201. HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. (3)

(Staff)

GERM 203. GOTHIC. (3)

(Staff)

GERM 204. OLD HIGH GERMAN. (3)

(Staff)

GERM 205, 206. MIDDLE HIGH GERMAN. (3. 3)

(Staff)

GERM 211-212. LITERATURE OF THE SIXTEENTH AND
SEVENTEENTH CENTURIES. (3, 3)

(Staff)

GERM 224-225. GOETHE AND HIS TIME. (3, 3)

(Staff)

GERM 226. SCHILLER. (3)

(Staff)

128

Arts and Sciences

GERM 230. GERMAN ROMANTICISM. (3)

(Staff)
GERM 234. THE GERMAN DRAMA OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY. (3)

(Staff)
GERM 250. THE GERMAN LYRIC. (3)

(Staff)
GERM 255-256. THE GERMAN NOVEL. (3. 3)

(Staff)
GERM 258. SEMINAR IN THE GERMAN NOVELLE. (3)

(Staff)
GERM 281-282. READING COURSE. (3, 3)

(Staff)
GERM 291-292. SEMINAR. (3, 3)

(Staff)
GERM 295, 296. SPECIAL STUDIES IN GERMAN LITERA-
TURE. (3. 3)

(Staff)

GERM 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

(Staff)

GERM 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED)

RUSSIAN

RUSS 001-002. ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN. (3, 3)

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Ele-
ments of grammar, pronunciation and conversation; exer-
cises in translation. (Hitchcock, Staff)

RUSS 006-007. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN. (3, 3)

Three recitations per week; additional electronic laboratory
in RUSS006. Prerequisite, RUSS002 or equivalent. Reading
of texts designed to give some knowledge of Russian life,
thought and culture. (Hitchcock, Staff)

RUSS 010. SCIENTIFIC RUSSIAN. (3)

Prerequisite, RUSS 007 or equivalent. Reading of technical
and scientific prose. (Hitchcock)

RUSS 012-013. CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite. RUSS 007 or equivalent. A practical language
course recommended for all students continuing in Rus-
sian. (Hitchcock)

RUSS 071-072. REVIEW GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. (3,3)
Prerequisite, RUSS 007 or equivalent. Designed to give a
thorough training in the structure of the language; drill in
Russian composition. (Hitchcock, Staff)

RUSS 075-076. SURVEY OF RUSSIAN LITERATURE. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, RUSS 007 or equivalent. An elementary survey
ofRussianliterature. (Hitchcock)

RUSS 080-081. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, RUSS 012, 013, or consent of instructor.
For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence
in speaking the language. (Hitchcock, Staff)

FOR ADVANCEO UNDERGRAUDATES AND GRADUATES
RUSS 101. APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3)

The nature of Applied Linguistics and its contributions to
the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative
study of English and Russian, with emphasis upon points
of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of re-
lated drills. (Hitchcock)
RUSS 103-104. ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3, 3)

(Hitchcock)
RUSS 125. RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH
CENTURY. (3,3)

(Hitchcock)
RUSS 135. MODERN RUSSIAN POETRY. (3)

(Hitchcock)
RUSS 136. MODERN RUSSIAN DRAMA. (3)

(Hitchcock)

RUSS 137. MODERN RUSSIAN FICTION. (3)

(Hitchcock)

RUSS 141-142. SOVIET RUSSIAN LITERATURE. (3, 3)

(Hitchcock)

GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

The program has been preparedforthe student who
is interested in biology but whose interest has not yet
centered in any one of the biological sciences. It is
suitable for the pre-dental or pre-medical student
who plans to earn the B.S. degree before entering
professional school. The program includes work in
botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology, and
introduces the student to the general principles and
methods of each of these biological sciences. The

student may then empnasize one of these areas in
completing his program.

By proper selection of courses during the junior
and senior years, a student may concentrate his
work sufficiently in one area of biology to be able to
continue graduate work in that field. However, a stu-
dent who is planning to do graduate work should
major in one specific field of biology.

The student following this program must meet
the general requirements for a degree in the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences. He should select French
or German to meet the foreign language require-
ments and SPCH 007 (or SPCH 001) to fulfill the
requirement in speech.

Required introductory courses in the biological
sciences: BOTN 001; ENTM 015; MICB 001; ZOOL
001. These courses must be passed with an average
grade of at least "C." The pre-professional student
must take ZOOL 002 as well.

Required supporting courses in mathematics and
physical sciences: MATH 010, Oil; CHEM 001, 003;
PHYS 010, Oil. The student working in most areas of
biology will also need a year of organic chemistry
(CHEM 031, 033, or CHEM 035, 036, 037, 038). Ad-
ditional work in chemistry may also be required by
the student's advisor, in accordance with the needs
of the student's field of emphasis. The pre-profes-
sional student must include CHEM 035, 036, 037,
038 in his program.

Advanced courses in the biological sciences: The
student must complete at least 30 semester hours of
advanced work selected from the fields of botany,
entomology, microbiology, and zoology. Of these
credits at least 18 must be at the 100 level and
taken in at least two of the four departments. The
following courses in psychology may be counted as
part of the required 30 semester hours but may not
be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 semester
hours at the 100 level: PSYC136, 145,180,181, 195.

A junior or senior following this curriculum will be
advised by the department in which he plans to do the
most work.

GENERAL PHYSICAL SCIENCES

. This program has been prepared for the student
who desires an introduction to the physical sciences
but whose interest has not yet centered in any one
field of the physical sciences. The program includes
work in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, and
permits the student to emphasize one of these fields
without having to meet the full requirements for a
major in one specific field. The program is not
recommended for students who may later do gradu-
ate work in mathematics or in one of the physical
sciences.

The student following this program must meet the
general requirements for a degree in the College of
Arts and Sciences. He should select French, Russian
or German to meet the foreign language requirement
and SPCH 007 (or SPCH 001) to fulfill the requirement
in speech.

Required i ntroductory courses in mathematicsand
the physical sciences: MATH 019; CHEM 001, 003;
PHYS 010, Oil (or 030, 031 or 015, 016). These
courses must be passed with an average grade of at
least "C" for the student to be eligible to continue
with the program.

Advanced courses in mathematics and the physi-
cal sciences: The student must complete at least 36
semester hours of advanced work selected from the
Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics
and Astronomy. Of these credits at least 18 must be at

Arts and Sciences

J 29

the 100 level and taken in at least two of the three de-
partments with no less than three credits in the second
department. The student should normally take Analy-
sis II and III (MATH 020, 021) inasmuch as practically
all the advanced work in mathematics and physics
requires calculus.

GEOGRAPHY

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and
Sciences leading to the B.A. degree, although the De-
partment is administered by the College of Business
and Public Administration. Freshmen andsophomores
wishing to major in geography should consult their
lower division advisors and the Department of Geog-
raphy. The following courses are required for a major:
Geog. 010— Introduction to Physical Geography (3);
Geography Oil— Introduction to Cultural Geography
(3); Geography015 — Introduction to Economic Geog-
raphy (3); and Geography 109— Introduction to Re-
search and Writing in Geography (3). In addition, the
major must take three hours of field study from the
courses numbered 170 and 171 and one regional
course. The remainder of the 33 hour minimum for
the major can be made up of elective systematic and
technique courses. Geography 001— Introduction to
Geography (3), taken as part of the University's gen-
eral education program does not count toward the
33 hour major requirement. Descriptions of courses
in geography will be found in the section of the Col-
lege of Business and Public Administration. For
supporting course requirements in other depart-
ments please contact an advisor in the Geography
Department.

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Students in Arts and Sciences may major in Gov-
ernment and Politics even though the department
is administratively located in the College of Business
and Public Administration.

Freshmen wish ingto major in government and poli-
tics should consult their Lower Division advisors a bout
preparationforthe major; additional information about
the government and politics program may be obtained
at the Departmental office.

Arts and Sciences students may pursue the gen-
eral GVPT curriculum or the more specialized Inter-
national Affairs curriculum. (Only BPA students may
pursue a specialized curriculum in Public Adminis-
tration.)

Government and Pol itics majors must take a mini-
mum of 36 semester hours in Government and Politics
and may not count more than 42 hours in GVPT toward
graduation. No course with a grade less than "C" may
be used to satisfy major requirements.

The Government and Pol itics fie Ids are as follows:
(1) American Government and Politics; (2) Compara-
tive Government; (3) International Affairs; (4) Political
Theory; (5) Public Administration; (6) Public Law; and
(7) Public Policy and Political Behavior.

The distribution of courses within fields is as fol-
lows: 1. American Governmentand Politics— GVPT60,
GVPT 124, GVPT 133, GVPT 160, GVPT 161, GVPT
175; II. Comparative Government— GVPT 90, GVPT

103, GVPT 185, GVPT 189, GVPT 190, GVPT 191,
GVPT 192, GVPT 193, GVPT 194, GVPT 195, GVPT
197; III. International Affairs— GVPT 101, 102, 103,

104, 105, 106, GVPT 107 GVPT 108, GVPT 109,
GVPT 154; IV. Political Theory— GVPT 140, GVPT
141, GVPT 142, GVPT 143, GVPT 144, GVPT 145,
V. Public Administration— GVPT 110, GVPT 111,
GVPT 112, GVPT 113, GVPT 160, GVPT 161, GVPT
162, GVPT 181, GVPT 185; VI. Public Law— GVPT

131, GVPT 132, GVPT 133, GVPT 134, GVPT 181;
VII. Public Policy and Political Behavior- GVPT 120'
GVPT 122, GVPT 124, GVPT 127, GVPT 171 GVPT
174, GVPT 175, GVPT 178.

All GVPT majors are required to take GVPT 001—
American Government (3); GVPT 003— Principles of
Government and Politics(3); GVPT 020— Introduction
to Political Behavior (3); and GVPT 141— History of
Political Theory (3); or GVPT 142— Recent Political
Theory (3). They must also take one course from three
of the fields enumerated above (exclusive of Political
Theory).

In addition (a) GVPT majors (general) must take
at least 15 GVPT semester hours at the 100 level; (b)
GVPT majors taking the International Affairs curricu-
lum must complete at least 15 semester hours at the
100 level in international affairs and comparative gov-
ernment courses, including GVPT 101— International
Political Relations (3).

All students majoring in GVPT (genera I) must com-
plete the intermediate level in one foreign language.
Students majoring in GVPT with specialization in In-
ternational Affairs must take a minimum of 12 semes-
ter hours in one foreign language above the first year
elementary course.

All students majoring in GVPT must fulfill the re-
quirements of a minor. The general requirement is
the completion of 15 semester hours from approved
Arts and Sciences departments other than GVPT. At
least six of the 15 hours must betaken at the 100 level
from a single department.

Students majoring in GVPT with specialization in
International Affairs may choose to take all minor
courses in geographical area studies or may take them
all on a departmental basis.

Students who major in Government and Politics
may apply for admission to the GVPT Honors Program
during the second semester of their sophomore year.
Additional information concerning the Honors Program
may be obtained at the departmental office.

Descriptions of courses in government and politics
will be found in the listings of the Department under
the College of Business and Public Administration.

HISTORY

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Haber.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR AND ASSOCIATE CHAIRMAN:

Olson.
PROFESSORS: Bauer. Cole, Gordon, Harlan, Jashemski.

Koch. Merrill, Prange, E. Smith, Sparks.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Belz. Berry. Breslow. Brush. Call-

cott, Carter, Folsom, Giffin, Gilbert. Grlmsted, Mayo.

Schuessler, Yaney.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Beveridge, Bradbury, Brann,

Cockburn, Farrell, Flack, Greenberg, Harris. Matossian.

McCusker, Nicklason, Perinbam, Robertson, Shoufani,

Stowasser, VanNess, Warren, W. Williams, Wright.
VISITING ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Couturier. Hoffman.

Lavender.
LECTURERS: Ban Man. Dunbar, Herbert. Perry, Vasquez.
VISITING LECTURERS: Cannon Condon. Huston, Kent,

Knachel, Ridgway, Rosenberg, C. Smith, L. Williams.
INSTRUCTORS: Browne and Daniel.

The Department of History seeks to provide stu-
dents with the broadest possible cultural back-
ground. In a more specific way, the curriculum pro-
vides preparation for men and women interested in
secondary school teaching, journalism, research
and archival work, government and foreign service.
In addition, the curriculum offers preparation for
those who intend to pursue graduate study.

A faculty advisor will assist each major in plan-
ning a curriculum to meet his personal interests.
Students should meet regularly with their advisors

130

Arts and Sciences

to discuss the progress of their studies.
Requirements for History Majors:

1. As prerequisites, majors must complete HIST

021, 022, 041, and 042. Students who are
exempt from HIST 021 and 022 may take
any one US. history course in their place.

2. In addition to the prerequisites, majors must
complete a minimum of 27 hours of history
with grades of C or better. These 27 hours
must include (a) at least nine hours of
American history, which may include Latin
American and Canadian history, (b) at least
nine hours of European or Asian history, (c)
three hours of HIST 199, (d) at least 18 of
the 27 hours must be in 100 level courses.

3. Majors must complete not less than 9 hours
of upper level courses outside of the History
Department approved by a departmental ad-
visor. Generally this will comprise work in
related departments such as government
and politics, economics, sociology, litera-
ture, philosophy, and fine arts. Grades in
these courses must average C or better.

HONORS IN HISTORY

Students who major or minor in history may apply
for admission to the History Honors Program during the
second semester of their sophomore year. Those who
are admitted to the program substitute discussion
courses and a thesis for some of their required lecture
courses, and they take an oral and written compre-
hensive examination prior to graduation. Successful
candidates are awarded either honors or high honors
in history.

The History Department offers pre-honors work in
American history (HIST 057, 058) and pre-honors sec-
tions in Western Civilization (HI ST 04 1,042). Students
in these sections meet in a discussion group instead
of attending lectures. They read widely and do exten-
sive written work on their own. Pre-honors sections
are open to any student and recommended for stu-
dents in General Honors, subject only to the instruc-
tor's approval. Students who intend to apply for admis-
sion to the Hi story Honors Program should take as many
of them as possible during their freshman and soph-
omore years.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS IN HISTORY

The courses with numbers up to 100 (except HIST
057 and 058 are particularly recommended tost udents
seekingto meet the General Education requirements.
These courses are especially designed for the stu-
dent who wishes to enrich his knowledge and under-
standing of a particular society or culture in a com-
paratively broad chronological framework, even
though he might have no professional interest in
history. They may be taken during the sophomore,
junior or senior years.

Students with an exceptionally good background
in history may substitute 100-level courses where there
are no stated prerequisites.

HIST 017. AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)

A survey of the Negro in American history, covering the
African background, slavery, the role of the Negro in the
social, political, economic, cultural and artistic life of the
United States. Emphasis will be placed on the enduring
themes and the black experience in American society, in-
cluding contemporary problems in race relations. (Staff)

HIST 021. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES TO 1865. (3)
A survey of the history of the United States from colonial
times to the end of the Civil War. Emphasis on the establish-
ment and development of American institutions.

(American History Staff)

HIST 022. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES SINCE 1865. (3)
A survey of economic, social, intellectual, and political
developments since the Civil War. Emphasis on the rise of
industry and the emergence of the United States as a world
power. (American History Staff)

HIST 023. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF EARLY
AMERICA. (3)

A study of the social and cultural history of the United States
as a predominantly agricultural society. Examination of
how the social milieu shapes the cultural development of
the nationand its institutions. (American History Staff)

HIST 024. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF MODERN
AMERICA. (3)

A study of the social and cultural history of the United
States as a society in transition. Examination of the social
and cultural changes that accompanied industrial and
scientific development. (American History Staff)

HIST 029. THE UNITED STATES IN WORLD AFFAIRS. (3)
A study of the United States as an emerging world power
and the American response to changing status in world
affairs. Emphasis on the relationship between internal and
external development of the nation.

(American History Staff)

HIST 031, 032. LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY. (3, 3)

A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins
to the present, covering political, cultural, economic, and
social development, with special emphasis upon relations
with the United States. First semester: Colonial Latin Amer-
ica. Second semester: the Republics.

(Latin American History Staff)

HIST 041, 042. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

This course is designed to give the student an appreciation
of the civilization in which he lives in its broadest setting.
The study begins with the collapse of classical civilization
and comes to the present. (European History Staff)

HIST 051. 052. THE HUMANITIES. (3, 3)

In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present,
man's cultural development is emphasized. The course is a
study of the achievements of the common cultural
heritage of western civilization. It is designed as an in-
troductory course in history which will make a more di-
rect contribution to the other liberal arts fields. First
semester, to the Renaissance. Second semester, since
the Renaissance. (Jashemski)

HIST 053, 054. HISTORY OF ENGLAND AND GREAT BRITAIN.
(3.3)
A history of the development of British life and institu-
tions. Open to all classes. Especially recommended for Eng-
lish majors and minors and pre-law students. First semester,
to 1485. Second semester, since 1485.

(English History Staff)

HIST 057. PRE-HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN EARLY AMERICAN
HISTORY. (3)

Selected reading in modern American history with em-
phasis on independent discussion and writing. May be
taken for credit by students exempt from American his-
tory. Permission of instructor required.

(American History Staff)

HIST 058. PRE-HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN MODERN AMERI-
CAN HISTORY. (3)

Selected readings in modern American hi story with emphasis
on independent study, discussion and writing. May betaken
for credit by students exempt from American history. Per-
mission of instructor required.

(American History Staff)

HIST 061, 062. FAR EASTERN CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

This course seeks to give the student an understanding of
a great civilization radically different from our own, and an
appreciation of the complex problems of the Far East and
of American policy there. The approach is interdisciplinary
within a historical framework. (Folsom, Mayo)

HIST 071, 072. ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)

This course seeks to give the student an insight into a cul-
tural heritage that dominates the lives of over four hundred
million people today. The study covers Islam in Spain, North
Africa, Africa below the Sahara, India, and Indonesia as
well asthe Middle East. The approach is humanistic within
a historical framework. (Stowasser)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

HIST 101. AMERICAN COLONIAL HISTORY. (3)

The settlement and development of colonial America to the
middleof the eighteenth century. (Staff)

HIST 102. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. (3)

The background and course of the American Revolution
through the formation of the Constitution. (Bradbury)

Arfs and Sciences

J3I

HIST 103. THE FORMATIVE PERIOD IN AMERICA, 1789-
1824. (3)
The evolution of the Federal government, the origins of
political parties, problems of foreign relations in an era
of international conflict, beginnings of the industrial revo-
lution in America, and the birth of sectionalism.

(Bradbury)

HIST 107, 108. ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED
STATES. (3, 3)

The development of the American economy and its institu-
tions. First semester, to 1865; second semester, since 1865.

(Staff)

HIST 109, 110. SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES.
(3,3)

Formation of regional societies; immigration and nativism;
the Negro; urban movement; social responses to technologi-
cal change. First semester to 1865; second semester, since
1865. (Beveridge)

HIST 111, 112. HISTORY OF MEXICO AND THE CARIBBEAN
(3,3)

The history of Mexico, Central America and the Antilles, be-
ginning with the pre-Spanish Indian cultures and continuing
through the Spanish colonial period and the national period
to the present day. The division point between the two
courses in the year 1810, the beginning of the Mexican
wars for independence. (Staff)

HIST 114. THE MIDDLE PERIOD OF AMERICAN HISTORY,
1824-1860. (3)

An examination of the political history of the United States
from Jackson to Lincoln with particular emphasis on the
factors producing Jacksonian democracy, Manifest Destiny,
the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, the Republican
Party, and secession. (Sparks)

HIST 116. THE CIVIL WAR. (3)

Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political,
social, and economic effects of the war upon American
society. (Sparks)

HIST 11/. THE NEGRO IN AMERICAN LIFE. (3)

The role of the Negro in America since slavery, with emphasis
on twentieth-century developments: the migration from
farm to city; the growth of the civil rights movement; the
race question as a national problem.

(Harlan, Carter, Blassingame)
HIST 118. THE PROGRESSIVE PERIOD; THE UNITED STATES.
1896-1919. (3)

(Merrill, Harlan, Olson)
HIST 119. BETWEEN THE WARS: THE UNITED STATES,
1919-1945. (3)

(Merrill, Harlan, Olson)
HIST 120. THE UNITED STATES SINCE WORLD WAR II. (3)
Problemsand issuesof American society, foreign and domes-
tic, of the past generation. (Olson)

HIST 122, 123. HISTORY OF THE SOUTH. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, HIST 021, 022, or equivalent. The golden age
of the Chesapeake, the institution of slavery, the ante-
bellum plantation society, the experience of defeat, the
impact of industrialization, and the modern racial adjust-
ment. (Staff)

HIST 124. RECONSTRUCTION AND THE NEW NATION,
1865-1896. (3)

Prerequisite, six credits of American history, or permission
of instructor. Problems of construction in both South and
North. Emergence of big business and industrial combina-
tions. Problems of the farmer and laborer. (Staff)

HIST 127, 128. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED
STATES. (3, 3)
A historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign
relations of the United States. First semester from the
Revolution to 1898. Second semester, from 1898 to the
present. Students who have taken HIST 020 are admitted
only by permission of instructor. (Cole)

HIST 133, 134. THE HISTORY OF IDEAS IN AMERICA. (3, 3)
A history of basic beliefs about religion, man, nature, and
society. Consent of the instructor is required for HIST
134. (Koch)

HIST 135, 136. CONSTITU1 lONAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED
STATES. (3, 3)

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation
of the Constitution, and development of American con-
stitutionalism in theory and practice therafter. (Beiz)

HIST. 137. THE SCIENTIFIC REVOLUTION: FROM COPER-
NICUS TO NEWTON. (3)
Major developments in the history of physics and astron-
omy during the 16th and 17th centuries and critical
evaluations of the Copernican Revolution, the "mechan-
ical philosophy" of the 17th century scientists, and the

Newtonian synthesis and its impact on 18th century
thought. (Brush)

HIST 138. THE DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN PHYSICAL
SCIENCE: FROM LAVOISIER TO EINSTEIN. (3)

Prerequisites, MATH 010 and PHYS 002 or 003. History of
chemistry, physics, and geology during the period from about
1775 to about 1925. (Brush)

HIST 141. HISTORY OF MARYLAND. (3)

Political, social, and economic history of Maryland from
seventeenth century to the present. (Staff)

HIST 142, 143. HISTORY OF SPAIN. (3, 3)

Political, social, and economic development of Spain; the
Spanish empire; Spain's role in Europe. Some attention will
be paid to Portuguese history. First semester: 1469-1700.
Second semester: 1700-present. (Vasques)

HIST 144. HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY. (3)

A survey course designed for junior, senior and graduate
students with a solid base in either engineering or history;
it will cover the time span from Greek antiquity to the
First World War. Technology will be studied as a cultural
force controlled by laws of its own and operating within
a distinctive conceptual framework. The course will con-
centrate on the changing character of technology in history
and on the interactions between technology and other
cultural forces such as science, philosophy, art, material
culture, and the economy. (Staff)

HIST 146. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA. (3)
A survey of the political, economic, and cultural relations
of the Latin American nations with emphasis on their rela-
tions with the United States and the development of the
inter-American system. (Wright)

HIST 148. HISTORY OF CANADA. (3)

Prerequisites, HIST041, 042, or HIST053, 054. A history of
Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century
and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the
United States. (Gordon)

HIST 149. HISTORY OF BRAZIL. (3)

The history of Brazil with emphasis on the national period.

(Giffin)

HIST 150. HISTORY OF ARGENTINA AND THE ANDEAN
REPUBLICS. (3)
The history of the nationalist period of selected South
American countries. (Staff)

EUROPEAN HISTORY

HIST 151. HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT ORIENT AND GREECE. (3)
Asurvey of the ancient civilizations of Egypt, the Near East,
and Greece, with particular attention to their institutions,
life, and culture. (Jashemski)

HIST 153. HISTORY OF ROME. (3)

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings
through the Republic and down to the last centuries of the
Empire.- (Jashemski)

HIST 155, 156. HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE. (3, 3)

A study of medieval government, society, and thought from
the collapse of classical civilization to the Renaissance.

(Robertson)

HIST 157. THE AGE OF ABSOLUTISM. 1648-1748. (3)

Europe in the Age of Louis XIV and the Enlightened Des-
pots. (Williams)

HIST 158. THE OLD REGIME AND THE FRENCH REVOLUTION,
1748-1815. (3)

Europe in the era of the French Revolution. (Williams)

HIST 159. 160. HISTORY OF EUROPEAN IDEAS. (3. 3)

Prerequisites, HIST 041, 042 or HIST 053, 054, or the
equivalent. Beginning with a review of the basic Western
intellectual traditions as a heritage from the Ancient
World, the courses will present selected important currents
of thought from the scientic revolution of the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries down to the twentieth century.
First semester, through the eighteenth century. Second
semester, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Haber)

HIST 161, 162. THE RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION.
(3,3)

Prerequisite, HIST 041, 042, or 053, or consent of in-
structor. City-states and the rise of nation-states, the cul-
ture and thought of the Renaissance, the Reformation and
their impact into the seventeenth century. (Brann)

HISI 163, 164. HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE (3 31
Prerequisite, HIST 041. 042, or HIST 053, 054. First se-
mester, the development of England's Mercantilist Em-
pire and its fall in the war for American Independence
(1783). Second semester, the rise of the Second British
Empire and the solution of the problem of responsible self -

tovernment (1783-1867), the evolution of the British
mpire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the develop-
ment and problems of the dependent Empire. (Gordon)

732

Arts and Sciences

HIST 165, 166. CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF GREAT
BRITAIN. (3, 3)

Constitutional development in England, with emphasis on
the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the com-
mon law, the development of Parliament, and the emergence
of systematized government. First semester, to 1485;
second semester, since 1485. (Cockburn)

HIST 167, 168. HISTORY OF RUSSIA. (3, 3)

A history of Russia from earliest times to 1917. (Yaney)

HIST 169, 170. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY,
1815-1919. (3, 3)
Prerequisite 041, 042, or HIST 053, 054. A study of the
political, economic, social and cultural development of
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World
War. (Bauer)

HIST 171, 172. EUROPE IN THE WORLD SETTING OF THE
TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, HIST 041, 042, or HIST 053, 054. Astudyof
political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth-
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors in-
volved in the two World Wars and their global impacts and
significance. (Prange)

HIST 173. THE SOVIET UNION. (3)

A history of the Bolshevik Revolution and the founding of
the Soviet Union; the economic policy and foreign policy
of the U.S.S.R. to the present. (Yaneyr

HIST 175. MODERN FRANCE. (3)

A survey of French history from 1815 to the present. The
emphasis is upon such topics as the population problem,
the economic and social structure of French society, and
the changing political and cultural values of this society in
response to recurrent crises through the nineteenth and
twenthieth centuries. (Greenberg)

HIST 176. TUDOR ENGLAND. (3)

An examination of the political, religious, and social forces
in English life, 1485-1603, with special emphasis on Tudor
government, the English Reformation, and the Eliz-
bethan era. (Breslow)

HIST 177. STUART ENGLAND. (3)

An examination of the political, religious, and social forces
in English life, 1603-1714, with special emphasis on Puri-
tanism and the English revolutions. (Breslow)

HIST 178. BRITAIN IN THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3)
Developments in Great Britain from the Revolution of 1688
to the end of the Napoleonic wars. (Cockburn)

HIST 179. MODERN BRITAIN. (3)

A survey of British history from the age of the French Revolu-
tion to World War I with emphasis upon such subjects as
Britain's role in the world, the democratization of the state,
the problems arising from industrialism and urbanism. and
Irish and imperial problems. (Gordon)

HIST 183. A SURVEY OF AFRICAN HISTORY. (3)

A brief survey of the history of sub-Saharan Africa from pre-
historic times to the end of the colonial era. Special focus
on neolithic civilizations, major migrations, and political
and commercial developments in pre-colonial and colonial
Africa. (Perinbam)

HIST 184. A HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. (3)

HIST 183 is recommended though not required. A regional
study of the western Sudan, forest and coastal regions from
pre-historic times to the nineteenth century. A discussion
of neolithic and iron age civilizations, trans-Saharan and
other trade, introduction of Islam, medieval Sudanese em-
pires, forest kingdoms, nineteenth-century empires and
kingdoms, and the impact of European penetration.

ASIAN HISTORY (Perinbam)

HIST 187, 188. HISTORY OF CHINA. (3, 3)

A history of China from earliest times to the present. The
emphasis is on the development of Chinese institutions
that have molded the life of the nation and its people.

(Folsom)

HIST 189, 190. HISTORY OF JAPAN. (3, 3)

First semester: Japanese civilization from the age of Shinto
mythology, introduction of continental learning, and rule of
military overlords. Second semester; renewed contact with
the western world and Japan's emergence as a modern
state. (Mayo)

HIST 191. HISTORY OF THE ARABS. (3)

HIST 071 and 072 recommended but not required. Arab his-
tory from the pre-lslamic period to modern times. (Staff)

HIST 192. HISTORY OF THE TURKS. (3)

HIST 071 and 072 recommended but not required. Survey
of Turkish history from earliest times to the present, with
special emphasis on the Seljugs, the Ottoman tmpire,
and the Republic of Turkey. (Staff)

HIST 193. HISTORY OF IRAN. (3)

HI ST 071 and 072 recommended but not required. Survey of
Iranian history from earliest times to the present with
emphasis on period since the rise of the Safavids in the
sixteenth century. (Staff)

HIST 194. HISTORY OF THE JEWS AND THE STATE OF IS-
RAEL. (3)
A survey of Jewish history from the second century Diaspora
to the present with special attention to an analysis of
Zionism, the creation of a Jewish home in Palestine, the
establishment of the State of Israel, and modern develop-
ments. (Staff)
HIST 195, 196. HONORS COLLOQUIUM. (3, 3)

Enrollment I imitedtostudents admitted by thedepartmental
Honors Committee. Reading in sources and secondary work
centering about the development of the modern world. Dis-
cussions of reading and written work in weekly seminar
meetings. (Staff)

HIST 197. STUDIES IN MIDDLE EASTERN CULTURE. (3)
Systematic treatment of aspects of literature and culture
of the Middle East. May be repeated. (Rivlin, Stowasser)
HIST 198. HONORS THESIS. (3)

Limitedtostudentswhohavecompleted HIST195. Normally
repeated for a total of six hours credit during the senior
year by candidates for honors in history. (Staff)

HIST 199. PRO-SEMINAR IN HISTORICAL WRITING. (3)

Discussions and research papers designed to acquaint the
student with the methods and problems of research and
presentation. The student will be encouraged to examine
those phases of history which he regards as his specialties.

(Staff)
FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
HIST 200. HISTORIOGRAPHY: TECHNIQUES OF HIS-
TORICAL RESEARCH AND WRITING. (3)
HIST 201. READINGS IN COLONIAL AMERICAN HISTORY.

(3)
HIST 202. SEMINAR IN COLONIAL AMERICAN HISTORY.

(3)
HIST 203. READINGS IN THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION

AND THE FORMATIVE PERIOD. (3)
HIST 204. SEMINAR IN THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AND

THE FORMATIVE PERIOD. (3)
HIST 205. READINGS IN AMERICAN SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC

HISTORY. (3)
HIST 206. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN SOCIAL AND ECO-
NOMIC HISTORY. (3)
HIST 213. READINGS IN SOUTHERN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 214. SEMINAR IN SOUTHERN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 215. READINGS IN THE MIDDLE PERIOD AND CIVIL

WAR. (3)
HIST 216. SEMINAR IN THE MIDDLE PERIOD AND CIVIL

WAR. (3)
HIST 217. READINGS IN RECONSTRUCTION AND THE

NEW NATION. (3)
HIST 218. SEMINAR IN RECONSTRUCTION AND THt

NEW NATION. (3)
HIST 223. READINGS IN RECENT AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 224. SEMINAR IN RECENT AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 227. READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF AMERICAN

FOREIGN POLICY. (3)
HIST 228. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOR-
EIGN POLICY. (3)
HIST 233. READINGS IN AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL HIS-
TORY. (3)
HIST 234. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL HIS-
TORY. (3)
HIST 236. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL

AND POLITICAL HISTORY. (3)
HIST 239 READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF MODERN SCI-
ENCE. (3)
HIST 240. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF MODERN SCI-
ENCE. (3)
HIST 242. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF MARYLAND. (3)
HIST 245. READINGS IN LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 246. SEMINAR IN LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 251. SEMINAR IN GREEK HISTORY. (3)
HIST 253. SEMINAR IN ROMAN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 255. READINGS IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY. (3)
HIST 256. SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY. (3)
HIST 257. READINGS IN 17TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
HISTORY. (3)

Arts and Sciences

733

HIST 258. SEMINAR IN 17TH CENTURY EUROPEAN HIS-
TORY. (3)
HIST 259. READINGS IN MODERN EUROPEAN INTELLEC-
TUAL HISTORY. (3)
HIST 260. SEMINAR IN MODERN EUROPEAN INTELLEC-
TUAL HISTORY. (3)
HIST 261. READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF THE RENAIS-
SANCE AND REFORMATION. (3)
HIST 262. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF THE RENAIS-
SANCE AND REFORMATION. (3)
HIST 263 READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF GREAT BRIT-
AIN AND THE BRITISH EMPIRE-COMMONWEALTH. (3)
HIST 264. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF GREAT BRIT-
AIN AND THE BRITISH EMPIRE-COMMONWEALTH. (3)
HIST 266. SEMINAR IN TUDOR AND STUART ENGLAND.

(3)
HIST 268. SEMINAR IN RUSSIAN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 269. READINGS IN NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE.

(3)
HIST 270. SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE

(3)
HIST 271. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF WORLD WAR I.

(3)
HIST 272. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF WORLD WAR II.

(3)
HIST 274. READINGS IN MODERN FRENCH HISTORY. (3)
HIST 275. SEMINAR IN MODERN FRENCH HISTORY. (3)
HIST 281. READINGS IN MIDDLE EASTERN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 282. SEMINAR IN MIDDLE EASTERN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 285. READINGS IN JAPANESE HISTORY. (3)
HIST 286. SEMINAR IN JAPANESE HISTORY. (3)
HIST 287. READINGS IN CHINESE HISTORY. (3)
HIST 28.. SEMINAR IN CHINESE HISTORY. (3)
HIST 290. THE TEACHING OF HISTORY IN INSTITUTIONS

OF HIGHFR LEARNING. (1)
HIST 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)
HIST 499. THESIS RESEARCH. (Arranged)

GENERAL HONORS PROGRAM
DIRECTOR: Portz

The General Honors Program is administered by
the Director of the Arts and Sciences Honors Programs
and by the College Honors Committee which also acts
as an advisory and regulatory body for all Honors Pro-
grams within the College. Admission to the General
Honors Program shall ordinarily be at the beginning
of the first or second semester of the student's fresh-
man year. Students are selected on the basis of SAT
scores, grades, rank in graduatingclass, recommenda-
tions from high school teachers and counselors, and
other factors dealing with academic achievement in
high school. Students transferring from other institu-
tions are accepted i nto General Honorsupon presenta-
tion of a distinguished academic record.

General Honors students are assigned to Honors
sections of basic General Education courses, and are
given the opportunity of participating in special Gen-
eral Honors seminars. Continuance in the Program is
based upon maintaining a B average or better. Suc-
cessful General Honors students are graduated with
a citation in General Honors and notation of this ac-
complishment is made upon their transcripts. For
further information and admission to General
Honors, see the Director of Honors, Francis Scott
Key Hall.

SPECIAL GENERAL HONORS SEMINARS

Open to General and Departmental Honors stu-
dents and to other students with the consent of the
instructor or of the Director of Honors.

HONR 001. HONORS ORIENTATION COLLOQUIUM. (3)

A colloquium on composition and on current topics in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences.
The topics will vary with the interest of the instructors.
Writing and analysis of weekly themes on, and in-class dis-
cussions of, assigned reading will be stressed. Ordinarily
taken by all General Honors freshmen. Open to other stu-.

dents with the consent of the Director of Honors.

(Staff)

HONR 050-051. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN STUDIES. AMERICAN
TASTE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3, 3)

An interdisciplinary course to investigate the development
of public taste in modern America, especial lytherelationship
between popular expression— the motion picture, jazz, best
sellers, Broadway theatre — and the more traditional forms
of the fine arts and literature. Not open to freshmen.

HONR 100. CONTINENTAL BACKGROUNDS OF THE ENGLISH
RENAISSANCE. (3)

Prerequisite, ENGL001, 003, and004 ; orENGL02 1,033, and
034. An interdisciplinary study of the pain ting, architecture,
philosophy, and literature of the Continental Renaissance
and its influence on English literature of the period. Not
open to freshmen.

HONR 110. SEMINAR IN SCIENCE AND MODERN SOCIETY.
(3)
A seminar dealing with the impact of science upon modern
society. Subjects and faculty to vary from semester to semes-
ter. Intended for both non-science and science majors. Not
open to freshmen.

HONR 120. SEMINAR IN THE FINE ARTS. (3)

To be participated in by various members of the Fine Arts
Departments. The subject to vary from semester to semester.
Prerequisite: A General Education course in one of the
participating departments. A course in a second participat-
ing department is recommended but not required. Open to
General and Departmental Honors students at the junior
and senior level and to other students with the consent of
the instructor or the Director of Honors.

HONR 130. SEMINARS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. (1-4)
A series of seminars in the social sciences. Often inter-
disciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub-
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from semester
to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit, with the
permission of the Director of Honors, if the content of the
course altersappreciably. Open toGeneral and Departmental
Honors students and to other students with the consent of
the instructor and the Director of Honors.

HONR 140. SEMINARS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES. (1-4)
A series of seminars in the natural sciences. Often inter-
disciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub-
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from semester
to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit, with the
permission of the Director of Honors, if the content of the
course alters appreciably. Open to General and Depart-
mental Honors students and to other students with the
consent of the instructor and the Director of Honors.

(Staff)

HONR 150. SEMINARS IN THE HUMANITIES. (1-3)

A series of seminars in the humanities. Often interdis
ciplinary in character and often team-taught. The subjects
of the seminars and the faculty may vary from semester
to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit, with
the permission of the Director of Honors, if the content
of the course alters appreciably. Open to General and De-
partmental Honors students and to other students with
the consent of the instructor and the Director of Honors.

(Staff)

HONR 160. HONORS THESIS RESEARCH. (3)

A thesis preparation course for General Honors seniors,
under the direction of individual faculty members. HONR
160 or HONR 170, but not both, may be used once to fulfill
the General Honors Seminar requirement. Graded pass-fail.
May not be repeated. Open only to General Honors students.

(Staff)

HONR 170. HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (3)

Honors Independent Study involves reading or research,
directed by individual faculty, especially in areas outside
of thestudent'smajor. HONR 170or HONR 160. but not both,
may be used once to fulfill the General Honors Seminar
requirement. Graded pass-fail. May be repeated only with
consent of the Director of Honors. Open only to General
Honors students. (Staff)

LINGUISTICS PROGRAM

Advisory Committee on Linguistics:

Faculty:

PROFESSORS: Dingwall, Edmundson, Horton, Manning,

Sparks, and Williams.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Dingwall (Director) and Shen

(Chinese-Linguistics).

The program in linguistics is designed to provide
students with a comprehensive and consistent view
of the accomplishments, methodology and problems of

J 34

Arts and Sciences

modern linguistic science which has as its aim the
explication of the facts of specific natural languages
as well as natural language in general. While any edu-
cated man will benefit from an understanding of the
structure and development of language, those who ex-
pect to become scholars and teachers of anthropology,
English, foreign languages, philosophy or speech will
find a background in linguistics invaluable. Although
there is not an undergraduate major in linguistics at
this time, courses in linguistics may be used to ful-
fill the supporting courses requirement in some pro-
grams leading to the B.A. or B.S. degree.

LING 071. LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3)

Prerequisite sophomore standing. Anon-technical introduc-
tion to linguistics, with special consideration of the relations
between language and other aspects of culture. (Listed also
as ANTH 07U (Dingwall)

LING 101. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3)

Introduction to the basic concepts of modern descriptive
linguistics. Phonology, morphology, syntax. Examinationsof
the methods of comparative I inguistics, internal reconstruc-
tion, dialect geography. (Listed also as ANTH 171 and as
ENGL 105.)

LING 102. PHONETICS AND PHONEMICS. (3)

Training in the identification, description, and symboliza-
t ion of various sounds found in language. Study of scientific
techniques for classifying sounds into units which are pre-
ceptually relevant for a given language. (Dingwall)

LING 103. MORPHOLOGY AND SYNTAX. (3)

A detailed study of language structure. No student may
receive credit for both LING 103 and ENGL 108.

(Dingwall)

LING 106. HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS. (3)

Prerequisite LING 102 and 103, or equivalent. A study of
change in the phonological, grammatical and semantic
structures of natural languages; language typology; recon-
struction and various allied topics will be treated. (Dingwall)

LING 201. SEMINAR IN LINGUISTICS. (3)

Topic to be selected each semester. (Dingwall)

Other programs also offer courses in linguistics that may be of

interest to the student:

CMSC 190 C. MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS. (3)

(Edmundson)

HONR 130C. SEMINAR IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES:
PSYCHOLINGUISTICS. (3)

(Dingwall, Horton)

MATHEMATICS

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Goldhaber.

PROFESSORS: Auslander, Brace, Chu, Cohen, Douglis, Ed-
mundson, Ehrlich, Goldberg Good, Greenberg, Horvath,
Huet, Hummel, Jackson, Karp Kleppner, Kuroda, G.
Lehner, J. Lehner Maltese, Martin Pearl, Reinhart, Schae-
fer, Stellmacher L Syski, Walsh, Zedek.

VISITING PROFESSORS: Maass, Remmert, Vesentini.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Adams Benedetto, Bernstein,
Cook, Correl, Daniel, Goldstein, Gray, Gulick Henkelman,
Jacquet, Kirwan, Lipsman, Lopez-Escobar, Mikulski, Os-
born, Sather, Strauss, Warner, Wolfe.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Berg, Cole, Connell, Currier,
Dancis, Davidson, Egan, Ellis, Fey, Gowen, Green, Helzer,
Holzsager, Johnson, Lay, Markley, Neri, Owings, Powell, Ras-
togi, Schneider Sedgewick, Shepherd, Sweet, Thaler, Tim-
sans, Wagner, Yang.

VISITING ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Guntzer, Nagel, Niebur.

RESEARCH ASSOCIATES: Alexander and Schlotterbeck.

POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH ASSOCIATES: Reddy and Sch-
neider.

INSTRUCTORS: Bernhardt, Brown, (P. T.), Dutton, Eisenberg
(P. T.), Kilborn, Lepson, Mar, McClay, McKeen, Meyers,
Steely (P. T.), Sorensen, Vanderslice (P. T.).

FACULTY RESEARCH ASSISTANT: Locksley.

The Mathematics Department Colloquium meets
frequently throughout the academic year for reports
on current research by the resident staff, visiting lec-
turers, and graduate students. In addition, the Insti-
tute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics Col-
loquium meets at frequent intervals for reports on re-
search in those fields. All colloquium meetings are
open to the public.

The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsi Ion, national honor-
ary mathematics fraternity, meets regularly for the
discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the
undergraduates. Its programs are open to the public.

MATHEMATICS MAJOR

The program in mathematics leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Mathematics offers training
in the fundamentals of mathematics in preparation
for graduate work or teaching, and for positions in
governmental or industrial laboratories.

Astudent intendingto major in mathematics must
complete the introductory sequence: MATH 019,020,
021, 022orthecorrespondinghonorssequence: MATH
050, 051, 052, 053. In addition, the normal require-
ments for a mathematics major include 24 credit
hours of upper division ( 100-level) work and at least
22 credit hours of supporting courses.

Mathematics majors who have completed the in-
troductory sequence MATH 019 thru MATH 022 after
September, 1, 1966, are required to take at least eight
100-level courses including MATH 103 (Introduction
to Abstract Algebra), MATH 110 (Advanced Calcu-
lus), MATH 119 (Several Real Variables) and either
MATH 100 (Vector and Matrices) or MATH 104 (In-
troduction to Linear Algebra). In the remaining four
required courses, at least two must be selected from
the following groups: Group III, Geometry and Top-
ology; Group IV, Statistics and Probability; Group V,
Applied Mathematics: Group VI, Foundations.

Mathematics majors who have completed the de-
partmental honorssequence MATH 050-053 si nceSep-
tember 1, 1966, will have covered the content of
MATH 110 and therefore may not take MATH 110
for credit. For these students the above requirement
of "eight 100-level courses including MATH 103,
110, 119 and either MATH 100 or 104" is changed
to "seven 100-level courses including MATH 103,
119 and either MATH 100 or 104."

Candidates for departmental honors are permitted
toincludeMATH190, 191and200-levelcoursesamong
the eight (or seven) required courses. The Department
of Mathematics is expanding its program in statistics
to make it possible for majors in mathematics to spe-
cialize in statistics and probability. The prefix STAT
rather than MATH is used to designate these courses.

Students intending to major in mathematics,
should complete the lower division course work with
an average grade of at least B.

A grade of at least C must be attained in each of
the upper division mathematics courses presented to
fulfill the requirements for a major in mathematics.

Mathematics majors are required to take a mini-
mum of 10 hours of Physics. This will consist of PHYS
030, 031, 032 (3, 4, 4) or PHYS 015, 016, 017 (4,
4, 4); or 2 out of 3 in one of the preceding sequen-
ces plus ASTR 10. In addition, each student must
select a supporting area outside of the Department
of Mathematics in which he will take a minimum of
12 credits, at least six of which will be in one depart-
ment at the 100-level. The average grade for courses
in the supporting area must be at least C.

Since departmental requirements for majors are
changed from time to time, each student is urged to
consult his advisor to obtain the most recent require-
ments. Each student's program must be approved by
his mathematics department advisor.

Since most of the non-English mathematical liter-
ature is written in French, German or Russian, the For-
eign Language requirement should be met in one of
these languages.

Arts and Sciences

J 35

HONORS IN MATHEMATICS

The honors program is designed for students show-
ing exceptional ability and interest in mathematics.
Its aim is to give a student the best possible mathemati-
cal education. Participants are selected by the Honors
Committee of the Department of Mathematics on the
basis of recommendations from high school teachers
and members of the faculty.

Wherever possible, honors students are placed in
special mathematicscourses, or in special sections of
regular courses. Independent work is encouraged and
can be done in place of formal course work. A final
written andoral comprehensive examination in math-
ematics is given at the end of the program.
Introductory Mathematics Courses

Beginning students normally enrpll in one of the
courses MATH 003, 010, 018 or 019. A student may
enroll in any one of these courses if he has the
necessary high school mathematics and a suitable
score on the mathematics section of the general
classification test.

Students interested in majoring in mathematics
or the physical or engineering sciences are urged to be-
gin their Mathematics with MATH 018 or MATH 019.
MATH 018 is open to students who offer for entrance
two and one-half years of college preparatory mathe-
matics. MATH 019 is open to students who offer for
entrance three and one-half years of college pre-
paratory mathematics, including a course in trigono-
metry.

Students whose curriculum calls for MATH 003,
010 or 018 and who do not have the necessary pre-
requisites should enroll in MATH 001.

In general, students should enroll in only one of
the course sequences MATH 010-01 1-014-015, MATH
018-019-020-021-022. 1 ncasethisruleisnotfollowed,
proper assignment of credit will be made on application
to the Department of Mathematics.
MATH 001. REVIEW OF HIGH SCHOOL ALGEBRA. (0)

Recommended for students who f ai I the qual ifying examina-
tion for MATH 010, MATH 003 and MATH 018. Special fee
of $45. (Sorensen)

MATH 003. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS. (4)

Prerequisite, satisfactory performance on the SAT mathema-
tics test, or MATH 001. This course is designed to provide
an introduction to mathematical thinking, stressing ideas
rather than techniques. Where possible, connections are
drawn with other disciplines, such as philosophy, logic and
art. (Douglis)

MATH 010, Oil. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICS. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, 2'/2 years of college preparatory mathematics
and satisfactory performance on the SAT mathematics test,
or MATH 001 . Open to students not majoring in mathematics
or the physical or engineering sciences. Logic, sets, count-
ing, probability; sequences, sums; elementary algebraic
and transcendental functions and their geometric repre-
sentation; systems of linear equations, vectors, matrices.

(Good)
MATH 014, 015. ELEMENTARY CALCULUS (3, 3)

Prerequisite, MATH 01 1 or equivalent. Open to students not
majoring in mathematics or the physical or engineering
sciences. Basic ideas of differential and integral calculus;
elementary techniques and application;). (Bernhardt)

MATH 018. INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS. (3)

(2 1 ,lectures, 2 drill periods perweek.) Prerequisite, 2V2 years
of college preparatory mathematics and an appropriate
score on the SAT mathematics test, or MATH 001. An intro-
ductory course for students not qualified to start MATH
019. Real numbers, functions, coordinate systems. Tri-
gonometric functions. Plane analytic geometry. (Cook)
MATH 019. ANALYSIS 1.(4)

(31 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, 3Vi
years of college preparatory mathematics or MATH 018.
Sets and inequalities, Cartesian coordinates in the plane,
the straight line, the circle, translation of coordinate
axes, functions and their graphs, limits, continuity, the
derivative and application of the derivative, antiderivatives,
definite integral. (Goldberg)

MATH 020. ANALYSIS II. (4)

(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, MATH
019or equivalent. Applicationsof integration, techniques of
integration, polar coordinates, basic properties of the ele-
mentary functions, improper integrals arid indeterminate
forms, sequences and infinite series. (Helzer)

MATH 021L. LINEAR ALGEBRA. (4)

(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, MATH
020 or equivalent. Basic concepts of linear algebra; vec-
tor spaces, applications to line and plane geometry, linear
equations and matrices, similar matrices, linear trans-
formations, eigenvalues, determinants and quadratic
forms. (Staff)

MATH 022. ANALYSIS 111.(4)

(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, MATH021
L or equivalent. Calculus of functions of vectors; partial
derivatives, multiple integration, surface integrals, classical
theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes. (Staff)

MATH 030. ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICS. (4)

Prerequisite, one year of college preparatory algebra. Re-
quired for majors in elementary education, and open only
to students in this field. Topics from algebra and number
theory, designed to provide insight into arithmetic: induc-
tive proof, the natural number system based on the Peano
axioms; mathematical systems, groups, fields; the system
of integers; the system of rational numbers; congruence,
divisibility; systems of numeration. (Garstens)

MATH 031. ELEMENTS OF GEOMETRY. (4)

Prerequisite, MATH 030 or equivalent. Structure of mathe-
matics systems, algebra of sets, geometrical structures,
logic, measurement, congruence, similarity, graphs in the
plane, geometry on the sphere. (Garstens)

MATH 050. CALCULUS I. (Honors) (4)

Prerequisite, approval of department. A rigorous treatment,
with applications, of differential and integral calculus in
one variable.

MATH 051. CALCULUS II. (Honors) (4)

Prerequisite, approval of department. A rigorous treatment,
with applications, of differential and integral calculus in
one variable.

MATH 052. CALCULUS III. (Honors) (4)

Prerequisite, approval of department. Elements of linear
algebra, Euclidean and other metric spaces; Multi-variable
calculus; implicit function theorem; theorems of Green,
Gauss and Stokes. Riemann Stieltjes integral and, as time
permits, ordinary differential equations, Fourier series,
orthogonal functions.

MATH 053. CALCULUS IV. (Honors) (4)

Prerequisite, approval of department, tiements of linear
algebra, Euclidean and other metric spaces; Multi-variable
calculus; implicit function theorem; theorems of Green.
Gauss and Stokes. Riemann Stieltjes integral and, as time
permits, ordinary differential equations, Fourier series,
orthogonal functions. (Staff)

MATH 066. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS FOR SCIENTISTS
AND ENGINEERS. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 021 or equivalent. Exact solutions for
first order equations; basic theory, techniques, and applica-
tions of linear systems and higher order linear equations;
power series solutions; Laplace transform solutions.

(Strauss)

STAT 050. INTRODUCTION TO RANDOM VARIABLES. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 015 or MATH 021. Introductory
mathematical concepts. Probabilistic concepts. Basic
properties of probability. Discrete random variables and
their distributions. Continuous variables (intuitive an-
alytic approach). Joint distributions and transformations.
Moments and moment generating functions. Law of large
numbers and de Moivre's theorem. (Syski)

Courses 100-199

Algebra and Number Theory. 100, 101, 103, 104. 106. 107

Analysis. 110, 112, 113, 114, 117, 118. 119

Geometry and Topology. 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 126, 128
Foundations of Mathematics. 144, 146, 147, 148
Applied Mathematics. 101. 162, 163, 164, 165, 168. 170, 171
Courses for Teachers of Mathematics and Science. 181. 182

183, 184, 185, 189
Seminars, Selected Topics, Research. 190, 191
Statistics and Probability. STAT 100. 101, 110, 111 120,

121. 150. 164. 170
MATH 100. VECTORS AND MATRICES. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 021 or MATH 015. Algebra of vector
spaces and matrices. Recommended for students interested
in the applications of mathematics. (Not for graduate credit
in mathematics.) (Schneider)

136

Arts and Sciences

MATH 101. APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 100,orconsentof theinstructor. Various
applications of linear algebra: theory of finite games, linear
programming, matrix methods as applied to finite Markov
chains, random walk, incidence matrices, graphs and di-
rected graphs, networks, transportation problems. (Pearl)

MATH 103. INTRODUCTION TO ABSTRACT ALGEBRA. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 022 or equivalent. Integers; groups,
rings, integral domains, fields. (Goldhaber)

MATH 104. INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ALGEBRA. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 103 or consent of instructor. An abstract
treatment of finite dimensional vector spaces. Linear
transformations and their invariants. (Timsans)

MATH 106. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite. MATH 022. Rational integers, divisibility,
prime numbers, modules and linear forms, unique factor-
ization theorem, Euler's function, Mobius' function, cy-
clotomic polynomial, congruences and quadratic residues,
Legendre's and Jacobi's symbol, reciprocity law of quad-
ratic residues, introductory explanation of the method of
algebraic number theory. (Roselle)

MATH 107. THEORY OF QUADRATIC NUMBER FIELDS. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 106 and MATH 103. Quadratic number
fields, integers, ideals, units, ideal classgroups, unimodular
transformations and algorithms of the determination of
ideal class groups and fundamental units, class number
formula, Gauss' theory of genera and Kronecker's symbol.

(Kuroda)

MATH 110. ADVANCED CALCULUS. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 022. Real number system, qpen sets
and compact sets on the real line, limits and continuity
of real valued functions of one real variable, differentia-
tion, functions of bounded variation, Riemann-Stieltjes
integration, sequences and series of functions.

(McGuinness)

MATH 112. INFINITE PROCESSES. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 021 or equivalent. Construction of the
real numbers from the rational numbers, sequences of num-
bers, series of positive and arbitrary numbers, infinite prod-
ucts, conditional and absolute convergence, sequences and
series of functions, uniform convergence, integration and
differentiation of series, power series, and analytic func-
tions. Fourier series, elements of the theory of divergent
series, extension of the theory of complex numbers and
functions. (Kirwan)

MATH 113. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 1 19. The algebra of complex numbers,
analytic functions mapping properties of the elementary
functions. Cauchy's theorem and the Cauchy integral for-
mula. Residues. (Credit will be given for only one of the
courses MATH 113 and MATH 163.) (G. Lehner)

MATH 114. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 1 10. Ageneral introductiontothetheory
of differential equations. Constructive methods of solution
leading to existence theorems and uniqueness theorems.
Other topics such as: systems of linear equations, the be-
havior of sol ut ions in the large, the behavior of solutions near
singularities, periodic solutions, stability, and Sturm-Liou-
ville problems. (Berg)

MATH 117. INTRODUCTION TO FOURIER ANALYSIS. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 113. Fourierseries. Fourier and Laplace
transforms. (McGuinness)

MATH 118. INTRODUCTION TO REAL VARIABLES. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 110. The Lebesgue integral. Fubini's
theorem. Convergence theorems. The Lp spaces (Neri)

MATH 119. SEVERAL REAL VARIABLES. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 1 10. A brief review of scalar and vector
valued functions of several real variables (as done in MATH
022). Implicit function theorem, change of variable theorem
for multiple integrals, a detailed study of surfaces and sur-
face integrals in n-dimensional Euclidean space, including
integration by parts. Applications to partial differential
equations and potential theory. (Brannan)

MATH 120. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY I. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 022 or consent of instructor. Axiomatic
development of plane geometries, Euclidean and non-Eucli-
dean. Groups of isometries and similarities. (Chu)

MATH 121. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY II. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 120. Non-Euclidean transformation
groups, the Erlangen program, projective planes, cubicsand
quartics. (Reinhart)

MATH 122. INTRODUCTION TO POINT SET TOPOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 110 or 146, or equivalent. Connec-
tedness, compactness, transformations, homeomorphisms;
application of these concepts to various spaces, wi thbarticu-
lar attention to the Euclidean plane. (Dancis)

MATH 123. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 103 and 122, or equivalent. Chains,
cycles, homology groups for surfaces, the fundamental
group. (Green)

MATH 124. INTRODUCTION TO PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 022 or equivalent. Recommended for
students in the College of Education. Elementary projective
geometry, combining synthetic algebraic approaches, pro-
jective transformations, harmonic division, cross ratio,
projective coordinates, properties of conies. (Jackson)

MATH 126. INTRODUCTION TO DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY.
(3)

Prerequisite, MATH 022 or equivalent. The differential
geometry of curves and surfaces, curvature and torsion,
movingf rames, thef undamental differential forms, intrinsic
geometry of a surface. iCorrel)

MATH 128. EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 021 or consent of instructor. Recom-
mended for students in the College of Education. Axiomatic
method, models, properties of axioms; proofs of some basic
theorems from the axioms; modern geometry of the triangle,
circle, and sphere. (Reinhart)

MATH 144. ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS. (3)
Prerequisites, MATH 021 or consent ot instructor. Anelemen-
tary development of propositional logic, predicate logic,
set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with ad iscussion of Markov
algorithms, Turing machines and recursivef unctions. Topics
include Post productions, word problems, and formal lan-
guages. (Also listed as CMSC 144.) (Staff)

MATH 146. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 021 or consent of instructor. Sets, rela-
tions, mappings. Construction of the real number system
starting with Peano postulates; algebraic structures asso-
ciated with the construct ion; Archimedean order, sequential
completeness and equivalent properties of ordered fields.
Finite and infinite sets, denumberable and non-denumber-
able sets. (Ehrlich)

MATH 147. AXIOMATIC SET THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH 103 or 146 or consent of instructor.
Development of a system of axiomatic set theory, choice
principles, induction principles, ordinal arithmetic includ-
ing discussion of cancellation laws, divisibility, canonical
expansions, cardinal arithmetic includingconnectionswith
theaxiomofchoice, Hartog'stheorem.Konig'stheorem, prop-
erties of regular, singular, and inaccessible cardinals.

(Lopez-Escobar)

MATH 148. INIRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL LOGIC. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 103 or 146 or 1 10. Formal propositTonal
logic, completeness, independence, decidability of the sys-
tem, formal quantificational logic, first-order axiomatic
theories, extended Godel Completeness theorem, Lowen-
heim-Skolem theorem, model-theoretical applications.

(Karp)

MATH 162 ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS I.
(3)

Prerequisite, MATH 021 or consent of instructor. Credit will
be given for only one of the courses MATH 022 and MATH
162. Calculus of functions of several real variables; limits,
continuity, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, line
and surface integrals, vector-valued functions, theorems of
Green, Gaussand Stokes. Physical applications. (Thiscourse
cannot be counted toward a major in mathematics.)

(Martin)

MATH 163. ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS II.
(3)

Prerequisite, MATH 162 or 022 or consent of instructor.
Credit will be given for only one of the courses MATH 113 or
MATH 163. The complex field. Infinite processes for real
and complex numbers. Calculusof complex functions. Analy-
tic functions and analytic continuation. Theory of residues
and application to evaluation of integrals. Conformal map-
ping. (This course cannot De coumea towara a major in
mathematics.) (Sedgewick)

MATH 164. ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS III.
(3)

Prerequisite, MATH 066 and MATH 163, orconsent of instruc-
tor. Fourier and Laplace transforms. Evaluation of the com-
plex inversion integral by the theory of residues. Applica-
tions to systems of ordinary and partial differential equa-
tions. (This course cannot be counted toward a major in
mathematics.) (Berg)

MATH 165. INTRODUCTION TO PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS. (3)

Prerequisites, MATH 1 10 or MATH 162. Topics will include
one dimensional wave equation; linear second order equa-
tions in two variables, separations of variables and Fourier
series; Sturm-Liouville theory. (Mackie)

MATH 168. NUMERICAL METHUUb run a^itm io is minU
ENGINEERS. (3)

Arts and Sciences

137

Prerequisite, MATH 022 or 162 and MATH 066. Inter-
polation, numerical differentiation and integration, num-
erical solution of polynomial and transcendental equa-
tions, least squares, systems of linear equations, num-
erical solution of ordinary differential equations, errors
in numerical calculations. (This course cannot be
counted toward a major in mathematics.)

(Thaler)

MATH 170. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS I. (3)

Pre- or co-requisite: MATH 1 10. Solution of linear systems
of equations and nonlinear equations in one variable. Least
square and Chebyshev approximation. Numerical differenti-
ation, integration, and solution of ordinary differential equa-
tions. (Listed also as CMSC 170.) (Vandergraft)

MATH 171. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS II. (3)

Prerequisites: MATH 100 or 104, MATH 110.CMSC/M 170.
Linear systems of equations: norms, condition numbers,
rounding error analysis, iterative methods; introduc-
tion to numerical solution of partial differential equations.
Nonlinear systems of equations: Newton's method, conver-
gence and rate of convergence. Eigenvalue problems.
(Listed also as CMSC 171.) (Vandergraft)

MATH 181. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in pro-
grams with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics and
science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in
the physical sciences, since the course content is usually
covered elsewhere in their curriculum. Axiomatic develop-
ments of the real numbers. Elementary number theory.

(Staff)

MATH 182. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in pro-
grams with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics and
science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in
the physical sciences, since the course content is usually
covered elsewhere in their curriculum. Modern ideas in
algebra and topics in the theory of equations. (Staff)

MATH 183. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of
instructor. Designedprimarilyforthose enrolled inprograms
with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics and
science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in
the physical sciences, since the course content is usually
covered elsewhere in their curriculum. A study of the
axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. (Staff)

MATH 184. INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in pro-
grams with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics and
science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in
the physical sciences, since the course content is usually
covered elsewhere in their curriculum. A study of the
limit concept and the calculus. (Previous knowledge of
calculus is not required.) (Staff)

MATH 185. SELECTED TOPICS FOR TEACHERS OF
MATHEMATICS. (1-3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. (Staff)

MATH 189. NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION SUMMER
INSTITUTE FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS. SEMINAR. (1-3)

Lectures and discussion to deepen the student's apprecia-
tion of mathematics as a logical discipline and as a medium
of expression. Special emphasis on topics relevant to cur-
rent mathematical curriculum studies and revisions.

(Staff)

MATH 190. HONORS SEMINAR. (2)

Prerequisite, permission of the departmental Honors Com-
mittee. Reports by students on mathematical literature:
solution of various problems. (Brace!

MATH 191. SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS.
(VARIABLE CREDIT)

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Topics of special
interest to advanced undergraduate students will be offered
occasionally under thegeneralguidanceof thedepartmental
Committee on Undergraduate Studies. Honors students reg-
ister for reading courses under this number. (Brace)

STAT 100. APPLIED PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS I. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH021. Basicconceptsof probability. Ran-
dom variables and distribution functions. Standard distribu-
tions. Moments. Conditional distributions and their mo-
ments. Sampling distributions. Laws of large numbers and
Lindeberg-Levy's theorems. (Not for graduate credit in
mathematics.) (Syski)

STAT 101. APPLIED PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS II. (3)

Prerequisite, STAT 100. Point estimation, sufficient un-
biased and consistent estimators. Minimum variance and
maximum likelihood estimators. Multivariate normal distri-
bution. Sampling distributions. Interval estimation. Test-
ing hypotheses. Regression and linear hypotheses. Experi-
mental designs. Sequential tests, elements of nonparame-
tric methods. (Not for graduate credit in mathematics.)

(Connell)

STAT 110. INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 110 or if MATH 110 taken concurrently,
STAT 050. Probability space and basic properties of prob-
ability measure. Random variables and their distribution
functions, induced probability spaces. Multi-dimensional
distribution functions. Characteristic functions. Limit
theorems. (Syski)

STAT 111. INTRODUCTION TO STOCHASTIC PROCESSES.
(3)
Prerequisite, STAT 110, or MATH 110 and STAT 050.
Elementary stochastic processes. Renewal process random
walks, branching process, discrete Markov chains, first
passage times. Markov chains with a continuous parameter,
birth and death processes. Stationary processes and their
spectral properties. (Mikulski)

STAT 120. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS I. (3)

Prerequisite, STAT 110, or STAT 100 and MATH 110
Short review of probability concepts including sampling
distributions. Interval estimation. Theory of order statis-
tics. Tolerance limits. Limit distributions and stochastic
convergence. Sufficient statistics. Completeness and
stochastic independence. Rao-Blackwell theorem.

(Rastogi)

STAT 121. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS II. (3)

Prerequisite, STAT 120, or STAT 101 and MATH 110.
Loss and risk functions. Statistical decisions. Optimality
criteria. Uniformly minimum risk procedures. Bayesian
risk, mini max principle. Point, estimation theory. Statistical
hypotheses and optimal tests. Likelihood ratio tests. Ele-
ments of linear hypotheses, analysis of variance and se-
quential theory. (Connell)

STAT 150. REGRESSION AND VARIANCE ANALYSIS. (3)

Prerequisite, STAT 101 or STAT 120. One. two, three
and four way layouts in analysis of variance fixed effects
models, linear regression in several variables, Gauss-Mar-
kov-theorem, multiple regression analysis, experimental
designs. (Mikulski)

STAT 164. INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS. (3)

Prerequisite, one semester of calculus and junior standing.
Probabilistic models. Sampling. Some applications of prob-
ability in genetics. Experimental designs. Estimation of ef-
fects of treatment. Comparative experiments. Fisher-Irwin
test. Wilcoxon tests for paired comparisons. (Syski)

STAT 170. LINEAR AND NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 021 or MATH 100. Duality theorem and
minimax theorem for finite matrix games. Structure of linear
and nonlinear solutions with perturbations. Various solu-
tion techniques of linear, quadratic, and convex program-
ming methods. Special integer programming models (trans-
portation and traveling salesman problems.). Network theory
with max-flow-m in-cut theorem. (Mikulski)

For Graduate Students

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

Algebra. 200, 201, 202, 203, 206, 207, 208, 209, 271. 290, 291

Analysis. 212, 215. 216, 218, 219, 272, 278, 280, 281. 286,

287, 288, 289
Geometry and Topology. 204, 205, 221. 222, 223, 224, 225.

226, 227, 228. 229, 273, 290, 291
Applied and Numberical Mathematics. 252, 255, 256. 257
258, 259, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266. 267, 268. 269.
274
Statistics and Probability. (STAT) 200, 201, 210, 212, 213,

220, 221. 223, 240, 241, 270, 275
Logic and Foundations. 240. 244, 277, 298
Research. 399, 499
MATH 200. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. (3)

(Staff)
MATH 201. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. (3)

(Staff)
MATH 202. HOMOLOGICAL ALGEBRA. (3)

(Staff)
MATH 203. COMMUTATIVE ALGEBRA. (3)

(Staff)
MATH 204. 205. TOPOLOGICAL GROUPS. (3, 3)

(Staff)
MATH 206. ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY I. (3)
MATH 207. ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY II. (3)

7 36

Arts and Sciences

MATH 208. RING THEORY. (3)

MATH 209. GROUP THEORY. (3)

MATH 212. SPECIAL FUNCTIONS. (3)

MATH 215^ 216. ADVANCED ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL

EQUATIONS. (3, 3)
MATH 217. BANACH ALGEBRAS. (3)
MATH 218, 219. FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS. (3, 3)
MATH 221. DIFFERENTIABLE MANIFOLDS. (3)
MATH 222. DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY. (3)
MATH 223, 224. ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY. (3. 3)
MATH 225. TOPOLOGY I. (3)
MATH 226. TOPOLOGY II. (3)
MATH 227, 228. ALGEBRAIC GEOMETRY. (3, 3)
MATH 229. DIFFERENTIAL TOPOLOGY. (3)
MATH 240. CONSISTENCY PROOFS IN SET THEORY. (3)
MATH 244. MATHEMATICAL LOGIC I. (3)
MATH 245. MATHEMATICAL LOGIC II. (3)
MATH 246. MODEL THEORY. (3)
MATH 247. RECURSIVE FUNCTION THEORY. (3)
MATH 250, 251. EIGENVALUE AND BOUNDARY VALUE

PROBLEMS. (3, 3)
MATH 252. VARIATIONAL METHODS. (3)
MATH 255, 256. NUMERICAL METHODS IN ORDINARY

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3, 3)
MATH 259. INTRODUCTION TO CONTINUUM MECHANICS

(3)
MATH 261,
MATH 263.
MATH 264.
MATH 265.
MATH 266.
MATH 267.

ANA-

262. FLUID DYNAMICS. (3, 3)

LINEAR ELASTICITY. (3)

NON-LINEAR ELASTICITY. (3)

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3)

ELLIPTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3)

268. ADVANCED LINEAR NUMERICAL

LYSIS. (3, 3)
MATH 269. ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING.

(3)
MATH 271. SELECTED TOPICS IN ALGEBRA. (3)
MATH 272. SELECTED TOPICS IN ANALYSIS. (3)
MATH 273. SELECTED TOPICS IN GEOMETRY AND

TOPOLOGY. (3)
MATH 274. SELECTED TOPICS IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS.

(3)
MATH 277. SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICAL LOGIC.

(3)
MATH 278. SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPLEX ANALYSIS. (3)
MATH 280, 281. LINEAR SPACES. (3, 3)
MATH 282, 283. INTERPOLATION AND APPROXIMATION.

(3,3)
MATH 286. REAL ANALYSIS I. (3)
MATH 287. COMPLEX ANALYSIS I. (3)
MATH 288. COMPLEX ANALYSIS II. (3)
MATH 289. REAL ANALYSIS II. (3)
MATH 290, 291. LIE GROUPS. (3, 3)
MATH 292. COMMUTATIVE ALGEBRA. (3)
MATH 293. HOMOLOGICAL ALGEBRA. (3)
MATH 294, 295. ADVANCED CLASSICAL ANALYSIS. (3, 3)
MATH 296. POINT SET TOPOLOGY. (3)
MATH 298. PRO-SEMINAR IN RESEARCH. (1)
MATH 399. THESIS RESEARCH.
MATH 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH.

STAT 200. PROBABILITY THEORY I. (3)

STAT 201. PROBABILITY THEORY II. (3)

STAT 210. APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES. (3)

STAT 212. STOCHASTIC PROCESSES I. (3)

STAT 213. STOCHASTIC PROCESSES II. (3)

STAT 220. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I. (3)

STAT 221. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II. (3)

STAT 222. ADVANCED STATISTICS I. (3)

STAT 223. ADVANCED STATISTICS II. (3)

STAT 240. MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS. (3)

STAT 241. SAMPLING THEORY. (3)

STAT 250. NONPARAMETRIC STATISTICS. (3)

STAT 270. SELECTED TOPICS IN STATISTICS. (3)

STAT 275. SELECTED TOPICS IN PROBABILITY

MICROBIOLOGY

PROFESSOR AND ACTING CHAIRMAN: Hetrick.
PROFESSORS-. Doetsch, Faber (Emeritus), Hansen, Laffer,

Pelczar.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Young.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Cook, MacQuillan, Roberson,

Vaituzis.
LECTURERS: Faber, Janicki, Stadtman.
ASSISTANT INSTRUCTOR: Howell.

The Department of Microbiology has as its pri-
mary aim providing the student with thorough and
rigorous training in microbiology. This entails knowl-
edge of the basic concepts of bacterial cytology,
physiology, taxonomy, and genetics, as well as an
understanding of the biology of infectious disease,
immunology, general virology, and various applica-
tions of microbiological principles to public health
and industrial processes. In addition, the Depart-
ment pursues a broad and vigorous program of basic
research, and encourages original thought and in-
vestigation in the above mentioned areas.

The Department also provides desirable courses
for students majoring in allied departments who
wish to obtain vital, supplementary information.
Every effort has been made to present the subject
matter of Microbiology as a basic core of material
that is pertinent to all biological sciences.

MICROBIOLOGY CURRICULUM

The field of microbiology is such that an inten-
sive study of it presupposes a broad undergraduate
curriculum and does not begin until the student
begins his graduate career. Accordingly, the cur-
riculum outlined below, which leads to a Bachelors
degree, includes the basic courses in microbiology
and allied fields.

A student planning a major in microbiology
should consult his adviser during the first year. The
supporting courses should be chosen only from the
biological or physical sciences.

No course with a grade less than "C" may be
used to satisfy major requirements.

The Department has an Honors Program and in-
formation concerning this program may be obtained
from the Department.

Courses required in a major, and supporting
courses: MICB 001— General Microbiology (4),
MICB 081— Applied Microbiology (4), MICB 101—
Pathogenic Microbiology (4), MICB 103— Immuno-
logy (4), MICB 111— General Virology (4), MICB
151— Microbioal Physiology (4), MICB 160— Sys-
tematic Bacteriology (2), MICB 162— Microbio-
logical Literature (1), CHEM 008, 009— General
Chemistry (4, 4), CHEM 031, 033— Elements of Or-
ganic Chemistry (3, 3), CHEM 019— Elements of
Quantitative Analysis (4) or MATH 014, 015— Ele-
mentary Calculus (3, 3), CHEM 161, 163— Biochem-
istry (2, 2), MATH 010, Oil— Introduction to Mathe-
matics (3, 3), PHYS 010, Oil— Fundamentals of
Physics (4, 4).

Certain closely related and relevant courses of-
fered by other academic departments may be sub-
stituted for those specified in the major require-
ments, provided prior approval is obtained in each
case.
MICB 001. GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lec-
tures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, two semesters of chemistry. The biology of
microorganisms, with special reference to the bacteria.
Fundamental principles of microbiology as revealed
through an examination of the structure, physiology, ge-
netics and ecology of microorganisms.

Arts and Sciences

J 39

MICB 081. APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 001. The applica-
tion of microorganisms and microbiological principles to
milk, dairy products, and foods, industrial processes;
soil,- water and sanitation operations. (Kaplan)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

MICB 101. PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 001. The role of
microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of micro-
organisms, types of disease, modes of disease transmis-
sion, prophylactic, therapeutic and epidemiological as-
pects. (Roberson)

MICB 103. IMMUNOLOGY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 101. Infection
and resistance; principles and types of immunity; hyper-
sensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnos-
tic immunological reactions and their application.

(Roberson)

MICB 104. HISTORY OF MICROBIOLOGY. (1)

First semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite,
a major or minor in microbiology. History and integration
of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The mod-
ern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and im-
munity in relation to early theories. (Doetsch)

MICB 108. EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PUBLIC HEALTH. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequ-
isite, MICB 001. History, characteristic features, and
epidemiology of the important communicable diseases,
public health administration and responsibilities; vital
statistics. (Faber)

MICB 111. GENERAL VIROLOGY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 101 or equiva-
lent. Basic concepts regarding the nature of viruses and
their properties, together with techniques for their charac-
terization and identification. (Hetrick)

MICB 121. MICROBIAL FERMENTATIONS. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
The application of quantitative techniques for measure-
ment of enzyme reactions, mutations, fermentation,
analyses, and other physiological processes of microorgan-
isms. (Cook)

MICB 135. APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, MICB 001, CHEM
031, and CHEM 033. Introduction to the chemical
activities of microorganisms and their industrial applica-
tion. (MacQuillan)

MICB 151. MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, 8 credits in microbiology
and CHEM 031, 033, or equivalent. Aspects of the growth,
death, and energy transactions of microorganisms are con-
sidered, as well as the effects of the physical and chemi-
cal environment on them. (MacQuillan)

MICB 160. SYSTEMATIC BACTERIOLOGY. (2)

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite,
8 credits in microbiology. History of bacterial classifica-
tion; genetic relationships; international codes of nomen-
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification.

(Hansen)

MICB 162. MICROBIOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (1)

Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prereq-
uisite, a major in microbiology. Introduction to periodical
literature, methods, interpretation and presentation of
reports. (Doetsch)

MICB 181. MICROBIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prereq-
uisite, 16 credits in microbiology. Registration only upon
the consent of the instructor. This course is arranged to
provide qualified majors in microbiology and majors in al-
lied fields an opportunity to pursue specific micro-
biological problems under the supervision of a member of
the Department. (Faber)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

MICB 201. MEDICAL MYCOLOGY. (4)

MICB 202. GENETICS OF MICROORGANISMS. (2)

MICB 203. MICROBIAL GENETICS LABORATORY. (2)

MICB 204. BACTERIAL METABOLISM. (2)
MICB 206, 208. SPECIAL TOPICS. (1-4, 1-4)
MICB 210. VIROLOGY AND TISSUE CULTURE. (2)
MICB 211. VIROLOGY AND TISSUE CULTURE LABORA-
TORY. (2)
MICB 214. ADVANCED BACTERIAL METABOLISM. (1)
MICB 271. CYTOLOGY OF BACTERIA. (4)
MICB 280. SEMINAR-RESEARCH METHODS. (1)
MICB 282. SEMINAR-MICROBIOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (1)
MICB 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (Var.)
MICB 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Arranged)

MOLECULAR PHYSICS

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR AND DIRECTOR: Munn.

PROFESSORS: Benesch and Benedict.

RESEARCH PROFESSOR: Zwanzig

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Knsher, DeRocco, Sengers, Ginter.

VISITING ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Tilford (P. T.).

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Verbeke and Spain.

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE: Gillespie.

The Institute for Molecular Physics, a depart-
ment in the College of Arts and Sciences, comprises
a faculty interested in theoretical and experimental
studies in the general area of molecular interaction.
The Institute thus serves as an ideal place to bring
together physicists and chemists to work on prob-
lems of mutual interest to the advantage of both,
and the faculty is made up of members of each of
these disciplines. Since the faculty of the Institute
feels strongly that students should fulfill the under-
graduate requirements in one of the traditional de-
partments to insure a broad background in a funda-
mental stubject, no undergraduate degree is offered.
Members of the Institute teach both undergraduate
and graduate courses in the Department of Chemis-
try and the Department of Physics and Astronomy
and supervise thesis research of graduate students
in these departments. The Institute also participates
in a graduate degree program in Chemical Physics
which is jointly administered by the Institute, the
Department of Chemistry, and the Department of
Physics and Astronomy. This program is described
in the Graduate School catalog.

MUSIC

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Ulrich.

PROFESSORS: Grodon, Grentzner, Heim, Helm, Johnson,

McCorkle, Moss, Traver.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Berman, Blum, de Vermond.
Head, Nossaman, Pennington, Springmann, Taylor.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Anderson, Diemer, Fligel, Galla-
gher, Garvey, Haley, McClelland, Mack, Montgomery,
Olson, Payerle, Reger, Serwer, Shelley, Schumacher, Skid-
more. Wakefield, Winden.

LECTURERS: True and Wilson.

INSTRUCTORS: Barnett, Beatty, Crisp (P. T .), Ethendge,
Fanos, Harris, Heath, Koernor, Mueller, Shreiber, Steinke,
Wachhaus.

The functions of the Department are (1) to help
the general student develop sound critical judgment
and discriminating taste in the art of music; (2) to
provide professional training based on a foundation
in the liberal arts; (3) to prepare the student for
graduate work in the field; and (4) to prepare him to
teach in the public schools. To this end, two degrees
are offered: the Bachelor of Music, with a major in
theory and composition, history and literature, or
the Science degree, with a major in music educa-
tion, is offered in the College of Education; this pro-
gram, however, is administered within the Music
Department.

Courses in music theory, literature, and applied
music are open to all students who have completed

140

Arts and Sciences

the specified prerequisites or their equivalents. The
University Bands, Chamber Chorus, Choir, Madrigal
Singers, Men's Glee Club, Orchestra, and Women's
Chorus, as well as the smaller ensembles, are like-
wise open to qualified students.

THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bach-
elor of Music is designed for students who wish to
prepare for music teaching on the college level. A
list of specific courses is available in the Depart-
mental office. A grade of C or above is required in
each major course. The course requirements in the
three major areas may be summarized as follows:

Theory and History and Applied
Composition Literature Music

43 sem. hrs. 43 sem. hrs.

Mojor in

Academic Courses:

Specified-

Unspecified 8 8

Theory ond Literature:

Lower Division 27 23

Upper Division 16 22

Applied Music: 26 24

In addition, eight semester hours in ensemble courses

43 sem. hrs.
9

23
13
32

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE

The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in music is designed for stu-
dents whose interests are cultural rather than pro-
fessional. The department requirements include
nineteen semester hours in music theory, eighteen
semester hours in music history and literature, ten
semester hours in applied music, in addition to one
semester hour of ensemble credit for each semester
in residence. A list of specific courses is available in
the Departmental office. A grade of C or above is
required in each major course.

MUSC 001. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. (3)

Open only to music or music education majors; other stu-
dents take MUSC 020. MUSC 001 and 020 may not both
be counted for credit. A study of the forms and styles of
music, leading to an intelligent appreciation of the art and
providing a foundation for more advanced courses in the
Department of Music. (Skidmore, Tatnall)

MUSC 004. MEN'S GLEE CLUB. (1)

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until
a total of eight semester hours of credit has been earned;
the music studied will cover a cycle of about eight se-
mesters. (Traver)

MUSC 005. WOMEN'S CHORUS. (1)

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until
a total of eight semester hours of credit has been earned;
the music studied will cover a cycle of about eight se-
mesters. (Traver)

MUSC 006. ORCHESTRA. (1)

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until
a total of eight semester hours of credit has been earned;
the music studied will cover a cycle of about eight semes-
ter. (Roger)

MUSC 007, 008. THEORY OF MUSIC. (3, 3)

Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. A
fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of
rhythms, scales, chord structures, and tonalities through
ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The student
must achieve a grade of C in MUSC 008 in order to register
for MUSC 070. (Payerle and Staff)

MUSC 009. CHAMBER MUSIC ENSEMBLE. (1)

This course does not fulfill the ensemble requirements
of the various curricula. Three laboratory hours per week.
Rehearsal and performance of selected works for small
ensembles of strings, winds, and piano or small vocal en-
sembles. May be repeated for credit; the music studied
will cover a cycle of about six semesters. (Staff)

MUSIC 010. BAND. (1)

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until
a total of eight semester hours of credit has been earned;
the music studied will cover a cycle of about eight semes-
ters. (Wakefield)

MUSC 015. CHAPEL CHOIR. (1)

Open to all students in the University, subject to the Di-
rector's approval. May be taken until a total of eight se-
mester hours of credit has been earned. (Springmann)

MUSC 016. FUNDAMENTALS FOR THE CLASSROOM
TEACHER. (3)
Open to students majoring in elementary education or
childhood education; other students take MUSC 007.
MUSC 007 and 016 may not both be counted for credit.
The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related
to the needs of the classroom and kindergarten teacher,
and organized in accord with the six-area concept of mu-
sical learning. (Fanos and Staff)

MUSC 020. SURVEY OF MUSIC LITERATURE. (3)

Three lectures and one laboratory hour per week. Open
to all students except music and music education ma-
jors. MUSC 001 and 020 may not both be taken for
credit. A study of the principles upon which music is
based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires
performed in America today. (Gordon and Staff)

MUSC 021, 022. CLASS VOICE. (2, 2)

Four hours per week. A laboratory course in which a vari-
ety of voices and vocal problems are represented. Princi-
ples of correct breathing as applied to singing; fundamentals
of tone production and diction. Students are taught to
develop their own voices. Repertoire of folk songs and
songs of the Classical and Romantic periods. (Nossaman)

MUSC 023, 024, CLASS PIANO. (2, 2)

Four hours per week. Functional piano training for begin-
ners. Development of techniques useful for school and
community playing. Basic piano techniques; chord, arpeg-
gio, and scale techniques; melody and song playing; simple
accompaniements, improvisation for accompaniments
and rhythms; sight reading and transposition, and playing
by ear. MUSC 024, continuation of MUSC 023; elemen-
tary repertoire is begun. (de Vermond)

MUSC 031, 032. ADVANCED -CLASS VOICE. (2 2)

Four hours per week. Prerequisite, MUSC 022 or equiva-
lent vocal training. Continuation of MUSC 022, with more
advanced repertoire for solo voice and small ensembles.
A special section for music-education majors will in-
clude the study of methods and materials for teaching
class voice. (Pennington)

MUSC 033, 034. ADVANCED CLASS PIANO. (2, 2)

Four hours per week. Prerequisite, MUSC 024 or equiva-
lent piano training. Advanced keyboard techniques. Con-
tinuation of skills introduced in MUSC 024; transposi-
tion, modulation, and sight reading; methods of teaching
functional piano. MUSC 034, development of style in
playing accompaniments and in playing for community
singing. More advanced repertoire. (de Vermond)

MUSC 061, 062, 063, 064, 065, 066, 067, 068. CLASS STUDY
OF ORCHESTRAL AND BAND INSTRUMENTS. (2 each
course)
First and second semesters alternately. Open only to majors
in music education (instrumental option). Four laboratory
hours per week. A study of the instruments with emphasis
on ensemble training. The student will acquire an ade-
quate playing technique on two to four instruments, and
an understanding of the acoustical and construction
principles of the others. MUSC 061, Violin; MUSC 062,
Cello and Bass; MUSC 063, Clarinet; MUSC 064 Flute,
Oboe, Bassoon, and Saxophone; 065, Cornet; MUSC 066,
Horn, Trombone, Euphonium, and Tuba; MUSC 067,
Percussion; MUSC 068, Advanced Strings. (Staff)

MUSC 070, 071. ADVANCED THEORY OF MUSIC. (4, 4)

Prerequisite, MUSC 008 with a grade of at least C. Three
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. An integrated
course of written harmony, keyboard harmony, and eartrain-
ing. Continuation of the principles studied in MUSC 008
Harmonic progressions; MUSC 070, eighteenth-century
chorale style; MUSC 071, nineteenth-century styles in-
culding chromatic and modulatory techniques. Realization
of figured basses, and composition in the smaller forms.
Advanced study of solfege, with drill in melodic, rhythmic,
and harmonic dictation. Application of harmonic principles
to the keyboard. (Payerle and Staff)

MUSC 080. CLASS STUDY OF STRING INSTRUMENTS. (2)
First semester. Open only to majors in music education
(vocal option). Four laboratory hours per week. Basic princi-
ples of string playing, and a survey of all string instruments.

(Berman)

MUSC 081. CLASS STUDY OF WIND AND PERCUSSION IN-
STRUMENTS. (2)
Second semester. Open only to majors in music education
(vocal option). Four laboratory hours per week. A survey of
wind and percussion instruments with emphasis on ensem-
ble training. The student will acquire an adequate playing

Arts and Sciences

147

technique on one instrument and gain an understanding
of the acoustical and construction principles of the others.

fStaff)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

MUSC 120, 121, HISTORY OF MUSIC. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, MUSC 001 or 020 and junior standing. A
study of musical styles from their origins in western Eu-
rope to their present-day manifestations. The interaction of
music and other cultural activities. MUSC 120, the Greek
period to Bach; MUSC 121, Bach to the present.

(Bernstein)

MUSC 125. HONORS READING COURSE. (2-3)

Prerequisites, junior standing and consent of Honors Com-
mittee. Selected readings in the history, literature, and
theory of music. The course may be repeated for credit at
the discretion of the Committee. (Staff)

MUSC 130, 131. MUSIC LITERATURE SURVEY FOR THE NON-
MAJOR. (3, 3)
Either semester may be taken separately. Prerequisite,
MUSC 020 or the equivalent. Open to all students except
music and music-education majors. Selected compositions
are studied from the standpoint of the informed listener.
MUSC 130, choral music, opera, and art song; MUSC 131
orchestral, chamber, and keyboard music.

(Pennington, Gordon)

MUSC 141. MUSICAL FORM. (3)

Prerequisite, MUSC 070, 071. A study of the organizing
principles of musical composition, their interaction in mu-
sical forms, and their functions in different styles.

(Staff)

MUSC 143, 144. COMPOSITION. (2, 2)

Prerequisite, MUSC 070, 071. Principles of musical com-
position, and their application to the smaller forms. Orig-
inal writing in nineteenth and twentieth century musical
idioms for various media. (Staff)

MUSC 145, 146. COUNTERPOINT. (2, 2)

Prerequisite, MUSC 070, 071. A course in eighteenth-cen-
tury contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of imitation
in the invention and the choral prelude. Original writing in
the smaller contrapuntal forms. (Diemer)

MUSC 147, 148. ORCHESTRATION. (2-3, 3)

Prerequisites, MUSC 070, 071. A study of the ranges, mu-
sical functions, and technical characteristics of the instru-
ments, and their color possibilities in various combinations.
Practical experience in orchestrating for small and large en-
sembles. MUSC 147 will be offered in an intensified form
during the summer session, and may be taken for three
hours credit with the consent of the instructor. (Staff)

MUSC 149. MODAL COUNTERPOINT. (2)

Prerequisite, MUSC 071 or the equivalent. An introduction
to the contrapuntal techniques of the sixteenth century: the
structure of the modes, composition of modal melodies,
and contrapuntal writing for two, three, and four voices.

(Diemer)

MUSC 150. HARMONIC AND CONTRAPUNTAL PRACTICES OF
THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (2)
Prerequisites, MUSC 071 and 145 or the equivalents. A
theoretical study of twentieth-century materials: scales,
modes, intervals, chord structures, polyharmony, and serial
and twelve-tone organization. (Diemer)

MUSC 160, 161. CONDUCTING. (2, 2)

MUSC 160 or equivalent is prerequisite to MUSC 161. A
laboratory course in conducting vocal and instrumental
groups. Baton technique, score reading, rehearsal techni-
ques, tone production, style, and interpretation. Music of all
periods will be introduced. (Traver)

MUSC 162. WORKSHOP IN CHORAL CONDUCTING. (2-3)
Summer session only. Prerequisites, MUSC 070, 071 or
equivalent, and senior standing. A study of conducting tech-
niques, choral problems, score reading, rehearsal proce-
dures, program building, andchoral bibliography. Inaddition
to performing in class, participants will have an opportunity
to conduct the University Chorus in rehearsal and perform-
ance. Credit according to work done. (Traver)

MUSC 163. CONTEMPORARY MUSIC. (3)

Prerequisites, MUSC 120 and 121 or the equivalent. A
study of music written in contemporary idioms since De-
bussy. Changes in form and performing media in the twen-
tieth century. Electronic music and other experimental
types. (Diemer)

MUSC 164. SOLO VOCAL LITERATURE. (3)

Prerequisite, MUSC 120, 121, or the equivalent. The study
of solo vocal literature from the Baroque cantata to the art
song of the present. The Lied, melodie, vocal chamber mu-
sic, and theorchestralsongareexamined. (Pennington)

MUSC 165. KEYBOARD MUSIC. (3)

Prerequisite, MUSC 120, 121, or the equivalent. The history
and literature of harpsichord, organ, and piano music from
the Baroque period to the present. Suites, sonatas, and
smaller forms are studied with emphasis on changes of style
and idiom. (Bernstein)

MUSC 166. SURVEY OF THE OPERA. (3)

Prerequisite, MUSC 120, 121, or the equivalent. A study of
the music, librettos, and composers of the standard
operas. (Bernstein)

MUSC 167. SYMPHONIC MUSIC. (3)

Prerequisite, MUSC 120, 121, or the equivalent. The study
of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present.
The concerto, symphony, overture, and other forms are ex-
amined. (McCorkle)

MUSC 168. CHAMBER MUSIC. (3)

Prerequisite MUSC 120, 121, or the equivalent. The history
and literature of chamber music from the early Baroque pe-
riod to the present. Music for trio sonata, stringquartet and
quintet, and combinations of piano and string instruments
is studied. (Ulnch)

MUSC 169. CHORAL MUSIC. (3)

Prerequisite, MUSC 120, 121, or the equivalent. The history
and literature of choral music from the Renaissance to the
present, with discussion of related topics such as Gregorian
chant, vocal chamber music, etc. (McCorkle)

MUSC 175. CANON AND FUGUE. (3)

Prerequisite, MUSC 146 or the equivalent. Composition and
analysis of the canon and fugue in the styles of the eigh-
teenth, nineteenth, and twentieth centuries.

MUSC 180. ACOUSTICS FOR MUSICIANS. (3)

Prerequisites, MUSC 071 or the equivalent, and senior or
graduate standing in music. The basic physics of music,
acoustics of musical instruments and music theory, physio-
logical acoustics, and musico-architectural acoustics.

(Staff)

MUSC 182. CHAMBER MUSIC REPERTOIRE. (3)

Four hours per week. Prerequisite, graduate standing as a
major in performance. A systematic study, through perform-
ance, of diversified chamber music for the standard media.
Repertoire covered will be determined by the personnel
available in the class. May be repeated for credit.

(Staff)

MUSC 185. MUSIC PEDAGOGY. (3)

Conference course. Pre- or co-requisite, MUSC 152 or a
more advanced course in applied music. A study of major
pedagogical treatises in music, and an evaluation of peda-
gogical techniques, materials, and procedures. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

MUSC 200. ADVANCED STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF MUSIC.

(3)
MUSC 201. SEMINAR IN MUSIC. (3)
MUSC 202. PRO-SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY AND LITERATURE

OF MUSIC. (3)
MUSC 203. SEMINAR IN MUSICOLOGY. (3)
MUSC 204. AMERICAN MUSIC. (3)
MUSC 206. ADVANCED MODAL COUNTERPOINT. (3)
MUSC 207. THE CONTEMPORARY IDIOM. (3)
MUSC 208. ADVANCED ORCHESTRATION. (3)
MUSC 209. SEMINAR IN MUSICAL COMPOSITION. (3)
MUSC 210. FACTORS IN MUSICAL LEARNING. (3)
MUSC 211. SPECIAL STUDIES IN MUSIC. (3)
MUSC 212 213. INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, AND

ANALYSIS OF THE STANDARD REPERTOIRE. (2-4. 2-4)
MUSC 215. AESTHETICS OF MUSIC. (3)

MUSC 218 TEACHING THE THEORY. HISTORY, AND LIT-
ERATURE OF MUSIC. (3)
MUSC 260. ADVANCED CONDUCTING. (3)
MUSC 270 271 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES.

(3,3)
MUSC 300, 301. DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN MUSIC LITERA-

TURE. (3, 3)
MUSC 305. DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN MUSIC. (3)
MUSC 306. ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3)
MUSC 312 313 314. INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE,

AND PEDAGOGY. (4, 4, 4)
MUSC 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (3-6)
MUSC 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Arranged)

J42

Arts and Sciences

APPLIED MUSIC

A new student or one taking applied music for the
first time at this University should register for MUSC
999. He will receive the proper classification at the
end of his first semester in the Department. Special
fee of $40.00 per semester for each applied-music
course.

Section designation: Each student taking an ap-
plied-music course should, in addition to registering
for the proper course number, indicate the instru-
ment chosen by adding a section as follows:
Sec. A, Piano Sec. J, Bassoon

Sec. B, Voice Sec. K, Horn

Sec. C, Violin Sec. L, Trumpet

Sec. D, Viola Sec. M, Trombone

Sec. E, Cello Sec. N, Tuba

Sec. F, Bass Sec. 0, Euphonium

Sec. G, Flute Sec. P, Organ

Sec. H, Oboe Sec. 0, Percussion

Sec. I, Clarinet Sec. R, Saxophone

MUSC 012. 013. APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4 Hours Each Course)
Freshman course. One hour lesson and six practice hours
per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson
and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four
hours credit. The four-hour course is for piano majors in
the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of $40.00 per
semester. (Staff)

MUSC 052, 053. APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4 Hours Each Course)
Sophomore course. Prerequisite, MUSC 013 on the same
instrument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per
week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and
fifteen practice hours per week if taken for tour hours
credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental majors in
the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of $40.00 per
semester. (Staff)

MUSC 054, 055. PIANO SIGHT READING, ACCOMPANYING
AND IMPROVISATION. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, completion or current registration in MUSC
052A. Four laboratory hours per week. A course designed
to improve sight-reading fluency for pianists. Emphasis on
vocal and instrumental accompanying and chamber music.
Development of ability to improvise and transpose.

MUSC 112, 113. APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4 Hours Each Course)
Junior course. Prerequisite, MUSC 053 on the same in-
strument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per
week if taken for two hours credit; or one nour lesson
and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four
hours credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester. (Staff)

MUSC 152, 153. APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4 Hours Each Course)
Senior course. Prerequisite, MUSC 113 on the same in-
strument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per
week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and
fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four hours
credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental or vocal
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester. (Staff)

For applied music on the graduate level, see MUSC 212,
213, and MUSC 312, 313, and 314, above.

PHILOSOPHY

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Schlaretzki.

PROFESSOR: Pasch.

VISITING PROFESSOR: Walsh.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Brown, Celorier, Perkins, Svenon-

uis.
VISITING ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Swinburne.
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Goldstone. Kress, Lesher, Martin.

Odell, Roelofs, Varnedoe.

The Department of Philosophy presents visiting
speakers from this country and abroad in its Collo-
quium series, scheduled throughout the academic
year. In addition, members of the Department and
advanced graduate students lecture on topics of
current significance in the Graduate Workshop and
in the undergraduate Philosophy Club.

The undergraduate course offerings of the De-
partment of Philosophy are, as a group, intended
both to satisfy the needs of persons wishing to make
philosophy their major field and to provide ample
opportunity for other students to explore the sub-
ject. In general, the study of philosophy can contri-
bute to the education of the university student by
giving him experience in critical and imaginative
reflection on fundamental concepts and principles,
by acquainting him with some of the philosophical
beliefs which have influenced and are influencing
his own culture, and by familiarizing him with some
classic philosophical writings through careful read-
ing and discussion of them. Courses designed with
these objectives primarily in mind are PHIL 001
(Introduction to Philosophy), PHIL 041 (Elementary
Logic and Semantics), PHIL 045 (Ethics), PHIL
053 (Philosophy of Religion), and the historical
courses 101 through 105.

For students interested particularly in philo-
sophical problems arising within their own special
disciplines, a number of appropriate courses are
available: PHIL 052 (Philosophy in Literature), PHIL
056 (Philosophy of Science), PHIL 130 (The Conflict
of Ideals in Western Civilization), PHIL 141 (Phi-
losophy of Language), PHIL 147 (Philosophy of Art),
PHIL 152 (Philosophy of History), PHIL 154 (Politi-
cal and Social Philosophy), PHIL 156 (Topics in the
Philosophy of Science), and PHIL 176 (Induction
and Probability).

The Departmental requirements for a major in
philosophy are as follows: (1) a total of at least 30
hours in philosophy, not including PHIL 001; (2)
PHIL 045, 055, 101, 102, 104, and at least two
courses numbered 150 or above; (3) a grade of "C"
or better in each course counted toward the fulfill-
ment of the major.

For students of exceptional ability and interest
in philosophy, the Department offers an Honors Pro-
gram. Information regarding this special curriculum
may be obtained from the departmental advisors.

PHIL 001. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. (3)

An introduction to some of the main problems of philo-
sophy, and to some of the main ways of dealing with these
problems. (Staff)

PHIL 041. ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND SEMANTICS. (3)

An introductory study of logic and language, intended to
help the student increase his ability to employ language
with understanding and to reason correctly. Topics treated
include the use and abuses of language, techniques for
making sound inferences, and the logic of science.

(Staff)

PHIL 045. ETHICS. (3)

An introduction to moral philosophy, including a critical
examination of some important classic and contemporary
systems of ethics, such as those of Aristotle, Kant Mill,
and Dewey. (Staff)

PHIL 052. PHILOSOPHY IN LITERATURE. (3)

Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas
containing ideas significant for ethics, social policy and
religion. (Staff)

PHIL 053. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. (3)

This course seeks to provide the student with the means
by which he may approach intelligently the main prob-
lems of religious thought: the nature of religious experi-
ence, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting
claims of religion and science, and the place of religion in
the community and in the life of the individual.

(Brown, Roelofs)

PHIL 055. SYMBOLIC LOGIC I. (3)

An introduction to the formal analysis of deductive rea-
soning through formalization of arguments, truth table and
natural deduction techniques for propositional logic and
quantification theory, including identity and definite de-
scriptions. (Staff)

PHIL 056. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. (3)

An introductory study of the aims, procedures, and re-
sults of scientific inquiry. Topics discussed include the

Arts and Sciences

J 43

formulation and testing of hypotheses, induction and
probability, scientific Taws, theories and explanation,
concept formation, and relationships among the special
sciences. (Staff)

PHIL 101. ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY. (3)

Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A history of Greek
thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. The
chief figures discussed: The Presocratic philosophers,
Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus, the Stoic philoso-
phers, and Plotinus. (Celarier)

PHIL 102. MODERN PHILOSOPHY. (3)

Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A history of phil-
osophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th, and
18th centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Gali-
leo, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume,
and Kant.

PHIL 103. NINETEENTH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. (3)

Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A survey of phi-
losophy in the nineteenth century through a consideration
of such writers as Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Spen-
cer, Marx, Comte, Mill, Mach, and Bradley. (Staff)

PHIL 104. TWENTIETH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. (3)

Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A survey of phi-
losophy in the twentieth century through a consideration
of representative figures in England, Europe, and America.
Among the theories to be studied are logical atomism (Rus-
sell, Wittgenstein), positivism (Carnap, Ayer), existential-
ism and phenomenology (Sartre, Husserl), naturalism and
realism (Dewey, Santayana). (Brown)

PHIL 105. PHILOSOPHY IN AMERICA. (3)

Prerequisite, six hours in philosophy. A survey of philo-
sophical thought in America from the eighteenth century to
the present. Special attention is given to Edwards, Jeffer-
son, Emerson, Royce, Pierce, James, and Dewey.

PHIL 120. ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY. (3)

Prerequisite, one course in philosophy. Not offered on
College Park campus. An examination of the major philo-
sophical systems of the East, attempting to discover the
relations between these and important ideas of Western
thought. (Staff)

PHIL 130. THE CONFLICT OF IDEALS IN WESTERN CIVILI-
ZATION. (3)
A critical and constructive philosophical examination of
the assumptions, goals, and methods of contemporary
democracy, fascism, socialism, and communism, with
special attention to the ideological conflict between the
U.S.A. and the U.S.S.R. (Staff)

PHIL 141. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE. )3)

Prerequisite, PHIL 041 or 055. An inquiry into the nature
and function of language and other forms of symbolism.

(Kress)

PHIL 147. PHILOSOPHY OF ART. (3)

An examination of the fundamental concepts in art and
in esthetic experience generally. Readings from the works
of artists, estheticians, critics and philosophers.

(Brown)

PHIL 151. ETHICAL THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, PHIL 045. Contemporary problems having
to do with the meaning of the principal concepts of ethics
and with the nature of moral reasoning.

(Roelofs, Schlaretzki)

PHIL 152. PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY. (3)

An examination of the nature of historical knowledge and
historical explanation, and of theories of the meaning
of world history. (Staff)

PHIL 154. POLITICAL AND SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY. (3)

A systematic treatment of the main philosophical issues
encountered in the analysis and evaluation of social
(especially political) institutions.

(Goldstone, Schlaretzki)

PHIL 155. SYMBOLIC LOGIC II. (3)

Prerequisite, PHIL 055 or consent of instructor. Axio-
matic development of the propositional calculus and the
first-order functional calculus, including the deduction
theorem, independence of axioms, consistency and com-
pleteness. (Staff)

PHIL 156. TOPICS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. (3)
Prerequisite, PHIL 056 or consent of instructor. Detailed
examination of some basic issues in the methodology and
conceptual structure of scientific inquiry. To be investi-
gated are such topics as confirmation theory, structure
and function of scientific theories, scientific explanation,
concept formation, and theoretical reduction. (Staff)

PHIL 157. THEORY OF MEANING. (3)

Prerequisites, PHIL 041 or 055, and 102. A study of
theories about the meaning of linguistic expressions, in-

cluding the verification theory and the theory of meaning
as use. Among topics to be considered- are naming refer-
ring, synonomy, intension and extension, and ontological
commitment. Such writers as Mill, Frege, Russell, Lewis,
Carnap, Wittgenstein, Austin, and Quine will be discussed.

(Kress, Odell)

PHIL 158. PHILOSOPHY OF LAW. (3)

Prerequisite, one course in philosophy. Examination of
fundamental concepts related to law, e.g., legal system, law
and morality, justice, legal reasoning, responsibility.

PHIL 159. PHILOSOPHY OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. (3)

Prerequisite, six hours in social science or consent of
instructor. A discussion of several of the following topics:
the nature of laws and explanation in the social sciences;
the relation of the social sciences to mathematics, logic,
and the natural sciences; the role of value judgements
in the social sciences; the relation of social science to
social policy; problems of methodology.

PHIL 160. PHILOSOPHY OF MIND. (3)

Prerequisite, PHIL 102. An inquiry into the nature of
mind through the analysis of such concepts as conscious-
ness, perception, understanding, imagination, emotion,
intention, and action.

PHIL 168. TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite, PHIL 101 and 102, or consent of instructor.
May be repeated for credit when the topics dealt with
are different. (Staff)

PHIL 169. TOPIC IN CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. (3)

Prerequisite, PHIL 102. An intensive examination of
contemporary problems and issues. Source material will
be selected from recent books and articles. May be re-
peated for credit when the topics dealt with are different.

(Staff)

PHIL 170. METAPHYSICS. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, PHIL 101 and 102. PHIL
055 recommended. A study of some central metaphysical
concepts (such as substance, relation, causality, and
time) and of the nature of metaphysical thinking.

(Pasch)

PHIL 171. THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE. (3)

Second semester. Prerequsites, PHIL 101 and 102. PHIL
055 recommended. The origin, nature, and validity of
knowledge will be considered in terms of some philosophic
problems about perceiving and thinking, knowledge and be-
lief, thought and language, truth and confirmation.

(Brown, Odell, Pasch)

PHIL 175. TOPICS IN SYMBOLIC LOGIC. (3)

Prerequisite, PHIL 155. May be repeated for credit when
the topics dealt with are different. (Staff)

PHIL 176. INDUCTION AND PROBABILITY. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of inferential
forms, with emphasis on the logical structure underlying
such inductive procedures as estimating and hypothesis-
testing. Decision-theoretic rules relating to induction will
be considered, as well as classic theories of probability
and induction. (Staff)

PHIL 180. THE PHILOSOPHY OF PLATO. (3)

Prerequisites, PHIL 101 and 102. A critical study of se-
lected dialogues. (Celarier)

PHIL 181. THE PHILOSOPHY OF ARISTOTLE. (3)

Prerequisites, PHIL 101 and 102. A critical study of se-
lected portions of Aristotle's writings. (Celarier)

PHIL 182. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. (3)

Prerequisite, PHIL 101 or 102. A history of philosophic
thought in the West from the close of the Classical period
to the Renaissance. Based on readings of the Stoics, early
Christian writers. Neoplatonists. later Christian writers
and Schoolmen. (Celarier)

PHIL 184. THE CONTINENTAL RATIONALISTS. (3)

Prerequisites, PHIL 101 and 102. A critical study of the
systems of some of the major 17th and 18th century
rationalists, with special reference to Descrates, Spinoza,
and Leibniz. (Staff)

PHIL 185. THE BRITISH EMPIRICISTS. (3)

Prerequisites, PHIL 101 and 102. A critical study of se-
lected writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume.

(Varnedoe)

PHIL 186. THE PHILOSOPHY OF KANT. (3)

Prerequisites. PHIL 101 and 102. A critical study of se-
lected portions of Kant's writings. (Roelofs)

PHIL 190. HONORS SEMINAR. (3)

Each semester. Open to honors students in philosophy
and, by permission of the instructor, to honors students
in other departments. Research in selected topics, with
group discussion. May be repeated for credit when the
topics dealt with are different. (Staff)

744

Arts and Sciences

PHIL 191, 192, 193, 194. TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (1-3)
PHIL 255. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. (3)
PHIL 256. SEMINAR IN THE PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY.

(3)
PHIL 260. SEMINAR IN ETHICS. (3)
PHIL 261. SEMINAR IN ESTHETICS. (3)
PHIL 270. SEMINAR IN METAPHYSICS. (3)
PHIL 271. SEMINAR IN THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE. (3)
PHIL 292. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY. (1-3)
PHIL 399. RESEARCH IN PHILOSOPHY. (1-12)
PHIL 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Arranged)

PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

PRUFESSUK AND CHAIRMAN: Laster.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR AND ASSOCIATE CHAIRMAN:

DiLavore.

PROFESSORS: Banerjee, Day, Erickson, Ferrell, Friedman,
Glasser, Glover, Greenberg, Griem, Hayward, Holmgren,
Hornyak, Kerr, Kolb, Krall, Kundu, Levison, MacDonald,
Marion, McDonald, Misner, Musen, Myers, Myers, Oneda,
Opik, Prange, Rado, Slawsky, Snow, Sucner, Trivelpiece,
Wall, Weber, Westerhout, Yodh.

VISITING PROFESSORS: Escobar, Fowler, Levy, Lindblad.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Alley, Bardasis, Beall, Bell, Ben-
nett, Bhagat, de Silva, Dixon, Dorfman, Draght, Earl, Falk,
Fivel, Glick, Griffin, Johnson, Kacser, Kehoe, H. Kim 1 ,
Y. Kim, Koch Matthews. Pati, Pugh, Reiser*, Rodberg, Smith,
Steinberg, Stephenson, Wentzel, Woo, Zipoy, B. Zorn,
G. Zorn.

VISITING ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Figuera.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: A'Hearn, Anderson, Beaglehole,
Berg, Bettinger, Brandt, Chang, Conners, Currie, Davidson,
Feinroth, Gloeckler, Greene, Greig, Harrington, Korenman,
Kunze, LaPointe, Lenchek, Nolen, O'Gallagher, Pechacek,
Poultney, -Richard, Risk, Roos, Roush, Simonson, Young,
Zapolsky, Zuckerman.

VISITING ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Kunz.

LECTURERS: Brandt. Clark, Maran, Miers.

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE: Scheerbaum.

VISITING LECTURERS: Elton (P. T.) and Gutsche.

The physics curriculum for the Bachelor of Sci-
ence degree is designed for students who desire
education in the fundamentals of physics in prep-
paration for graduate work or teaching, or for posi-
tions in governmental and industrial laboratories.
Students who enter the University intending to ma-
jor in physics are urged to take, during the first two
years, the introductory courses PHYS 015, 016, 017,
018, and 060, 061. For students who enter the phys-
ics major in their junior year, however, PHYS 030,
031, 032, 060, and, 107 may be substituted for the
PHYS 015-061 sequence. All students should ac-
company these basic courses with MATH 019, 020,
012, and 022 (4. 4, 4, 4), (or the corresponding hon-
ors courses) and one advanced mathematics course.
Physics majors are encouraged to try to enroll in the
accelerated honors sections of all of these courses
when they are qualified.

After completion of the courses mentioned
above, the Physics majors will be required to take
the following courses: PHYS 127, 128— Elements
of Mathematical Physics (4, 4), PHYS 118— Intro-
duction to Modern Physics (3), and PHYS 119 —
Modern Physics (3); and at least two semesters of
advanced laboratory courses (e.g., PHYS 100, 109,
110, 140, 141, and 190). Supporting courses must
include at least one additional mathematics course
approved by the physics adviser (which is usually
MATH 1 10 or MATH 162). At least 38 credits in phys-
ics normally are required.

'Member of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
-Member of the Institute of Molecular Physics
Joint appointment with Electrical Engineering

The departmental requirement is at least a "C"
in each semester of the first year of the introductory
course. Students who wish to be recommended for
graduate work must maintain a "B" average and
should also include as many as possible of the fol-
lowing courses: PHYS 120— Nuclear Physics (4),
PHYS 122 -Properties of Matter (4), PHYS 140, 141
- Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory (3, 3),
PHYS 144, 145— Methods of Theoretical Physics
(4, 4) and MATH 1 10— Advanced Calculus (3).

Because the Departmental program is under
continual review, course changes not listed occa-
sionally occur. The student is best advised to seek
the latest information available from the Depart-
ment.

HONORS IN PHYSICS

The Honors Program offers to students of ex-
ceptional ability and interest in physics an educa-
tional program with a number of special opportu-
nities for learning. Honors sections are offered in
several courses, and there are many opportunities
for part-time research participation which may de-
velop into full-time summer projects. An honors
seminar is offered for advanced students; credit
may be given for independent work or study; and
certain graduate courses are open for credit toward
the bachelor's degree.

Students for the Honors Program are accepted
by the Department's Honors Committee on the basis
of recommendations from their advisors and other
faculty members. A final written and oral compre-
hensive examination in the senior year concludes
the program which may lead to graduation "with
Honors (or High Honors) in Physics."

CHEMICAL PHYSICS

See Molecular Physics.

PHYS 001. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS: MECHANICS, HEAT,
AND SOUND. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, successful passing
of the qualifying examination in elementary mathematics.
The first half of a survey course in general physics. This
course is for the general student and does not satisfy the
requirements of the professional schools. (Alley)

PHYS 002. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS: MAGNETISM, ELEC-
TRICITY, AND OPTICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 001. The sec-
ond half of a survey course in general physics. This course
is for the general student and does not satisfy the require-
ments of the professional schools.

(Marion, Alley)

PHYS 003. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS. (4)

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, qualification to enter MATH 010. Intended
for students majoring in neither the physical nor biological
sciences. A study of the development of some of the
basic ideas o't pnysicai science. (Stephenson)

PHYS 010, Oil. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS. ( 4, 4)

Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trig-
onometry or MATH Oil or concurrent enrollment in
MATH 018. A course in general physics treating the fields
of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics,
and modern physics. This course satisfies the minimum
requirements of medical and dental schools.

(Snow. DiLavore. Pechacek, Young)

PHYS 015, 016. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS: MECHANICS,
FLUIDS, HEAT, AND SOUND. (4, 4)
Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week.
Prerequisites, a high school physics course and concurrent
enrollment in MATH 018, 019, or consent of instructor.
The first half of a broad, detailed introduction to physics,
intended primarily for physics majors and other students
with superior backgrounds in mathematics and the sci-
ences. (Wall, Trivelpiece. Beaglehole)

Arts and Sciences

145

PHYS 017. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS: ELECTRICITY AND
MAGNETISM. (4)
Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week.
Prerequisites, PHYS 015, 016; pre- or co-requisites,
PHYS 060 and MATH 020. The third quarter of a broad,
detailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for
physics majors and other students with superior back-
grounds in mathematics and the sciences. (Kehoe)

PHYS 018. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS: OPTICS AND MOD-
ERN PHYSICS. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and two demonstration
periods a week. Prerequisites, PHYS 017 and previous or
concurrent enrollment in PHYS 060 and MATH 021, or
consent of instructor. The last quarter of a broad, de-
tailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for
physics majors and other students with superior back-
grounds in mathematics and the sciences.

(Roush)

PHYS 025, 026. GENERAL PHYSICS FOR SCIENCE TEACH-
ERS. (5, 5)
Three lectures and two two-hour labs per week. Prereq-
uisites: high school physics or a non-calculus college phys-
ics survey course, and co-requisite: MATH 019. A course
in physics stressing physical insight, for prospective sec-
ondary school science teachers.

PHYS 030 GENERAL PHYSICS: MECHANICS AND PARTICLE
DYNAMICS. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per week. MATH 020 to
be taken concurrently. Laws of motion, force, and energy;
principles of mechanics; collisions; rotation; and gravita-
tion.

PHYS 031. GENERAL PHYSICS: HEAT, WAVES AND RELA-
TIVITY. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation and one three-hour labora-
tory period per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 030 or PHYS

020. Statistical physics; kinetic theory; wave motion;
interference and refraction; special theory of relativity.

PHYS 032. GENERAL PHYSICS: ELECTRICITY AND MAGNET-
ISM. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation and one three-hour labora-
tory period per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 031. May be
taken in lieu of repetition of PHYS 021. Electrostatics;
electrodynamics; Maxwell's equation; quantum physics.

PHYS 050, 051. INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, PHYS Oil. (Staff)

PHYS 052. HEAT. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS
Oil. MATH 020 is to be taken concurrently.

(Staff)

PHYS 054. SOUND. (3)

(Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, PHYS Oil. MATH 021 is to be
taken concurrently. (Myers)

PHYS 060, 061. INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS EXPERIMENTS.

(2,2)

Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite,

PHYS Oil or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 017 or PHYS

018. Selected experiments. (Poultney, Gloeckler)

PHYS 100. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTS. (2 credits per se-
mester)

Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite,
four credits of PHYS 060 or consent of instructor. Se-
lected fundamental experiments in electricity and
magnetism, elementary electronics, and optics. (Greig)

PHYS 102. OPTICS. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites,
PHYS 01 1 and MATH 021. It is suggested, but not required
that PHYS 060 or PHYS 100 be taken concurrently with
this course. Geometrical optics, optical instruments,
wave motion, interference and diffraction, and other
phenomena in physical optics.

PHYS 103. APPLIED OPTICS. (3)

(Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 102. A detailed study
of physical optics and its applications. (Alley)

PHYS 104, 105. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, PHYS Oil; MATH

021. Electrostatics, direct current and alternating cur-
rent circuity, electromagnetic effects of steady currents,
electromagnetic induction, radiation, development of
Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector, wave equations,
and electronics. (Staff)

PHYS 106, 107. THEORETICAL MECHANICS. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 051 or con-
sent of instructor. A detailed study of Newtonian me-
chanics. Dynamics, the motion of rigid bodies, oscillation

problems, etc., are studied. Lagrange's equation of the first
kind and the Hamilton-Jacobi equation are introduced.

(LaPointe)

PHYS 109. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS. (4)

Second semester. Three hours of lecture and two of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 100 and con-
current enrollment in PHYS 105 or PHYS 128. Theory
of semi-conductor and vacuum tube circuits. Application
in experimental physics. (Bettinger)

PHYS 110. SPECIAL LABORATORY PROJECTS IN PHYSICS.
(1,2, or 3)
Two hours laboratory work a week for each credit hour.
One to three credits may be taken concurrently each se-
mester. (Will be given with sufficient demand.) Prereq-
uisite, PHYS 100 and consent of advisor. Selected ad-
vanced experiments. (Glover, Pugh)

PHYS 111. PHYSICS SHOP TECHNIQUES. (1)

First semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite, PHYS 100 or consent of instructor. Machine
tools, design and construction of laboratory equipment.

(Horn)

PHYS 114, 115. INTRODUCTION TO BIOPHYSICS. (2, 2)

(Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Two lectures
a week. Prerequisites, intermediate physics and MATH
021. A study of the physical principles involved in bio-
logical processes, with particular emphasis on current re-
search in biophysics. (DeRocco)

PHYS 116, 117. INTRODUCTION TO FLUID DYNAMICS.
(3,3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, PHYS 106 and
MATH 021. Kinematics of fluid flow, properties of in-
compressible fluids, complex variable methods of analy-
sis, wave motions. (Koopman)

PHYS 118. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN PHYSICS. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, general physics and
integral calculus, with some knowledge of differential
equations and a degree of maturity as evidenced by having
taken one or more of the courses PHYS 050 through PHYS
110. Introductory discussion of special relativity, origin
of quantum theory, Bohr atom, wave mechanics, atomic
structure, and optical spectra. (Beall)

PHYS 119. MODERN PHYSICS. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 118. A sur-
vey of nuclear physics, x-rays, radioactivity, wave me-
chanics, and cosmic radiation. (Staff)

PHYS 120. NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (4)

Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 119. An intro-
duction to nuclear physics at the pre-quantum-mechanics
level. Properties of nuclei; radioactivity; nuclear system-
atics; nuclear moments; the shell model, interaction of
charged particles and gamma rays with matter; nuclear
detector; accelerators; nuclear reactions; beta decay;
high energy phenomena. (Holmgren)

PHYS 121. NEUTRON PHYSICS AND FISSION REACTORS.

(4)

(Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Four lectures

a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 120. Neutron diffusion and

reactor physics. (Marion)

PHYS 122. PROPERTIES OF MATTER. (3)

Each semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite,
PHYS 119 or equivalent. Introduction to solid state phys-
ics. Electro-magnetic, thermal, and elastic properties of
metals, semiconductors and insulators.

(Glover, Anderson)

PHYS 123. INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERIC AND SPACE
PHYSICS. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite.
PHYS 127 and PHYS 118 or consent of instructor. Mo-
tions of charged particles in magnetic fields, aspects of
plasma physics related to cosmic rays and radiation belts,
atomic phenomena in the atmosphere, thermodynamics
and dynamics of the atmosphere.

(Bettinger, Lenchek)

PHYS 124. INTRODUCTION TO PLASMA PHYSICS. (3)

Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 127
and PHYS 118, or consent of instructor. Orbit theory,
magnetohydrodynamics. plasma heating and stability,
waves and transport processes. (Griem)

PHYS 126. KINETIC THEORY OF GASES. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, PHYS 107 and
MATH 021. Dynamics of gas particles, Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution, diffusion, Brownian motion, etc.

(Vanderslice)

PHYS 127. ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS: ME-
CHANICS. (4)
Prerequisites: Physics 018, or Physics 032, or Physics
106 and Physics 107; also Math 022; or consent of in-

146

Arts and Sciences

structor. A study of the theoretical foundations of me-
chanics, with extensive application of the methods. Also
various mathematical tools of theoretical physics.

(Staff)

PHYS 128. ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS: ELEC-
TRICITY AND MAGNETISM. (4)
Prerequisite: Physics 127 or consent of instructor. A
study of the foundations of electromagnetic theory, with
extensive application of the methods. Thorough treatment
of wave properties of solutions of Maxwell's Equations.

(Staff)

PHYS 129. INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PARTICLES.
(3)
Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 119,
or consent of instructor. Properties of elementary par-
ticles, production and detection of particles, relativistic
kinematics, invariance principles and conservation laws.

(Sucher, Risk)

PHYS 130, 131. BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHYSICS. (2, 2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, junior standing. A pri-
marily descriptive course intended mainly for those stu-
dents in the liberal arts who have not had any other
course in physics. This neither satisfies the requirements
of the professional schools nor serves as a prerequisite
or substitute for other physics courses. The main em-
phasis in the course will be on the concepts of physics
and their evolution and their relations to other branches
of human endeavor. (Staff)

PHYS 140. 141. ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS LABORA-
TORY. ( 3, 3)
One lecture and four hours of laboratory a week. Prereq-
uisites, two credits of PHYS 100 and consent of instruc-
tor. Classical experiments in atomic physics and more
sophisticated experiments in current techniques in nu-
clear physics. Enrollment is limited to ten students.

(Zorn)

PHYS 144. ADVANCED THEORETICAL PHYSICS. (3)

Prerequisite: Physics 127, 128. This course is an elective
continuation of and supplement to Physics 127, 128.
A survey of advanced mathematical methods used in
theoretical physics, particularly in the fields of classical
mechanics, electromagnetism, relativity and quantum
mechanics. (Staff)

PHYS 145. ELEMENTARY QUANTUM PHYSICS. (3)

Prerequisites: Physics 118 or Physics 153; Math 066;
and a level of mathematical sophistication equivalent to
that of a student who has taken Physics 127 and Physics
128, or ENEE 130 and ENEE 132. The quantum theory
is presented in a rigorous way including the concepts of
operators, measurement, and angular momentum. These
concepts together with the Schroedinger Equation are
then applied to some basic problems in atomic and
molecular physics. (Staff)

PHYS 150. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS.

Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of advisor.
Research or special study. Credit according to work done.

(Staff)

PHYS 152. INTRODUCTION TO THERMODYNAMICS AND
STATISTICAL MECHANICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, MATH 021, PHYo
018 or 051, or consent of the instructor. Introduction
of basic concepts in thermodynamics and statistical me-
chanics. (Bhagat)

PHYS 153. MODERN PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS. (3)

Each semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite,
PHYS 018. A survey of atomic and nuclear phenomena
and the main trends in modern physics. This course is
appropriate for students in engineering and other physical
sciences. It should not be taken in addition to PHYS
118. (B. S. Zorn, Bettinger, Kunze)

PHYS 186. PARTICLE ACCELERATORS, PHYSICAL AND
ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES. (3)
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites, PHYS
127-128 or PHYS 104-105 and PHYS 118, or equivalents.
Sources of charged particles, methods of acceleration
and focusing of electron and ion beams in electromagnetic
fields; electrostatic accelerators; constant-gradient cy-
clotrons and synchrotrons; betatrons and microtrons;
the alternating-gradient and sector-focusing principles; iso-
chronous cyclotrons and alternating-gradient synchro-
trons; linear accelerators. (Staff)

PHYS 190. INDEPENDENT STUDIES SEMINAR.

Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment
is limited to students admitted to the Independent
Studies Program in Physics. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 204, 205, 209,
212, 213, 234, 235, 242, 243, 244, 252, 253, 254, 255 and
258 are given every year; all others will be given according to
demand.

PHYS 200. THEORETICAL DYNAMICS. (3)
PHYS 201. STATISTICAL PHYSICS. (3)
PHYS 202, 203. ADVANCED DYNAMICS. (2, 2)
PHYS 204. METHODS OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. (3)
PHYS 205. ELECTRODYNAMICS. (4)
PHYS 206, 207. PLASMA PHYSICS. (3, 3)
PHYS 208. THERMODYNAMICS. (3)
PHYS 209. GRADUATE LABORATORY. (3)
PHYS 210. STATISTICAL MECHANICS. (3)
PHYS 212, 213. INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHANICS.

(4,3)
PHYS 214. THEORY OF ATOMIC SPECTRA. (3)
PHYS 215. THEORY OF MOLECULAR SPECTRA. (3)
PHYS 216, 217. MOLECULAR PHYSICS. (2, 2)

PHYS 218, 219. X-RAYS AND CRYSTAL STRUCTURE. (3, 3)

PHYS 220. APPLICATION OF X-RAY AND ELECTRON DIF-
FRACTION METHODS. (2)

PHYS 221. COSMIC RAY PHYSICS. (3)

PHYS 222. 223. BOUNDARY-VALUE PROBLEMS OF THEO-
RETICAL PHYSICS. (2, 2)

PHYS 224, 225. SUPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS AND COM-
PRESSIBLE FLOW. (2, 2)

PHYS 226, 227. THEORETICAL HYDRODYNAMICS. (3, 3)

PHYS 228. SYMMETRY PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS. (3)

PHYS 230. SEMINAR.

PHYS 231. APPLIED PHYSICS SEMINAR. (1)

PHYS 232, 233. HYDROMECHANICS SEMINAR. (1, 1)

PHYS 234, 235. THEORETICAL NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (3, 3)

PHYS 236. THEORY OF RELATIVITY. (3)

PHYS 238. QUANTUM THEORY— SELECTED TOPICS. (3)

PHYS 239. ELEMENTARY PARTICLES. (3)

PHYS 240, 241. THEORY OF SOUND AND VIBRATIONS.
(3,3)

PHYS 242, 243. THEORY OF SOLIDS. (3, 3)

PHYS 244. SOLID STATE PHYSICS. (3)

PHYS 245. SPECIAL TOPICS IN APPLIED PHYSICS. (2)

PHYS 246, 247. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FLUID DYNAMICS. (2,2)

PHYS 248, 249. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS.
(1-4, 1-4)

PHYS 250. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED PHYSICS.
(1-6)

PHYS 252, 253. NUCLEAR STRUCTURE PHYSICS. (3, 3)

PHYS 254. ADVANCED QUANTUM MECHANICS. (3)

PHYS 255. ADVANCED QUANTUM MECHANICS. (3)

PHYS 257. THEORETICAL METHODS IN ELEMENTARY PAR-
TICLES. (3)
IYS 258. QUANTUM FIELD THEORY. (3)

PHYS 260. HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS. (3)

PHYS 262, 263. AEROPHYSICS. (3, 3)

PHYS 290. CHARGED PARTICLE DYNAMICS. ELECTRON
AND ION BEAMS. (3)

PHYS 399. THESIS RESEARCH.

PHYS 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Arranged)

(For Astronomy curriculum, see under ASTRONOMY.

SPECIAL PHYSICS COURSES FOR HIGH SCHOOL SCIENCE
TEACHERS

The courses in this section were especially de-
signed for high school teachers and are not appli-
cable to B.S., M.S. or Ph.D. degrees in physics with-
out special permission of the Department of Physics
and Astronomy. However, these courses can be in-
cluded as part of physics minor or as electives. No
prerequisites are required.

PHYS 118A. ATOMS, NUCLEI, AND STARS. (3)

Three lectures per week. An introduction to basic ideas
of the constitution and properties of atomic and sub-

Arts and Sciences

147

atomic systems and of the overall structure of the uni-
verse. (DeSilva)

PHYS 122A. PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS. (3)

Three lectures per week. An introduction to the study
of solid state physics and the properties of fluids.

(Narigle)

PHYS 160A. PHYSICS PROBLEMS. (1, 2, or 3)

Lectures and discussion sessions arranged. (DiLavore)

PHYS 170A. APPLIED PHYSICS. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Hornyak)

PHYS 199. NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION SUMMER IN-
STITUTE FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE SEMINAR. (1)
Arranged during summer session. Enrollment limited to

participants in the N.S.F. Summer Institute. (Staff)

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA

Within the College of Arts and Sciences there
are a number of programs developed to prepare the
pre-professional student. These curricula, some
rather general and others quite specific, are de-
signed to give the student the best background to
succeed in his advanced training, to fill undergradu-
ate requirements of many professional schools, and
to fit in with the requirements established by the or-
ganizations associated with the respective profes-
sions.

Pre-professional programs require that the stu-
dent maintain a grade point average somewhat
higher than the minimum for graduation. The stu-
dent may fulfill requirements by majoring in almost
any discipline in the College, provided the specific
requirements of the pre-professional program are
met. The successful completion of the pre-profes-
sional program does not guarantee admission to pro-
fessional school. Each school has its own admis-
sions requirements and criteria, generally based
upon the grade point average in the undergraduate
courses, the scores in aptitude tests (Medical Col-
lege Admission Test, Law Admission Test, or Dental
Aptitude Test), a personal interview, and letters sent
by the "Evaluation Committee" of the College. For
the specific admissions requirements, the student
is urged to study the catalog of the professional
school of his choice.

Although completion of the Bachelor's degree
is a normal prerequisite for admission, three pro-
fessional schools of the University of Maryland in
Baltimore— Dentistry, Law, and Medicine— have ar-
rangements whereby a student who meets require-
ments detailed below may be accepted for profes-
sional school after three years (90 academic hours).
For the students to be eligible for the "combined de-
gree," the final thirty hours prior to entry into the
Schools of Dentistry, Law, and Medicine must be
taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sci-
ences. (A combined degree program in Law is also
available in the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration: for details see BPA program.) After the
successful completion of thirty hours of work in pro-
fessional school, the student may be eligible for a
Bachelor's degree from the College of Arts and Sci-
ences (Arts-Dentistry, Arts-Law, or Arts-Medicine).

PRE-DENTISTRY

The pre-dental program is based upon require-
ments established by the Council of Dental Educa-
tion of the American Dental Association, and the
requirements for a degree from the College of Arts
and Sciences following either the regular four-year
program or the combined "Arts-Dentistry" program.
The program is designed to prepare the student for

the Dental Aptitude Test, normally taken in the
spring of the sophomore year.

The minimum requirements for entry into dental
school for either the three year program (90 aca-
demic hours) or the four-year program (120 aca-
demic hours) are:

Generol Educotion requirements 34 hours

College requirements

Foreign Longuoge 12

Speech 2 14 hours

plus

Major variable

Minor (or supporting courses) varioble

Dental Association requirements

Chemistry -orgonic 8

inorganic 8

Zoology 8

Mathematics 6

Physics 8 38 hours

Electives-to complete the 90 or 120 hours required.
Required Health and Physical Educotion.

Four- Year Program. A student applies to Dental
School in his senior year, on the basis of completing
the usual degree requirements for the B.A. or B.S.
degree from the College of Arts and Sciences, by
majoring in the field of his choice and including in
his course work the science courses specifically pre-
scribed by dental schools.

Three-Year Arts-Dentistry Program. Students
whose performance during the first two years in
residence at College Park is exceptional may be en-
couraged to seek admission to the University of
Maryland Dental School at the end of their third
year (90 academic hours). No undergraduate major
is required for this program: the work of the first
year of dental school is considered as the major;
but students will select a minor (supporting courses)
from one of the following combinations: zoology,
six hours above the 100 level; microbiology, eight
hours above the 100 level; CHEM 019 plus three
hours above the 100 level in any science; CHEM
161, 162, 163, and 164; or nine hours above the
100 level in any one department of the arts, hu-
manities, or social sciences.

Students accepted in the combined Arts-Den-
tistry program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts-
Dentistry) after satisfactory completion of the first
year of dental school, upon recommendation by the
Dean of the Dental School and approval during the
summer following the first year of dental school, and
the degree is awarded with the August graduates.

Schedule. The pre-dental student, regardless of
degree sought, includes in his first-year schedule
CHEM 008, 009; ZOOL 001, 002; ENGL 001, 003;
MATH 010,011 (or 018, 019); HLTH 005; and Phys-
ical Education. His second year includes CHEM
035, 036, 037, 038; foreign language; general ed-
ucation requirements; and major-minor require-
ments. A student hoping for three-year acceptance
would substitute PHYS 010, Oil for foreign lan-
guage in his sophomore year. The University of
Maryland Dental School also requires that the stu-
dent include in his schedule ZOOL 005 and a course
in statistics (either PSYC 090 or SOCY 095).

PRELAW

Although some law schools will consider only
applicants with a B.A. or B.S. degree, others will ac-
cept applicants who have successfully completed a
three-year program of academic work. Most law
schools do not prescribe specific course which a stu-
dent must present for admission, but do require that

748

Arts and Sciences

the student follow one of the standard programs of-
fered by the undergraduate college. Many law
schools require that the applicant take the Law Ad-
missions Test in the academic year preceding his
entry into professional school.

Four-Year Program. The student who plans to
complete the requirements for the B.A. or B.S. de-
gree before entering law school should select a ma-
jor field of concentration. The pre-law student or-
dinarily follows a Bachelor of Arts program with a
major in American Studies, English, American and
English history, economics, political science (gov-
ernment and politics), psychology, sociology or
speech; a few pre-law students follow a Bachelor of
Science program.

Three-Year Arts-Law Program. The student who
plans to enter law school at the end of his third year
should follow the general B.A. program during his
first two years. During his junior year, he will com-
plete the requirements for a minor (18 semester
hours) in one of the fields of concentration. His pro-
gram during the first three years should include all
of the basic courses required for a degree from the
College of Arts and Sciences (including the 18 hour
minor) and all College and University requirements.
The academic courses must total 90 hours, and
must be passed with a minimum average of 2.0.

Students with exceptional records who are ac-
cepted to the School of Law of the University of
Maryland under the Arts-Law program may receive
a B.A. degree (Arts-Law) after satisfactory comple-
tion of the first year of law school, upon recom-
mendation by the Dean of the Law School and ap-
proval by the College of Arts and Sciences. Applica-
tions for the diploma are made during the summer
following the first year of law school (or after 30
credit hours are completed), and the degree is a-
warded with the August graduates.

PRE-MEDICINE

The pre-medical program is based upon the re-
quirements established by the Association of Ameri-
can Medical Colleges, and the requirements for a
degree from the College of Arts and Sciences, either
with the four-year degree program or with the com-
bined "Arts-Medicine" program. The curriculum is
designed to prepare the student for the Medical Col-
lege Admission Test, which is normally taken in the
spring of the junior year.

The minimum requirements for entry into medi-
cal school for either the three-year program (90 aca-
demic hours) or the four-year program (120 aca-
demic hours) are:

General Education requirements

Collegerequirements

Foreign Language 12

Speech 2

plus

Major

Minor (or supporting courses)
Medical School requirements

Chemistry -general inorganic o

organic 8

quantitative** 4

Zoology 16

(In addition to ZOOL 001

and 002. strongly recommended

are two of genetics.

34 hours
14 hours

variable
variable

embryology, comparative
onotomy)
Mathematics
Physics
Electives-to complete the 90 or 120 hours required.
Required Health and Physical Education.

Four-Year Program. No specific major is re-
quired for favorable consideration by a medical
school admissions committee. By intelligent plan-
ning starting in the sophomore year, the student can
meet the above requirements as well as require-
ments of most majors in the College of Arts and Sci-
ences. The student is urged to work closely with his
pre-medical advisor for this planning. A student who
enters the pre-medical program late in his college
career may find an additional year of study neces-
sary (either as a special student or as a regular un-
dergraduate).

Three-Year Arts-Medicine Program. After com-
pletion of his first year of pre-medical study an ex-
ceptional student may be encouraged to seek ad-
mission to the University of Maryland School of
Medicine at the end of his third year (90 hours).
During his next two years he will need to complete
all requirements listed above, with the exception of
the major and the regular minor. Four additional
hours at the 100 level in appropriate science
courses will satisfy the minor requirement.

Students accepted in the combined Arts-Medi-
cine program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts-
Medicine) after satisfactory completion of their
training in the basic sciences at the University of
Maryland School of Medicine (30 hours), upon rec-
ommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine
and approval by the College of Arts and Sciences.
The degree is normally awarded in August following
the second year of medical school.

Schedule. The pre-medical student normally in-
cludes in his first-year schedule CHEM 008, 009;
ZOOL 001, 002; ENGL 001, 003; MATH 010, Oil
(or 018, 019); HLTH 005; and Physical Education.
Academically strong students may take an addi-
tional course in their second semester. His second
year includes CHEM 035, 036, 037, 038; foreign
language; General Education requirements; ZOOL
005, 006; and/or major requirements. His third
year includes PHYS 010, Oil; foreign language,
General Education requirements, major require-
ments and minor (supporting course) requirements.
CHEM 019 would be taken during the third year of
the three-year applicant and during the fourth year
of the four-year student. The fourth year is devoted
to completion of the General Education require-
ments and major and minor (supporting course) re-
quirements.

RELATED PROFESSIONS

Academic preparation for several professions re-
lated to dentistry or medicine is available through
the College of Arts and Sciences. For requirements
of professional schools in dental hygiene, optome-
try, osteopathy, etc., see catalogs of the specialized
schools; representative catalogs are available in the
Office of the Dean.

Arts and Sciences

149

Medical Technology. The program in medical
technology is administered by the School of Nurs-
ing.

Veterinary Medicine. The pre-veterinary pro-
gram is administered by the College of Agriculture.

Dental Hygiene: For information concerning
this program, contact Miss Patricia C. Stearns, Di-
rector of Dental Hygiene Education, University of
Maryland School of Dentistry, Baltimore, Maryland
21201.

PSYCHOLOGY

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Bartlett.

PROFESSORS: Anderson, Horton, McGinnies, Tyler, Waldrop.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Fisher, Fretz, Goldstein, Gollub,

Locke, Martin, Mdntire, Scholnick, Steinman, Teitelbaum,

Turnage. Ward.

visiting Associate professor: Hodos.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Carroll, Clairborn, Dachler, Dies.

Hegge, Higgs, Holmgren, Johnson, Larkin, Osterhouse, Smith,

Stemheim.
LECTURERS: Becker, Drash, Meenes, Taylor.
INSTRUCTORS: Horton, Jensen, McCullough.
JUNIOR INSTRUCTOR: Horowitz.

Psychology can be classified as a biological sci-
ence (B.S. degree) and a social science (B.A. de-
gree) and offers academic programs related to both
of these fields. The undergraduate curriculum in
psychology provides an organized study of the be-
havior of man and other organisms in terms of the
biological conditions and social factors which influ-
ence such behavior. In addition, the undergraduate
program is arranged to provide opportunities for
learning that will equip qualified students to pursue
further study of psychology and related fields in
graduate and professional schools.

Students who are interested in the biological
aspects of behavior tend to choose a program lead-
ing to the Bachelor of Science degree, while those
interested primarily in the social factors of behavior
tend to choose a program leading to the Bachelor
of Arts degree. The choice of program is made in
consultation with, and requires the approval of, an
academic advisor.

Departmental requirements are the same for the
Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of Arts de-
grees. A minimum of 25 hours of psychology course-
work is required; courses taken must include PSYC
001, 090, one of 145, 146, or 147, and an additional
12 hours of 100-level courses (not including 194
and 195). In addition to the above courses in Psy-
chology, all majors are required to take: (1) Math
Oil or 019; (2) one course, to be approved by an
academic advisor in Psychology, above the intro-
ductory level in one of the following fields: chemis-
try, computer science, mathematics, microbiology,
physics, zoology. These two courses may be used as
part of the General Education or College require-
ments in mathematics and science or for the sup-
porting course requirements described below, but
not for both. Majors in psychology are urged to
take their mathematics and science courses in their
first two years.

The supporting courses to supplement the
work in the major for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree must include 18 hours in mathematics and sci-

ence, beyond those courses required by the College.
A minimum of two courses must be laboratory
courses, and at least three courses (or 9 hours) must
be chosen at the advanced level (beyond the intro-
ductory sequence). The particular laboratory and
advanced courses must be approved by an academic
advisor in the Department of Psychology.

The supporting courses for the Bachelor of Arts
degree must include 18 hours which are chosen in
related fields to supplement work in the major. Of
these 18 hours, six must be chosen at the 100 level.
This set of courses must be approved by an aca-
demic advisor in Psychology.

A student must obtain a "C" or better in PSYC
Oil in order to major in psychology. A psychology
major must have a 2.0 in his major courses and a
2.0 in his supporting courses in order to be certified
for graduation with a degree in psychology. In addi-
tion, no student who ever receives a second grade
lower than a "C" in PSYC 001, 090, or any 100-
level psychology course will be certified for gradua-
tion in psychology.

Students desiring to enter graduate study in
certain areas of psychology are advised to take an
additional laboratory course and/or participate in
individual research projects. Such students should
consult an advisor for information about prereq-
uisites for Graduate Study in Psychology.

HONORS

The Department of Psychology also offers a spe-
cial program for the superior student which emphas-
izes independent study and research. Students may
be eligible to enter the Honors Program who have a
3.3 grade average in all courses or the equivalent,
who are in their junior year, and who demonstrate
interest and maturity indicative of success in the
program. Students in their sophomore year should
consult their advisor or the Departmental Honors
Committee for further information.

PSYC 001. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

A basic introductory course, intended to bring the stu-
dent into contact with the major problems confronting
psychology and the more important attempts at their
solution. (Staff)

PSYC 005. PERSONALITY AND ADJUSTMENT. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 001. Introduction to psychology of
human personality and adjustment. This course is de-
signed for the student who desires a general knowledge
of this area of psychology. This course may not be taken
concurrently with or following PSYC 105 (Staff)

PSYC 020H. INTERMEDIATE PSYCHOLOGY. (Honors) (3)
Second semester. Usually taken during sophomore year.
Prerequisite, PSYC 001 H or permission of instructor. The
course content will stress the interrelations among data
derived from the fields of Human Development, Cogni-
tion, Perception, Measurement and Social Processes.

PSYC 021. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) (Staff)

Prerequisite, PSYC 001. Personality and behavior as in
fluenced by culture and interpersonal relations. Social
influences on motivation, learning, memory, and percep-
tion. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, language and
communication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group
process. (Staff)

PSYC 025. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 001. Behavioral analysis of normal
development and normal socialization of the growing
child. This course may not be taken concurrently with
or following PSYC 125. (Staff)

PSYC 026. DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, PSYC 001. Biological basis
of behavioral development in relation to genetic, con-
stitutional, anatomical, physiological, and environmental

150

Arts and Sciences

factors. Emphasis upon both phylogenetic and onto-
genetic research findings in biological psychology.

(Brady, Hodos)

PSYC 035. SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 001. A course for nonmajors which
provides a general survey of the field of industrial psy-
chology, including such topics as selection, training, job
satisfaction, social organization, and environmental
factors. This course may not be taken concurrently with
or following PSYC 135.

PSYC 090. STATISTICAL METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 001 and MATH 010, 018, or equiva-
lent. A basic introduction to quantitative methods used
in psychological research. (Staff)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

Graduate credits will be assigned for students certified by
the Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate
standing.

PSYC 101. BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF BEHAVIOR. (3)

Prerequisites, PSYC 090, or 8 hours of Zoology, or con-
sent of instructor. This course is intended primarily for
Science majors or Psychology majors not planning to
take PSYC 146. May not be taken concurrently with or
after PSYC 146. Surveys the experimental analysis of
the behavior of humans and animals from the point of
view of the biological mechanisms of behavior. Considers
such topics as genetic determiners and physiological
mechanisms, and basic principles of conditioning and
learning. (Staff)

PSYC 105. PERSONALITY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent. Major personality
theories, their postulates and evidence; assessment and
research methodology in personality; major areas of per-
sonality research, their methodologies, findings, implica-
tions, and relationships to the field of psychology. (Staff)

PSYC 110. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 001 or equivalent. Researches on
fundamental psychological problems encountered in
education. Measurement and significance of individual
differences; learning, motivation, transfer of training,
and the educational implications of theories of intel-
ligence. (Staff)

PSYC 123. LANGUAGE AND SOCIAL COMMUNICATION. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, PSYC 021 and PSYC
090 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. The nature
and significance of verbal and non-verbal communica-
tion in social psychological processes including examina-
tion of relevant theoretical approaches to symbolic be-
havior. (Staff)

PSYC 125. ADVANCED TOPICS IN CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent. The growth and
transformation of basic psychological processes from
birth to maturity. Emphasis is on research data and
methodological issues, especially as they relate to other
aspects of psychology. (Staff)

PSYC 131. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite. PSYC 001 and 090 or equivalent. The na-
ture, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental dis-
orders. (Staff)

PSYC 135. PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY.
(3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent. An intensive study
of the main areas of industrial psychology with emphasis
on primary source material. This course emphasizes re-
search methodology and the relationship of research
findings to general theoretical issues. (Staff)

PSYC 136. ENGINEERING PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent. An examination of
the characteristics of the man-machine system with pri-
mary emphasis on human performance. Some of the
topics covered are: information processing, decision
making, training, environmental constraints, and automa-
tion. (Staff

PSYC 145. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SENSOR v PRO-
CESSES I (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory/demonstra-
tion period per week. Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equiva-
lent. Primarily for students who major in psychology. A
systematic survey of the content, models, and metho-
dologies of sensory and perceptual research. (Staff)
PSYC 146. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: LEARNING AND
MOTIVATION. (4)

Two lectures and four one-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent. Students
who have taken PSYC 101 need consent of instructor.
Primarily for students who major in psychology. The ex-
perimental analysis of behavior with emphasis on condi-
tioning, learning, and motivational processes. Experi-
ments are conducted on the behavior of animals. (Staff)

PSYC 147. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SOCIAL BEHAV-
IOR. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 021 and PSYC 090 or equiva-
lent. A laboratory course dealing with methods of studying
behavior in the social context. Topics will include social
perception and motivation, small groups, communication
and persuasion. Consideration will be given to the tech-
niques involved in laboratory experimentation, field
studies, attitude scale construction, and opinion sur-
veys. (McGinnies.Higgs.Ward)

PSYC 148. PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN LEARNING. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent. Review and analy-
sis of the major phenomena and theories of human learn-
ing, including an introduction to the fields of problem
solving, thinking, and reasoning. (Staff)

PSYC 150. PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING. (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent. A survey of
the basic concepts and theories of psychological mea-
surement illustrated through demonstration of principal
approaches to psychological testing. (Staff)

PSYC 151. PSYCHOLOGY OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES.
(3)
Prerequisite, PSYC 150. Problems theories, and re-
searches related to psychological differences among
individuals and groups. (Waldrop, Johnson)

PSYC 152. MATHEMATICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 090 or equivalent, and consent of
instructor. A survey of mathematical formulations in
psychology, including measurement and scaling models,
statistical and psychometric models, and elementary
mathematical representations of psychological processes
in learning, choice, psychophysics, and social behavior.

PSYC 180. PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 145 or consent of instructor. An in-
troduction to research on the physiological basis of
human behavior, including considerations of sensory
phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and
the neurological basis of learning. (Staff)

PSYC 181. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 146 or consent of instructor. A study
of animal behavior, including considerations of social
interactions, learning, sensory processes, motivation, and
experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mam-
mals. (Mclntire)

PSYC 182. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SENSORY PRO-
CESSES II. (4)
Two lectures and four hours of laboratory exercise and
research per week. Prerequisite, PSYC 145 or consent
of instructor. Primarily for psychology majors and majors
in biological sciences with a special interest in sensory
processes. Lectures and laboratory exercises will emphas-
ize contemporary problems in sensory process research.
Sufficient latitude will be provided so the exceptional
student may conduct original research based on findings
reported in the current literature.

PSYC 183. ADVANCED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, PSYC 147. A systematic review of re-
searches and points of view in regard to major problems
in the field of social psychology.

PSYC 191. SENIOR SEMINAR. (3)

Prerequisite, written consent of the individual instructor
(may be repeated). The historical and theoretical roots
of the subject matter areas of psychology. Different
topical areas and the current theory and related research
will be discussed.

PSYC 194. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PSYCHOLOGY. (1-3)
Prerequisite, written consent of instructor. A student
who wishes to take independent work must have complet-
ed 12 hours of psychology with at least a 2.5 average.
Intregrated reading under direction leading to the prep-
aration of an adequately documented report on a special
topic. (In special cases a student who may need to re-
peat this course in order to complete his independent
study will make a formal request, including a research
proposal, through his advisor to the Departmental Hon-
ors Committee.)

PSYC 195. SPECIAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN PSYCHOL-
OGY. (1-3, 1-3)

Arts and Sciences

151

Prerequisite, written consent of instructor. A student
who wishes to take independent research study must
have completed 12 hours of psychology with at least a
2.5 average. An individual course designed to allow the
student to pursue a specialized research topic under
supervision. (In special cases a student who may need
to repeat this course in order to complete his research
will make a formal request, including a research pro-
posal, through his advisor to the Departmental Honors
Committee.)

PSYC 196H. ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY I (Honors). (3)

Second semester. Usually taken during junior year. Pre-
requisites, PSYC 090 and permission of department Hon-
ors Committee. Seminar covering topics in Sensation,
Perception, Learning and Motivation.

PSYC 197H. ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY II (Honors) (3)

First semester. Usually taken during senior year. Pre-
requisite, PSYC 196H. Seminar covering topics in Mea-
surement, Social Processes and other subject matter of
current interest.

PSYC 199H. HONORS THESIS RESEARCH

First and .second semester. Usually taken during last
semester in residence. Prerequisite, permission of thesis
advisor.

FOR GRADUATES

See Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

(All the following courses require consent of the instructor.
Not all of the graduate courses are offered every year. The
times specified for each course are given as estimates.)

PSYC 221. SEMINAR IN COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

PSYC 222. SEMINAR IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)

PSYC 223. SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH.

(3)
PSYC 224. SEMINAR IN STUDENT PERSONNEL. (2)
PSYC 225-226. BEHAVIORAL ASSESSMENT AND MEASURE-
MENT. (2, 2)
PSYC 227-228. LABORATORY IN BEHAVIORAL ASSESS-
MENT AND MEASUREMENT. (2, 2)
PSYC 229. SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
PSYC 230. SEMINAR IN ENGINEERING PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
PSYC 231. TRAINING PROCEDURES IN INDUSTRY. (3)
PSYC 232 PERSONNEL SELECTION AND JOB ANALYSIS.

(3)
PSYC 233. SOCIAL ORGANIZATION IN INDUSTRY. (3)
PSYC 240. INTERVIEW AND QUESTIONNAIRE TECHNIQUES.

(3)
PSYC 241. PERSUASION AND ATTITUDE CHANGE. (3)
PSYC 242. SEMINAR IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
PSYC 243. SEMINAR IN SMALL GROUP BEHAVIOR. (3)
PSYC 252, 253. ADVANCED STATISTICS. (3, 3)
PSYC 254. FACTOR ANALYSIS. (3)
PSYC 255. SEMINAR IN PSYCHOMETRIC THEORY. (3)
PSYC 256. MENTAL TEST THEORY. (3)
PSYC 257. SEMINAR IN QUANTITATIVE PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
PSYC 258. DEVELOPMENT OF PREDICTORS. (3)
PSYC 260. OCCUPATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CHOICE.

(3)
PSYC 261, 262. MODIFICATION OF HUMAN BEHAVIOR: RE-
SEARCH METHODS AND PRACTICES. (3, 3)
PSYC 263, 264. MODIFICATION OF HUMAN BEHAVIOR:

LABORATORY AND PRACTICUM. (3)
PSYC 265. ADVANCED DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
PSYC 266. THEORIES OF MOTIVATION. (3)
PSYC 267. THEORIES OF PERSONALITY. (3)
PSYC 269. PRACTICUM IN COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH

CONSULTATION. (3)
PSYC 270. ADVANCED ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
PSYC 271. APPRAISAL OF DISABILITIES. (3)
PSYC 272. INDIVIDUAL CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS. (3)
PSYC 274. EVALUATION AND CHANGE iN EDUCATIONAL

SKILLS. (3)
PSYC 285, 286. RESEARCH METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY.

(1-3, 1-3)
PSYC 288. 289. SPECIAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS. (1-4, 1-4)
PSYC 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (Credit Arranged)
PSYC 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Credit Arranged)

RUSSIAN AREA PROGRAM
Director: Yaney.

This program is for the student who wants to
concentrate his studies in the humanities and the
social sciences on the Russian area. It includes work
in language and literature, history, government and
politics, economics, and geography. The student
may emphasize any one of these disciplines in com-
pleting his courses. The program prepares the stu-
dent for graduate work in the Russian area, but by
proper selection of courses a student may concen-
his work sufficiently in one discipline to be able to
take up graduate work in this particular field.

The student following this program must meet
the general requirements for a degree in the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences. He should select Russian
to meet the foreign language requirements.

Required introductory courses are: RUSS 001,
002, 006 and 007 (unless the student is exempted
from this requirement): HIST 041 and 042, GEOG
010 or 015, ECON 037 or 031, 032. These courses
must be passed with at least an average grade of C
in order for the student to continue in the program.

Advanced courses in the Russian Area: The stu-
dent must complete at least 30 hours of advanced
work in the Russian area including 12 hours of ad-
vanced course in Russian language, 6 hours in Rus-
sian history, 6 hours in Russian government, 3
hours in Soviet economics.

The student must complete an additional 18
hours of advanced work in the above disciplines. Of
these 18, at least 12 must all be in one of the de-
partments and at the 100 level. If the student
wishes to concentrate in Russian language and lit-
terature, he should take at least 15 of these hours
in Russian.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Ellis.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR AND VICE CHAIRMAN: Hirzel.

PROFESSOR AND DIRECTOR OF THE DIVISION OF CRIM-
INOLOGY: Lejins.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR AND DIRECTOR OF THE DIVISION
OF ANTHROPOLOGY: Williams.

PROFESSOR: Janes.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Anderson, Cussler, Henkel, Hoff-
man, Mclntyre.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bateman, Braungart, Coates. Fed-
erico, Fidelholtz Franz, Harper, Hunt, Krueeel, Lengermann,
Maida, Pease, Pollitt, Rosen Schwartz, Simons, Teevan,
Thomas.

LECTURERS: Adams, Hulse, Schuyler.

INSTRUCTORS: Doerr. Hruschka, McDowell.

SOCIOLOGY

The major in Sociology offers: (1) A liberal ed-
ucation especially directed toward understanding
the complexities of modern society and its social
problems; (2) a broad preparation for various types
of professions, occupations, and services dealing
with people; (3) a more specific preparation in the
areas in which the Department offers specialization
such as criminology and corrections, community
studies, etc.; (4) preparation of qualified students
for graduate training in Sociology. A comprehensive
set of courses in Anthropology is provided by that
Division and a major is offered. Statements on
course requirements and recomended courses in
these areas are available in the departmental office.

A minimum of 30 hours in Sociology is required
of majors. Required courses include SOCY 001, 002,
095, 186, and 196. No course with a grade of less
than a "C" can be used towards the major. Students
interested in the honors program should check their
eligibility with the Department's Honors Committee.

J52

Arts and Sciences

SOCY 001 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all
other courses in Sociology.

SOCY 001. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. (3)

This course is one of the set of courses within the So-
cial Science requirement of the General Education Pro-
gram. Sociological analysis of the American social struc-
true; metropolitan, small town, and rural communities;
population distribution, composition and change; social
organization. (Staff)

SOCY 013. RURAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)

Rural life in America; its people, social organization,
culture patterns, and problems. (Staff)

SOCY 014. URBAN SOCIOLOGY. (3)

Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city pop-
ulations; urban institutions and personality patterns;
relations of city and county. (Staff)

SOCY 051. SOCIAL PROBLEMS. (3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. An examination of
the nature of social problems; perspectives on social
problems; the ways in which social problems are impli-
cated in the organization of society; and a detailed study
of selected social problems including social conflict and
social inequality. (Staff)

SOCY 052. CRIMINOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Criminal behavior and
the methods of its study; causation; typologies of crim-
inal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and
incapacitation; prevention of crime.

(Lejins, Maida, Staff)

SOCY 062. SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS. (3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Nature and function
of social institutions; the perpetuation of behavior
through customs and social norms; typical contempor-
ary American institutions. (Staff)

SOCY 071. DYNAMICS OF SOCIAL INTERACTION. (3)

Social psychology of groups such as committees, teams,
clubs, sects, social movements, crowds and publics.
Origin of the social self; role behavior, inter-group and
intra-group relations. (Cussler, Staff)

SOCY 086. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. The basic forms of
social interaction, processes, and structures. Intended
primarily for, and required of, all majors. It is recom-
mended that the course be taken in the sophomore year.
Formerly SOCY 002. The basic forms of human associa-
tions and interactions, social processes; institutions,
culture, human nature and personality.

(Lengermann, Pease, Staff)

SOCY 095. INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR SOCIOLOGY
(3)
(Two lectures and two hours drill per week.) Prerequisite,
MATH 010 or equivalent. Elementary descriptive and
inferential statistics. Measures of central tendency and
variation, non-parametric and parametric measures of
association and correlation, one-way analysis of variance,
hypothesis testing, point and interval estimates. Required
of all Sociology majors.

(Bateman, Henkel, Mclntyre, Simons, Teevan, Staff)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

SOCY 102. INTERCULTURAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, SOCY 002. On the basis of a comparative
study of customs, individual and group behavior patterns
and institutions, this course studies the ideologies of
America and other modern societies. (Franz)

SOCY 111. SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND CAREERS.
(3)
The sociology of work and occupational life in modern
society. Changing occupational ideologies, values and
choices. Occupational status systems and occupational
mobility. The social psychology of career success.

(Lengermann, Coates)

SOCY 112. RURAL-URBAN RELATIONS. (3)

The ecology of population and the forces making for
change in rural and urban life; migration, decentraliza-
tion and regionalism as methods of studying individual
and national issues. Applied field problems. (Henkel)

SOCY 113. THE RURAL COMMUNITY. (3)

A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of
living, the family, school, and church and organizational
activities in the fields of health, recreation, welfare, and
planning. (Staff)

SOCY 114. THE CITY. (3)

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions;
ecological process and structure; the city as a center of

dominance; social problems, control and planning.

(Hirzel, Pollitt)

SOCY 115. INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)

The sociology and human relations in American industry
and business. Complex industrial and business organiza-
tion as social systems. Social relationships within and
between industry, business, community, and society.

(Coates, Lengermann)

SOCY 1 16. MILITARY SOCIOLOGY. (3)

Social change and the growth of military institutions.
Complex formal military organizations. Military organiza-
tions as social systems. Military service as an occupation
or profession. The sociology of military life. Relations be-
tween military institutions, civilian communities and
society. (Coates)

SOCY 117. THE SOCIOLOGY OF WAR. (3)

The origin and development of armed forces as institu-
tions, the social causes, operations and results of war
as social conflict; the relations of peace and war and
revolution in contemporary civilizations. (Coates)

SOCY 118. COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION. (3)

Community organization and its relation to social wel-
fare; analysis of community needs and resources; health,
housing, recreation; community centers-, neighborhood
projects. (Federico)

SOCY 121. POPULATION. (3)

Population distribution and growth in the United States
and the world; population characteristics of the United
States; resulting population problems and policies.

(Hirzel, Kruegel)

SOCY 122. POPULATION. (3)

Trends in fertility and mortality, migrations, population
estimates and the resulting problems and policies.

(Hirzel, Kruegel)

SOCY 123. ETHNIC MINORITIES. (3)

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups
within the State; immigration groups and the Negro in
the United States; ethnic minorities in Europe.

(Lejins, Staff)

SOCY 124. SOCIOLOGY OF RACE RELATIONS. (3)

Race as a focus of social relations. Political and collec-
tive action centering on race relations. New myths of
race. Trends in assimilation of racial groupings.

(Mclntyre, Schwartz)

SOCY 131. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICE. (3)

General survey of the field of social-welfare activities;
historical development; growth, functions, and specializa-
tion of agencies and services, private and public.

(Federico)

SOCY 136. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION. (3)

Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious
institutions and the role of religion in social life.

(Thomas)

SOCY 141. SOCIOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. (3)

Development of human nature and personality in con-
temporary social life; processes of socialization; atti-
tudes, individual differences, and social behavior.

(Cussler, Hunt, Simons)

SOCY 143. FORMAL AND COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS. (3)
The concept of formal organization. The study of func-
tioning and control in the operation of bureaucracies
such as corporations and in large-scale organizations
such as military, religious and educational hierarchies.
Forms of recruitment, internal mobility and organiza-
tional personality. Relations between large-scale organi-
zations and with the larger society.

(Lengermann, Schwartz)

SOCY 144. COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR. (3)

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication pro-
cesses; structure and functioning of crowds, strikes,
audiences, mass movements, and the public.

(Cussler, Simons)

SOCY 145. SOCIAL CONTROL. (3)

Forms, mechanism, and techniques of groups influence
on human behavior; problems of social control in con-
temporary society. (Braungart)

SOCY 147. SOCIOLOGY OF LAW. (3)

Law as a form of social control; interrelation between
legal and other conduct norms as to their content, sanc-
tions, and methods of securing conformity; law as an in-
tegral part of the culture of the groups; factors and pro-
cesses operative in the formation of legal norms as de-
terminants of human behavior.

(Lejins)

SOCY 148. SOCIOLOGY OF THE ARTS. (3)

Arts and Sciences

753

Functions of the arts as a social institution. Social role
of the artist. Recruitment to and organizational structure
of artistic professions. Art forms and social character-
istics of audiences. Changing technology and social
values as reflected in artistic expression.

(Federico)

SOCY 153. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. (3)

Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem
of crime; analysis of factors underlying juvenile delin-
quency; treatment and prevention. (Lejins, Maida, Staff)

SOCY 154. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY PREVENTION. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 052 or SOCY 153 or consent of in-
structor. Methods and programs in prevention of crime
and delinquency. (Lejins, Maida, Staff)

SOCY 155. TREATMENT OF CRIMINALS AND DELIN-
QUENTS IN THE COMMUNITY. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 052, 153, or consent of instructor.
Analysis of the processes and methods in the modifica-
tion of criminal patterns of behavior in a community
setting. (Lejins, Staff)

SOCY 156. INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF CRIMINALS
AND DELINQUENTS. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 052 or SOCY 153 or consent of in-
structor. History, organization and functions of penal and
correctional institutions for adults and juveniles.

(Lejins, Staff)

SOCY 162. SOCIAL STRATIFICATION. (3)

Prerequsite, 9 credits of sociology. An introduction to
the sociology of social stratification. Consideration of
the basic concepts and major findings in the field. The
relationship of social stratification to the institutional
orders of the society. (Pease)

SOCY 164. THE FAMILY AND SOCIETY. (3)

Study of the family as a social institution; its biological
and cultural foundations, historic development, changing
structure and function; the interactions of marriages
and parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors
in present day trends. (Harper)

SOCY 174. SENIOR SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK. (3)

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Open only
to graduating seniors enrolled in the Pre-Professional
Social Work Program. This course seeks to give Pre-Pro-
fessional Social Work students experience in applying
social science theory to concrete social problems. Cases
of psychological, social, and biological malfunction will
be studied, and specific treatment plans constructed.
The interrelated nature of several causes of deviant be-
havior will be stressed, as will the importance of under-
standing and using the principles of several social sci-
ence disciplines. (Federico)

SOCY 180. SMALL GROUP ANALYSIS. (3)

Analysis of small group structure and dynamics. Review
of research on small groups in factories, military service,
schools and communities. Presentation of techniques
used in the study of small groups. (Franz, Teevan)

SOCY 186. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. (3)

Development of the science of sociology; historic back-
grounds; recent theories of society. Majors in sociology
should take this course in their senior year.

(Janes, Hunt, Thomas)

SOCY 191. SOCIAL FIELD TRAINING. (1-3)

Prerequisites, for social work field training, SOCY 131;
for crime control field training, SOCY 052 and 153. En-
rollment restricted to available placements. Supervised
field training in public and private social agencies. The
student will select his particular area of interest and be
responsible to an agency for a definite program of in-
service training. Group meetings, individual conferences,
and written program reports will be a required part of
the course. (Staff)

SOCY 193. INDEPENDENT READING COURSE IN SOCIOL-
OGY. (3)
For honors students only. This course is designed for the
needs of the honors students in Sociology. (Staff)

SOCY 194. INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN SOCIOLOGY. (3)
For honors students only. This course is designed for the
needs of the honors students in Sociology. (Staff)

SOCY 195. INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS FOR SOCIOLOG-
ISTS. (3)
Prerequisite, SOCY 095 or equivalent and six additional
credits in Sociology. Intermediate correlation techniques,
analysis of variance, sampling, additional noB-parame-
tric techniques, additional topics in inferential statistics.
Required of all candidates for the M.A. degree.

(Bateman, Henkel, Simons, Staff)

SOCY 196. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODS IN
SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Nature and scope of sociological research problem form-
ulation, case study methods, observational methods, sur-
vey method, experimental methods, documentary meth-
ods, miscellaneous methods.

(Bateman, Mclntyre, Teevan, Staff)
SOCY 199. INDEPENDENT STUDY OF SOCIOLOGY. (1-6)

Prerequisites, written consent of faculty under whose
direction the study is to be performed, and at least
twelve hours of sociology credit to include one or more
of the following: SOCY 095; SOCY 186; SOCY 196. In-
tegrated reading or research under direction and super-
vision of faculty member. (Staff)
At least one seminar each in methods-statistics, theory,
community, social psychology, and criminology will be of-
fered each semester.

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
SOCY 201. METHODS OF SOCIAL RESEARCH. (3)
SOCY 202. ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOL-
OGY. (3)
SOCY 204. PRACTICUM IN DATA ANALYSIS IN FIELD RE-
SEARCH. (3)
SOCY 205. COMPUTER METHODS FOR SOCIOLOGISTS.

(3)
SOCY 214. SURVEY OF URBAN THEORY. (3)
SOCY 215. COMMUNITY STUDIES. (3)

SOCY 216. SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND PROFES-
SIONS. (3)
SOCY 217. SEMINAR IN FIELD WORK URBAN RESEARCH.

(3)
SOCY 219. HUMAN ECOLOGY. (3)
SOCY 221. POPULATION AND SOCIETY. (3)
SOCY 230. COMPARATIVE SOCIOLOGY. (3)
SOCY 241. PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL STRUCTURE. (3)
SOCY 246. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA. (3)
SOCY 247. SOCIOLOGY OF LAW. (3)
SOCY 250. FORMAL ORGANIZATION. (3)
SOCY 253. ADVANCED CRIMINOLOGY. (3)
SOCY 254. SEMINAR: Criminology. (3)
SOCY 255. SEMINAR: Juvenile Delinquency. (3)
SOCY 256. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY AS A COMMUNITY

PROBLEM. (3)
SOCY 257. SOCIAL CHANGE AND SOCIAL POLICY. (3)
SOCY 262. FAMILY STUDIES. (3)

SOCY 263. MARRIAGE AND FAMILY COUNSELING. (3)
SOCY 264. THE SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL HEALTH. (3)
SOCY 266. RESEARCH LITERATURE IN SOCIAL STRATIFI-

CATION. (3)
SOCY 271. THEORY OF SOCIAL INTERACTION. (3)
SOCY 282. SOCIOLOGY METHODOLOGY. (3)
SOCY 286. DEVELOPMENT OF EUROPEAN AND AMERICAN

SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. (3)
SOCY 287. SEMINAR: SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. (3)
SOCY 288. THE SOCIOLOGY OF KNOWLEDGE. (3)
SOCY 291. SPECIAL SOCIAL PROBLEMS. (Credit to be de-
termined)
SOCY 295. ADVANCED STATISTICS FOR SOCIOLOGISTS. (3)
SOCY 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (Credit to be determined)
SOCY 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Credit to be deter-
mined)

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Aylward.

PROFESSORS: Hofsommer (Emeritus), Newby, Pugliese,

Strausbaugh.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Baker, Lmkow. Meersman, Nie-

meyer.
ASSOCIATE RESEARCH PROFESSOR: Causey.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Canetta, Craven, Doudna.

Kennicott Kirkley, OLeary, Provensen, Rebach, Starcher,

Vaughan. Wolvm.
LECTUR&RS: Liebergott, Spuehler, Weiss.
INSTRUCTORS: Akiyama, Anderson Blom, Blum, Boss. Buen-

ger, Caudill, Corea, DuMonceau. Hassan, Kogler, Lea, Man-

154

Arts and Sciences

zan McCleary, McClure, McKerrow, Slattu/n, Ulrich,
Wallace.

The courses in this Department have two main
functions: (1) to provide training in basic oral com-
munication skills to meet the general needs of un-
dergraduates of the University; (2) to provide inte-
grated specialized training for students who wish to
major or minor in speech.

The undergraduate program provides for spe-
cific emphasis in one of the four areas of the Depart-
ment: (1) General Speech (speech education, per-
suasion, public address, oral interpretation, organi-
zational and interpersonal communication), (2)
Dramatic Art (educational theatre, acting, directing,
producing, theatre history, and technical theatre),
(3) Radio/Television (educational radio and tele-
vision, programming, directing, and producing); (4)
Speech and Hearing Science ( phonetics, semantics,
speech and hearing therapy, speech pathology and
audiology). Adequate preparation and training for
graduate work is provided. Programs for various
concentrations may be obtained from the depart-
mental office or advisors.

Minors in speech are adapted to meet the needs
of students majoring in English, the social sciences,
journalism and public relations, elementary educa-
tion, nursery school-kindergarten education, pre-
law, and pre-ministry fields.

Prerequisites for all majors in speech are SPCH
001 and 002, as well as SPHR 003 or SPCH 004,
and ZOOL 001. Major requirements: 30 hours of
courses in speech with 15 hours of courses num-
bered 100 and above. No course with a grade less
than "C" may be used to satisfy major requirements.

Specific requirements for professional training
in speech and hearing science include completion
of the general requirements for speech majors with
the following additions: ZOOL 014, 015; PSYC 001,
005, 025, 110, 131; a minimum of 21 hours of
speech sciences at the 100 level.

Qualified students, depending upon specialized
interests, are invited to participate in the activities
of the University Theater, Radio-Television Work-
shop, and the Calvert Debate Club.

The Department of Speech and Dramatic Art
offers an Honors Program for the superior student.
Interested students should consult their advisor for
further information no later than the beginning of
their junior year.

GENERAL SPEECH

*SPCH 001. PUBLIC SPEAKING. (3)

Prerequisite for advanced speech courses. The prepara-
tion and delivery of short original speeches; outside read-
ings; reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be
taken during the freshman year. SPCH 001 and 007 may
not both be used for credit. (Linkow, Staff)

SPCH 002. ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING. (3)

Prerequisite, SPCH 001 or 007. A study of rehetoncal
principles and models of speech composition in con-
junction with the preparation and presentation of spe-
cific forms of public address. (Staff)

SPCH 004. VOICE AND DICTION. (3)

First and second semesters. Emphasis upon the improve-
ment of voice, articulation, and phonation. May be taken
concurrently with SPCH 001. (Starcher, Staff)

*SPCH 007. PUBLIC SPEAKING. (2)

The preparation and delivery of speeches on technical
and general subjects. SPCH 007 and 001 may not both
be used for credit. (Staff)

SPCH 010. GROUP DISCUSSION. (3)

A study of the principles, methods, and types of discus-
sion, and their application in the discussion of contem-
porary problems. (Linkow, Staff)

SPCH Oil, 012. DEBATE. (2, 2)

Pre-Law students may take SPCH Oil, 012, instead of
SPCH 001 or SPCH 007. A study of the principles of
argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, brief-
ing, and delivery, together with their application in pub-
lic speaking. (Fitzgerald, Staff)

SPCH 013. ORAL INTERPRETATION. (3)

The oral interpretation of literature and the practical
training of students in the art of reading.

(Provensen, Staff)

SPCH 021. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION
(3)

First and second semesters. A study of oral communica-
tive behavior, including problems and processes of sym-
bolizatjons, aspects of oral language, the involvement of
the talker and listener, kinds of signals, and self-revela-
tion through speech. (Frank, Staff)

SPCH 023. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. (1)

A study of the principles and application of parliament-
ary law as applied to all types of meetings. Thorough
training in the use of Robert's Rules of Order.

(Strausbaugh)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

SPCH 107. ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION. (3)

Prerequisite, SPCH 013. Emphasis upon the longer read-
ing. Program planning. (Provensen)

SPCH 110. ADVANCED GROUP DISCUSSION. (3)

Prerequisite, SPCH 010. Required in speech curriculum
and elective in other curricula. An examination of cur-
rent research and techniques in the discussion and
conference, inculding extensive practice in this area.

(Linkow)

SPCH 111. SEMINAR. (3)

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor.
Present-day speech research. (Strausbugh, Staff)

SPCH 124,125. AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS. (3 3)

Prerequisite, SPCH 001, or 007. The first semester
covers the period from colonial times to the Civil War
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War
period through the contemporary period.

SPCH 133. COMMUNICATION PROCESSES IN CONFER-
ENCES. (3)
Prerequisite, one course in public speaking. Limited to
students at the off-campus centers. Group participation
in conferences, methods of problem solving, semantic
aspects of language, and the function of conferences in
industry and government. (Linkow)

SPCH 161. ANCIENT RHETORIC. (3)

Prerequisite, SPCH 002 or consent of instructor. The
theories of speech-making and speech composition as
propounded by the classical rhetoricians. Special at-
tention is given to Plato, Aristole, Socrates, Cicero,
Quintillian, and St. Augustine. (Staff)

SPCH 162. MODERN RHETORIC. (3)

Prerequisite, SPCH 002 or consent of the instructor. A
study of the development of modern rhetorical theories in
Europe and America with consideration of the application
of the theories to public address. Special attention is
given to Thomas Sheridan, John Walker, George Camp-
bell, Hugh Blair, Richard Whately, James A. Winans,
Charles Woolbert, I. A. Richards, and Kenneth Burke.

(Staff)

SPCH 163. MATERIALS AND PROGRAMS FOR THE DEVEL-
OPMENT OF LISTENING. (3)
Second semester. The study of research finding, listening
tests, materials, equipment, and programs which can be
used to develop listening skills. (Frank)

SPCH 164. PERSUASION IN SPEECH. (3)

Second semester, Prerequisite, SPCH 002 or Oil. A
study of the bases of persuasion with emphasis on re-
cent experimental developments in persuasion. (Staff)

SPCH 180. HONORS SEMINAR. (3)

For Honors students only. Readings, symposiums, visit-
ing lecturers, discussions. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
SPCH 260. SPEECH AND DRAMA PROGRAMS IN HIGHER

EDUCATION. (3)
SPCH 261. INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY IN

SPEECH. (3)
SPCH 262. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GENERAL SPEECH. (3)
SPCH 263. RHETORICAL THEORIES OF STYLE. (3)
SPCH 264. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION. (3)
SPCH 290. INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-3)

Arts and Sciences

155

SPCH 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6)

SPCH 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Arranged)

DRAMATIC ART

DART 008. ACTING. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Basic principles of
histrionic practice. (Meersman)

DART 014. STAGECRAFT. (3)

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphais on con-
struction of scenery. (Ulrich)

DART 016. INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE. (3)
A general survey of the fields of the theatre.

(Pugliese)

DART 017. MAKE-UP. (2)

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A lecture-
laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage
make-up, covering basic requirements as to age, type,
character, race, and period. (Schmitt)

FOR A0VANCE0 UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

DART 113. PLAY PRODUCTION. (3)

Second semester. Prerequsite, DART 016 or consent of
instructor. Development of procedure followed by the di-
rector in preparing plays for public performance.

(Meersman)

DART 114. THE FILM AS AN ART FORM. (3)

A study of the motion picture as a developing form of
entertainment, communication, and artistic expression.
A series of significant American and foreign films are
viewed to illustrate the artistic, historical, and sociol-
ogical trends of the twentieth century. (Niemeyer)

DART 127. CHILDREN'S DRAMATICS. (3)

Principles and methods necessary for staging children's
productions on the elementary school level. Major em-
phasis on creative dramatics; the application of creative
dramatics in the school room, and the values gained by
the child in this activity. Students will conduct classes
in forma! and creative dramatics which will culminate
in children's programs. (Hughes)

DART 129, 130. Play Directing. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, DART 008 or consent of instructor. A lec-
ture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of
script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking and rehearsal
routine as applied to the directing of plays. (O'Leary)

DART 131. HISTORY OF THE THEATRE. (3)

First semester. A survey of the dramatic production from
early origin to 1800. CNiemeyer)

DART 132. HISTORY OF THE THEATRE. (3)

Second semester. A survey of dramatic production from
1800 to the present. (Niemeyer)

DART 139. THEATRE WORKSHOP. (3)

Prerequisite, DART 008 or 014. A laboratory course de-
signed to provide the student with practical experience
in all phases of theater production. (Staff)

DART 171. STYLES AND THEORIES OF ACTING. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, DART 008 or consent of
instructor. The study and application of historical styles
and theories of acting. (Pugliese)

DART 175. STAGE DESIGN. (3)

Prerequisite, DART 014 or consent of instructor. The
theory of stage design and lighting. Making of plans as
coordinate elements of scenic design-. (Schmitt)

DART 176. PRINCIPLES AND THEORIES OF STAGE LIGHT-
ING. (3)

Prerequisite, DART 175. A study of composition, control,
and instrumentation in theatrical lighting. (Schmitt)

DART 177. COSTUME DESIGN FOR THE STAGE. (3)

Prerequisite, DART 014 or consent of instructor. A his-
torical and functional study of theatrical costume de-
sign. (Waters)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

DART 270. SEMINAR: Studies in Theatre. (3)

DART 271. THE THEORY OF PRE-MODERN DRAMATIC PRO-
DUCTION. (3)

DART 272. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN DRAMA. (3)

DART 273. THEORIES OF THE DRAMA. (3)

DART 275. THEORY OF VISUAL DESIGN FOR THE PERFORM
ING ARTS. (3)

RADIO AND TELEVISION

RATV 022. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO AND TELEVISION. (3)
Prerequisite for all courses in radio except RATV 024.

The development, scope, and influence of American
broadcasting and telecasting, including visits to local
radio and television stations.
RATV 024. MASS COMMUNICATION IN 20TH CENTURY
SOCIETY. (3)
A problem centered approach to the study of mass com-
munication and the impact of media on contemporary
society. Each semester the media treatment of a contem-
porary social, economic or environmental issue is used as
a focus for study of the principles, techniques and ef-
fects of mass media. Students produce simple radio,
television and film material on the selected issue.

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

RATV 102. RADIO PRODUCTION. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, RATV 022 and consent
of instructor. A study of the multiple problems facing
the producer. Special emphasis is given to acoustic set-
up, casting, "miking," timing, cutting, and the coordina-
tion of personnel factors involved in the production of
radio programs. (Kirkley)

RATV 115. RADIO AND TELEVISION IN RETAILING. (3)

First semester. Limited to students in the College of
Home Economics. Prerequisite, SPCH 001 or 007.
Writing and production of promotional programs for the
merchandising of wearing apparel and home-furnishings.
Collaboration with the Washington and Baltimore radio
stations and retail stores. (Kirkley)

RATV 117. RADIO AND TELEVISION CONTINUITY WRITING.
(3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, RATV 022 or consent of
instructor. A study of the principles, methods and limita-
tions of writing for radio and television. Application will
be made in the writing of general'types of continuities
and commercials. (Staff)

RATV 140. PRINCIPLES OF TELEVISION PRODUCTION. (3)
Prerequisite, 022. A study of the theory, methods, tech-
niques, and problems of television production and di-
rection. Units of study covering television cameras and
lenses, lighting theory and practices, scenery and proper-
ties, costumes and makeup, graphic arts and special ef-
fects are included. Observation of production procedures
at nearby television stations. Application will be made
through crew assignments for University-produced tele-
vision programs. (Staff)

RATV 146. TELEVISION NEWS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, RATV 117 or JOUR 101.
Training in presentation of television news, interviews,
discussions, and forums. (McCleary)

RATV 147. ANALYSIS OF BROADCASTING PROCESSES AND
RESULTS. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, RATV 022 or consent of in-
structor. Survey of the more common analytic ap
proaches, methods, and results in the field of radio ana
television. (Staff)

RATV 148. TELEVISION DIRECTION. (3)

Second semester. Two hour lecture, three hour labora-
tory. Prerequisites, RATV 022, 140. Principles of tele-
vision direction including analysis of script, casting,
rehearsing, production, and video control. (Aylward)

RATV 149. TELEVISION WORKSHOP. (3)

Second semester. Two hour lecture, four hour laboratory.
Prerequisites. RATV 022, 140, and 148 or consent of in-
structor. (Aylward)

RATV 150. RADIO AND TELEVISION STATION MANAGE-
MENT. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, RATV 022 or consent of
instructor. Broadcasting regulations, licenses, person-
nel functions, sales, advertising, and program and station
promotion. (Kirkley)

RATV 151. BROADCAST PROGRAMMING AND CRITICISM.
(3)
Second semester. An investigation of the professional,
historical, social and psychological criticism of American
radio and television, together with a critical analysis of
contemporary programming trends and conventions.

(Kirkley)

RATV 152 INTERNATIONAL AND COMPARATIVE BROAD-
CASTING SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite, RATV 022. A comparative study of interna-
tional broadcasting program policies, economic systems,
control and organization. The use of broadcasting in in-
ternational affairs as an instrument of propaganda, cul-
tural and informational dissemination. Monitoring of
overseas broadcasts, television programs and discussions
with representatives of domestic and foreign interna-
tional broadcast agencies.

156

Arts and Science*

RATV 155. FILM PRODUCTION. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the theo-
retical and practical aspects of 16 mm film production.
Through reading and practice, students are familiarized
with basic cinematography, lighting, editing, pictorial
composition and film continuity as a communication arts
medium. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
RATV 240. SEMINAR IN BROADCASTING. (3)
RATV 241. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BROADCASTING. (3)
RATV 248. ADVANCED TELEVISION DIRECTION. (3)

SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCE

Speech Clinic. No Credit.

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the
clinic is conducted in individual conferences and in
small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation
with the respective speech instructor. (Staff)

SPHR 003. FUNDAMENTALS OF GENERAL AMERICAN
SPEECH. (3)
Training in auditory discrimination of speech sounds,
rhythms and inflection of general American speech. Anal-
ysis of the physiological bases of speech production and
the phonetic elements of speech reception. This course
is required of majors in speech and hearing science and
recommended for foreign students and majors in nursery
and elementary education. (Staff)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

SPHR 105. SPEECH-HANDICAPPED SCHOOL CHILDREN. (3)
Prerequisite, SPHR 003 for undergraduates. The occur-
rence, identification, and treatment of speech handicaps
in the classrooms. An introduction to speech pathology.

(Staff)

SPHR 106. CLINICAL PRACTICE. (1 to 5 Credits, up to 9)
Prerequisites, SPHR 105 and consent of instructor. May
be taken for 1-5 credit hours per semester. May be re-
peated for a total of 9 semester hours credit. Clinical
practice in various methods of corrective procedures
with various types of speech cases in the University
clinic, Veterans hospitals, and public schools.

(Craven)

SPHR 108. EDUCATION PHONETICS. (3)

This course is designed to relate phonetic science to the
classroom. An extensive coverage of broad transcription
of general American speech. Students having credit for
SPHR 003 or any previous phonetics course are not
eligible for this course.

SPHR 109. SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT OF
CHILDREN. (3)
Second semester. Admission by consent of instructor. An
analysis of normal and abnormal processes of speech and
language development in children.

SPHR 112. PHONETICS. (3)

Prerequisite, SPHR 003 or consent of instructor. Training
in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken
English, with an analysis of their formation. Practice
transcription. Mastery of the international phonetic al-
phabet. (Baker)

SPHR 120. SPEECH PATHOLOGY. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, SPHR 105. A continuation of
SPHR 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment
of organic speech disorders. (Staff)

SPHR 126. SEMANTIC ASPECTS OF SPEECH IN HUMAN
RELATIONS. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, one course in public
speaking. An analysis of speech and language habits
from the standpoint of general semantics.

SPHR 135. INSTRUMENTATION IN SPEECH AND HEARING
SCIENCE. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, 003. The use of electronic
equipment in the measurement bf speech and hearing.

(Linkow)

SPHR 136. PRINCIPLES OF SPEECH THERAPY. (3)

Prerequisite, SPHR 120. Differential diagnosis of speech
and language handicaps and the application of psycho-
logical principles of learning, motivation and adjustment in
the treatment of speech disorders. (Craven)

SPHR 138. METHODS AND MATERIALS IN SPEECH COR-
RECTION. (3)
Prerequisite, SPHR 120 or the equivalent. The design
and use of methods and materials for diagnosis, measure-
ment, and retraining of the speech-handicapped.

(Craven)

SPHR 141. INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOMETRY. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites SPHR 003. 135. Analysis
of various methods and procedures in evaluating hearing
losses. Required for students whose concentration is in
speech and hearing therapy. (Doudna)

SPHR 142. SPEECH READING AND AUDITORY TRAINING.
(3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, SPHR 135, 141. Meth-
ods of training individuals with hearing loss to recognize,
interpret and understand spoken language. Required
for students whose concentration is in speech and hear-
ing therapy. (Doudna)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.
The department maintains a reciprocal agree-
ment with the Veterans Administration whereby
clinical practice may be obtained at the Audiology
and Speech Pathology Clinic, Veterans Administra-
tion Hospital, 50 Irving St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
SPHR 201. SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR. (A. through K.)

(1,3)
SPHR 202. TECHNIQUES OF RESEARCH IN SPEECH AND

HEARING. (3)
SPHR 203. EXPERIMENTAL PHONETICS. (3)
SPHR 204. APPLIED PHONETICS. (3)
SPHR 205. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PHONETICS. (3)
SPHR 206. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN SPEECH PA-
THOLOGY. 3)
SPHR 207. ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF SPEECH AND HEAR-
ING THERAPY. (3)
SPHR 208. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN SPEECH AND

HEARING SCIENCE. (3)
SPHR 210. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF SPEECH AND

HEARING. (3)
SPHR 211. A, B, C, D. ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE.

(1,3 up to 12)
SPHR 212. ADVANCED SPEECH PATHOLOGY. (3)
SPHR 214. CLINICAL AUDIOMETRY. (3)
SPHR 216. COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR THE HARD-OF-

HEARING. (3)
SPHR 217. HEARING AID SELECTION FOR THE ACOUSTI-
CALLY HANDICAPPED. (3)
SPHR 218. SPEECH AND HEARING IN MEDICAL REHABILI-
TATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS. (3)
SPHR 219. SPEECH DISORDERS OF THE BRAIN-INJURED.

(3)
SPHR 220. EXPERIMENTAL AUDIOLOGY. (3)
SPHR 221. COMMUNICATION THEORY AND SPEECH HEAR-
ING PROBLEMS. (3)
SPHR 222. ADVANCED BIO-ACOUSTICS. (3)
SPHR 223. ADVANCED PSYCHO-ACOUSTICS. (3)
SPHR 224. THE PREPARATION OF SPEECH AND HEARING
SCIENTISTS IN INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER LEARNING.
(3)
SPHR 225. ADVANCED SEMANTICS. (3)
SPHR 226. LANGUAGE PROBLEMS OF THE EXCEPTIONAL

CHILD. (3)
SPHR 227. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN IN SPEECH AND HEAR-
ING SCIENCE. (3)
SPHR 229. CLINICAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF

HEARING LOSS. (3)
SPHR 301. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SPEECH AND HEAR-
ING SCIENCE. (1-6)

ZOOLOGY

PROFESSOR AND CHAIRMAN: Corliss.

PROFESSORS: Anastos, Brown, Burhoe, Grollman, Haley,

Humphrey, Jacowski, Otto, Schleidt.
RESEARCH PROFESSORS: Cronin*. Glinos*, Koo*, Sadun.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Brinkley, Clark, Gainer, Highton,

Linder, Morse. Ramm.
RESEARCH ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Eisenberg, Flyger*,

Mihursky, Price. Sprague*.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Contrera, Goode, Imberksi,

Potter.
RESEARCH ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Flemmer and Hidu.
RESEARCH ASSOCIATES: Doss and Farr.
LECTURER: Mcintosh.

Arts and Sciences

157

INSTRUCTORS: Croshaw, Ivie, Kaufman, Moore, Piper,

Smythe, Stewart.
JUNIOR INSTRUCTORS: Guidmore, Smith, J. Vieweg.

The Department of Zoology offers a program
leading to a B.S. with a major in Zoology. A core of
required courses and restricted electives in zoology,
as well as supporting courses in other fields, pro-
vides an introduction to, and an appreciation of, the
broad field of zoology. Through selection of addi-
tional elective courses to complete the required
34 credit hours in zoology, the student may explore
in greater depth some phase of zoology which is of
particular interest to him. Copies of suggested cur-
ricula for students interested in preparation for
graduate study in various phases of zoology or in
pre-medical, pre-dental and biological technician
training are available from the departmental office.

All majors are required to complete a minimum
of 30 hours in zoology with an average grade of "C".
Required courses include ZOOL 001, 002, 006, and
one course from each of the following groups: Group
I, ZOOL 102, 103, 104, 105, 109; GROUP II, ZOOL
110, 118, 120, 127, 129; Group III, ZOOL 106, 121,
128, 130, 182, 190. Additional courses to complete
the required 30 hours in zoology may be selected
from any of the undergraduate courses in zoology
except ZOOL 014, 015, Human Anatomy and Phys-
iology (4, 4) and ZOOL 055-S, Development of the
Human Body (2), which are not accepted for credit
toward the major.

Supporting courses must include: mathematics
through one year of calculus as represented by com-
pletion of MATH 014, 015, Elementary Calculus
(3, 3) or MATH 019, 020, Analysis I, II (4, 4); CHEM
001, 003, General Chemistry (4, 4) and 008, 009
CHEM. 31, 33, Elements of Organic Chemistry (3, 3)
or CHEM 35, 36, 37, 38, Elementary Organic Chem-
istry and Laboratory (2, 2, 2, 2); PHYS 010, Oil,
Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4); and one of the fol-
lowing restricted electives: CHEM 019, Quantitative
Analysis (4); MATH 021, Analysis III (4); STAT 050,
Introduction to random variables (3); or STAT 164,
Introduction to Biostatistics (3). It is strongly recom-
mended that the supporting courses in chemistry
and mathematics be completed as early in the cur-
riculum as possible. Students desiring to enter
graduate study in certain areas of zoology are ad-
vised to take biochemistry, physical chemistry, sta-
tistics or advanced mathematics as a part of their
undergraduate training.

HONORS

The Department of Zoology also offers a special
program for the exceptionally talented and prom-
ising student. The Honors Program emphasizes the
scholarly approach to independent study rather than
adherence to a rigidly prescribed curriculum. Infor-
mation regarding this program may be obtained
from the departmental office or from the Chairman
of the Zoology Honors Program.

FOR UNDERGRADUATES

BIOL 001. ORGANIZATION AND INTERRELATIONSHIPS IN
THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD. (3)
First semester. An introductory lecture course for the
non-science major emphasizing the fundamental organi-
zation, processes and interdependence of living organ-
isms and the biological effects associated with human
influences on the ecosystem.

ZOOL 001. GENERAL ZOOLOGY. (4)

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a
week. ZOOL 001 and 002 satisfy the freshman pre-medical

requirement in general biology. An introduction to the
modern concepts of biological principles and animal life.
Emphasis will be placed upon the functional aspects of
living systems with a survey of the physical and chemical
bases of all life processes. (Linder, Brown)

ZOOL 002. THE ANIMAL PHYLA. (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, ZOOL 001 or BOTN 001. A study of the
anatomy, classification and life histories of representa-
tive animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. (Nelson)

ZOOL 005. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE MORPHOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 001 and 002 or equivalent. A
comparative study of the evolution of vertebrate organ
systems supplemented by laboratory dissection and
demonstrations. (Morse)

ZOOL 006. GENETICS. (4)

Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory-discussion period
per week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 001 or BOTN 001, or
equivalent, and one semester of college chemistry. A
consideration of the basic principles of heredity.

(Potter)

ZOOL 014. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, ZOOL 001. For students who desire a gen-
eral knowledge of human anatomy and physiology.

(Grollman)

ZOOL 015. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, ZOOL, 0014. A continuation of ZOOL 014.

ZOOL055S. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN BODY. (2)

Summer session. Five lectures a week. A study of the
main factors affecting the growth and development of
the child with special emphasis on normal development.

(Staff)

ZOOL 075. HISTORY OF ZOOLOGY. (1)

One lecture a week. Prerequisites, a general Grade Point
Average (GPA) of 3.2 and a GPA in biological subjects
of 3.5, or permission of the instructor. A course in the
history of the development of zoology involving the his-
torical figures, experiments and ideas which contributed
to modern concepts.

ZOOL 076. ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (1)

One lecture a week. Prerequisites, a general Grade Point
Average (GPA) of 3.2 and a GPA in bioloRical subjects of
3.5, or permission of the instructor. Discussion of zoolo-
gical literature, its use and significance. (Staff)

ZOOL 077. BASIC STUDY IN ZOOLOGY. (1-4)

Prerequisites, a general Grade Point Average (GPA) of
3.2 and a GPA in biological subjects of 3.5, or permis-
sion of the instructor. Independent study, with support-
ing laboratory experiments, of the basic disciplines in
zoology. Repeatable up to 8 hours credit. (Staff)

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES

ZOOL 102. VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one semes-
ter of organic chemistry. An intensive study of nerve,
muscle, sensory receptors and the central nervous sys-
tem. (Gainer)

ZOOL 103. BIOPHYSICS. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, one year of biology,
a year of physics, and at least one semester of calculus:
or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the
ideas and methods used in biophysics to analyze the
functional components of cells and tissues as physical-
chemical systems.

ZOOL 104. VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one semes-
ter of organic chemistry. An intensive study of the cardio-
vascular, gastrointestinal, renal and respiratory systems,
and an introduction to endocrinology, basal metabolism
and reproductive physiology. (Contrera)

ZOOL 105. GENERAL ENDROCRINOLOGY (3)

Three lectures each week. Prerequisites, one year of
zoology and one semester of organic chemistry. The study
of the functions and the functioning of the endocrine
organs of animals, with special reference to the verte-
brates.

ZOOL 106. MOLECULAR GENETICS. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, a course in ge-
netics and one year of organic chemistry. The molecular
basis of gene structure and function. Regulation of dif-
ferential gene expression.

758

Arts and Sciences

ZOOL 108. ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites, a course in general zoology and a
course in vertebrate anatomy, or permission of the instruc-
tor. A study of the microscopic anatomy, ultrastructure
and histophysiology of tissues and organs of vertebrates.

ZOOL 109. CELL BIOLOGY. W

Two lectures, one one-hour demonstration-discussion
period and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, two years of zoology and a year of organic
chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A study of cell
structure and function with an emphasis on the activity
of subcellular organoids and the mechanisms of coordina-
tion and control of cell function. (Brown)

ZOOL 110. GENERAL PARASITOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, two years of zoology and one year
of chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A considera-
tion of the phenomenon of parasitism through a study
of the structure, function and host relationships of para-
sitic organisms. (Jachowski)

ZOOL 118. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. An advanced
course dealing with the phylogeny, morphology and em-
bryology of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects.

(Staff)

ZOOL 120. VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. Principles of
developmental dynamics including organization, differ-
entiation, morphogenesis, and developmental physiology.

(Ramm)

ZOOL 121. ANIMAL ECOLOGY. (3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, one year of zoology. The environment and
its control of animal abundance, organization of popula-
tions, and the biology of communities will be studied.

(Morse)

ZOOL 125S. FISHERY BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT! (5)

Five lectures and four three-hour laboratories each week
for 6 weeks. Prerequisite, one year of zoology and per-
mission of instructor. Study of fish identification, devel-
opment, life history stages, food habits, age and growth,
spawning, migration, and population dynamics.

(Koo and Staff)

ZOOL 127. ICHTHIOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and one two-hour and one three-hour labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 001, 002 and
005 or equivalent. A course in anatomy, embryology,
distribution, habits and taxonomy of marine and fresh
water fish. (Staff)

ZOOL 128. ZOOGEOGRAPHY. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 001, 002,
and 005 or equivalent. Principles governing the geo-
graphical distribution of animals, with particular em-
phasis on vertebrates. (Potter)

ZOOL 129. VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, two years of zoology or permission of in-
structor. The identification, classification, habits and
behavior of vertebrates. (Staff)

ZOOL 130. HYDROBIOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, one year of biology or permission of
instructor. Study of aquatic animals and conditions of
existence in water. Selected examples are used to illus-
trate the influence of environment on productivity of
aquatic communities. (Staff)

ZOOL 150. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ZOOLOGY. (1 or 2)

Prerequisites, major in zoology or biological sciences, a
minimum of 3.0 cumulative average in the biological
sciences, and consent of instructor. Research or inte-
grated reading in zoology. A student may register several
times and receive up to 8 semester hours of credit.

(Staff)

ZOOL 151H. HONORS SEMINAR. (1)

One discussion period a week. Prerequisite, participation
in honors program. Guided discussion of topics of current
interest. Repeatable to total of 4 hours credit. (Staff)

ZOOL 152H. HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-4)

Prerequisite, participation in honors program. Study of
classical material by way of guided independent study
and laboratory experiments. Repeatable to a total of 12
hours credit. (Staff)

ZOOL 153H. HONORS RESEARCH. (1-2)

Prerequisite, participation in honors program. A laboratory
research problem which is required each semester during
honors participation and culminates in a honors thesis.
Repeatable to a total of 8 hours credit. (Staff)

ZOOL 180. CELL DIFFERENTIATION. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, a course in em-
bryology, cell biology, or genetic systems, or permission of
the instructor. A discussion of cellular and subcellular
differentiation, emphasizing the biochemical and ultra-
structural bases of these developmental changes.

ZOOL 182. ETHOLOGY. (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite, two years of zoology, including a course
in comparative anatomy, or permission of instructor. The
function, causation, and evolution of behavior, labora-
tory analysis of the behavior of several species.

ZOOL 190. EVOLUTION. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, a course in ge-
netics or permission of instructor. A consideration of
current thought in regard to the origin and evolution of living
organisms. (Highton)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for descriptions.

ZOOL 201. COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 203. ADVANCED EMBRYOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 204. CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 205. COMPARATIVE INVERTEBRATE ENDOCRINOL-
OGY. (3)

ZOOL 206. ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 207. ZOOLOGY SEMINAR. (Arranged)

ZOOL 208. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ZOOLOGY. (Arranged)

ZOOL 210. SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 211, 212. LECTURES IN ZOOLOGY. (1-3, 1-3)

ZOOL 215. SOCIOBIOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 216. ADVANCED TOPICS IN CELL BIOLOGY. (3)

ZOOL 220. POPULATION GENETICS. (4)

ZOOL 221. ECOLOGICAL GENETICS. (4)

ZOOL 223. ANALYSIS OF ANIMAL STRUCTURE. (4)

ZOOL 234. EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 235. COMPARATIVE BEHAVIOR. (4)

ZOOL 236. MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY. (3)

ZOOL 237. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ENDOCRINOLOGY.
(3)

ZOOL 240. ANALYSIS OF ANIMAL POPULATIONS. (4)

ZOOL 245. BIOLOGY OF BIRDS. (4)

ZOOL 250. EXPERIMENTAL PARASITOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 251. HELMINTHOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 252. PROTOZOOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 253. PHYSIOLOGY OF SYMBIOSIS. (4)

ZOOL 260. QUANTITATIVE ZOOLOGY. (4)

ZOOL 300. ADVANCED TOPICS IN PARASITOLOGY. (Arranged)

ZOOL 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (Arranged)

ZOOL 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Arranged)

Arts and Sciences

159

1 60 Arts and Sciences

Business and Public Administration

The University of Maryland is favorably located
for the accommodation of students interested in
business and public administration. Students inter-
ested in economics, geography, information systems
management, journalism, and political science,
find a similarly distinct advantage in being at Col-
lege Park. Downtown Washington is only 25 minutes
away in one direction, while the Baltimore business
district is less than an hour in the other. There is
frequent transportation service from College Park
to each city. Qualified students may obtain a first-
hand view of the far-flung economic and political
activities of the national government and may utilize
the libraries and other facilities available in Wash-
ington.

The College's six instructional departments offer
a broad range of curricula in professional fields and
in social science disciplines. The separate programs
of study frequently draw upon courses in com-
plementary fields within the College. The six depart-
ments and the major departmental offerings are:

I. Department of Business Administration

1. The General Curriculum in Business Admin-
istration

2. Accounting

3. Finance

4. Insurance and Real Estate

5. Marketing

6. Personnel and Industrial Relations

7. Production Management

8. Management Science— Statistics

9. Transportation

10. Combined Business Administration and Law

II. Department of Economics
1 1 1. Department of Geography

IV.Department of Government and Politics

1. General Curriculum in Government
and Politics

2. International Affairs

3. Public Administration

V.Department of Journalism

VI. Department of Information Systems Manage-
ment
VII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research
VIII. Bureau of Governmental Research
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

Requirements for admission to the College are
those of the University.

To assure a likelihood of success in the College,
it is recommended that the student have four units
of English, three or more units of college preparatory
mathematics— including a minimum of two units
of algebra and one unit of geometry, one or more
units of history and social science, two or more units
of natural science, and two or more units of foreign
language. Students expecting to enroll in the college
of Business and Public Administration should pur-
sue the pre-college program in high school.

Business and Public Administration

161

STATEMENT OF POLICY ON THE TRANSFER OF
CREDIT FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS

The College of Business and Public Administra-
tion of the University of Maryland subscribes to the
policy that advanced work in professional courses
should not be included within the first two years of
the student's undergraduate experience. This policy
is based on the conviction that the value derived
from the advanced courses in business, journalism,
public administration and other areas of a profes-
sional nature is materially enhanced when based
upon a sound foundation in the liberal arts.

In adhering to the above policy it is the practice
of the College of Business and Public Administra-
tion to accept in transfer from another institution no
more than nine semester hours of work in business
administration where such work has been taken as
a part of the curriculum for the first two years of
study. Similar limitations are placed upon the
transfer of credit in other professional areas. The
nine semester hours of business administration ac-
ceptable in transfer are specifically identified as
three semester hours in an introductory business
course and six semester hours of elementary ac-
counting. In addition a single course in data pro-
cessing may be considered for transfer as an elec-
tive. Thus it is anticipated that the student trans-
ferring from another institution will have devoted
the major share of his effort during the first two
years to the completion of basic requirements in the
liberal arts.

DEGREES

The University confers the following degrees on
students completing programs of study in depart-
ments of the College: Bachelor of Science, Master
of Arts, Master of Business Administration, Doctor
of Business Administration, and Doctor of Philoso-
phy. Each candidate for a degree must file in the Of-
fice of the Registrar on a date announced for each
semester a formal application for a degree. Candi-

dates for degrees must attend a convocation at
which degrees are conferred and diplomas are
awarded. Degree* are confirmed in absentia only in
exceptional cases.

JUNIOR STANDING

A student is expected to have completed 56 se-
mester hours of academic credit with an average
grade of "C" (2.0) or better before registering for
upper division courses. An exception to the fore-
going may be made when the student has a limited
number of hours of lower division requirement re-
maining at the start of a new semester. In such
cases the student may register for upper division
courses to the extent necessary to complete his
schedule.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit
with an average of "C" in addition to the specified
courses in physical activities and health are re-
quired for graduation. A minimum of 57 hours of the
required 120 hours must be in upper division
courses, with the exception that the student may,
with the consent of the dean, offer certain lower
division courses in mathematics, natural science,
and foreign language in partial fulfillment of the re-
quirement. Usually the departments within the Col-
lege will require that the student have, in addition to
an overall "C" average, an average of "C" or better
in those courses comprising the student's depart-
mental area of study. The time normally required to
complete the requirements for the bachelor's de-
gree is eight semesters.

SENIOR RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT

After a student has earned acceptable credit to
the extent of 90 semester hours exclusive of the re-
quired work in physical activities, and hygiene,
either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere,
he must earn a subsequent total of at least 30 se-
mester hours with an average grade of "C" or better
at the University of Maryland. No part of these cred-
its may be transferred from another institution. Spe-
cific requirements for graduation in the selected
curriculum must be met. A student transferring from
another college within the University to the College
of Business and Public Administration is expected
to complete a minimum of 15 semester hours in
day-school attendance and while registered in the
College before qualifying for the undergraduate de-
gree.

GRADUATE SCHOOL

Various departments of the College offer work
leading to the master's degree and the doctorate.
Application for admission to the Graduate School
must be made by July 15 for the fall term and by
December 15 for the spring term on blanks obtained
from the Office of the Graduate School (for a de-
tailed discussion of graduate programs and a de-
scription of graduate courses see the Graduate
School Catalog).

Financial Aid and Assistance

The College has a number of graduate assistant-
ships in the Departments of Business Administra-
tion, Economics, Geography, Journalism, and Gov-
ernment and Politics, and in the Bureau of Business
and Economic Research and the Bureau of Govern-
mental Research. Applications for assistantships

162

Business and Public Administration

should be made directly to the Dean of the College
of Business and Public Administration. (See the
Graduate Catalog for rules and regulations).

HONORS

THE DEANS LIST OF DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS

Any student who has passed at least 12 hours
of academic work in the preceding semester, with-
out failure of any course, and with an average grade
on all courses of at least 3.5 will be placed on the
Dean's List of Distinguished Students.

BETA GAMMA SIGMA

The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma
Sigma was chartered in 1940. The purpose of this
honorary society is to encourage and reward scholar-
ship and accomplishment among students of com-
merce and business administration; to promote the
advancement of education in the art and science of
business; and to foster integrity in the conduct of
business operations. Chapters of Beta Gamma
Sigma are chartered only in schools holding mem-
bership in the American Association of Collegiate
Schools of Business. Third and fourth year students
in business administration are eligible; if in his third
year, a student must rank in the highest four per-
cent of his class, and if his fourth year, he must rank
in the highest ten percent in order to be considered
for selection.

THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY

This is awarded annually to the student who has
maintained the highest scholastic standing during
the entire course of study in business administration
or economics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at New
York University on November 7, 1907. The Gamma
Sigma of Maryland chapter was chartered at the Uni-
versity in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a professional
fraternity organized to foster the study of business
in universities; to encourage scholarship, social
activity, and the association of students for their
mutual advancement by research and practice; to
promote closer affiliation between the commercial
world and students of commerce; and to further a
higher standard of commercial ethics and culture,
as well as the civic and commercial welfare of the
community. Members are selected from the College
of Business and Public Administration on the basis
of leadership, scholastic standing and promise of
future business success.

KAPPA TAU ALPHA

The Maryland chapter of Kappa Tau Alpha was
chartered in 1961. Founded in 1910, this national
honorary society has 39 chapters at universities of-
fering graduate or undergraduate preparation for
careers in professional journalism. It is dedicated
to recognition and promotion of scholarship in jour-
nalism. Among its activities is an annual award for
an outstanding piece of published research in jour-
nalism and mass communications.

DEPARTMENTAL OFFERINGS

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Business organizations are set up primarily for
the purpose of producing and distributing goods and
services. Modern business administration requires
a knowledge and understanding of organizational
structures, operations and environments. The cur-
ricula of the Department of Business Administration
emphasize the principles and problems involved in
the development of organizations and in the formu-
lation and implementation of their policies.

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT

The programs of study in the Department of
Business Administration are so arranged as to fa-
cilitate concentrations according to the major func-
tions of business management. This plan is not,
however, based on the view that these major divi-
sions are independent units, but rather that each is
closely related to and dependent on the others.
Every student in Business Administration is required
to complete satisfactorily a minimum number of re-
quired basic subjects in the arts, sciences, and hu-
manities as prerequisites to work in the major man-
agement fields.

A business administration honors program is
open to business administration majors entering
their junior year. Students must have an academic
average of at least 3.0 to be eligible for admittance
to this program.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS

ENGL 1,3, and 4 (or 21, 3 and 4) 9 hours

MATH 10 and 11 (or 19 and 20) 6(8)

SPCH 1 3

History 6

BSAD 10 3

EC0N 004 (students electing to take a foreign longuage may

exempt this course) 3

BSAD 20 and 21 6

EC0N 31 and 32 6

Two science courses (one biological and one physical, ond at least one of
which must be a lab science! selected from the following:

Physical Astronomy 3

Geology 3

Physics 3

Chemistry 4

Biological Botany 4

Zoology 4

Microbiology 4 7-8

A social science course (EC0N 031 may be used for 3 hours of the 6 hour
social science requirement selected from the following:

GVPT 1 3

PSYC 1 3

S0CY1 3

ANTH 1 3 3

A fine arts requirement of 3 hours of which the following are represen-
tative:

PHIL 1,41,45,53 3

ART 10,60,61,80 3

MUSC20 3

SPCH 16 3

Electives (chosen with approval of adviser) 6-9

HLTH 5 (men and women) 1 sem. (2 cr.)

P.E. (men and women) 2 semesters

•Students who wish to elect o foreign language must take nine semester hours of the
language or six hours ot the intermediate level or higher, in order to obtain crediT 5uch
students may substitute the first semester of foreign longuage for the EC0N 004 re-
quirement, and the other semesters for two free electives.

A TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR FIRST TWO YiARS

Freshman Year ,

ENGLl(or21) 3 ENGL3 3

BSADlOorSpl 3 SPCH 1 or BSAD 10 3

MATHio(ori^::..:z:: 3 math^m) 3

ECON004 3 HLTH 5 2

Business and Public Administration 163

Fine Arts, Social Science.

or Science 3-4

P.E. 1

16-17

Fine Arts, Social Science,

or Science 3-4

Pi 1

15-16

Sophomore Year

ENGL 4 3 Elective 3

BSAD20 3 BSAD21 3

ECON31 . 3 ECON32 3

History 3 History 3

Fine Arts, Social Science, Fine Arts, Social Science

orScience 3-4 or Science 3-4

1506 - 15-16

A TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR FIRST TWO YEARS

BSAD 130-Business Statistics 1 3

BSAD 140-Business Finance 3

BSAD 149-Marketing Principles and Organizotion 3

BSAD 168 -Management ana Organization Theory 3

BSAD 180-Business Law 3

BSAD 199-Business Policies 3

Total ,., 18

In addition to the above, two 100 level courses
must be taken in Economics, at least one of which
must be: ECON 102, National Income Analysis:
ECON 132, Intermediate Price Theory; ECON 140,
Money and Banking; or ECON 148, International
Economics.

At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours of
academic work required for graduation must be in
Business Administration subjects. In addition to the
requirement of an overall average of "C" in aca-
demic subjects, an average of "C" in Business Ad-
ministration subjects is required for graduation.
Electives in the curricula of the Department may,
with the consent of the advisor, be taken in any de-
partment of the university if the student has the
necessary prerequisites.

GENERAL CURRICULUM IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The General Curriculum in Business Administra-
tion is designed for those who desire a broad pro-
gram in management. The curriculum contains a
relatively large number of elective courses. Selec-
tion is subject to approval by an advisor and must
contribute to a program of courses closely balanced
between (1) a functional field, (2) the various basic
areas of management and (3) non-business fields.

Students selecting this curriculum will take the
basic courses required for all students in the Depart-
ment of Business Administration. In addition, stu-
dents will take:

(1) The following required courses:

BSAD 150 -Marketing Management or BSAD 156 Marketing

Research Methods

BSAD 160 -Personnel Management I or BSAD 163

Labor Relations

BSAD 170- Principles of Transportation or BSAD 171 -Traffic

and Physical Distribution Management

BSAD 101 -Electronic Data Processing or BSAD 136 Operations

Research I or BSAD 169 Production Management

BSAD 189 -Business and Government or BSAD 198 Structure and

Operation of Industries

(2) three semester hours from the following:
BSAD 1 1 1 - Intermediate Accounting (3)
BSAD 131 -Business Statistics II
BSAD 148-Advonced Financiol Management (3)

BSAD 184-Public Utilities (3)
Total

3s.h.
18 s.h

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of which

must be ECON 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation 18 s.h

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 s.h.

ACCOUNTING

Accounting, in a limited sense, is the analysis,
classification, and recording of financial events and
the reporting of the results of such events for an or-
ganization. In a broader sense, accounting consists
of all financial devices for planning, controlling and
appraising performance of an organization. In this
broader sense, accounting includes among its many
facets financial planning, budgeting, accounting
systems, financial management controls, financial
analysis of performance, financial reporting, inter-
nal and external auditing and taxation of business.

The accounting curriculum provides an educa-
tional foundation for careers in accounting and a
foundation for future advancement in other man-
agement areas whether in private business organi-
zations, government agencies, or public accounting
firms. Students who select this curriculum will com-
plete the freshman and sophomore requirements for
all students in the Department of Business Adminis-
tration.

Course requirements for the junior and senior
years are:

(1) The junior-senior requirements for all students
in the Departments of Business Administration,

(2) the following courses:

BSAD 101 -Electronic Data Processing 3

BSAD 110, 11 1 -Intermediate Accounting... 6

BSAD 121 -Cost Accounting 3

BSAD 123-lncome Tax Accounting ... 3
and 9 semester hours from the following:

BSAD 1 22- Auditing Theory and Practice 3

BSAD 124 -Advanced Accounting 3

BSAD 125-CPA Problems 3

BSAD 127 -Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice 3

BSAD 128-Advanced Cost Accounting 2

Thus, the upper division requirements for accounting majors ore:

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior accounting requirements (minimum) 21 s.h

BSAD 101 -Electronic Data Processing . 3 s.h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of which

must be ECON 102, 132, 140, or 148 . 6 s.h.
Electives (to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation) 12 s.h.

Total Junior-senior year requirements 60 s.h

For graduates of the University of Maryland, the
educational requirement of the Maryland State
Board of Public Accountancy for taking the C.P.A.
examination without practical experience totals
thirty semester hours of accounting courses plus
six semester hours of business law. Students wish-
ing to satisfy the Board's requirements must include
BSAD 122 in their undergraduate program. Students
not wishing to satisfy the Board's requirements to
sit for the C.P.A. examination without experience
are eligible to take the examination after obtaining
two years of practical experience satisfactory to the
Board.

A student planning to take the C.P.A. examina-
tion in a State other than Maryland should deter-
mine the course requirements, if any, for such State
and arrange his program accordingly.

FINANCE

The finance curriculum is designed to familiar-
ize the student with the institutions, theory, and
practice involved in the allocation of financial re-
sources within the private sector, especially the
firm. It is also designed to provide work in such re-
lated disciplines as economics and the quantitative
areas.

764

Business and Public Administration

The finance curriculum provides an educational
foundation for careers involving financial analysis
and management, investment analysis and portfo
lio management, investment banking, banking, and
international finance; it also provides a foundation
for graduate work in business administration, quan-
titative areas, economics, and law.

Course requirements for the junior-senior cur-
riculum concentration in finance are:

(1) The following required courses

BSAD 101 Electronic Data Processing 3 s.h.

ECON 140 Money and Bonking 3 s.h.-

BSAD 136 Operations Reseorch I 3 s.h.

BSAD 143 Investments 3 s.h.
plus

(2) one of the following courses

BSAD 111 Intermediate Accounting 3 s.h.

BSAD 141 Financiol Management 3 s.h.

BSAD 144 Security Analysis and Valuation 3 s.h.

BSAD 145 Commercial Bank Management 3 s.h.

BSAD 184 Public Utilities 3 s.h.

and

(3) one of the foUowing courses

ISM 102 -Electronic Data Processing Applications or a more

odvanced ISM course 3 s.h.

MATH -Three semester hours of mathematics beyond the

departmental requirements 3 s.h.

BSAD 131 -Business Statistics II or a more advanced BSAD

statistics course 3 s.h.

8SAD 137-Operations Research II or a more odvanced BSAD

Management Science Course 3 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

The upper division requirements are summarized as follows:

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.

One course in economics selected from

ECON 102, 132, 141, 142, 147 and 148 3 s.h.*

Elective? to complete the 120 semester hours

required for graduation ... 21 s.h.

Total junior-senior year requirements .... 60 s.h.

•Note thot the economics requirements for The finance major is more restrictive than
stated under JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS

INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE

Students interested in insurance or real estate
may concentrate either in General Business or Fi-
nance and plan with their advisers a group of elec-
tees to meet their specialized needs. Courses of-
fered in insurance and real estate include risk man-
agement, principles of risk and insurance, real
estate principles, and urban land management.

MARKETING

Marketing involves the functions performed in
getting goods and services from producers to users.
Career opportunities exist in manufacturing, whole-
saling and retailing and include safes administra-
tion, marketing research, advertising and merchan-
dising.

Students preparing for work in marketing re-
search are advised to elect additional courses in
Statistics.

In addition to the courses taken by all students
in the Department of Business Administration, the
marketing program consists of:

(1) The following required courses:

BSAD 136 -Operations Research 1 3 s.h.

BSAD 150-Marketing Management 3 s.h.

BSAD 151 -Advertising 3 s.h.

BSAD 156 -Marketing Research Methods 3 s.h.

Total required 12 s.h.

and

(2) six semester hours from the following:

BSAD 101 -Electronic Data Processing (3) 6 s.h.

Bsad 131 -Business Statistics II (3) 6 s.h.

JOUR 152 -Advertising Copy and Layout (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 1 53- Industrial Marketing (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 154 — Retail Management (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 155-Consumer Analysis (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 157 -International Marketing (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 158-Promotion Management (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 171 -Traffic and Physical Distribution

Management (3) 6 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior senior requirements for all departmental students 18 s h

Junior-senior curriculum concentration . 18 s.h

Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of which

must be ECON 102, 132. 140. or 158 6sh

Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation ]g s n

Total. Junior-senior yeor requirements 60 s.h.

PERSONNEL AND LABOR RELATIONS

Personnel administration has to do with the di-
rection of human effort. It is concerned with secur-
ing, maintaining, and utilizing an effective working
force. People professionally trained in personnel
administration find career opportunities in business,
in government, in educational institutions, and in
charitable and other organizations.

(1) The required courses are:

BSAD 160- Personnel Management I 3 s.h.

BSAD 161 -Personnel Management II 3 s.h.

BSAD 162-0rganizotional Behavior 3 s h

BSAD 163- Labor Relations 3 s h

BSAD 164- Labor Legislation 3 s.h.

Total required. 15 s h
And

(2) three hours from the following:

BSAD 197- Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel

Management (3) 6 s h

BSAD 169- Production Management (3) 6sh

PSYC 135-Personnel and Industrial Psychology (3) 6sh

PSYC 150-Tests and Measurements (4 6sh

PSYC 151 - Psychology of Individual Differences (3) 6 s.h

SOCY 11 5- Industrial Sociology (3) . 6sh

S0CY 180-Small Group Analysis (3) 6 s h

GVPT 1 1 1 - Public Personnel Administration (3) 6 s h

JOUR 166-Public Relations (3) 6 s.h.

Total T8sX

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental

students... 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.

Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of which

must be ECON 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.

Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation. 18 s.h.

Total, Junior-senior year requirements 60 s.h.

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the stu-
dent with the problems of organization and control
in the field of production management. Theory and
practice with reference to organization, policies,
methods, processes and techniques are surveyed,
analyzed, and evaluated.

The courses in addition to those required of all
students in the Department of Business Administra-
tion are:

(1) The following required courses:

BSAD 121 -Cost Accounting 3 s.h.

BSAD 160-Personnel Management 1 3 s.h.

BSAD 169-Production Management. 3 s.h.

BSAD 165 -Advanced Production Management 3 s.h.

Total required 12 s.h.

and

(2) six hours from the following:

BSAD 134- Statistical Quality Control (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 136- Industrial Marketing (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 163-Labor Relations (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 136 -Operations Research I (3) 6 s.h.

BSAD 171 -Traffic and Physical Distribution

Management (3) 6 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Business Administration

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.

Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of which

must be ECON 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.

Business and Public Administration

165

Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation 18 s.h.

Total Junior-senior year requirements 60 s.h.

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE— STATISTICS

In the management— statistics curriculum, the
student will have the option of concentrating pri-
marily in statistics or primarily in management sci-
ence. The two options are described below.

THE STATISTICS OPTION

Statistics consists of a body of methods for
utilizing probability theory in decision-making proc-
esses. Important statistical activities ancillary to the
decision-making process are the systematization of
quantitative data and the measurement of vari-
ability. Some specialized areas within the field of
statistics are: sample surveys, forecasting, quality
control, design of experiments, Bayesian decision
processes, actuarial statistics, and data processing.
Statistical methods— for example, sample survey
techniques— are widely used in accounting, market-
ing, industrial management and government appli-
cations.

An aptitude for applied mathematics and a de-
sire to understand and apply scientific methods to
significant problems are important prerequisites
for the would-be statistician.

Students planning to major in statistics should
take two semesters of calculus.

Students selecting this curriculum will take, in
addition to the courses required for all students in
the Department of Business Administration:

(1) The following required courses:

BSAD 101 -Electronic Doto Processing 3 s.h.

BSAD 131 -Business Statistics II 3 s.h.

BSAD 132-Sample Surveys in Business and Economics 3 s.h.

BSAD 135 — Statistical Analysis and Forecasting 3 s.h.

(2) and six semester hours from the following:

BSAD 102 -Electronic Doto Processing Applications (3)
BSAD 156 -Marketing Research Methods (3)
BSATJ 1 34 — Statistical Quality Control (3)
BSAD 136 -Operations Research I (3)
BSAD 137 -Operations Research II (3)

BSAD 138-Linear Programming in Business (3) 6 s.h.

STAT 50 -Introduction to Random Variables (3)*
STAT 100- Probability and Statistics I (3)-

Totals 18 s.h.

•Students majoring in statistics may not take Stat. 50 and Stat. 100 in fulfillment of their
special requirements. Only one of these courses con be counted toward the necessary
18 credit hours.

THE MANAGEMENT SCIENCE OPTION

Management Science— Operations Research
can be defined as the application of scientific meth-
odology by interdisciplinary teams to problems in-
volving the control of organized man-machine sys-
tems so as to provide solutions which best serve the
purposes of the organization as a whole.

Practitioners in this field are employed by large
organizations (military, governmental, private in-
dustrial, private consulting) to analyze operations
in the light of organizational goals and recommend
changes requisite to goal fulfillment.

Students planning to major in this field should
complete at least two semesters of calculus prior to
junior standing. The current Math. 14-15 is the min-
imum preparation, although Math. 19-20 is pre-
ferred. Students considering graduate work in this
field should complete Mathematics 19-20-21-22 as
early in their careers as possible. Note Math. 21-22
may be counted as upper division elective credit.
Mathematics 100 is also highly recommended.

Students electing this curriculum will take, in
addition to the courses required for all students in
the Department of Business Administration:

(1) The following required courses:

BSAD 131 -Business Statistics II 3 s.h.

BSAD 136 -Operations Research I 3 s.h.

BSAD 137 -Operations Research II . . 3 s.h.

BSAD 138-Linear Programming in Business 3 sh

12 s.h
and

(2) Six semester hours from the following:

BSAD 132-Sample Surveys in Business and Economics (3)

BSAD 135- Statistical Analysis and Forecasting (3)

BSAD 134 — Statistical Quality Control (3)

STAT 100-Probability & Statistics I (3)

BSAD 101 - Electronic Doto Processing (3)

BSAD 102- Electronic Data Processing Applications (3)

BSAD 103 -Introduction to Systems Analysis (3)

ISM 1 10-lnformation Processing Problems of Administrative.

Economic, and Political Systems (3)
BSAD 169 -Production Management (3)
BSAD 165-Advanced Production Management (3) 6 s.h

Thus, the upper division requirements are for both options:

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of which

must be EC0N 102. 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation 18 s.h

Total junior-senior requirement 60 s.h.

TRANSPORTATION

Transportation involves the movement of persons
and goods in the satisfaction of human needs. The
curriculum in transportation includes an analysis of
the services and management problems, such as
pricing, financing, and organization, of the five
modes of transport — air, motor, pipelines, railroads,
and water— and covers the scope and regulation of
transportation in our economy. The effective man-
agement of transportation involves a study of the
components of physical distribution and the inter-
action of procurement, the level and control of in-
ventories, warehousing, material handling, trans-
portation, and data processing.

The curriculum in transportation is designed to
prepare students to assume responsible positions
with carriers, governmental agencies, and traffic
and physical distribution management in industry.

Course requirements are, in addition to the
junior-senior requirements for all students in the De-
partment of Business Administration:

(1) The following required courses:

BSAD 136 -Operations Research I 3 s.h.

BSAD 1 70 — Principles of Transportation 3 s.h.

BSAD 171 -Traffic and Physical Distribution Management .. 3 s.h.

BSAD 172 -Motor Transportation 3 s.h.

BSAD 175 -Advanced Transportation Problems 3 s.h.

Total 15 s.h.

and

(2) Three semester hours to be selected from the following:

BSAD 173 -Water Transportation 3 s.h.

BSAD 174 — Commercial Air Transportation (3) 3 s.h.

BSAD 176-Urbon Transport ond Urban Development (3) 3 s.h

BSAD 184-Public Utilities (3) 3 s.h.
BSAD 192- Introduction to International Business

Management (3) 3 s.h.

Total required 18 s.h.

Thus, the upper division requirements ore:

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of which

must be EC0N 102. 132, 140. or 148 6 s.h.

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation 18 s.h

Total junior-senior yeor requirements 60 sh

COMBINED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
LAW PROGRAM

The Department of Business Administration of-
fers a combined Business Administration-Law Cur-

led Business and Public Administration

riculum in which the student completes three years
in the General Curriculum in Business Administra-
tion in the department and a fourth year of work in
the Law School of the University of Maryland. Ad-
mission to the Law School is contingent upon meet-
ing the applicable standards of that school. Individ-
ual students are responsible to secure from the Law
School its current admission requirements. The stu-
dent must complete all the courses required of stu-
dents in the Department plus the courses normally
required for the General Curriculum in Business Ad-
ministration through the junior year, plus enough
credits to equal a minimum of 90 semester hours.
No business law course can be included in the 90
hours. The last year of college work before entering
the Law School must be completed in residence at
College Park. At least 30 hours of work must be in
courses numbered 100 or above.

The Bachelor of Science degree from the Col-
lege of Business and Public Administration is con-
ferred upon students who complete the first year in
the Law School with an average grade of "C" or
better.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business
Administration and Doctor of Business Administra-
tion are accepted in accordance with the procedures
and requirements for the Graduate School. (See the
Graduate School Announcements.)

PROFESSOR AND DEPARTMENT HEAD: Taff.

PROFESSORS: Anderson, Dawson, Fisher, Hermanson, Miner

and Wright.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ashmen, Bender, Carroll, Daiker,

Edelson. Greer, Haslem, Hille, Hynes, Lamone, Levine,

Nach, Paine and Spivey.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Falthzik, Gannon, Himes, Jolson.

McNitt, Nickels, Olson, Speros, Thieblot, Widhelm, and

Zabriskie.
LECTURERS: Hargrove, Hoshi, Keaton, Leete, Lynagh, and

Moore.
INSTRUCTORS: Bedingfield, Broden, Brown, Budnick, Bul-

mash, Dalton, Dempsey, Dyer, English, Frey, Gritta, Harris.

Horlick, Keiser, Kmetz, Longbrake, Mattheiss, Meyer,

Muczyk, Neffinger, O'Neill, Rosen, Roy, Seganish, Shimp,

Thomas, Van Daniker, Webb, and Wolff.

BSAD 10. BUSINESS ENTERPRISE. (3)

A survey course covering the internal and functional or-
ganization of a business enterprise, its organization and
control.

BSAD 20, 21. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. The principles of ac-
counting for business enterprise and the use of accounting
data in making business decisions.

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

BSAD 100. OFFICE OPERATIONS AND MANAGEMENT. (3)
Deals with the principles of scientific management as they
apply to the examination, improvement, installation, and
operation of the most effective paperwork methods and
systems that a given organization can use to achieve its
objectives. Procedure flow analysis and form design for
control of paperwork; process, work distribution, and lay-
out charts, distribution of authority and responsibility
for office activities are among the areas considered.

BSAD 101. ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING. (3)

Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin-
istration curricula will register for ISM 101. For detailed
information on prerequisites and description of the
course, refer to ISM 101. The credits earned in ISM 101
may be included in the total credits earned in the area of
concentration in business administration.

BSAD 102. ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING APPLICA-
TIONS. (3)
Students enrolled in the Department of Business Ad-
ministration curricula will register for ISM 102. For de-
tailed information on prerequisites and description of
the course, refer to ISM 102. The credits earned in ISM

102 may be included in the total credits earned in the
area of concentration in business administration.

BSAD 103. INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. (3)
Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin
istration curricula will register for ISM 103. For detailed
information on prerequisites and description of the
course, refer to ISM 103. The credits earned in ISM 103
may be included in the toal credits earned in the area of
concentration in business administration.

BSAD 110, 111. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 21. A comprehensive study of the
theory and problems of valuation of assets, application
of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the
interpretation of accounting statements.

BSAD 118, 119. UNDERGRADUATE ACCOUNTING
SEMINAR. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, senior standing as an accounting major or
consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper one-
third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding
current non-text literature, current problems and case
studies in accounting.

BSAD 120. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 20. A study of the factors involved in
the design and installation of accounting systems: the
organization, volume and types of transactions, charts of
accounts, accounting manuals, the reporting system.

BSAD 121. COST ACCOUNTING. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 21. A study of the basic concepts of
product costing and cost analysis for management plan-
ning and control. Emphasis is placed on the role of the ac-
count in organizational management, analysis of cost be-
havior, standard cost, budgeting, responsibility account-
ing and relevant costs for decision making.

BSAD 122. AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 1 1 1. A study of the principles and prob-
lems of auditing and application of accounting principles to
the preparation of audit working papers and reports.

BSAD 123. INCOME TAX ACCOUNTING. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 21. A study of the important provisions
of the Federal Tax Laws, using illustrative examples, se-
lected questions and problems, and the preparation of re-
turns.

BSAD 124. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 111. Advanced Accounting theory to
specialized problems in partnerships, ventures, consign-
ments, installment sales, insurance, statement of affairs,
receiver's accounts, realization and liquidation reports,
and consolidation of parent and subsidiary accounts.

BSAD 125. OP. A. PROBLEMS. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 111, or consent of instructor. A study
of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations
by means of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis
of, a large sample of C.P.A. problems covering the various
accounting fields.

BSAD 127. ADVANCED AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE.
(3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 122. Advanced auditing theory and
practice and report writing.

BSAD 128. ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING. (2)

Prerequisite BSAD 121. A continuation of basic cost ac-
counting with special emphasis on process costs, standard
costs, joint costs, and by product cost.

BSAD 129. APPRENTICESHIP IN ACCOUNTING. (0)

Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours in account-
ing and the consent of the accounting staff. A period of ap-
prenticeship is provided with national Iv known firms of certi-
fied public accountants from about January 15 to Febru-
ary 15, and for a semester after graduation.

BSAD 130. BUSINESS STATISTICS I. (3)

An introductory course discussing basic statistical con-
cepts and various widely used statistical techniques,
namely: ratios and percentages; the tabular and graphic
presentation of statistical data; frequency distributions;
measures of central tendency, variability, skewness and
kurtosis; the binomial and normal probability distributions;
tests of hypotheses concerning means and proportions; the
estimation of means and proportions; two-variable linear
correlation analysis.

BSAD 131. BUSINESS STATISTICS II. (3)

Business and Public Administration

167

Prerequisite, BSAD 130 or equivalent. A course comple-
menting BSAD 130. The topics covered include: trend
analysis in its simpler aspects; seasonal and cycle analysis;
nonlinear two-variable correlation analysis; correlation
analysis of grouped data; some reference to multiple cor-
relation analysis; the chi-square test; analysis of variance;
index numbers.

BSAD 132. SAMPLE SURVEYS IN BUSINESS AND ECO-
NOMICS. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 130 or equivalent. A course surveying
the uses of statistics in economic and business research.
The emphasis of the discussion is directed toward "cross-
section" analysis as distinct from "time-series" analysis
(which is given detailed attention in BSAD 135). Topics
covered include: research methodology, sampling tech-
niques and design, data-collection methods, question-
naire preparation, interviewing procedures, the evalua-
tion of survey results, and a review of selected case
studies.

BSAD 134. STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 130, or equivalent. A course survey-
ing the uses of statistical principles in industry. Topics con-
sidered include: A brief review of basic statistical mea-
sures: a study of the hypergeometric, binomial, normal,
and Poisson probability distributions; the sampling distri-
butions of trie mean, the standard deviation, and the
range; the construction and operation of the various con-
trol charts in current use; the diagnostic significance of
different findings; acceptance sampling on the basis of
measurement data and on the basis of attribute data.

BSAD 135. STATISTICAL ANAYLSIS AND FORECASTING.
(3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 130 or equivalent. A course exploring
the usefulness of statistical methods in economic predic-
tion. Various forecasting techniques in current use are
examined. Major topics receiving attention are the analysis
of trends, the identification of seasonal patterns and cy-
cles, and the measurement of economic relationships.
The discussion goes beyond the points made in BSAD 131.
Particularly the uses of multiple correlation analysis are
examined in great detail. Some reference is also made to
the predictive potentialities of so-called anticipations
statistics. Throughout the course, due attention is given
to the logical aspects of the forecasting problem as
distinct from its statistical side.

BSAD 136. OPERATIONS RESEARCH I. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 130 or consent of instructor. The
philosophy, methods and objectives of operations research.
Basic methods are examined and their application to func-
tional areas of business are covered. (This course is also
listed as ISM 136 and may be taken for Information Sys-
tems Management credit.)

BSAD 137. OPERATIONS RESEARCH II. (3)

Prequisite, BSAD 136 or permission of instructor. Ad-
vanced topics in Operations Research including decision
theory, probability models and inventory models. Empha-
sis on the mathematical formulation of business problems
and implementation of model solutions.

BSAD 138. LINEAR PROGRAMMING IN BUSINESS. (3)

Prerequisite BSAD 136 or permission of instructor. Theory,
formulation, interpretation, and application of the general
linear, transportation, assignment, and integer program-
ming mode Is. Emphasis is on the application of these models
to large-scale business problems.

BSAD 140. BUSINESS FINANCE. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 21. This course deals with principles
and practices involved in the organization, financing, and re-
habilitation of business enterprises; the various types of
securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning in-
come, risk, and control; intercorporate relations; and new
developments. Emphasis on solution of problems of financial
policy faced by management.

BSAD 141. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 140. Analysis and discussion of cases
and readings relating to financial decisions of the firm.
The application of finance concepts to the solution of fi-
nancial problems is emphasized.

BSAD 143. INVESTMENTS. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 140. An introduction to financial
investments. Topics include securities and securities
markets; investment risks, returns, and constraints; port-
folio policies; and institutional investment policies.

BSAD 144. SECURITY ANALYSIS AND VALUATION. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 143. Study and application of the con-
cepts, methods, models, and empirical findings to the
analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially
common stock.

BSAD 145. COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT. (3)

Prerequisites, BSAD 140 and ECON 140. Analysis and
discussion of cases and readings in commercial bank
management. The loan function is emphasized; also the
management of liquidity reserves, investments for in-
come, and sources of funds. Bank objectives, functions,
policies, organization, structure, services, and regulation
are considered.

BSAD 149. MARKETING PRINCIPLES AND ORGANIZATION.
(3)
Prerequisites, BSAD 130 and BSAD 149. A study of the
work of the marketing division in a going organization.
The work of developing organizations and procedures for
the control of marketing activities is surveyed. The em-
phasis throughout the course is placed on the determina-
tion of policies, methods, and practices for the effective
marketing of various forms of manufactured products.

BSAD 151. ADVERTISING. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 149. A study of the role of advertising
in the American economy; the impact of advertising on
our economic and socail life, the methods and tech-
niques currently applied by advertising practitioners, the
role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media in the
development of an advertising campaign, modern re-
search methods to improve the effectiveness of adver-
tising and the organization of the advertising business.

BSAD 153. INDUSTRIAL MARKETING. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 149. The industrial and business
sector of the marketing system is considered rather than
the household or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial
products range from raw materials and supplies to the major
equipment in a plant, business office, or institution. Topics
include product planning and introduction, market analy-
sis and forecasting, channels, pricing, field sales force
management, advertising, marketing cost analysis, and
government relations. Particular attention is given to in-
dustrial, business and institutional buying policies and
practice and to the analysis of buyer behavior.

BSAD 154. RETAIL MANAGEMENT. (3)

Prerequisites, BSAD 20 and 149. Retail store organiza-
tion, locatidh, layout and store policy; pricing policies, price
lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying;
purchasing methods; supervision of selling; training and
supervision of retail sales force; and administrative prob-
lems.

BSAD 155. CONSUMER ANALYSIS. (3)

Prerequisites, BSAD 149 and 150. Recommended that
Psychology 001 and 021 be taken prior to this course.
Considers the growing importance of the American con-
sumer in the marketing system and the need to under-
stand him. Topics include the foundation considerations
underlying consumer behavior such as economic, social-
psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the con-
sumer in marketing situations— as a buyer and user of
products and services — and in relation to the various in-
dividual, social and marketing factors affecting his be-
havior, the influence of marketing communications is al-
so considered.

BSAD 156. MARKETING RESEARCH METHODS. (3)

Prerequisites, BSAD 130 and BSAD 149. Recommended
that BSAD 132 be taken prior to this course. This course
is intended to develop skill in the use of scientific meth-
ods in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation of
marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of market-
ing research, the planning of survey projects, sample de-
sign, tabulation procedure and report preparation.

BSAD 157. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING. (3)

Prerequisites BSAD 149 plus any other marketing course.
A study of the marketing functions from the viewpoint of
the international executive. In addition to the coverage
of international marketing policies relating to product
adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of dis-
tribution, pricing, communications, and cost analysis, con-
sideration is given to the cultural, legal, financial, and
organizational aspects of international marketing.

BSAD 158. PROMOTION MANAGEMENT. (3)

Prerequisites, BSAD 149 and BSAD 151 This course is
concerned with the way in which business firms use ad-
vertising, personal selling, sales promotion and other meth-
ofs as part of their marketing program. The case study
method is used to present problems taken from actual busi-
ness practice. Cases studied illustrate problems in the use
and coordination of demand stimulation methods as well
as analysis and planning. Research, testing and statistical
control of promotional activities are also considered.

BSAD 160. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT. (3)

The basic course in personnel management includes man-
power planning, recruitment, selection, development, com-

168 Business and Public Administration

pensation, and appraisal of employees. Explores the im-
pact of scientific management and unionism on these
functions.

BSAD 161. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT: ANALYSIS AND
PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 160. Recommended, BSAD 130. Re-
search findings, special readings, case analysis, simula-
tion, and field investigations are used to develop a better
understanding of personnel problems, alternative solutions
and their practical ramifications.

BSAD 162. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. (3)

An examination of research and theory concerning the
forces which contribute to the behavior of organizational
members. Topics covered include: work group behavior,
supervisory behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals
and attitudes, communication problems, organizational
change, and organizational goals and design. Prerequi-
site: BSAD 168.

BSAD 163. LABOR RELATIONS. (3)

A study of the development and methods of organized
groups in industry with reference to the settlement of
Tabor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor
union and employer association activities, arbitration,
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade
agreements, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions,
employee representation and injunctions.

BSAD 164. LABOR LEGISLATION. (3)

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial re-
lations. Cases include the decisions of administrative
agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals.

BSAD 165. ADVANCED PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 169. A study of typical problems en-
countered by the factory manager. The objective is to
develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in man-
agement control of production and in the formulation of
production policies. Among the topics covered a re plant loca-
tion, production planningand control, methodsanalysisand
time study.

BSAD 168. MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION THEORY.
(3)
The development of management and organization theory,
nature of the management process and function and its
future development. The role of the manager as an or-
ganizer and director, the communication process, goals
and responsibilities.

BSAD 169. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT. (3)

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise, con-
centrating on the economies of production. Introduces a
grounding in analytical method early so that the broad
problem areas of system design, operation, and control can
be based upon the analytical method.

BSAD 170. PRINCIPLES OF TRANSPORTATION. (3)

Prerequisite, ECON 32 or 37. A general course covering
the five fields of transportation, their development, service
and regulation.

BSAD 171. TRAFFIC AND PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION MAN-
AGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. Examines the management
aspects of the business firm in moving their raw materials
and finished goods, through traffic, warehousing, indus-
trial packaging, materials handling, and inventory. A sys-
tematic examination of the trade-off possibilities and man-
agement alternatives to minimize cost of product flow and
maximizing customer service is provided.

BSAD 172. MOTOR TRANSPORTATION. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 170. The development and scope of the
motor carrier industry, different types of carriers, eco-
nomics of motor transportation, services available, federal
regulation, highway financing, allocation of cost to high-
way users, highway barriers.

BSAD 173. WATER TRANSPORTATION. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 170. Water carriers of all types, de-
velopment and types of services, trade routes, inland water-
ways, company organization, the American Merchant
Marine as a factor in national activity.

BSAD 174. COMMERCIAL AIR TRANSPORTATION. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 170. The air transportation system of
the United States; airways, airports, airlines. Federal regu-
lation of air transportation. Problems and services of com-
mercial air transportation; economics, equipment, opera-
tions, financing, selling of passenger and cargo services.
Air mail development and services.

BSAD 175. ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite, BSAD 170. A critical examination of cur-
rent government transportation policy and proposed
solutions. Urban and intercity managerial transport prob-
lems are also considered.

BSAD 176. URBAN TRANSPORT AND URBAN DEVELOP-
MENT. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 32 or 37. An analysis of the role of
urban transportation in present and future urban develop-
ment. The interaction of transport pricing and service,
urban planning, institutional restraints, and public land
uses, is studied.

BSAD 180. BUSINESS LAW. (3)

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negoti-
able instruments, agency partnerships, corporations, real
personal property, and sales.

BSAD 181. BUSINESS LAW. (3)

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negoti-
able instruments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real
and personal property, and sales.

BSAD 182. LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS. (3)

The course examines the principal ideas and men in law
stressing those which are relevant for the modern busi-
ness executive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this
country will be one of the central topics of study. Several
leading antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly
the reasoning process as well as the interplay of business,
philosophy, and the various conceptions of the nature of law
which give direction to the process. Examination of con-
temporary legal problems and proposed solutions, especially
those most likely to affect the business community, are
also covered.

BSAD 184. PUBLIC UTILITIES. (3)

Prerequisites, ECON 32 or 37. Using the regulated in-
dustries as specific examples, attention is focused on
broad and general problems in such diverse fields as
constitutional law, administrative law, public administra-
tion, government control of business, advanced economic
theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation,
finance, engineering and management.

BSAD 187. HONORS STUDY. (3)
First Semester of the senior year

Prerequisite: Candidacy for Honors in Business Adminis-
tration. The course is designed for honors students who
have elected to conduct intensive study (independent or
group). The student will work under the direct guidance
of a faculty advisor and the Chairman of the Honors Com-
mittee. They shall determine that the area of study is
of a scope and intensity deserving of a candidate's at-
tention. Formal written and/or oral reports on the study
may be required by the faculty advisor and/or Chairman
of the Honors Program. Group meetings of the candi-
dates may be called at the discretion of the faculty ad-
visors and/or Chairman of the Honors Committee.

BSAD 188. HONORS STUDY. (3)

Second Semester of the senior year

Prerequisite: BSAD 187, and continued candidacy for
Honors in Business Administration. The student shall
continue and complete the research initiated in BSAD
187. Additional reports may be required at the discretion
of the faculty advisor and Honors Program Chairman.
Group meetings may be held.

BSAD 189. BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT. (3)

Prerequisites, ECON 32 or 37. A study of the role of gov-
ernment in modern economic life. Social control of busi-
ness as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise
arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of limita-
tions on government regulation of private enterprise.

BSAD 190. RISK MANAGEMENT. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH II. Designed to acquaint the student
with the nature and significance of risk in business enter-
prise. The problems relating to both pure and speculative
risk in business are considered; and methods of solution
involving risk assumption, transfer, reduction, and the
use of insurance are analyzed as aids in management
decision making.

BSAD 191. PRINCIPLES OF RISK AND INSURANCE. (3)

Prerequisite, MATH II. Emphasizes the use of insurance
in resolving problems involving personal and business
risks. Life, accident and health, fire and casualty, auto-
mobile, and marine insurance are examined as means of
dealing with these risks. The theory and legal aspects of
insurance are considered, as well as the quantitative
measurement of risks.

BSAD 192. INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite, ECON 32 or 37. A study of the domestic and
foreign environmental factors affecting the international
operations of U.S. business firms. The course also covers
the administrative aspects of international marketing,
finance, and management.

Business and Public Administration

169

BSAD 195. REAL ESTATE PRINCIPLES. (3)

Prerequisite, ECON 32 or 37. This course covers the na-
ture and uses of real estate, real estate as a business,
basic principles, construction problems and home owner-
ship, city planning, and public control and ownership of
real estate.

BSAD 196. URBAN LAND MANAGEMENT. (3)

Covers the managerial and decision making aspects of
urban land and property. Included are such subjects as
land use and valuation matters.

BSAD 197. UNDERGRADUATE SEMINAR IN PERSONNEL
MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite — consent of instructor. This course is open
only to the top 1/3 of undergraduate majors in personnel
and labor relations and is offered during the Fall semes-
ter of each year. Highlights major developments theory.
Guest lecturers make periodic presentations.

BSAD 199. BUSINESS POLICIES. (3)

Prerequisite, BSAD 140, 149, 168 and senior standing.
A case study course in which the aim is to have the stu-
dent apply both what he has learned of general manage-
ment princi pi esandtheirspecializedfunctiona I applications
of the overall management function in the enterprise.

BSAD 271. TRANSPORT AND PUBLIC POLICY. (3)

BSAD 272. MANAGEMENT OF PHYSJCAL DISTRIBUTION.

(3)
BSAD 273. TRANSPORTATION STRATEGIES. (3)
BSAD 274. BUSINESS LOGISTICS. (3)
BSAD 275. TRANSPORTATION SCIENCE. (3)
BSAD 281. PRIVATE ENTERPRISE AND PUBLIC POLICY. (3)
BSAD 282. PRODUCT, PRODUCTION AND PRICING POLICY.

(3)
BSAD 283. MANAGEMENT POLICY FORMULATION. (3)
BSAD 284. POLICY ISSUES IN PUBLIC UTILITIES. (3)
BSAD 285. BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODOLOGY. (3)
BSAD 287. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ADMINJSTRATION.

(3)
BSAD 288. MANAGEMENT OF THE MULTINATIONAL FIRM.

(3)
BSAD 289. DEVELOPMENT AND TRENDS IN PRODUCTION

MANAGEMENT. (3)
BSAD 298. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BUSINESS ADMINIS-
TRATION. (1-9)
BSAD 399. THESIS. (1-12)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for course descriptions.

BSAD 210. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING THEORY I, (3)
BSAD 211. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING THEORY II. (3)
BSAD 212. ACCOUNTING IN REGULATED INDUSTRIES. (3)
BSAD 213. THE IMPACT OF TAXATION ON BUSINESS DE-
CISIONS. (3)
BSAD 214. CURRENT PROBLEMS OF PROFESSIONAL

PRACTICE. (3)
BSAD 220. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING I. (3)
BSAD 221. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 1 1. (3)
BSAD 230. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND BUSINESS DE-
CISIONS. (3)
BSAD 231. THEORY OF SURVEY DESIGN. (3)
BSAD 234. MANAGERIAL ANALYSIS I. (3)
BSAD 235. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE-DETERMINISTIC

MODELS. (3)
BSAD 236. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE-PROBABILISTIC

MODELS. (3)
BSAD 237. MANAGEMENT SIMULATION. (3)
BSAD 238. OPTIMIZATION METHODS FOR MANAGERIAL

ANALYSIS. (3)
BSAD 240. FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION. (3)
BSAD 241. WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT. (3)
BSAD 242. LONG-TERM CAPITAL MANAGEMENT. (3)
BSAD 243. INVESTMENT ANALYSIS. (3)
BSAD 244. PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT. (3)
BSAD 245. FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS. (3)
BSAD 247. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION.

(3)
BSAD 250. MARKETING ADMINISTRATION. (3)

BSAD 251. MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS MANAGE-
MENT. (3)

BSAD 252. MARKETING RESEARCH METHODS. (3)

BSAD 254. MARKETING CHANNELS ANALYSIS. (3)

BSAD 256. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN MARKETING: DE-
MAND AND COST ANALYSIS. (3)

BSAD 257. THEORY IN MARKETING. (3)

BSAD 258. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING. (3)

BSAD 260. MANAGEMENT PLANNING AND CONTROL SYS-
TEMS. (3)

BSAD 261. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-CURRENT PROB-
LEMS AND ISSUES. (3)

BSAD 262. ADMINISTRATION OF LABOR RELATIONS. (3)

BSAD 263. COMPARATIVE THEORIES feF ORGANIZATION.
(3)

BSAD 264. BEHAVIORAL FACTORS IN MANAGEMENT. (3)

BSAD 266. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT: MANPOWER PRO-
CUREMENT AND DEVELOPMENT. (3)

BSAD 267. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT: MANPOWER COM-
PENSATION AND EVALUATION. (3)

BSAD 269. APPLICATION OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE TO
BUSINESS. (3)

BSAD 270. TRANSPORTATION THEORY AND ANALYSIS. (3)

ECONOMICS

The program of studies in economics is de-
signed to meet the needs of students who wish to
concentrate either on a major or minor scale in this
division of the social sciences. Students who expect
to enroll in the professional schools and those who
are planning to enter the fields of business, public
administration, foreign service, or social service ad-
ministration will find courses in economics of consi-
derable value to them in their later work. A student
of economics should choose courses to meet the re-
quirements for his major objective. If he expects to
pursue graduate study, he should consult Graduate
School Announcements for the general require-
ments for advanced degrees.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ECONOMICS MAJOR

In addition to the University requirements in
General Education the student majoring in econom-
ics is required to complete a minimum of 36 semes-
ter hours in economics with an average grade of not
less than "C." Required courses are ECON 4, 31, 32,
102, and 132, and BSAD 130 (Statistics). Econom-
ics 111 may be taken in lieu of BSAD 130 by those
with a strong background and interest in mathe-
matics. A student will normally have earned nine
semester-hour-hours credit in the lower division
courses in economics prior to beginning advanced
work in the junior year. These lower division courses
must be completed with an average grade of not less
than "C."

Economics majors are expected to take ECON
102 prior to taking ECON 140 or 148 and Econ. 132
prior to taking ECON 142, 144, 160 or 170. ECON
102 and 132 will provide the theoretical foundation
for "sections recommended for the economics ma-
jor." Special sections for economics majors may be
offered in ECON 140, 142, 148 and 160.

Other courses in economics to meet the require-
ments of the major are to be selected with the aid of
a faculty adviser. Business Administration courses
which may count as economics credit are BSAD 130,
131, 132, 134, 135, and 184.

Economics majors enrolled in the College of
Arts and Sciences must, of course, fulfill all of the
specific requirements of that College; these include,
for example, work in a foreign language. All eco-
nomics majors must take six semester hours of
mathematics.

Economics majors enrolled in the College of
Business and Public Administration may elect to

170

Business and Public Administration

take a foreign language or, in lieu of foreign lan-
guage, may take BSAD 10 and GEOG 15.

An economics honors program is open to eco-
nomics majors entering their junior year. Students
must have an academic average of at least 3.0 to be
eligible for admittance to this program.

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR ECONOMICS MAJOR

Freshman Year Hours

ENGL I -Composition ond American Literature 3

MATH 10, 11 or 19. 20 6-8

ECON 4 -Economic Developments 3

Social Science Electives 6

Fine Arts or Philosophy Elective 3

Foreign Language or BSAD 10 and Elective 6

HLTH 5 -Science ond Theory of Health (men ond women) 2

Physical Activities (men ana women) 2

Free Elective 3

Total

Sophomore Year

ENGL 3. 4-Composition & World Literature

ECON 31, 32-Principles of Economics

Foreign Language or GEOG 15 and elective
Natural Science (one biological and one physical)
History

Total..

34-36

Hours

6
7-8

31-32

Junior ond Senior Years Hours

ECON 102 — National Income Analysis . 3

ECON 132-lntermediate Price Theory 3

BSAD 130-Business Statistics I 3

Electives in Economics and other subjects* 51

Total... ~ 60

PROFESSOR AND DEPARTMENT CHAIRMAN: Dillard.
PROFESSORS: Almon, Cumberland, Gruchy, O'Connell,

Schultze, Ulmer, and Wonnacott.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Aaron, Bennett, Bergmann, Dodge,

Dorsey, Harris, Knight, McGuire, Meyer, Olson, and Wein-

stein.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Adams, Atkinson, Betancourt,

Boorman, Clague, Cox, Day, Greer, Hexter, MacRae, Meer,

Quails, Singer, and Strober.
INSTRUCTORS: Fitzmaurice, Foster, Pearson, Rathbun, and

Kawahito.
LECTURERS: Amuzegar, Clinton, Denny, Green, Harrison,

Hopkins, Karlik, Lady, Layher, McLoone, Measday, Mills,

Moore, Murphy, Pierce, Schiller, Schink, Shipley, Snow,

Taylor, Tobin, and Whitman.

ECON 4. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS. (3)

First and second semesters. Freshman requirement in
business administration curriculums. An introduction to
modern economic institutions — their origins, develop-
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, in-
dustrial revolution, and age of mass production. Empha-
sis on developments in England, Western Europe and the
United States. (Snow, Staff)

ECON 31, 32. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, sophomore
standing. Required in the business administration cur-
riculums. In ECON 31 basic concepts, the monetary sys-
tem, the national accounts, national income analysis, and
business cycles are introduced. In ECON 32 emphasis is
placed on price theory, distribution, international trade,
and economic development.

(Dorsey, Moer, Schultze, Staff)

ECON 37 . FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMICS. (3)

First and second semesters. Not open to students who
have credit in ECON 31 and 31. Not open to freshmen or
to B.P.A. students. A survey of the general principles un-
derlying economic activity; analysis of leading economic
problems in the modern world. This is the basic course
in economics for students who are unable to take the
more complete course provided in ECON 31 and 32.

(Ulmer, Staff)

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

ECON 102. NATIONAL INCOME ANALYSIS. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. An
analysis of national income accounts and the level of na-
tional income and employment.

(Aaron. Layher, Moore, Shipley)

ECON 103. AMERICAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or
37. Long-term trends in the American economy and analy-
sis of the sources of output growth. Technological changes
and the diffusion of new technologies. These subjects
are discussed in the context of theoretical models.

(Shipley)

ECON 105. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
OF UNDERDEVELOPED AREAS. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or
37. An analysis of the economic and social characteris-
tics of underdeveloped aras. Recent theories of economic
development, obstacles to development; policies and
planning for development. (Adams, Betancourt, Harrison)

ECON 106. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF SELECTED
AREAS. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 105. Institutional characteristics of
a specific area are discussed and alternative strategies
and policies for development are analyzed.
ECON 106A— Latin America. (Bennett, Betancourt)

ECON 106B-Asia (Adams)

ECON 106C— Africa

ECON 111. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN ECONOMICS. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Econ. 102,
132. Economic theory as it relates to quantitative meth-
ods. Theory of statistical inference.

(Boorman, MacRae)

ECON 112. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN ECONOMICS II.
(3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, ECON 102, 132, 111,
and ECON 130, or permission of instructor. Formulation,
estimation and testing of economic models; theory of
identification in linear models, multiple regression and
analysis of variance; single-equation problems in eco-
nometric work and econometric methods in estimation
of multi-equation structures. Examples of current re-
search employing econometric methods. (Boorman)

ECON 120. INTRODUCTION TO REGIONAL AND URBAN
ECONOMICS. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102, or consent of in-
structor. Study of the theories, problems, and policies of
urban and regional economic development. (Harris)

ECON 130. MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 102 and 132 and
one year of college mathematics. A course designed to
enable economics majors to understand the simpler as-
pects of mathematical economics. Those parts of the
calculus and algebra required for economic analysis will
be presented. (MacRae, Hexter)

ECON 131. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, ECON 32 or
37. An investigation of the theory and practice of various
types of economic systems. An examination and evalua-
tion of the capitalistic system followed by an analysis of
alternative types of economic systems such as fascism,
socialism, and communism.

(Amuzegar, Denny, Dodge, Gruchy)

ECON 132. INTERMEDIATE PRICE THEORY. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, ECON 32. Re-
quired for economics majors. An analysis of price and dis-
tribution theory with special attention to recent develop-
ments in the theory of imperfect competition.

(Day, Harrison, O'Connell, Lady)

ECON 134. CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC THOUGHT. (3)

Prerequisites, ECON 32 and senior standing. Graduate
students should take ECON 232. A survey of recent
trends in American, English, and Continental economic
thought with special attention to the work of such econ-
omists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen,
W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other contributors to the
development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy)

ECON 137. THE ECONOMICS OF NATIONAL PLANNING. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An analysis of the princi-
ples and practice of economic planning with special ref-
erence to the planning problems of western European
countries and the United States. (Gruchy)

ECON 138. ECONOMICS OF THE SOVIET UNION. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, ECON 32 or
37. An analysis of the organization, operating principles
and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to
the historical and ideological background, planning, re-
sources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign
trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth of
national income. (Dodge)

ECON 140. MONEY AND BANKING. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, ECON 32.

Business and Public Administration

171

Relation of money and credit to economic activity and
prices; impact of public policy in financial markets and
in markets for goods and services; policies, structure,
and functions of the Federal Reserve System; organiza-
tion, operation, and functions of the commercial bank-
ing system, as related particularly to questions of eco-
nomic stability and public policy.

(Meyer, Boorman, Bennett)

ECON 141. THEORY OF MONEY, PRICES AND ECONOMIC
ACTIVITY. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, ECON 140. A theoretical
treatment of the influence of money and financial
markets on economic activity and prices, and of the ef-
fects of monetary policy on the markets for goods and
services; the role of money in the classical and Keynes-
ian macro-systems; topics of theoretical interest in mone-
tary policy formation and implementation.

(Meyer, Boorman)

ECON 142. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC FINANCE. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 31 and
32 or 32 and 37. A study of the role of federal, state, and
local governments in mobilizing resources to meet public
wants; principles and policies of taxation, debt manage-
ment, and government expenditures and their effects on
resource allocation, stabilization of income and prices,
income distribution and economic growth.

(Meer, McLoone, Shipley, Hinrichs)

ECON 143. THEORY OF PUBLIC FINANCE. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 142 and 102 or
consent of instructor. An economic analysis of the theory
and practice of public finance including taxation, debt
management, expenditures, and fiscal policy.

(Aaron, Singer)

ECON 144. STATE AND LOCAL PUBLIC FINANCE. (3)

Prerequisite, ECON 32 or 37. Principles and problems of
governmental finance with special reference to state and
local jurisdictions. Topics to be covered include taxation,
expenditures, and intergovernmental fiscal relations.

(Whitman)

ECON 147. BUSINESS CYCLES. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, ECON 140. A study of the
causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the
problem of controlling economic instability. (Almon)

ECON 148. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, ECON 32. A
descriptive and theoretical analysis of international
trade; balance of payments accounts; the mechanism of
international economic adjustment; comparative costs;
economics of customs unions.

(Wonnacott, Clague, Moore, Atkinson, Layher)

ECON 149. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICIES. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 148,
102, and 132. Contemporary balance of payments prob-
lems; the international liquidity controversy; investment,
trade and economic development; evaluation of argu-
ments for protection. (Atkinson, Moore)

ECON 160. LABOR ECONOMICS. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, ECON 31 and
32 or 37 and 32. A descriptive and theoretical analysis
of international trade; balance of payment accounts; the
mechanism of international economic admustment; com-
parative costs; economics of custom unions.

(Knight, Weinstein)

ECON 161. PROBLEMS IN LABOR ECONOMICS. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 160. A detailed
examination of current problems in labor economics in-
cluding: labor market and manpower problems, unem-
ployment compensation and social security, wage theories,
and productivity analysis. (Knight, Weinstein)

ECON 165. ECONOMICS OF POVERTY AND DISCRIMINA-
TION. (3)
Prerequisites; ECON 32 or 37. Topics include the causes
of the persistence of low income groups; the relation of
poverty to technological change, to economic growth,
and to education and training; economic motivations for
discrimination; the economic results of discrimination;
proposed remedies for poverty and discrimination.

(Bergmann)

ECON 170. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION. (3)

Prerequisite, ECON 32 or 37. Changing structure of the
American economy; price policies in different industrial
classifications of monopoly and competition in relation
to problems of public policy.

(Quails, Greer, Hexter)

ECON 171. ECONOMICS OF AMERICAN INDUSTRIES. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, ECON 32 or

37. A study of the technology, economics and geography
of representative American industries.

(Measday, Greer)

ECON 196, 197. HONORS SEMINAR. (3,3)

First and second semesters. Normally taken in the junior
year. Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in Economics.
Selected topics are investigated, and written reports are
submitted. (Knight)

ECON. 198. INDEPENDENT HONORS STUDY. (3)

First semester. Normally taken in the senior year. Pre-
requisites, Economics 196, 197 and candidacy for honors
in Economics. -Integrated reading under staff direction,
leading to the preparation of a thesis in Economics 199.

(Staff)

ECON 199. HONORS THESIS. (3)

Second semester. Prereqursites, Economics 198 and
candidacy for honors in Economics. General supervision
will be provided through assembled meetings with the
professor in charge of the course. (Staff)

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for course descriptions.

ECON 200. MICRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3)

(Almon, Ulmer, Pierce)
ECON 201. ADVANCED MICRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3)

(Almon, Ulmer)
ECON 202. MACRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3)

(Aaron, Bergmann, Pierce)
ECON 203. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN ECONOMIC DEVELOP-
MENT. (3)
ECON 204. ORIGINS AND DEVELOPMENTS OF CAPITALISM.
(3) (Olson)

ECON 205. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF UNDERDEVEL-
OPED AREAS. (3) (Bennett)
ECON 206. SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. (3)

(Bennett, Adams)
ECON 207. MONEY AND FINANCE IN ECONOMIC DEVELOP-
MENT. (3) (Bennett, Hinrichs)
ECON 209. WELFARE ECONOMICS. (3) (McGuire, Olson)
ECON 211. QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS I. (3)

(Bergmann, Green)
ECON 212. QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS II. (3)

(Bergmann, Green)
ECON 214. ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS. (3)

(Almon)
ECON 215. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS. (3)

(Almon)
ECON 217. ECONOMETRICS I. (3) (Hexter)

ECON 218. SEMINAR IN QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS. (3)

(Hexter)
ECON 220. ADVANCED REGIONAL AND URBAN ECONOM-
ICS. (3) (Cumberland)
ECON 221. SEMINAR IN REGIONAL AND URBAN ECONOM-
ICS. (3) (Harris)
ECON 230. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT. (3)

(Dillard)
ECON 231. ECONOMIC THEORY IN THE NINETEENTH CEN-
TURY. (3) (Dillard)
ECON 232, 233. SEMINAR IN INSTITUTIONAL ECONOMIC
THEORY. (3, 3) (Gruchy)
ECON 234. ECONOMIC GROWTH IN MATURE ECONOMIES.
(3) (Gruchy)
ECON 235. ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RE-
LATIONS. (3) (Wonnacott, Clague)
ECON 236. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC RE-
LATIONS. (3) Wonnacott, Clague)
ECON 237. SELECTED TOPICS IN ECONOMICS. (3)
ECON 238. SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF
THE SOVIET UNION. (3) (Dodge)
ECON 240. MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY. (3)

(Meyer)

ECON 241. SEMINAR IN MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY.

(3) (Meyer)

ECON 242. ADVArvC-ED THEORY OF PUBLIC FINANCE. (3)

(Schultze)

ECON 243. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC FINANCE. (3) (Aaron)

ECON 245. CASE STUDIES IN GOVERNMENT RESOURCE

ALLOCATION. (3) (McGuire, Singer)

ECON 246. PUBLIC SECTOR WORKSHOP. (3)

(McGuire, Singer)

7 72

Business and Public Administration

ECON 247. ECONOMIC GROWTH AND INSTABILITY. (3)

ECON 248. THE ECONOMICS OF TECHNICAL CHANGE. (3)

ECON 260. SEMINAR IN LABOR ECONOMICS. (3)

(Knight, Weinstein)

ECON 261. SELECTED TOPICS IN LABOR ECONOMICS. (3)

(Knight, Weinstein)

ECON 265. SEMINAR IN THE ECONOMICS OF POVERTY AND
DISCRIMINATION. (3) (Bergmann)

ECON 266. SEMINAR IN THE ECONOMICS OF HUMAN RE-
SOURCES. (3) (McLoone)

ECON 270. ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION. (3)

(Quails, Greer)

ECON 271. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION AND PUBLIC POLI-
CY. (3) (Quails, Greer)

ECON 399. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH.

ECON 499. DOCTORAL RESEARCH.

GEOGRAPHY

Geography studies the spatial patterns and in-
teractions of natural, cultural, and socio-economic
phenomena on the earth's surface. The field thus
embraces aspects of both the physical and the
social sciences, which are applied in the analysis of
patterns of distribution of individual phenomena, to
the study of complex interrelations of phenomena
found in a given region, and to the synthesis of geo-
graphic regions. A geographer should, therefore,
acquire background knowledge in certain aspects of
the physical as well as the social sciences.

Field work and map analysis have been the basic
tools of research for the geographer. In recent years
these have been augmented by the use of tech-
niques of air photo interpretation and presently by
the development of methods of interpreting data ob-
tained from the remote sensing devices of space
satellites. Modern geography also is making increas-
ing application of quantitative methods, including
the use of statistics and systems analysis, so that
mathematical training is becoming increasingly im-
portant for a successful career in geography.

Today geographers are employed in a wide range
of positions. Geographers in the federal government
work in the Departments of State, Interior, Defense,
Agriculture, Housing and Urban Affairs, Health, Ed-
ucation, and Welfare, and are on the staffs of the
legislative research branch, the Library of Congress
and the National Archives. At the state and local
government level there is an increasing demand for
geographers in planning positions. And in recent
years more and more geographers have found em-
ployment in private industry working on problems of
industrial and commercial location and market an-
alysis. Teaching at all levels from elementary school
through graduate work continues to employ more
geographers each year. Some have found geography
to be an excellent background for careers in the
military, in journalism, and general business; others
have simply found the broad perspective of geog-
raphy an excellent base for a general education.
Most professional positions in geography require
graduate training.

REQUIREMENT FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR

Because geography draws students with such a
variety of career and education aims the Department
has established major programs in both the College
of Business and Public Administration and in Arts
and Sciences. Moreover, students in the College of
Education and the Department of Secondary Educa-
tion can specialize in geography as their content
field.

Within any of the general major programs it is
possible for the student to adjust his program to fit
his particular individual interests, for the major re-
quirement in both BPA and A & S consists of a base
core of prescribed courses and a number of electives
selected by the student in consultation with a de-
partmental advisor. The major totals 33 semester
hours.

The required courses of the geography core are:

1. Geography Core (Geoq. 10. 11, 15, 109) 12 hrs

2. Field Study (Selected from Geog. 171a, b, c, d, or

Geog. 170) 3 hrs

3. A regional course 3 hrs

4. Elective systematic and technique courses .. 15 hrs

Total 33 hrs

The Geography Core — The following four courses
form the minimum essential base upon which ad-
vanced work in geography can be built:

Geog. 10-lntroduction to Physical Geography .... 3 hrs

Geog. 1 1 -Introduction to Cultural Geography 3 hrs

Geog. 15- Introduction to Economic Geography ... 3 hrs
Geog. 109- Introduction to Research and Writing

in Geography 4 hrs

The three lower division courses are to be completed
prior to Geog. 109 and all other upper division
courses. Geog. 10, 11 and 15 may be taken in any
order and a student may register for more than one
in-any semester. Geog. 109 is specifically designed
as a prologue to upper division work and should be
taken the first semester of the junior year. A reason-
able load of other upper division work in geography
may be taken concurrently with Geog. 109.

The Field Study Requirement— The field study re-
quirement may be completed in either of two ways,
depending on which is available in the schedule: (1)
bv taking Geography 170— Local Field Course, 3 hrs.
or (2) by taking three out of four of the following one-
hour field study courses each stressing a different
aspect of geographic field work: Geog. 171a— Field
Study: Physical Geography; Geog. 171b— Field
Study: Rural Areas; Geog. 171c— Field Study: Urban
Geography; Field Study: Field Techniques. Normally
two of the different one-hour courses will he offered
each semester, and the student should arrange to
take them as is convenient during the junior and
senior years.

Introduction to Geography— Geography 1: Introduc-
tion to Geography is a general education course for
persons who have had no previous contact with the
discipline in high school or for persons planning to
take only one course in geography. It provides a gen-
eral overview of the field rather than of a single spe-
cialized subdivision.

AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION

Although the major program is flexible and can
be designed to fit any individual student's own inter-
est, several specializations attract numbers of stu-
dents. They are:

Urban Geography and Regional Development-
Provides preparation for careers in planning and
teaching. Majors electing this specialty take depart-
mental courses in urban geography, industrial loca-
tion, transportation, and economic geography
among others and supporting courses in urban so-
ciology, urban economics, and urban transportation
outside the department.

Physical Geography— This area of interest calls
for courses in geomorphology, climatology, and re-
sources and supporting courses in geology, agron-
omy, fluid mechanics, and botany.

Business and Public Administration

173

Cartography— Prepares students for careers in
map design and interpretation and in photo analy-
sis. The department offers various courses in map
drafting, cartographic theory, map evaluation, and
map and photo interpretation and students can take
supporting courses in art, civil engineering.

Cultural Geography— Of interest to students
particularly concerned with the geographic aspects
of population, politics, and other social and cultural
phenomena, and in historical geography. In addition
to departmental course offerings this specialization
depends on work in sociology, anthropology, govern-
ment and politics, history and economics.

For further information on any of these areas of
interest the student should contact a departmental
advisor.

Geography majors in the College of Arts and Sci-
ences must take 12 hours of foreign language, un-
less qualifying for fewer hours, but majors in BPA
have the option of substituting at least 12 hours in
courses developing competence in quantitative
methods, to the extent that these courses have not
been taken in the General Education Program.
Alternative quantitative method sequences:

1. For a student who has taken MATH 010, the
sequence can be MATH Oil, 014 and 015
and BSAD 130 or any other suitable statis-
tics course approved by the advisor. The 12
hours can also be satisfied try taking only
MATH Oil and 014 and then BSAD 130 and
131 but no other combination with other
statistics courses is allowed in this case.

2. A student who has taken MATH 018 follows
the sequence of MATH 019, 020 and 021 to
complete the 12 hours. As these are four
credit courses the student could not sub-
stitute MATH 021 with a three credit statis-
tics course unless he secures special per-
mission for his specific situation.

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR GEOGRAPHY

MAJORS IN THE COLLEGE OF

BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Freshman Year Hours

GEOG 1 -Introduction to Geography (if needed!

see description of course) 3

GEOG 10-lntroduction to Physical Geography 3

BOTN 1-General Botany 4

GEOL 1-Geography 3

HISTORY -Towards general education requirement 3

ENGLISH -Composition 3

PHILOSOPHY OR FINE ARTS-Towards general education

requirement 3

MATH 10 or 18-Towards general education requirement 3

HLTH 5-Health Education 2

Physical Activities-(Men and Women) 2

Foreign Languoge 6

Alternative to foreign longuage (MATH 1 1 or 19) 3-4

35 32/33

Sophomore Year Hours

GEOG 1 1 -Introduction to Cultural Geography 3

GEOG 15-lrrtroduction to Economic Geography 3

HISTORY -Towards general education requirement 3

ENGLISH 3.4- World Literature 6

Two Sociai Sciences -Towards general education

requirements 6

One elective -(depending on area of specialization) 3

Foreign Language 6

Alternative to foreign languoge (MATH 14. 15 or 20) 6-4

33 33/31

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR
GEOGRAPHY MAJORS IN THE COLLEGE OF
ARTS AND SCIENCES

Junior Year Hours

GEOG 109-lntroduction to Reseorch ond Writing in

Geography 3

GEOG (A Regional Course) 3

GEOG (Systematic ond Techniques courses) 6

Supporting courses and electives 21 18
Alternative to foreign longuage

(BSAD 130 or MATH 21) 3-4

Senior Year Hours

GEOG (Systematic Techniques courses, including 3

hours of field techniques) 12 (minimum)

Supporting courses and electives 18

Freshman Year Hours

GEOG 1 -Introduction to Geography (if needed, see

description of course) 3

GEOG 10-lntroduction to Physical Geography 3

BOTN 1 -Generol Botany 4

GEOL 1 -Geology 3

HISTORY -Towards general educotion requirements 3

ENGLISH 1 -Composition 3

MATH 3 or 10- Fundamentals of Mathematics or Introduction

to Mathematics 4-3

HLTH 5-Health Education 2

Physical Activities (Men ond Women) 2

Foreign Language 6

33-32

Sophomore Year Hours

GEOG 1 1 -Introduction to Culturol Geography 3

GEOG 15- Introduction to Economic Geography 3

HISTORY -Towards general educotion requirement 3

ENGLISH 3,4-World Literature 6

PHILOSOPHY OR FINE ARTS-Towards general educotion

requirements 3

Two Social Sciences -(Towards general education

requirements) 6

Foreign Language 3

SPCH 1 —Public Speaking 3

Junior Year Hours

GEOG 109-lntroduction to Research ond Writing

in Geography 3

GEOG (A Regional Course) 3

GEOG (Systematic and Techniques Courses) 6

Supporting courses and electives 21

(In this group care must be taken to complete the Arts and Sci-
ences requirement of 12 hours in Natural Science and Mathe-
matics)

Senior Year Hours

GEOG (Systematic and Techniques courses, including

hours of field techniques) 12 (minimum)

Supporting courses and electives 18

GEOGRAPHY MINOR AND SECONDARY
EDUCATION GEOGRAPHY SPECIALIZATION

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION MAJORS

Secondary Education Majors with a concentra-
tion in geography are required to take 27 hours in
the content field. Geography 10, 11, 15 and 199 are
required courses. The remaining 15 hours of the
program consists of 6 hours of regional geography
and 9 hours of upper-division systematic courses.
For majors in Elementary Education and others
needing a geography course for teaching certifica-
tion Geography 1 is the required course.

Geography minors should take at least Geog. 10, 11,
and 15 in the Geography core and 109 is recom-
mended. As with the major, these courses should be
taken before any others.

PROFESSORS: Ahnert, Deshler. Fonaroff, Harper, Hu.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Chaves. Wiedel, Hudson (Visiting).
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brodsky. Dando. Groves, Mitchell.

Thompson
LECTURERS: Kinerney, Lewis. Rosenthal, Wray.

GEOG 1. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY. (3)

An introduction to the broad field ot geography as it is
applicable to the general education student. The course
presents the basic rationale of variations in human oc-
cupancy of the earth and stresses geographic concepts
relevant to understanding world, regional and local is-
sues.

GEOG 10. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Examination of the basic concepts of physical geography

J 74

Business and Public Administration

including those involving landforms, climate, vegetation,
soils, and mineral resources and the interrelations be-
tween them.

GEOG 11. INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. (3)

Examination of the basic concepts of human geography
such as those relating to geography of political, popula-
tion, settlement, and cultural phenomena.

GEOG 15. INTRODUCTORY ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. (3)

A study of physical and economic factors that underlie
production. The roles of climate, soils, and landforms;
and geographic distribution of agricultural, power and
mineral resources, and the nature and uses of carto-
graphic materials.

FOR GRAOUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

GEOG 100. REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF EASTERN ANGLO-
AMERICA. (3)

Prerequisite GEOG 10 or GEOG 15, or permission of the
instructor. A study of the cultural and economic geog-
raphy and the geographic regions of eastern United
States and Canada, including an analysis of the signifi-
cance of the physical basis for present-day diversifica-
tion of development, and the historical geographic back-
ground.

GEOG 101. REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF WESTERN ANGLO-
AMERhCA. (3)
Prerequisite, GEOG 10 or GEOG 15, or permission of the
instructor. A study of western United States, western
Canada, and Alaska along the lines mentioned under
GEOG 100.

GEOG 103. GEOGRAPHIC CONCEPTS AND SOURCE MATE-
RIALS. (3)
A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic
concepts designed exclusively for teachers. Stress will
be placed upon the philosophy of geography in relation
to the social and physical sciences, the use of the pri-
mary tools of geography, source materials, and the prob-
lems of presenting geographic principles. (Kinerney)

GEOG 104. GEOGRAPHY OF MAJOR WORLD REGIONS. (3)
A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and
prospects of the world's principal human-geographic re-
gions, including Europe, Anglo-America, the Soviet Un-
ion, the Far East, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the
causal factors of differentiation and the role geographic
differences play in the interpretation of the current
world scene. This course is designed especially for teach-
ers.

GEOG 105. GEOGRAPHY OF MARYLAND AND ADJACENT
AREAS. (3)
An analysis of the physical environment, natural re-
sources, and population in relation to agriculture, in-
dustry, transport, and trade in the state of Maryland and
adjacent areas.

GEOG 109. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC RESEARCH
AND WRITING. (3)
Development of research methods in geography includ-
ing the formulation of problem, the establishment of hy-
potheses, development of structures for testing hypoth-
eses, and practice with forms of geographic presentation.
Maps, quantitative, and field methods will be used as ap-
propriate.

GEOG 110. ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY OF
CARIBBEAN AMERICA. (3)
An analysis oi the physical framework, broad economic
and historical trends, cultural patterns, and regional di-
versification of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies,
and parts of Colombia and Venezuela. (Chaves)

GEOG 111. ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY Of
SOUTH AMERICA. (3)
A survey of natural environment and resources, eco-
nomic development and cultural diversity of the South
American republics, with emphasis upon problems and
prospects of the countries. (Chaves)

GEOG 118. GEOMORPHOLOGY. (3)

Study of major morphological processes, the develop-
ment of land forms, and the relationships between var-
ious types of land forms and land use problerfVSr. Ex-
mination of the physical features of the earth's surface
and their geographic distributions. (Ahnert)

GEOG 119. CLIMATOLOGY. (3)

The geographic aspects of climate with emphasis on
energy-moisture budgets, steady-state and non-steady
state climatology, and climatic variations at both marcro
and micro-scales. (Dando)

GEOG 120. GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. (3)

First and second semesters. Agricultural and industrial

development of Europe and present-day problems in re-
lation to the physical and cultural setting of the con-
tinent and its natural resources.

GEOG 122. ECONOMIC RESOURCES AND DEVELOPMENT
OF AFRICA. (3)

The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural
and mineral production; the various stages of economic
development and the potentialities of the future.

(Deshler)

GEOG 125. GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA. (3)

Lands, climates, natural resources and major economic
activities in Asia (except Soviet Asia). Outstanding dif-
ferences between major regions. (Hu)

GEOG 126. CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY. (3)

Prerequisite, GEOG 10, GEOG 11, or consent of instruc-
tor. An analysis of the impact of man through his ideas
and technology on the evolution of geographic land-
scapes. Major themes in the relationships between cul-
tures and environments. (Fonaroff)

GEOG 127. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA
BEFORE 1800. (3)
An analysis of the changing geography of the U.S. and
Canada from pre-Columbian times to the end of the 18th
century. Emphasis on areal variations and changes in the
settlements and economies of Indian and colonial popu-
lations. Areal specialization and the changing patterns of
agriculture, industry, trade and transportation. Popula-
tion growth, composition and interior expansion. Re-
gionalization. (Mitchell)

GEOG 128. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA
AFTER 1800. (3)
An analysis of the changing geography of the U.S. and
Canda from 1800 to the 1920's. Emphasis on the settle-
ment expansion and socio-economic development of the
U.S., and comparisons with the Canadian experience.
Immigration economic activities. Industrialization, trans-
portation and urbanization. (Mitchell)

GEOG 129. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. (3)

An analysis of the changing geography of Europe at se-
lected periods from prehistoric times until the end of the
19th Century with particular emphasis on Western
Europe. Changing patterns of population, agriculture, in-
dustry, trade and transportation. Development of the na-
tion-state. Impact of overseas expansion. Agricultural
and Industrial Revolutions.

GEOG 130. ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY OF
EASTERN ASIA. (3)
Study of China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; physical
geographic setting; population; economic and political
geography. Potentialities of major regions and recent de-
velopments. (Hu)

GEOG 131 ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY OF
SOUTHEAST ASIA. (3)
Study of the Indian subcontinent. Farther India, Indo-
nesia: physical geographic setting; population; economic
and political geography. Potentialities of various coun-
tries and regions and their role in present Asia. (Hu)

GEOG 134 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY OF CHINA AND JAPAN.
(3)
Survey of geographical distribution and interpretation of
cultural patterns of China and Japan. Emphasis on basic
cultural institutions, outlook on life, unique characteris-
tics of various groups. Trends of cultural change and
contemporary problems. (Hu)

GEOG 140. GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOVIET UNION. (3)

The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geog-
raphy factors in the expansion of the Russian state. The
geography of agricultural and industrial production, in
relation to available resources, transportation problems,
and diversity of population. (Dando)

GEOG 145 SYSTEMATIC AND REGIONAL CLIMATOLOGY.
(3)
Prerequisite, GEOG 42, or permission of instructor.
Methodology and techniques of collecting and evaluating
climatological information. A critical examination of
climatic classifications. Distribution of world climates
and their geographical implications. (Lewis)

GEOG 146. REGIONAL GEOMORPHOLOGY. (3)

Regional and comparative morphology, with special em-
phasis upon Anglo-America. (Atinert)

GEOG 150. HISTORY AND THEORY OF CARTOGRAP^. (3)
The development of maps throughout history. (Jsograph-
ical orientation, coordinates, and map scales. Map pro-
jections, their nature, use and limitations. Principles of
representation of features on physical and cultural maps.
Modern uses of maps and relationships between charac-
teristics of maps and use types.

Business and Publfc MmhfSiretton 1 75

GEOG 151 152. CARTOGRAPHY AND GRAPHICS PRAC-
TICUM. (3, 3)
One hour lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Techniques and problems of compilation, design,
and construction of various types of maps and graphs.
Relationships between map making and modern meth-
ods of production and reproduction. Trips to representa-
tive plants. Laboratory work directed toward cartographic
problems encountered in the making of nontopographic
maps. (Wiedel)

GEOG 153. PROBLEMS OF CARTOGRAPHY REPRESENTA-
TION AND PROCEDURE. (3)
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Study
of cartographic compilation methods. Principles and
problems of symbolization, classification, and representa-
tion of map data. Problems of representation of features
at different scales and for different purposes. Place-
name selection and lettering; stick-up and map composi-
tion.

GEOG 154. PROBLEMS OF MAP EVALUATION. (3)

Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week.
Schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoret-
ical and practical means of determining map reliability,
map utility, and source materials. Nature, status, and
problems of topographic mapping in different parts of
the world. Non-topographic special use maps. Criteria of
usefulness for purposes concerned and of reliability.

(Wiedel)

GEOG 155. INTERPRETATION OF TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS AND
AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS. (3)
Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis
on the recognition of landforms of different types and
man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil, and other
data that may be derived from aerial photographs. Types
of aerial photographs and limitations of photo interpreta-
tion. (Wray)

GEOG 156. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 10 and 11. SOCY or BSAD 130 or
consent of instructor. The geographic applications of
statistical methods. Emphasis will be placed on sources
of quantitative data useful to geographers, measure-
ments of location and association, and graphic analysis
and representation of quantitative data.

(Brodsky, Thompson)

GEOG 160. ADVANCED ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY I. AGRI-
CULTURAL RESOURCES. (3)

Prerequisite, GEOG 10 or GEOG 15. The nature of agri-
cultural resources, the major types of agricultural ex-
ploitation in the world, and the geographic distribution
of certain major crops and animals in relation to physical
environment and economic geographic conditions. Main
problems of conservation. (Deshler)

GEOG 161. ADVANCED ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY II. MIN-
ERAL RESOURCES. (3)
Prerequisite, GEOG 10 or GEOG 15. The nature and geog-
graphic distribution of the principal power, metallic and
other minerals. Economic geographic aspects of modes
of exploitation. Consequences of geographic distribu-
tion and problems of conservation.

GEOG 163. WATER RESOURCES AND WATER RESOURCE
PLANNING. (3)
GEOG 10 or 15, or permission of instructor. Water as a
component of the human environment. A systematic ex-
amination of various aspects of water, including problems
of domestic and industrial water supply, irrigation, hy-
droelectric power, fisheries, navigation, flood damage
reduction and recreation. (Hudson)

GEOG 170. LOCAL FIELD COURSE. (3)

Training in geographic field methods and techniques.
Field observation of land use in selected rural and urban
areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture per week with
Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily
for undergraduates.

GEOG 171a, b, c, d. FIELD STUDY (1, 1, 1, 1)

Each section of this course will center on a different
type of field study: a-physical geography, b-rural geog-
raphy, c-urban geography, and d-field techniques. Each
section will consist of several field study experiences in
the local area. Geography majors must complete three
of the four sections of the course.
GEOG 180. SCIENTIFIC METHODOLOGY AND HISTORY OF
GEOGRAPHY. (3)
For undergraduate and graduate majors in Geography.
May be taken also by students with a minimum of nine
hours in systematic and six hours in regional geography.
A comprehensive and systematic study of the history
nature, and basic principles of geography, with special

reference to the major schools of geographic thought; a
critical evaluation of some of the important geographical
works and methods of geographic research. (Hu)

GEOG 190. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. (3)

Geographical factors in national power and international
relations; an analysis of the role of "geopolitics" and
"geostrategy," with special reference to the current
world scene. (Rosenthal, Chaves)

GEOG 191. POPULATION GEOGRAPHY. (3)

Prerequisite, GEOG 10 or 15, or permission of the in-
structor. An analysis of world population distribution
patterns as revealed by demographic data. Emphasis is
placed upon a comparison of population density, growth,
composition and migration with natural resources and
state of technological advancement. Case studies from
the Geographical literature will be used. (Fonaroff)

GEOG 195. GEOGRAPHY OF TRANSPORTATION. (3) '

The distribution of transport routes on the earth's sur-
face; patterns of transport routes; the adjustment of
transport routes and media to conditions of the natural
environment centers and their distribution. (Thompson)

GEOG 196. INDUSTRIAL LOCALIZATION. (3)

Factors and trends in the geographic distribution of the
manufacturing industries of the world, analyzed with
reference to theories of industrial location. (Groves)

GEOG 197. URBAN GEOGRAPHY. (3)

Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site
Shd location with reference to cities. The patterns and
functions of some major world cities will be analyzed.
Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be
appraised. (Brodsky)

GEOG 198. TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (1-3)

Independent study under individual guidance. Restricted
to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at
least 24 hours in geography, and to graduate students.
Any exception should have the approval of the Head of
the Department.

GEOG 199. UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH. (3)

Directed regional or systematic study involving several
subfields of geography, including cartographic presenta-
tion, and usually requiring field work; and leading to an
undergraduate thesis.

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for course descriptions.
GEOG 200. FIELD COURSE. (3)
GEOG 202. 203. SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY.

(3,3)
GEOG 204, 205. SEMINAR IN CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY.

(3,3)
GEOG 206. 207. SEMINAR IN PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
GEOG 210. 211. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN

AMERICA. (3, 3)
GEOG 220, 221. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF

EUROPE AND AFRICA. (3, 3)
GEOG 230, 231. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF EAST

ASIA. (3, 3)
GEOG 240, 241. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE

U.S.S.R. (3, 3)
GEOG 246. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE NEAR

EAST. (3)
GEOG 250. SEMINAR IN CARTOGRAPHY. (Credit Arranged)
GEOG 260. ADVANCED GENERAL CLIMATOLOGY. (3)
GEOG 261. APPLIED CLIMATOLOGY. (3)
GEOG 262, 263. SEMINAR IN METEOROLOGY AND

CLIMATOLOGY. (3, 3)
GEOG 280. GEOMORPHOLOGY. (3)
GEOG 290 291. SELECTED TOPICS IN GEOGRAPHY.

(1-3)
GEOG 399. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Credit to be ar-
ranged)

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

The Department of Government and Politics of-
fers programs designed to prepare students for gov-
ernment service, politics, foreign assignments, and
intelligent and purposeful citizenship.

Business and Public Administration students
may major in Government and Politics. At the Jun-

176

Business and Public Administration

ior/Senior level they may pursue the general GVPT
curriculum or they may pursue a more specialized
curriculum either in International Affairs or in
Public Administration.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
MAJOR

Government and Politics majors must take a
minimum of 36 semester hours in GVPT courses
and may not count more than 42 hours in GVPT to-
ward graduation. No course in which the grade is
less than "C" may be counted as part of the major
work.

The Government and Politics fields are as fol-
lows: (1) American Government and Politics; (2)
Comparative Government; (3) International Affairs;
(4) Political Theory; (5) Public Administration; (6)
Public Law; and (7) Public Policy and Political Be-
havior.

All GVPT majors are required to take GVPT 1, 3,
20, and 141 or 142 (Political Theory). They must
take one GVPT course from three separate GVPT
fields as designated by the Department; and in ad-
dition: (a) GVPT majors (general) must take at least
15 GVPT semester hours at the 100 level; (b) GVPT
majors taking the International Affairs curriculum
must complete at least 15 semester hours at the
100 level in International Affairs and Comparative
Government courses, including GVPT 101; (c) GVPT
majors taking the Public Administration curriculum
must complete at least 15 semester hours at the
100 level in Public Administration, including GVPT
110.

All students majoring in GVPT (general) or GVPT
with specialization in Public Administration must
complete the intermediate level of a foreign lan-
guage. Students majoring in GVPT with specializa-
tion in International Affairs must take a minimum
of 12 semester hours in one foreign language above
the first year elementary course. (The first year ele-
mentary requirement may be waived by high school
credit or placement tests).

All students majoring GVPT must fulfill the
requirements of a minor, which involves the com-
pletion of 15 semester hours from approved Depart-
ments other than GVPT. At least six of the 15 hours
must be taken at the 100 level from a single Depart-
ment. Students majoring in GVPT with specializa-
tion in International Affairs may choose to take all
minor courses either in geographical area studies
or on a Departmental basis; geographical area
minors may be chosen, with the consent of the de-
partmental adviser, from the following: Africa, East
Asia, Europe, Latin America, the Middle East, and
the Soviet Union. GVPT general majors and GVPT
majors specializing in Public Administration may
not minor in geographical area studies.

Students who major in G. & P. may apply for ad-
mission to the G. & P. Honors Program during the
second semester of their sophomore year. Addi-
tional information concerning the Honors Program
may be obtained at the departmental offices.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS Hours

ECON31.32 6

ENGL 1. 3, 4 9

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3

Foreign Language 12

(International Affairs students must have 12 foreign
language credits above the first year elementary level)

GVPT 1,3.20 9

History. .',

MATH 10, 11 .... 6

Science (One Physical Science and one Biological Science) 7

Social Science (to fulfill Gen. Educ. Program requirement) 3

SPCH 1 3

~64

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
G. & P. GENERAL CURRICULUM

GVPT 141 or 1 42 (Pohticol Theory)

One course from each of three GVPT fields as

designated by the Departme' I
Additional 100-level GVPT courses

iMuy not all be taken in International

Affairs/Comparative Government, or all in

Public Administration)
Requirements for minor
Statistics
Electives recommended by adviser

Hours
3

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE G. & P.

INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS CURRICULUM Hours

GVPT 141 oi 142 (Political Theory) 3
One course from each of three GVPT fields

as designated by the Department 9
Additional 100-level International Affairs and Comparative

Government courses including GVPT 101 .... 15
Requirements for minor

(Departmental or Geographical Area Studies) 18

Statistics 3

Electives recommended by adviser 12

GVPT 141 or 142 (Political Theory) 3

One course from each of three GVPT fields

as designated by the Department 9

Additional 100-level Public Administration courses

including GVPT 110 . 15

Requirements for minor 18

Statistics 3

Electives recommended by adviser 12

^60

Professor and Department Head: Don C. Piper.

Professors: Anderson, Burdette, Dillon, Harrison, Hathorn,
Hsueh, Jacobs, McNellyand Plischke.

Associate Professors: Byrd, Claude, Conway, Koury, Stone,
Wolfe and Ranald (visiting 1969-70).

Assistant Professors: Bechtold, Butterworth, Chaples, De-
vine, Glendening, Heisler, Ingles Lanning, McGregor, McCar-
rick, Oliver, Spencer, Terchek, Werlin and Wilkenfeld.

Lecturers: Barber, King, Larson, Melnick, Reeves and Sebert.

GVPT 1. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. (3)

This course is designed as the basic course in government
and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to other courses
in the Department as specified in the catalogue. It is a
comprehensive study of government in the United States-
national, state, and local.

GVPT 3. PRINCIPLES OF GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. (3)
A study of the basic principles and concepts of political
science. This course may be used to satisfy, in part, the
Social Science requirement in the General Education
Program.

GVPT 20. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. Development, concepts, and tech-
niques of the behavio>al approach to political science.
Comparison with traditional approaches.

GVPT 40. POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A survey and analysis of the lead-
ing ideologies of the modern world, including anarchism,
communism, socialism, fascism, nationalism, and de-
mocracy.

GVPT 60. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1 . A study of the functioning and prob-
lems of state and local government in the United States,
with illustrations from Maryland jurisdictions.

GVPT 90. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT. (3)
An introduction to the field of comparative politics in-
cluding exposure to the analytic frameworks through which
comparative studies of politics and governmental institu-
tions can be undertaken and a survey of the salient types
of political systems. (Replaces GVPT 97).

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES

GVPT 101. INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL RELATIONS. (3)
A study of the major factors underlying international re-
lations, the methods of conducting foreign relations, the
foreign policies of the major powers, and the means of
avoiding or alleviating international conflicts. This course
may be used to satisfy, in part, the Social Science re-
quirement in the General Education Program.

GVPT 102. INTERNATIONAL LAW. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of the basic character,

Business and Public Administration

177

general principles, and specific rules of international
Taw, with emphasis on recent and contemporary trends
in the field and its relation to other aspects of interna-
tional affairs.

GVPT 103. CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN POLITICS. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A survey of contemporary develop-
ment in the international politics of Africa, with special
emphasis on the role of an emerging Africa in world affairs

GVPT 104. INTER-AMERICAN RELATIONS. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. An analytical and historical study
of the Latin-American policies of the United States and
of problems in our relations with individual countries,
with emphasis on recent developments.

GVPT 105. RECENT FAR EASTERN POLITICS. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. The background and interpretation
of recent political events in. the Far East and their influ-
ence on world politics.

GVPT 106. AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. The principles and machinery of
the conduct of American foreign relations, with emphasis
on the Department of State and the Foreign Service, and
an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United
States.

GVPT 107. CONTEMPORARY MIDDLE EASTERN POLITICS.
(3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A survey of contemporary develop-
ment in the international politics of the Middle East,
with special emphasis on the role of emerging Middle East
nations in world affairs.

GVPT 108. INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of the objectives, structure,
functions, and procedures of international organizations,
including the United Nations and such functional and re-
gional organizations as the Organization of American States.

GVPT 109. FOREIGN POLICY OF THE U.S.S.R. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of the development of the
foreign policy of the Soviet union, with attention paid to
the forces and conditions that make for continuities and
changes from Tsarist policies.

GVPT 110. PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of public administration in
the United States giving special attention to the principles
of organization and management and to fiscal, personnel,
planning, and public relations practices.

GVPT 111. PUBLIC PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 110 or BSAD 160. A survey of public
personnel administration, including the development of
merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification,
recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service
ratings, training, discipline, employee relations, and re-
tirement.

GVPT 112. PUBLIC FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 110 or ECON 142. A survey of govern-
mental financial procedures, including processes of cur-
rent and capital budgeting, the administration of public
borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the
machinery of control through pre-audit and post-audit.

GVPT 113. GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION AND MAN-
AGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 110. A study of the theories of or-
ganization and management in American government with
emphasis on new trends, experiments, and reorganiza-
tions.

GVPT 120. PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL BEHAVIOR. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. The problem approach to political
behavior with emphasis on theoretical and empirical
studies on selected aspects of the political process.

GVPT 122. QUANTITATIVE POLITICAL ANALYSIS. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 20, or consent of instructor. Intro-
duction to quantitative methods of data analysis, includ-
ing selected statistical methods, bloc analysis, content
analysis, and scale construction.

GVPT 124. LEGISLATURES AND LEGISLATION. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A comprehensive study of legislative
organization, procedure, and problems, the course in-
cludes opportunities for student contact with Congress
and with the Legislature of Maryland.

GVPT 127. POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 20, or consent of instructor. A study
of the societal aspects of political life, including selected
aspects of the sociology of group formation and group dy-
namics, political association, community integration and
political behavior presented in the context of the societal
environments of political systems.

GVPT 131. INTRODUCTION TO CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A systematic inquiry into the gen-

eral principles of the American constitutional system,
with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the
interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitu-
tion.

GVPT 132. CIVIL RIGHTS AND THE CONSTITUTION. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 131. A study of'cNvil rights in the
American constitutional context, emphasizing freedom of
religion, freerfoVn of expression, minority discrimination,
and the rights of defendants.

GVPT 133. THE JUDICIAL PROCESS. (3)

Prerequisite. GVPT 1. An examination of judicial organiza-
tion in the United States at all levels of government, with
some emphasis on legal reasoning, legal research, and court
procedures.

GVPT 134. RACE RELATIONS AND PUBLIC LAW. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A political and legal examination of
the constitutionally protected rights affecting racial mi-
norities and of the constitutional power of the Federal
Courts, Congress, and the Executive to define, protect and
extend these rights.

GVPT 141. HISTORY OF POLITICA1 THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A survey of the principal political
theories set forth in the works of writers before Mach-
iavelli.

GVPT, 142. RECENT POLITICAL THEORY MODERN AND
RECENT. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A survey of the principal political
theories set forth in the works of writers from Mach-
iavelli to J.S. Mill.

GVPT 143. CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 141 or GVPT 142. A survey of the
principal political theories and ideologies from 1 Karl Marx
to the present.

GVPT 144. AMERICAN POLITICAL THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of the development and
growth of American political concepts from the colonial
period to the present.

GVPT 145. RUSSIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A survey and analysis of political
ideas in Russia and the Soviet Union from early times
to the present.

GVPT 150H. HONORS SEMINAR IN AMERICAN GOVERN-
MENT AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite, admission to Honors Program. Directed read-
ing, reporting, and discussion on the major materials of
historical and contemporary relevance in the fields of
American government and public administration.

GVPT 151H. HONORS SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE GOV-
ERNMENT AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite, admission to Honors Program. Directed read-
ing, reporting and discussion centering on the major ma-
terials of historical and contemporary relevance in the
fields of comparative government and international re-
lations.

GVPT 152H HONORS SEMINAR IN PUBLIC LAW AND
POLITICAL THEORY. (3)

Prerequisite, admission to Honors Program. Directed read-
ing, reporting, and discussion centering on the major mate-
rials of historical and contemporary relevance in the
fields of public law and political theory.

GVPT 153H. HONORS SEMINAR IN PUBLIC POLICY AND
POLITICAL BEHAVIOR (AND METHODOLOGY). (3)
Prerequisite, admission to Honors Program. Directed read-
ing, reporting, and discussion centering on the major ma-
terials of historical and contemporary relevance in the
fields of public policy and political behavior.

GVPT 154. PROBLEMS OF WORLD POLITICS. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of governmental problems
of international scope, such as causes of war, problems
of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to
report on readings from current literature.

GVPT 155H. HONORS RESEARCH. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, admission to Honors Program. Individual
and research. In his last semester each student prepares
an original research paper.

GVPT 156H. CURRENT LITERATURE IN GOVERNMENT
AND POLITICS. (1, 1. 1, 1)
Each student is assigned designated journals in consulta-
tion with the instructor. He prepares and distributes to
his colleagues abstracts of selected articles, answers
questions on the abstracts, and reports orally, in turn, on
one or more articles of his choice.

GVPT 160. STATE AND LOCAL ADMINISTRATION. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of the administrative struc-
ture, procedures, and policies of state and local govern-
ments with special emphasis on the state level and on

178 Business and Public Administration

intergovernmental relationships, and with illustrations
from Maryland governmental arrangements

GVPT 161. METROPOLITAN ADMINISTRATION. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. An examftiation of administrative
problems relating to public services, planning, and co-
ordination in a metropolitan environment.

GVPT 162. URBAN POLITICS. (3)

Urban political processes and institutions considered in
the light of changing social and economic conditions.

GVPT 171. Problems of AMERICAN PUBLIC POLICY. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. The background and interpretation
of various factors which affect the formation and execu-
tion of American public policy.

GVPT 174. POLITICAL PARTIES. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A descriptive and analytical ex-
amination of American political parties, nominations,
elections, and political leadership.

GVPT 175. THE PRESIDENCY AND THE EXECUTIVE
BRANCH (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. An examination of the executive,
legislative and party roles of the president in the political
process.

GVPT 178. PUBLIC OPINION. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. An examination of public opinion
and its effect on political action, with emphasis on opin-
ion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pres-
sure groups.

GVPT 181. ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of the discretion exercised
by administrative agencies, including analysis of their func-
tions, their powers over persons and property, their
procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.

GVPT 185. COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PUBLIC ADMINIS-
TRATION. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 90, GVPT 110, or consent of instruc-
tor. An introduction to the study of governmental adminis-
trative systems viewed from the standpoint of compara-
tive typologies and theoretical schemes useful in cross-
national comparisons and empirical studies of the poli-
tics of the administrative process in several nations.
Both Western and Non-western countries are included.

GVPT 189. COMPARATIVE STUDY OF FOREIGN POLICY
FORMATION. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 90, GVPT 101 or consent of instruc-
tor. An introduction to the comprative study of foreign
policy formation structures and processes followed by a
survey of the domestic sources of policy for major states.
A conspectus of substantive patterns of foreign policy in
analytically salient types of systems is presented. Do-
mestic and global systemic sources of foreign policy are
compared.

GVPT 190. COMPARATIVE STUDIES IN EUROPEAN POLI-
TICS. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 90, or consent of instructor. A com-
parative study of political processes and governmental
forms in selected European countries.

GVPT 191. GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE
SOVIET UNION. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A study of the adoption of the com-
munist philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its governmental
structure, and of the administration of government policy
in the Soviet Union.

GVPT 192. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF LATIN AMER-
ICA. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A comparative study of the govern-
mental systems and political processes of the Latin Amer-
ican countries, with special emphasis on Argentina, Brazil,
Chile, and Mexico.

GVPT 193. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF ASIA. (3)

Prerequisite, GVPT 97, or GVPT 105, or HIST 61, or HIST
62, or HIST 187, or HIST 188, or HIST 189. A compara-
tive study of the political systems of China, Japan, India,
and other selected Asian countries.

GVPT 194. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF AFRICA. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A comparative study of the govern-
mental systems and political processes of the African
countries, with special emphasis on the problems of na-
tion-building in emergent countries.

GVPT 195. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF THE MIDDLE
EAST. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1. A comparative study of the govern-
mental systems and political processes of the Middle
Eastern countries, with special emphasis on the problems
of nation-building in emergent countries.

GVPT 197. COMPARATIVE POLITICS SYSTEMS. (3)

Prerequisite. GVPT 97 and at least one other course in

comparative government. A study, along functional lines,
of major political institutions, such as legislatures, execu-
tives, courts, bureaucracies, public organizations, and
political parties.

GVPT 199. SEMINAR IN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. (3)
Reading, research, discussion, analysis, and writing in the
area of politics. Both substantive issues and methodolog-
ical approaches will be considered. Primarily for Govern-
ment and Politics undergraduate majors. Not open to
graduate students.

FOR GRADUATES

See the Graduate School Catalog for course descriptions.

GVPT 200. SEMINAR IN NATIONAL SECURITY POLICY. (3)

GVPT 201. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL OR-
GANIZATION. (3)

GVPT 202. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL LAW. (3)

GVPT 203. FUNCTIONAL PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS. (3)

GVPT 204. AREA PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL RELA-
TIONS. (3)

GVPT 205. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN POLITICAL INSTITU-
TIONS. (3)

GVPT 206. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS.
(3)

GVPT 207. SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL
INSTITUTIONS. (3)

GVPT 208. SEMINAR IN THE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
OF EMERGING NATIONS. (3)

GVPT 209. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL ADMINISTRA-
TION. (3)

GVPT 210. GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION THEORY. (3)

GVPT 212. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC FINANCIAL ADMINISTRA-
TION. (3)

GVPT 213. PROBLEMS OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. (3)

GVPT 214. PROBLEMS OF PUBLIC PERSONNEL ADMINIS-
TRATION. (3)

GVPT 215. PROBLEMS OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERN-
MENT. (3)

GVPT 216. GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATIVE PLANNING
AND MANAGEMENT. (3)

GVPT 217. DEVELOPMENTAL PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION.
(3)

GVPT 218. SEMINAR IN URBAN ADMINISTRATION. (3)

GVPT 219. STUDIES IN COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL
ADMINISTRATION. (3)

GVPT 221. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC OPINION. (3)

GVPT 222. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL BEHAV-
IOR. (3)

GVPT 223. SEMINAR IN LEGISLATURES AND LEGISLA-
TION. (3)

GVPT 224. SEMINAR IN POLITICAL PARTIES AND POLI-
TICS. (3)

GVPT 226. SCOPE AND METHOD OF POLITICAL SCIENCE
(3)

GVPT 228. PROBLEMS IN QUANTITATIVE POLITICAL AN-
ALYSIS. (3)

GVPT 231. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC LAW. (3)

GVPT 241. GREAT POLITICAL THINKERS. (3)

GVPT 242. MAN AND THE STATE. (3)

GVPT 243. CURRENT PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL THEORY.
(3)'

GVPT 244. AMERICAN POLITICAL THEORY. (3)

GVPT 245. SEMINAR IN NON-WESTERN POLITICAL THE-
ORY. (3)

GVPT 246. THEORIES OF DEMOCRACY. (3)

GVPT 247. ANALYTICAL SYSTEMS AND THEORY CON-
STRUCTION. (3)

GVPT 248. MARXIST POLITICAL THEORY. (3)

GVPT 259. RESPONSIBILITY IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRA-
TION. (3)

GVPT 261. PROBLEMS IN AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS. (3)

GVPT 262. SEMINAR ON INTERGOVERNMENTAL RELA-
TIONS. (3)

GVPT 280. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
THEORY. (3)

GVPT 290. SEMINAR IN THE COMPARATIVE STUDY OF
POLITICS. (3)

GVPT 398. READINGS IN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS.
(3)

Business and Public Administration '79

GVPT 399. THESIS RESEARCH. (Arranged)
GVFT 499. DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Arranged)

JOURNALISM

The first objective of the Department of Journal-
ism is to provide a four-year liberal education for the
student of superior writing ability who intends to
make a career in some phase of journalism. It also
serves the major within the department whose
career intention may be in a field related to journal-
ism.

The department's curriculum in news editorial
journalism has been accredited by the American
Council on Education for Journalism. The depart-
ment is a member of the American Association of
Schools and Departments of Journalism and of the
American Association of Schools and Departments
of Journalism and of the American Society of Jour-
nalism School Administrators.

Particular features of the curriculum are (1) a
two-year introductory program of general education,
centered in the liberal arts, (2) a required core pro-
gram, equivalent to approximately one semester, in
basic aspects of journalism, (3) specialization be-
yond the core in news-editorial work, photojournal-
ism, public relations, radio-television work, or adver-
tising, (4) the equivalent of approximately one se-
mester of upper-division study in a subject chosen
from outside the Department of Journalism, (5) elec-
tive courses and (6) opportunities for field contacts.

The student may declare his intention to major
in the Department of Journalism at the beginning of
any semester, but normally before the junior year.
His choices of specialization within the department
and of related study in other departments should be
made by the beginning of the junior year and after
consultation with a faculty adviser.

An average grade of "C" or better in courses
taken in the department is required of journalism
majors for graduation.

Majors are urged and helped to write for publica-
tion and to obtain professional experience between
the junior and senior years on the job or in summer
internships. The department maintains close work-
ing relations with professional journalists, public
relations practitioners and their organizations. One
of the purposes is to provide speakers, trips, labora-
tories, internships and other types of supervised
professional training for students.

An essential part of the work in editorial jour-
nalism consists of supervised training on the Balti-
more Sun or the Baltimore News American and near-
by weekly papers. The experience may also be ob-
tained on other publications, approved by the ad-
viser. This professional training helps students to
become familiar with reporting, editing and adver-
tising for professional publications covering Mary-
landand Capitol Hill in Washington, D.C.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JOURNALISM MAJOR

Listed below are the lower-division and the up-
per-division requirements for majors in the Depart-
ment of Journalism. In qualifying for the degree,
the student must complete 120 semester hours, 57
hours of which must be upper-division credit. The
exceptions to the upper-division rule are noted on
page of this catalog.

Course substitutions may be made by the faculty
adviser to take account of previous professional ex-

perience and to develop programs to include special
study. Within the broad outlines of the upper-di-
vision courses themselves, students are encouraged
to develop individual interests by careful choice of
elective courses.

LOWER-DIVISION CURRICULUM

Semester
freshman Year I II

ENGL 1 (or 21), 3-Composition and American

Literature 3 3

Science (one course of which must be a lab science) 4 3

Foreign language 3 3

PSYCH 1 and SOCY I 3

SPCH 1- Public Speaking 1

MATH 10-lntroauction to Mathematics

HLTH 5-Science and Theory of Health 2

Physical Activities 11

Total T7 18

Sophomore Year

JOUR lOand JOUR 11 3 3

ENGL 4-Composition and World Literature 3

Foreign Longuage 3 3

History 3 3

GVPT 1 and ECON 37 3 3

FINE ARTS

(Elected from PHIL 1 or 41 or 45 or 53.

ART 10 or 60, 61, 80, SPCH 16, MUSC 20) _. 3

Total 15 15

UPPER-DIVISION CURRICULUM

The core program:

Journalism requirements: 24 credit hours in upper di-
vision Journalism courses including JOUR 160. News Editing.
At least six credit hours should be taken in one of the fol-
lowing areas for depth in a special field of Journalism:
News Reporting: JOUR 100 and JOUR 175
Public Relations: JOUR 166 and JOUR 170
Advertising: JOUR 152 and JOUR 163
News Photography: JOUR 181 and JOUR 182
News Broadcasting: JOUR 101 and JOUR 184
All Journalism majors should elect at least six credit
hours from the following courses for breadth in mass com-
munication:

JOUR 176: Comparative Mass Communication Systems

Jour 186: Govt, and Mass Communication

JOUR 192: History of Mass Communication

JOUR 194: Public Opinion and Mass Communication

Non-Journalism requirements:

12-18 credit hours in upper-division courses in one

subject outside of the Journalism Department 12-18

15 credit hours of upper-division, non-journalism

courses, to be spread or concentrated according to

individual needs 15

27-33

Total Upper-Division 54-60

PROFESSOR AND DEPARTMENT HEAD: Hiebert.
PROFESSORS: Bryan, Crowell, Martin. Newsom.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brown. Flippen, Grunig. Midura

Petrick
LECTURERS: Geraci, Lee.

JOUR 10. INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION. (3)
Survey of the process and effects of mass communica-
tion; historical development and social, economic, legal,
and professional aspects of the mass media. Open to all
students. (Staff)

JOUR 11. WRITING FOR THE MASS MEDIA. (3)

Introduction to news, feature and publicity writing for the
printed and electronic media; development of news con-
cepts; laboratory in news gathering tools and writing skills.
Prerequisite: Typing ability and JOUR 10 (which may be
taken concurrently, with permission). (Staff)

JOUR 100. NEWS REPORTING. (3)

Principles and practice of news reporting, with special
emphasis on news gathering for al I the media; covering news
beats and other news sources, including researching a
news story for accuracy, comprehensiveness and inter-
pretation. Prerequisites: JOUR 10 and 11. (Midura)

JOUR 101. BROADCAST NEWS WRITING. (3)

Study of and practice in the special application of news
writing and editing to the broadcasting media, including the
use of wire copy and tape recorders in producing news-
casts. Prerequisites: JOUR 110 and 120. (Midura)

JOUR 152. ADVERTISING COPY AND LAYOUT. (3)

Theory of and practice in advertising copy and layout.

180

Business and Public Administration

with emphasis on newspaper advertising, for letterpress
and photo-offset printing. Study of illustrations, type se-
lection, copy-fitting, and media selection. Prerequisites:
JOUR 10 and 11. (Newsom)

JOUR 160. NEWS EDITING. (3)

Prini iples of the editing process and practice in copy edit-
ing, headline writing, newspaper page layout, and editorial
judgment. Prerequisites: JOUR 10 and 11. (Crowell)

JOUR 161. SEMINAR IN JOURNALISM. (3)

Seminar for Journalism seniors in newsroom problems
and policies, emphasizing ethics and responsibilities, in
cooperation with the Baltimore Sun, Baltimore News-
American, and other area news media. Prerequisite: Per-
mission of the Instructor. (Newsom)

JOUR 163. PRINCIPLES OF TYPOGRAPHY AND PRODUC
TION. (3)
Study of layout, typography, design, and printing in the plan-
ning and production of the printed media. Prerequisites;
JOUR 10 and 11. (Newsom)

JOUR 165. MAGAZINE ARTICLE AND FEATURE WRITING
(3)
Study of types of feature articles, particularly for the
magazine market; analysis of the magazine medium and
specialized audiences; practice in researching and writing
the feature article; analysis of free-lance markets. Pre-
requisites: JOUR 10 and 11. (Flippen, Grunig)

JOUR 166. PUBLIC RELATIONS. (3)

Study of the principles and historical development of
public relations. Attention isgiven tofact-finding, planning,
communication, and evaluation aspects of public rela-
tions. Study of the use of public relations in business,
government, associations, and organizations. Prerequisites:
JOUR 10 and 11. (Midura)

JOUR 170. PRINCIPLES OF PUBLICITY. (3)

Study of the strategy and techniques of purposive com-
munication; analysis of the techniques and effects of
the publicity campaign; laboratory in special publicity
projects. Prerequisite: JOUR 130. (Martin, Grunig)

JOUR 171. INDUSTRIAL JOURNALISM. (3)

Industrial communications, management and production
of company periodicals, public relations aspects of in-
dustrial journalism. Prerequisites, JOUR 10 and 11.

(Crowell)

JOUR 174. JOURNALISM OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(3)
Study and practice of the basic techniques of writing and
editing scientific and technical material for both the gen-
eral audience and the specialist. Prerequisites: JOUR 10
and 11. (Grunig)

JOUR 175. REPORTING OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS. (3)

Advanced training in writing news for publication in spe-
cialized areas, particularly city, county, and federal news.
Students meet in seminar with news sources and leading
news reporters and work in Washington, D.C., Anapolis,
and Baltimore in covering news in depth for publication.
Prerequisites: JOUR 120 and permission of instructor.

(Lee)

JOUR 176. COMPARATIVE MASS COMMUNICATION SYS-
TEMS. (3)
Survey of the history and status of the mass media
throughout the world; comparative analysis of the role of
the Rress in different societies. Prerequisites: JOUR 10
and consent of Instructor for Non-Majors. (Bryan)

JOUR 181. NEWS PHOTOGRAPHY. (3)

Fundamentals of shooting, developing, and printing of news
and feature pictures for all media. Department furnishes
equipment and student furnishes supplies. Prerequisites:
JOUR 10 and 11. (Geraci)

JOUR 182. ADVANCED NEWS PHOTOGRAPHY. (3)

Advanced training in shooting, developing, and printing pic-
tures, with emphasis on the photo story. Analysis of the
role of photography in mass communication. Department
furnishes equipment and student furnishes supplies.
Prerequisite: JOUR 150. (Geraci)

JOUR 184 REPORTING THROUGH AUDIO-VISUAL MEDIA.
(3)
Principles of live photography and recording in the pro-
duction of news and documentaries for all the media.
Prerequisites: JOUR 150 and 162. (Staff)

JOUR 186 GOVERNMENT AND MASS COMMUNICATION.
(3)
Study of the relationship between the news media and
government. Analysis of media coverage of government and
politics. Study of governmental and political information
and persuasion techniques. Prerequisites: JOUR 10 and
11. (Hiebert)

JOUR 191. LAW OF MASS COMMUNICATION. (3)

Study of the